UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A

(AMENDMENT NO. 1)

/X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2002

or

/ / Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________
Commission File Number 1-8472

HEXCEL CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

        Delaware                                   94-1109521
(STATE OF INCORPORATION)              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                           281 Tresser Boulevard
                        Stamford, Connecticut 06901
           (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND ZIP CODE)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (203) 969-0666

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class          Name of each exchange on which registered
-------------------          -----------------------------------------
   COMMON STOCK                       NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
                                      PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
7% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003
7% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2011
93/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes /X/ No / /

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K/A or any amendment to this Form 10-K/A. /X/

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes /X/ No / /

The aggregate market value as of June 30, 2002 of voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant: $102,107,859

The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

    Class                  Outstanding as of March 26, 2003
    -----                  --------------------------------
COMMON STOCK                          39,944,962

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
(TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED HEREIN) -- PART III.



EXPLANATORY NOTE

The purpose of this Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2003 is to provide disclosure regarding the successful completion of previously announced financing transactions and to present the related impact of such transactions on the Company's consolidated financial and liquidity position. As a result of these subsequent financing transactions, the Report of Independent Accountants has been modified to exclude language expressing any doubts about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. This amendment also provides for the filing of the financial statements of BHA Aero Composite Parts Co. Ltd., the notes thereto, and the Report of Independent Accountants as required in accordance with Rule 3-09(a) of Regulation S-X. In addition, certain minor typographical errors have been corrected.

Except as otherwise expressly noted herein, this Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K does not reflect any other events occurring after the March 3, 2003 filing of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

The Items of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, which are amended herein are:

1. Item 1 - Business, has been amended to provide an update to the section entitled "Significant Transactions" for subsequent closure of certain financing transactions.

2. Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, has been amended to provide an update to the sections titled "Business Trends," "Significant Transactions" and "Financial Condition" for the completion of certain financing transactions.

3. Item 8 - Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, has been amended to (i) describe the subsequent closure of certain financial transactions in Note 2 - "Refinancing of Capital Structure," (ii) update Note 8 for the impact of such financing transactions, and (iii) add a 2002 unaudited pro forma column on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and Note 24 - "Subsequent Event - Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)" to illustrate the effects of the subsequent financial transactions, as if the transactions had occurred as of December 31, 2002..

4. Item 15(a).1 - Financial Statements, has been amended to include the financial statements of BHA Aero Composite Parts Co. Ltd., the notes thereto, and the Report of Independent Accountants.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

Hexcel Corporation, founded in 1946, was incorporated in California in 1948, and reincorporated in Delaware in 1983. Hexcel Corporation and its subsidiaries (herein referred to as "Hexcel" or "the Company"), is the world's leading producer of advanced structural materials. The Company develops, manufactures and markets lightweight, high-performance reinforcement products, composite materials and composite structures for use in the commercial aerospace, space and defense, electronics, and industrial markets. The Company's products are used in a wide variety of end products, such as commercial and military aircraft, space launch vehicles and satellites, printed wiring boards, computers, cellular telephones, soft body armor, high-speed trains and ferries, cars and trucks, wind turbine blades, reinforcements for bridges and other structures, window blinds and a wide variety of recreational equipment.

The Company serves international markets through manufacturing facilities and sales offices located in the United States and Europe, and through sales offices located in Asia, Australia and South

1

America. The Company is also an investor in six joint ventures, three of which manufacture and market reinforcement products in Europe, Asia and the United States; one of which manufactures and markets composite materials in Japan; and two of which manufacture composite structures and interiors in Asia.

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTION - REFINANCING OF THE COMPANY'S CAPITAL STRUCTURE

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel successfully completed the refinancing of its capital structure through the simultaneous closings of three financing transactions: the completion of its previously announced sale of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million, the issuance of $125.0 million of 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, and the establishment of a new $115.0 million senior secured credit facility, also due 2008.

The proceeds from the sale of the convertible preferred stock have been used to provide for the redemption of $46.9 million principal amount of the Company's 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to repay outstanding borrowings under the existing senior credit facility. Proceeds to be used to redeem the 7% convertible subordinated notes have been remitted to US Bank Trust, trustee for the notes, for the express purpose of retiring the outstanding principal balance of the notes, plus accrued interest.

The remaining advances under the existing senior credit facility, after the application of a portion of the equity proceeds, have been repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the Company's new 9-7/8% senior secured notes and a new senior secured credit facility.

With the benefit of the financing transactions, the Company's next significant scheduled debt maturity will not occur until 2008, with annual debt and capital lease maturities ranging between $6.2 million and $12.5 million prior to 2008. Total debt as of March 19, 2003, after giving pro forma effect to these financing transactions and their related costs, was $531.6 million.

Each of the material agreements governing the issuance and terms of the convertible preferred stock, the issuance and terms of the senior secured notes and the terms of the new senior secured credit facility is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel issued 125,000 shares of a series A convertible preferred stock and 125,000 shares of a series B convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million in cash. Upon issuance, the total number of Hexcel's outstanding common shares including potential shares issuable upon conversion of both of the new series of convertible preferred stocks increased from approximately 38.6 million shares to approximately 88.4 million shares. In addition, common shares authorized for issuance increased from 100.0 million shares to 200.0 million shares.

Hexcel issued 77,875 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 77,875 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to affiliates of Berkshire Partners LLC and Greenbriar Equity Group LLC (the "Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors") for a cash payment of approximately $77.9 million. The series A and the series B convertible preferred stocks are mandatorily redeemable on January 22, 2010 for cash or for common stock at the Company's election. Both preferred stocks are convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share, and will automatically be converted into common stock if the closing trading price of the common stock for any period of 60 consecutive trading days ending after March 19, 2006 exceeds $9.00 per share. The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote on an as converted basis with Hexcel's common stockholders. The series A preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate of 6% per annum following the third anniversary of the issuance. Dividends may be paid in cash or added to the accrued value of the preferred stock, at Hexcel's option. The series B preferred stock does not accrue dividends. After giving effect to the issuances, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors own approximately 35.2% of Hexcel's outstanding voting securities.

2

Hexcel has separately issued 47,125 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 47,125 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to investment funds controlled by affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the "Goldman Sachs Investors"), who currently own approximately 37.8% of Hexcel's outstanding common stock, for a cash payment of approximately $47.1 million. This issuance of preferred stock enabled the Goldman Sachs Investors to maintain their current percentage ownership interest in Hexcel's voting securities, consistent with their rights under the governance agreement entered into with Hexcel in 2000.

In conjunction with the aforementioned transactions, Hexcel and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors entered into a stockholders agreement, which gives the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors the right to nominate up to two directors (of a total of ten) to Hexcel's board of directors and certain other rights. The Goldman Sachs Investors will continue to have the right to nominate up to three directors under the governance agreement entered into at the time of their investment in Hexcel in 2000. The stockholders agreement and the amended Goldman Sachs Investors governance agreement require that the approval of at least six directors, including at least two directors not nominated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or the Goldman Sachs Investors, be obtained for board actions generally. The stockholders agreement also prohibits the purchase of voting securities in excess of 39.5% of Hexcel's outstanding voting securities unless approved by Hexcel's board. The Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and the Goldman Sachs Investors have agreed to an 18-month lock up on the securities being issued, except for certain registered offerings.

SENIOR SECURED NOTES, DUE 2008

The Company also issued, through a private placement under Rule 144A, $125.0 million of 9 7/8% senior secured notes at a price of 98.95% of face value. The senior secured notes, due October 1, 2008, are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Hexcel's and its domestic subsidiaries' property, plant and equipment, intangibles, intercompany notes and other obligations receivable, and 100% of the outstanding voting stock of certain of Hexcel's domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the senior secured notes are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the Company's new senior secured credit facility, described below. The senior secured notes are also guaranteed by Hexcel's material domestic subsidiaries. Hexcel has the ability to incur additional debt that would be secured on an equal basis by the collateral securing the senior secured notes. The amount of additional secured debt that may be incurred is currently limited to $10.0 million, but may increase over time based on a formula relating to the total net book value of Hexcel's domestic property, plant and equipment.

The Company will pay interest on the notes on April 1st and October 1st of each year. The first payment will be made on October 1, 2003. The Company will have the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes at any time during the one-year period beginning April 1, 2006 at 104.938% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. This percentage decreases to 102.469% for the one-year period beginning April 1, 2007, and to 100.0% for the period beginning April 1, 2008. In addition, the Company may use the net proceeds from one or more equity offerings at any time prior to April 1, 2006 to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the senior secured notes contains many other terms and conditions, including limitations with respect to asset sales, incurrence of debt, granting of liens, the making of restricted payments and entering into transactions with affiliates.

Hexcel has agreed, under a registration rights agreement, to offer to all noteholders the opportunity to exchange their notes for new notes that are substantially identical to the existing notes except that the new notes will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and will not have any restrictions on transfer. In the event that Hexcel cannot affect such an exchange, Hexcel will be required to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to permit the noteholders to resell their notes generally without restriction.

3

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

Also on March 19, 2003, Hexcel entered into a $115.0 million asset-backed senior secured credit facility with a new syndicate of lenders led by Fleet Capital Corporation as agent. The credit facility matures on March 31, 2008. Borrowers under the credit facility include, in addition to Hexcel Corporation, Hexcel's operating subsidiaries in the UK, Austria and Germany. The credit facility provides for borrowings of U.S. dollars, Pound Sterling and Euro currencies, including the issuance of letters of credit, with the amount available to each borrower dependent on the borrowing base of that borrower and its subsidiaries. For Hexcel Corporation and the UK borrower, the borrowing base is determined by an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves. The borrowing base of each of the Austrian and German borrowers is based on an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain reserves. In addition, the UK, Austrian and German borrowers have facility sublimits of $12.5 million, $7.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Borrowings under the new facility bear interest at a floating rate based on either the agent's defined "prime rate" plus a margin that can vary from 0.75% to 3.25% or LIBOR plus a margin that can vary from 2.25% to 3.25%. The margin in effect for a borrowing at any given time depends on the Company's fixed charge ratio and the currency denomination of such borrowing. The credit facility also provides for the payment of customary fees and expenses.

All obligations under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in accounts receivable, inventory and cash and cash equivalents of Hexcel Corporation and its material domestic subsidiaries. In addition, all obligations under the credit facility are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the senior secured notes. The obligations of the UK borrower are secured by the accounts receivable, inventory, and cash and cash equivalents of the UK borrower. The obligations of the Austrian and German borrowers are secured by the accounts receivable of the Austrian and German borrowers, respectively.

Hexcel is required to maintain various financial ratios throughout the term of the credit facility. These financial covenants set maximum values for the Company's leverage (the ratios of total and senior debt to EBITDA), fixed charge coverage (the ratio of EBITDA, less capital expenditures and cash taxes, plus cash dividends, to the sum of cash interest and scheduled debt amortization), and capital expenditures (not to exceed specified annual expenditures). The credit facility also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting liens, making investments, making restricted payments, entering into transactions with affiliates and prepaying subordinated debt. The credit facility also contains other customary terms relating to, among other things, representations and warranties, additional covenants and events of default.

On March 19, 2003, the Company borrowed $13.0 million and issued letters of credit totaling approximately $25.8 million under the new senior secured credit facility.

CLASSIFICATION OF DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

As of December 31, 2002, the Company had a scheduled debt obligation due August 1, 2003, which, if made, would cause the Company to violate one or more financial covenants in the Company's existing debt agreements. The Company also required an amendment of its existing senior credit facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to maintain compliance with the financial covenants under that facility. As the anticipated refinancing of the Company's capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company had not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants, all debt and capital lease obligations had been classified as current at December 31, 2002.

As a result of the March 19, 2003 refinancing transactions, the uncertainties surrounding the Company's ability to meet its scheduled 2003 debt maturities and comply with its debt covenants have been mitigated. Management believes the Company will comply with the new debt covenants and has adequate liquidity available to finance operations beyond December 31, 2003. Also as a result of the refinancing transactions, substantially all of the Company's debt will be reclassified to long-term at March 31, 2003 reflecting the new scheduled debt maturities. The next significant scheduled

4

debt maturity will not occur until 2008, with annual debt and capital lease maturities ranging between $6.2 million and $12.5 million prior to 2008. Refer to Note 24, "Subsequent Event - Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)."

NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BUSINESS SEGMENTS

Hexcel is a vertically integrated manufacturer of products within a single industry: Advanced Structural Materials. Hexcel's advanced structural materials business is organized around three strategic business segments: Reinforcements, Composites and Structures.

As part of the Company's November 2001 restructuring program, effective January 1, 2002, management responsibility for the Company's carbon fiber product line was transferred to the Composites business segment. As a result of this change in management responsibilities, the Company changed its business segment reporting to reflect the reclassification of this product line from the Reinforcements segment to the Composites segment. The Company also changed the names of its business segments to Reinforcements, Composites and Structures. The Company's three business segments were previously known as Reinforcement Products, Composite Materials and Engineered Products. Results for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 have been reclassified for comparative purposes.

REINFORCEMENTS

The Reinforcements business segment manufactures and markets industrial fabrics and other specialty reinforcement products. The following table identifies the Reinforcements business segment's principal products and examples of the primary end-uses:

BUSINESS SEGMENT                        PRODUCTS                            PRIMARY END-USE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REINFORCEMENTS                  Industrial Fabrics and     -    Structural materials/components used in
                                Specialty Reinforcements        aerospace, wind energy, automotive, marine,
                                                                recreation and other industrial applications
                                                           -    Raw materials for prepregs and honeycomb
                                                           -    Soft body armor and other security applications
                                                           -    Electronic applications, including printed
                                                                wiring board substrates
                                                           -    Window screens and blinds
                                                           -    Civil engineering and construction applications
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INDUSTRIAL FABRICS AND SPECIALTY REINFORCEMENTS: Industrial fabrics and specialty reinforcements are made from a variety of fibers, including several types of fiberglass as well as carbon, aramid, quartz, ceramic and other specialty fibers. These reinforcement products are sold to third-party customers for use in a wide range of applications, including a variety of structural materials and components used in aerospace, wind energy, marine, recreation and other industrial applications, soft body armor and other security products, printed wiring boards, window screens and other architectural products. They are also used internally to manufacture prepregs and other composite materials.

                            REINFORCEMENTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
           KEY CUSTOMERS                    MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Armor Holdings                           Anderson, SC
Composites One                           Decines, France
Cytec Engineered Materials               Les Avenieres, France
DHB Industries                           Seguin, TX
Endicott Interconnect Technologies       Statesville, NC
Isola Laminate Systems                   Washington, GA
Nelco
Piad
Second Chance Body Armor
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5

The Reinforcements business segment's net sales to third party customers were $217.9 million in 2002, $245.7 million in 2001 and $331.7 million in 2000, which represented approximately 26%, 25% and 32% of the Company's net sales, respectively. In addition, approximately 24%, 27% and 20% of the Company's total production of reinforcement products was used internally to manufacture composite materials in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The Company also has equity ownership interests in three joint ventures in the Reinforcements business segment: a 43.6% share in Interglas Technologies AG ("Interglas"), headquartered in Germany; a 33.3% share in Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd. ("Asahi-Schwebel"), headquartered in Japan, which in turn owns interests in two joint ventures in Taiwan - a 50% interest in Nittobo Asahi Glass and 51% interest in Asahi-Schwebel Taiwan; and a 50% share in Clark-Schwebel Tech-Fab Company ("CS Tech-Fab"), headquartered in the United States. Interglas and Asahi-Schwebel are fiberglass fabric producers serving the European and Asian electronics and telecommunications industries. CS Tech-Fab manufactures non-woven reinforcement materials for roofing, construction, sail cloth and other specialty applications.

In 2002, the Company agreed with its Asian Electronics venture partner to restructure its minority interest in Asahi-Schwebel. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company reduced its ownership interest in the joint venture from 43.3% to 33.3% and received cash proceeds of $10.0 million. The agreement also included, among other matters, a put option in favor of the Company to sell and a call option in favor of the Company's joint venture partner to purchase the Company's remaining ownership interest in the joint venture for $23.0 million. The options are simultaneously effective for a six-month period beginning July 1, 2003.

COMPOSITES

The Composites business segment manufactures and markets carbon fibers, prepregs, structural adhesives, honeycomb, specially machined honeycomb parts and composite panels, fiber reinforced thermoplastics, sheet moulding compounds, polyurethane systems and laminates.

The following table identifies the Composites business segment's principal products and examples of the primary end-uses:

BUSINESS SEGMENT                      PRODUCTS                            PRIMARY END-USE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPOSITES                    Carbon Fibers             -   Raw materials for industrial fabrics and prepregs
                                                        -   Filament  winding for various space,  defense and
                                                            industrial applications

                              Prepregs                  -   Composite structures
                                                        -   Commercial and military aircraft components
                                                        -   Satellites and launchers
                                                        -   Aeroengines
                                                        -   Wind turbine rotor blades
                                                        -   Yachts, trains and motor racing vehicles
                                                        -   Skis,  snowboards,  hockey sticks, tennis rackets
                                                            and bicycles

                              Structural Adhesives      -   Bonding  of  metals,   honeycomb   and  composite
                                                            materials
                                                        -   Aerospace,  ground  transportation and industrial
                                                            applications

                              Honeycomb,                -   Composite structures and interiors
                              Honeycomb Parts &         -   Semi-finished components used in:
                              Composite Panels                Helicopter blades
                                                              Aircraft surfaces (flaps, wing tips, elevators
                                                              and fairings)
                                                              High-speed ferries, truck and train components
                                                              Automotive components and impact protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CARBON FIBERS: Carbon fibers are manufactured for sale to third party customers and for use by Hexcel in manufacturing certain reinforcements and composite materials. Carbon fibers are woven into carbon fabrics, used as reinforcement in conjunction with a resin matrix to produce pre-impregnated composite materials (referred to as "prepregs") and used in filament winding and advanced fiber placement to produce various other composite materials. Key product applications

6

include structural components for commercial and military aircraft and space launch vehicles, as well as certain other applications such as recreational equipment.

PREPREGS: HexPly(R) prepregs are manufactured for sale to third party customers and for use in manufacturing composite laminates and monolithic structures, including finished components for aircraft structures and interiors. Prepregs are manufactured by combining high performance reinforcement fabrics or unidirectional fibers with a resin matrix to form a composite material with exceptional structural properties not present in either of the constituent materials. Industrial fabrics used in the manufacture of prepregs include glass, carbon, aramid, quartz, ceramic, polyethylene and other specialty reinforcements. Resin matrices include bismaleimide, cyanate ester, epoxy, phenolic, polyester, polyimide and other specialty resins.

OTHER FIBER-REINFORCED MATRIX MATERIALS: New fiber reinforced matrix developments include HexMC(R), a carbon fiber/epoxy sheet moulding compound that enables small to medium sized composite components to be mass produced. Hexcel's HexFIT(TM) film infusion material is a product that combines resin films and dry fiber reinforcements to save lay-up time in production and enables large contoured composite structures, such as wind turbine blades, to be manufactured. Resin Film Infusion and Resin Transfer Moulding products are enabling quality aerospace components to be manufactured using highly cost-effective processes.

STRUCTURAL ADHESIVES: Hexcel designs and markets a comprehensive range of Redux(R) film adhesives and a newly launched range of Redux paste adhesives. These structural adhesives, which bond metal to metal, composites and honeycomb structures, are widely used in the aerospace industry and for many industrial applications.

HONEYCOMB, HONEYCOMB PARTS AND COMPOSITE PANELS: HexWeb(R) honeycomb is a unique, lightweight, cellular structure generally composed of hexagonal nested cells. The product is similar in appearance to a cross-sectional slice of a beehive. Honeycomb is primarily used as a lightweight core material and is a highly efficient energy absorber. When sandwiched between composite or metallic facing skins, honeycomb significantly increases the stiffness of the structure, while adding very little weight.

Hexcel produces honeycomb from a number of metallic and non-metallic materials. Most metallic honeycomb is made from aluminum and is available in a selection of alloys, cell sizes and dimensions. Non-metallic honeycomb materials include fiberglass, carbon, thermoplastics, non-flammable aramid papers and other specialty materials.

Hexcel sells honeycomb as standard blocks and in slices cut from a block. Honeycomb is also supplied as sandwich panels, with facing skins bonded to either side of the core material. Hexcel also possesses advanced processing capabilities that enable the Company to design and manufacture complex fabricated honeycomb parts and bonded assemblies to meet customer specifications.

Aerospace is the largest market for honeycomb products. Hexcel also sells honeycomb for non-aerospace applications including high-speed trains and mass transit vehicles, automotive parts, energy absorption products, marine vessel compartments, portable shelters, business machine cabinets and other industrial uses. In addition, the Company produces honeycomb for its Structures business segment for use in manufacturing finished parts for airframe Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs).

7

                              COMPOSITES
-----------------------------------------------------------------
          KEY CUSTOMERS               MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
-----------------------------------------------------------------
  Alenia                            Burlington, WA
  Alliant Techsystems               Casa Grande, AZ
  BAE Systems                       Dagneux, France
  Boeing                            Decatur, AL
  Bombardier                        Duxford, England
  CFAN                              Linz, Austria
  Cytec Engineered Materials        Livermore, CA
  Durakon Industries                Parla, Spain
  EADS (Airbus)                     Pottsville, PA
  Embraer-Empresa                   Salt Lake City, UT
  GKN                               Welkenraedt, Belgium
  Lockheed Martin
  Northrop Grumman
  United Technologies
  Vestas
-----------------------------------------------------------------

The Company operates sales offices in the United States located in Bedford, Texas; Danbury, Connecticut; Dublin, California; Redmond, Washington; and Novi, Michigan. In Europe, the Company operates sales offices at its manufacturing sites as well as Pasching, Austria; Stade, Germany; and Saronno, Italy. The Company also operates sales offices in Melbourne, Australia; Shanghai, China; and Sao Paulo, Brazil.

The Composites business segment's net sales to third party customers were $532.4 million in 2002, $638.8 million in 2001 and $594.5 million in 2000, which represented approximately 62%, 63% and 56% of the Company's net sales, respectively. Net sales for Composites are highly dependent upon commercial aircraft build rates as further discussed under the captions "Significant Customers," "Markets" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." In addition, about 3% of the Company's total production of composite materials is sold internally to the Reinforcements and Structures business units.

The Company also owns a 45% equity interest in DIC-Hexcel Limited, a joint venture with Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. This Composites joint venture is located in Komatsu, Japan, and produces and sells prepregs, honeycomb and decorative laminates using technology licensed from Hexcel and Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.

STRUCTURES

The Structures business segment manufactures and markets composite structures primarily for use in the aerospace industry. Composite structures are manufactured from a variety of composite and other materials, including prepregs, honeycomb and structural adhesives, using such manufacturing processes as autoclave processing, multi-axis numerically controlled machining, press laminating, heat forming and other composite manufacturing techniques. Composite structures include such items as flap track fairings, engine cowls, wing panels and other aircraft components.

The following table identifies the Structures business segment's principal products and examples of the primary end-uses:

BUSINESS SEGMENT          PRODUCTS                                 PRIMARY END-USE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRUCTURES          Composite Structures   -  Aircraft structures and finished aircraft components, including:
                                                Flap track fairings
                                                Engine cowls
                                                Wing panels
                                                Flight deck panels
                                                Door liners
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8

The Structures business segment's net sales to third party customers were $100.5 million in 2002, $124.9 million in 2001 and $129.5 million in 2000, which represented approximately 12% of the Company's net sales in each year.

In April 2000, the Company sold its Bellingham aircraft interiors business. This business was responsible for the design, engineering and manufacture of commercial aircraft interior components and systems for airline refurbishment applications. After giving effect to the disposition of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of 2000, net sales would have been $110.6 million in 2000.

                          STRUCTURES
----------------------------------------------------------------
          KEY CUSTOMERS               MANUFACTURING FACILITY
----------------------------------------------------------------
Boeing                             Kent, WA
EADS (Airbus)
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries
Raytheon Company
----------------------------------------------------------------

In addition, Hexcel has equity ownership interests in two joint ventures in the Structures business unit: BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd. ("BHA Aero") and Asian Composites Manufacturing Sdn. Bhd. ("Asian Composites"). In 1999, Hexcel formed BHA Aero with Boeing and Aviation Industries of China (now known as China Aviation Industry Corporation I) to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures and interior applications for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 33% equity ownership interest in this joint venture, which is located in Tianjin, China. Also in 1999, Hexcel formed Asian Composites with Boeing, Sime Link Sdn. Bhd., and Malaysia Helicopter Services Bhd. (now known as Naluri Berhadto), to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 25% equity ownership interest in this joint venture, which is located in Alor Setar, Malaysia. Asian Composites began manufacturing and shipping products during the second half of 2001, while BHA Aero began shipping composite structures in the first half of 2002.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

Financial information and further discussion of Hexcel's business segments and geographic areas, including external sales and long-lived assets, are contained throughout the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in Note 19 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

Approximately 22%, 23% and 20% of Hexcel's 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively, were to The Boeing Company ("Boeing") and related subcontractors. Of the 22% of sales to Boeing and its subcontractors in 2002, 17% and 5% related to commercial aerospace and space and defense market applications, respectively. Approximately 15%, 16% and 13% of Hexcel's 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively, were to EADS, including the business division Airbus Industrie ("Airbus"), and its subcontractors. Of the 15% of sales to EADS and its subcontractors in 2002, 13% and 2% related to commercial aerospace and space and defense market applications, respectively.

9

MARKETS

Hexcel's products are sold for a broad range of end uses. The following tables summarize net sales to third-party customers by market and by geography for each of the three years ended December 31:

                                        2002            2001          2000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET SALES BY MARKET
Commercial aerospace                     46%             53%           49%
Industrial                               30              25            22
Space and defense                        17              14            12
Electronics                               7               8            17
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                100%            100%          100%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHY (a)
United States                            50%             52%           57%
U.S. exports                              6               7             5
International                            44              41            38
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                100%            100%          100%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Net Sales by Geography were based on the location in which the sale was manufactured.

COMMERCIAL AEROSPACE

Historically, the commercial aerospace industry has led the development of applications for advanced structural materials and components because it has the strongest need for the performance properties of these materials and is well positioned to maximize the economic benefits from their use. Accordingly, the demand for advanced structural material products is closely correlated to the demand for commercial aircraft.

Commercial aerospace activity fluctuates in relation to two principal factors. First, the number of revenue passenger miles flown by the airlines affects the size of the airline fleets and generally follows the level of overall economic activity. The second factor, which is less sensitive to the general economy, is the replacement and retrofit rates for existing aircraft. These rates, resulting mainly from obsolescence, are determined in part by the regulatory requirements established by various civil aviation authorities as well as public concern regarding aircraft age, safety and noise. These rates may also be affected by the desire of the various airlines for higher payloads and more fuel-efficient aircraft, which in turn is influenced by the price of fuel.

Reflecting the demand factors noted above, the number of commercial aircraft delivered by Boeing and Airbus declined by 48% from 1992 to 1995. At the lowest point during this period, Boeing and Airbus reported combined deliveries of 380 aircraft. Beginning in 1996, however, aircraft deliveries by Boeing and Airbus began to rise, growing to a combined record peak of 914 aircraft in 1999. Combined aircraft deliveries declined to 684 aircraft in 2002.

In light of the tragic events that occurred on September 11, 2001 and the negative impact on the commercial aerospace market, Boeing and Airbus significantly reduced their build rates for 2002 and 2003 from rates previously expected. Build rates are the number of aircraft the aircraft manufacturer plans to produce. They may differ from deliveries when the manufacturer is increasing or reducing its inventories of finished aircraft. This often happens when there are significant increases or reductions in demand for commercial aircraft. The impact of these changes on Hexcel will be influenced by two factors: the mix of aircraft produced and the inventory supply chain effects of reduced aircraft production. The dollar value of Hexcel's materials varies by aircraft type - twin aisle aircraft use more Hexcel materials and products than narrow body aircraft and newer designed aircraft use more Hexcel materials than older generations. On average, Hexcel delivers products into the supply chain about six months prior to aircraft delivery. Depending on the product, orders placed with Hexcel are received anywhere between one and eighteen months prior to delivery of the aircraft to the customer. With the impact of the changes in demand for commercial aircraft in 2001, our commercial aerospace revenues declined approximately 27% in 2002 compared with 2001.

10

Set forth below are historical deliveries as published by Boeing and Airbus:

                        1992   1993   1994   1995   1996   1997   1998   1999   2000   2001   2002
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Boeing (including
   McDonnell Douglas)    572    409    312    256    271    375    563    620    491    527    381
 Airbus                  157    138    123    124    126    182    229    294    311    325    303
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                   729    547    435    380    397    557    792    914    802    852    684
==================================================================================================

INDUSTRIAL MARKETS

Hexcel has focused its participation in industrial markets in areas where the application of advanced structural material technology offers significant benefits to the end user. As a result, the Company has chosen to focus on select opportunities where high performance is the key product criterion. Future opportunities and growth depend primarily upon the success of the individual programs and industries in which the Company has elected to participate. Within industrial markets, key applications include surface transportation (automobiles, mass transit and high-speed rail and marine applications), wind energy, soft body armor, recreational equipment (i.e. snowboards, tennis rackets, hockey sticks and bicycles) and civil engineering. Hexcel's participation in these markets is a valuable complement to its commercial and military aerospace businesses, and the Company is committed to pursuing the utilization of advanced structural material technology in its industrial markets.

SPACE AND DEFENSE

The space and defense markets have historically been innovators in and sources of significant demand for advanced structural materials. The aggregate demand by space and defense customers is primarily a function of military aircraft procurement by the United States and certain European governments, that utilize advanced structural materials. The Company is currently qualified to supply materials to a broad range of military aircraft and helicopter programs. These programs include the F/A-18E/F Hornet, the F-22 Raptor, and the Eurofighter/Typhoon, as well as the C-17, the V-22 Osprey tiltrotor aircraft, and the Tiger and NH90 helicopters. In addition, there are new programs in development such as the RAH-66 Comanche, the Joint Strike Fighter and the A400M military transport that may enter production later in the decade. The benefits that the Company obtains from these programs will depend upon which ones are funded and the extent of such funding.

Contracts to supply materials for military and some commercial projects contain provisions for termination at the convenience of the U.S. government or the buyer. In the case of such a termination, Hexcel is entitled to recover reasonable costs incurred plus a provision for profit on the incurred costs. In addition, the Company is subject to U.S. government cost accounting standards in accordance with applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations.

ELECTRONICS

The Company is one of the largest producers of high-quality, lightweight fiberglass fabric substrates used in the fabrication of multilayer printed wiring boards, which are integral to most advanced electronic products, including computers, networking equipment, telecommunications equipment, advanced cable television equipment, and automotive equipment. In addition to its wholly-owned U.S. and European businesses, the Company has ownership positions in the Interglas and Asahi-Schwebel joint ventures. Interglas and Asahi-Schwebel are manufacturers of similar products in Europe, Japan and Southeast Asia.

Starting in the first quarter of 2001, the industry experienced a severe downturn, and a corresponding inventory correction began working its way through the supply chain significantly impacting demand for fiberglass fabric substrates. As the downturn continued through 2001, competition intensified for the business that remained and pricing pressure increased. Depressed conditions in this sector have continued through 2002 and into 2003. Meanwhile, import quotas limiting Asian imports of fiberglass fabrics into the United States expired at the end of 2001 and the migration of lower layer count printed wiring board production to Asia has continued. Given excess production capacity throughout the industry, pricing remains under pressure. With these continuing industry conditions, the Company sees no evidence of a near-term recovery in this market.

11

Further discussion of Hexcel's markets, including certain risks, uncertainties and other factors with respect to "forward-looking statements" about those markets, is contained under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

BACKLOG

In recent years, Hexcel's customers have increasingly demanded shorter order lead times and "just-in-time" delivery performance. While the Company has many multi-year contracts with its major aerospace customers, most of these contracts specify the proportion of the customers' requirements that will be supplied by the Company and the terms under which the sales will occur, not the specific quantities to be procured. The Company's electronic and industrial customers have always desired to order their requirements on as short a lead-time as possible. The Company has recognized that over the last few years the twelve-month order backlog is no longer a meaningful trend indicator and, as a result, ceased monitoring it in the management of the business in 1999.

RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES

Due to the vertically integrated nature of Hexcel's operations, the Company produces several materials used in the manufacture of certain industrial fabrics, composite materials and engineered products, as well as the polyacrylonitrile ("PAN") precursor material used in the manufacture of carbon fibers. Although the Company purchases most of the raw materials used in production from third parties, it consumed internally approximately 50% and 25% of its carbon fiber and industrial fabric production, respectively, in 2002. Several key materials are available from relatively few sources, and in many cases the cost of product qualification makes it impractical to develop multiple sources of supply. The unavailability of these materials, which the Company does not currently anticipate, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations.

Hexcel's production activities are generally based on a combination of "make-to-order" and "make-to-forecast" production requirements. The Company coordinates closely with key suppliers in an effort to avoid raw material shortages and excess inventories.

RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY; PATENTS AND KNOW-HOW

Hexcel's Research and Technology ("R&T") departments support the Company's businesses worldwide. Through R&T activities, the Company maintains expertise in chemical formulation and curatives, fabric forming and textile architectures, advanced composite structures, process engineering, application development, analysis and testing of composite materials, computational design, and other scientific disciplines related to the Company's worldwide business base. Additionally, Hexcel's R&T function performs a limited amount of contract research and development in the United States and Europe for strategically important customers and government agencies in other areas, such as carbon fiber, ceramics, high temperature polymers, advanced textiles, and composite structures manufacturing and testing.

Hexcel's products rely primarily on the Company's expertise in materials science, textiles, process engineering and polymer chemistry. Consistent with market demand, the Company has been placing more emphasis on cost effective product design and lean manufacturing in recent years. Towards this end, the Company has entered into formal and informal alliances, as well as licensing and teaming arrangements, with several customers, suppliers, external agencies and laboratories. The Company believes that it possesses unique capabilities to design, develop and manufacture composite materials and structures. The Company owns and maintains in excess of 100 patents worldwide, has licensed many key technologies, and has granted technology licenses and patent rights to several third parties in connection with joint ventures and joint development programs. It is the Company's policy to actively enforce its proprietary rights. The Company believes that the patents and know-how rights currently owned or licensed by the Company are adequate for the conduct of its business.

12

Hexcel spent $14.7 million for research and technology in 2002, $18.6 million in 2001 and $21.2 million in 2000. These expenditures were expensed as incurred. Although the Company reduced its level of research and technology spending in 2002, it will continue to maintain its high standard of customer service and make strategic investments in research and technology, as it deems appropriate.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations designed to protect the environment and to regulate the discharge of materials into the environment. The Company believes that its policies, practices and procedures are properly designed to prevent unreasonable risk of environmental damage and of associated financial liability. To date, environmental control regulations have not had a significant adverse effect on the Company's overall operations. A discussion of environmental matters is contained in Item 3, "Legal Proceedings," and in Note 16 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

SALES AND MARKETING

A staff of salaried market managers, product managers and salespeople sell and market Hexcel products directly to customers worldwide. The Company also uses independent distributors and manufacturer representatives for certain products, markets and regions.

COMPETITION

In the production and sale of advanced structural materials, Hexcel competes with numerous U.S. and international companies on a worldwide basis. The broad markets for the Company's products are highly competitive, and the Company has focused on both specific markets and specialty products within markets to obtain market share. In addition to competing directly with companies offering similar products, the Company competes with producers of substitute structural materials such as structural foam, wood, metal, and concrete. Depending upon the material and markets, relevant competitive factors include price, delivery, service, quality and product performance.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2002, Hexcel employed 4,245 full-time employees, 2,448 in the United States and 1,797 internationally. The number of full-time employees has declined from 5,376 and 6,072 as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, primarily due to Hexcel's business consolidation and restructuring programs. The Company's business consolidation and restructuring programs included the right-sizing of the Company in response to the forecasted reductions in commercial aircraft production, the continued weakness in the electronics market and the closure of manufacturing facilities. For further discussion, refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and to Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Company's internet address is www.hexcel.com. The Company makes available, free of charge through its internet website, its Form 10-K's, 10-Q's and 8-K's, and any amendments to these forms, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

13

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Hexcel owns and leases manufacturing facilities and sales offices located throughout the United States and in other countries, as noted below. The corporate offices and principal corporate support activities for the Company are located in leased facilities in Stamford, Connecticut. The Company's research and technology administration and principal laboratories are located in Dublin, California; Duxford, United Kingdom; and Les Avenieres, France.

The following table lists the manufacturing facilities of Hexcel by geographic location, approximate square footage, and principal products manufactured. This table does not include manufacturing facilities owned by entities in which the Company has a joint venture interest.

MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

                                   Approximate      Business
Facility Location                 Square Footage    Segment                Principal Products
-----------------                 --------------    --------               ------------------
United States:
   Anderson, South Carolina              432,000    Reinforcements         Industrial Fabrics
   Burlington, Washington                 73,000    Composites             Honeycomb Parts
   Casa Grande, Arizona                  307,000    Composites             Honeycomb and Honeycomb Parts
   Decatur, Alabama                      159,000    Composites             PAN Precursor (used to produce Carbon Fibers)
   Kent, Washington                      573,000    Structures             Composite Structures
   Livermore, California                 141,000    Composites             Prepregs
   Pottsville, Pennsylvania              134,000    Composites             Honeycomb Parts
   Salt Lake City, Utah                  457,000    Composites             Carbon Fibers; Prepregs
   Seguin, Texas                         204,000    Reinforcements         Industrial Fabrics; Specialty Fabrics
   Statesville, North Carolina           553,000    Reinforcements         Electronic Fabrics; Industrial Fabrics
   Washington, Georgia                   160,000    Reinforcements         Electronic Fabrics; Industrial Fabrics

International:
   Dagneux, France                       130,000    Composites             Prepregs
   Decines, France                        90,000    Reinforcements         Industrial Fabrics; Specialty Fabrics
   Duxford, United Kingdom               440,000    Composites             Prepregs; Honeycomb and Honeycomb Parts
   Les Avenieres, France                 411,000    Reinforcements         Electronic Fabrics; Industrial Fabrics;
                                                                             Specialty Fabrics
   Linz, Austria                         163,000    Composites             Prepregs
   Parla, Spain                           43,000    Composites             Prepregs
   Welkenraedt, Belgium                  223,000    Composites             Honeycomb and Honeycomb Parts

Hexcel leases the facilities located in Anderson, South Carolina; Washington, Georgia; Statesville, North Carolina; and the land on which the Burlington, Washington, facility is located. The Company also leases portions of the facilities located in Casa Grande, Arizona and Les Avenieres, France. The remaining facilities are owned by the Company.

At December 31, 2002, the facilities located in Burlington, Washington; Casa Grande, Arizona; Decatur, Alabama; Dublin; California; Kent, Washington; Livermore, California; Pottsville, Pennsylvania; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Seguin, Texas were subject to mortgages in support of the bank syndicate that provided the Company with its then existing senior credit facility. In connection with the Company's refinancing of its capital structure on March 19, 2003, the then existing senior credit facility was repaid. Mortgages on these same facilities were established in support of the collateral agent for the holders of the Company's new senior secured notes issued March 19, 2003. Refer to "Significant Transactions - Refinancing of the Company's Capital Structure" under Item 1 - Business, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

14

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Hexcel is involved in litigation, investigations and claims arising out of the normal conduct of its business, including those relating to commercial transactions, as well as to environmental, employment, health and safety matters. The Company estimates and accrues its liabilities resulting from such matters based on a variety of factors, including outstanding legal claims and proposed settlements; assessments by internal and external counsel of pending or threatened litigation; and assessments by environmental engineers and consultants of potential environmental liabilities and remediation costs. Such estimates exclude counterclaims against other third parties and are not discounted to reflect the time value of money due to the uncertainty in estimating the timing of the expenditures, which may extend over several years.

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and is taking appropriate actions against such matters. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to certain contingent liabilities and claims, the Company believes, based upon its examination of currently available information, its experience to date, and advice from legal counsel, that the individual and aggregate liabilities resulting from the ultimate resolution of these contingent matters, after taking into consideration its existing insurance coverage and amounts already provided for, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS AND PROCEEDINGS

The Company is subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that impose strict requirements for the control and abatement of air, water and soil pollutants and the manufacturing, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and waste. These laws and regulations include the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and analogous state laws and regulations. Regulatory standards under these environmental laws and regulations have tended to become increasingly stringent over time.

Hexcel has been named as a potentially responsible party with respect to several hazardous waste disposal sites that it does not own or possess, which are included on the Superfund National Priority List of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or on equivalent lists of various state governments. Because CERCLA provides for joint and several liability, the Company could be responsible for all remediation costs at such sites, even if it is one of many potentially responsible parties ("PRPs"). The Company believes, based on the amount and the nature of its waste, and the number of other financially viable PRPs, that its liability in connection with such matters will not be material.

Pursuant to the New Jersey Industrial Sites Recovery Act, Hexcel signed an administrative consent order and later entered into a Remediation Agreement to pay for the environmental remediation of a manufacturing facility it owns and formerly operated in Lodi, New Jersey. The ultimate cost of remediating the Lodi site will depend on developing circumstances.

Hexcel was party to a cost-sharing agreement regarding the operation of certain environmental remediation systems necessary to satisfy a post-closure care permit issued to a previous owner of the Company's Kent, Washington, site by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Under the terms of the cost-sharing agreement, the Company was obligated to reimburse the previous owner for a portion of the cost of the required remediation activities. Management has determined that the cost-sharing agreement terminated in December 1998; however, the other party disputes this determination.

At its Livermore, California facility, Hexcel has received a series of notices of violation of air quality standards from the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. Hexcel has investigated and corrected the issues, and has cooperated with the District.

The Company's estimate of its liability as a PRP, of the remaining costs associated with its responsibility to remediate the Lodi, New Jersey, and Kent, Washington sites and for any fines and penalties that may be assessed relating to the Livermore, California notices of violation is accrued in its consolidated balance sheets.

15

OTHER PROCEEDINGS

Hexcel is aware of a grand jury investigation being conducted by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice with respect to the carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg industries. The Department of Justice appears to be reviewing the pricing of all manufacturers of carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg since 1993. The Company, along with other manufacturers of these products, has received a grand jury subpoena requiring production of documents to the Department of Justice. Toho Tenax Co. Ltd., one of their subsidiaries and one of their employees have been indicted for obstruction of justice; Toho and its subsidiary pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice and received a combined fine of $500,000. No other indictments have been issued in the case to date. The Company is not in a position to predict the direction or outcome of the investigation; however, it is cooperating with the Department of Justice.

In 1999, Hexcel was joined in a class action lawsuit alleging antitrust violations in the sale of carbon fiber, carbon fiber industrial fabrics and carbon fiber prepreg (Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. et. al. v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc., et. al., Amended and Consolidated Class Action Complaint filed October 4, 1999, United States District Court, Central District of California, Western Division, CV-99-07796-GHK (CTx)). The Company was one of many manufacturers joined in the lawsuit, which was spawned from the Department of Justice investigation. The Court has granted the Plaintiff's motion to certify the class. Discovery is continuing. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

Of the eleven companies that have opted out of the class in the Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. case, one, Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc., has filed a case on its own behalf, with similar allegations (Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc., v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc., et. al., First Amended Complaint filed October 15, 2002, United States District Court, Central District of California, Southern Division, SACV 02-911 DOC (MLGX)). The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

The Company has also been joined as a party in numerous class action lawsuits in California and in Massachusetts spawned by the Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. class action. These actions also allege antitrust violations and are brought on behalf of purchasers located in California and in Massachusetts, respectively, who indirectly purchased carbon fiber products. The California cases have been ordered to be coordinated in the Superior Court for the County of San Francisco and are currently referred to as Carbon Fibers Cases I, II and III, Judicial Council Coordinator Proceeding Numbers 4212, 4216 and 4222. The California cases are Lazio v. Amoco Polymers Inc., et.al., filed August 21, 2000; Proiette v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et. al., filed September 12, 2001; Simon v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et. al., filed September 21, 2001; Badal v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed September 26, 2001; Yolles v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed September 26, 2001; Regier v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed October 2, 2001; and Connolly v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed October 4, 2001; Elisa Langsam v Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc, et al., filed October 4, 2001; Jubal Delong et al. v Amoco Polymers, Inc. et al., filed October 26, 2001; and Louis V. Ambrosio v Amoco Polymers, Inc. et. al., filed October 25, 2001. The Massachusetts case is Ostroff v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc. et. al., filed June 7, 2002 in the Superior Court Department of the Trial Court of Middlesex, Massachusetts, Civil Action No. 02-2385. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of these lawsuits, but believes that the lawsuits are without merit as to the Company.

In 1999, a QUI TAM case was filed under seal by executives of Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc. alleging that Boeing and other prime contractors to the United States Government and certain carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg manufacturers, including the Company, submitted claims for payment to the U.S. Government which were false or fraudulent because the defendants knew of the alleged conspiracy to fix prices of carbon fiber and carbon prepreg described in the above cases (Beck, on behalf of the United States of America, v. Boeing Defense and Space Group, Inc., et. al., filed July 27, 1999, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California, Civil Action No. 99 CV 1557 JM JAH). The case was unsealed in 2002 when the U.S. advised that it was unable to decide whether to intervene in the case based on the information available to it at that time and the

16

Relators served the Company and other defendants. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

17

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Hexcel common stock is traded on the New York and Pacific Stock Exchanges. The range of high and low sales prices of Hexcel common stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape is contained in Note 23 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.

Hexcel did not declare or pay any dividends in 2002, 2001 or 2000. The payment of dividends is generally prohibited under the terms of certain of the Company's debt agreements.

On February 25, 2003, there were 1,363 holders of record of Hexcel common stock.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The information required by Item 6 is contained on page 33 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A under the caption "Selected Financial Data" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information required by Item 7 is contained on pages 34 to 60 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by Item 7A is contained under the heading "Market Risks" on pages 56 to 58 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by Item 8 is contained on pages 61 to 120 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A under "Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and is incorporated herein by reference. The Report of the Independent Accountants is contained on page 63 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A under the caption "Report of Independent Accountants" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

18

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT:

The information required by Item 10 will be contained in Hexcel's definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 will be contained in Hexcel's definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by Item 12 will be contained in Hexcel's definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by Item 13 will be contained in Hexcel's definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of a date within 90 days of the filing date of this report, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-14 and Rule 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on their evaluation, they have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, would be made known to them, so as to be reflected in periodic reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

There were no significant changes in the Company's internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, nor were there any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Company's internal controls. As a result, no corrective actions were required or undertaken.

19

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

a. 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

i. The consolidated financial statements of Hexcel, the notes thereto, and the Report of Independent Accountants are listed on page 61 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A and are incorporated herein by reference.

ii. The financial statements of BHA Aero Composite Parts Co. Ltd., the notes thereto, and the Independent Auditors' Report are listed on page 61 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A and are incorporated herein by reference.

2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The financial statement schedule and the Report of Independent Accountants required by Item 15(a)(2) are listed on page 61 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

b. REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 23, 2002, relating to third quarter of 2002 financial results.

Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2002, relating to announcement of signed agreements to issue equity securities and planned refinancing of existing senior credit facility.

c.  EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT NO.                      DESCRIPTION
-----------                      -----------

2.1            Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 2000 between Hexcel
               Corporation and Britax Cabin Interiors, Inc. (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Hexcel's Current Report on Form
               8-K dated May 10, 2000).

3.1            Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hexcel Corporation
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 to Hexcel's
               Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated July 9, 1996,
               Registration No. 1-08472).

3.2            Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of
               Incorporation of Hexcel Corporation.

3.3            Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hexcel Corporation.

4.1            Indenture dated as of January 21, 1999 between Hexcel Corporation
               and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to the issuance of
               the 93/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration
               Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-71601), filed on February 2,
               1999).

4.2            Indenture dated as of July 24, 1996 between Hexcel Corporation
               and First Trust of California, National Association, as trustee,
               relating to the 7% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003 of the
               Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to
               Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
               30, 1996).

4.3            Indenture dated as of August 1, 1986 between Hexcel and the Bank
               of California, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 7% Convertible
               Subordinated Notes due 2011 of the Company (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997).

                                       20

4.3(a)         Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as
               of October 1, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               4.10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
               year ended December 31, 1993).

4.4            Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2003 among Hexcel Corporation,
               the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota,
               National Association, as trustee, relating to the 9.875% Senior
               Secured Notes due 2008.

4.5            Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred
               Stock of Hexcel Corporation.

4.6            Certificate of Designation of Series B Convertible Preferred
               Stock of Hexcel Corporation.

10.1           Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, by and
               among Hexcel Corporation, Hexcel Composites Limited, Hexcel
               Composites GmbH (Austria), Hexcel Composites GmbH (Germany), the
               Guarantors named therein, the lenders from time to time party
               thereto, Fleet Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent,
               Fleet National Bank, London U.K. branch, trading as FleetBoston
               Financial, as Fronting Bank and Issuing Bank, Fleet National
               Bank, as Issuing Bank, and Fleet Securities Inc., as Lead
               Arranger.

10.2           Security Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, by and among
               Hexcel Corporation, Clark-Schwebel Corporation, Hexcel Pottsville
               Corporation, Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., CS Tech-Fab Holding,
               Inc. and Fleet Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent.

10.3*          Hexcel Corporation 2003 Incentive Stock Plan.

10.4*          Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan as amended and restated
               January 30, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3
               to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration
               No. 333-36163).

10.4(a)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan as amended and restated
               January 30, 1997 and further amended December 10, 1997
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5(a) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1997).

10.4(b)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated
               on January 30, 1997, and further amended on December 10, 1997 and
               March 25, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3
               of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July
               26, 1999).

10.4(c)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated
               on January 30, 1997, and further amended on December 10, 1997,
               March 25, 1999 and December 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.3(c) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999).

10.4(d)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated
               on February 3, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Annex A
               of the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 31, 2000).

10.4(e)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated
               on December 19, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.3(e) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 2000).

10.4(f)*       Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated
               on December 19, 2000 and further amended on January 10, 2002
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3(f) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2001).

                                       21

10.5*          Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's
               Form S-8 filed on June 19, 1998, Registration No. 333-57223).

10.5(a)*       Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan, as
               amended on February 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.1 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter
               ended June 30, 2000).

10.5(b)*       Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan, as
               amended on February 3, 2000, and further amended on February 1,
               2001 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4(b) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2000).

10.5(c)*       Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan, as
               amended on February 3, 2000, and further amended on February 1,
               2001 and January 10, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.4(c) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).

10.5(d)*       Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan, as
               amended on February 3, 2000, and further amended on February 1,
               2001, January 10, 2002 and December 12, 2002 (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.4(d) to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

10.6*          Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report
               on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997).

10.6(a)*       Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on
               March 25, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3
               of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July
               26, 1999).

10.6(b)*       Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on
               March 25, 1999 and December 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10.5(b) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999).

10.6(c)*       Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and
               restated on February 3, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Annex B of the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 31, 2000).

10.6(d)*       Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and
               restated on December 19, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference
               to Exhibit 10.5(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000).

10.6(e)*       Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and
               restated on March 19, 2003.

10.7*          Hexcel Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan, as
               amended and restated on December 19, 2000 and as further amended
               on February 27, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.6 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
               year ended December 31, 2001).

10.8*          Hexcel Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).

10.9*          Form of Employee Option Agreement (2003) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

                                       22

10.10*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (2002) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).

10.11*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (2000) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000).

10.12*         Form of Employee Option Agreement Special Executive Grant (2000)
               dated December 20, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.8 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
               year ended December 31, 2000).

10.13*         Form of Employee Option Agreement Special Executive Grant (1999)
               dated December 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
               of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 1999).

10.14*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1999) dated December 2, 1999
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               1999).

10.15*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1999) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1999).

10.16*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1998) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 1998).

10.17*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1997) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form
               10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997).

10.18*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1996) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form
               10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1996).

10.19*         Form of Employee Option Agreement (1995) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form
               10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1996).

10.20*         Form of Retainer Fee Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
               (2003) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2002).

10.21*         Form of Retainer Fee Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
               (2000) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2000).

10.22*         Form of Retainer Fee Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
               (1999) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1999).

10.23*         Form of Retainer Fee Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
               (1998) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to
               Hexcel's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1998).

10.24*         Form of Retainer Fee Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
               (1997) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
               Hexcel's Annual Report on Form 10-K

                                       23

               for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997).

10.25*         Form of Option Agreement (Directors) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Hexcel's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995).

10.26*         Form of Supplemental Compensation Option Agreement (Directors)
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Hexcel's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
               2001).

10.27*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (December 20, 2000) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
               year ended December 31, 2000).

10.28*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (Special Executive Grant December 2, 1999) (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999).

10.29*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (December 2, 1999) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of
               the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 1999).

10.30*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (1999) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
               Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended
               March 31, 1999).

10.31*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (1998) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
               Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended
               March 31, 1998).

10.32*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (1997) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
               Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June
               30, 1997).

10.33*         Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
               (1996) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to
               Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended
               March 31, 1996).

10.34*         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2003) (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

10.35*         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2002) (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Hexcel's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001).

10.36*         Form of Reload Option Agreement (1997) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form
               10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997).

10.37*         Form of Reload Option Agreement (1996) (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report on Form
               10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1996).

10.38*         Form of Exchange Performance Accelerated Stock Option Agreement
               (incorporated Herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Hexcel's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30,
               1998).

10.39*         Form of Performance Accelerated Stock Option Agreement (Director)
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Hexcel's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30,
               1997).

                                       24

10.40*         Form of Performance Accelerated Stock Option (Employee)
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Hexcel's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30,
               1997).

10.41*         Form of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report
               on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1999).

10.42*         Form of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Hexcel's Quarterly Report
               on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1997).

10.43*         Hexcel Corporation 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended
               and restated as of March 19, 2003.

10.44*         Employment Agreement dated as of July 30, 2001 between Hexcel
               Corporation and David E. Berges (incorporated by reference herein
               to Exhibit 10.37 to Hexcel's Registration Statement on Form S-4
               (No. 333-66582), filed on August 2, 2001).

10.44(a)*      Amendment, dated December 12, 2002, to Employment Agreement dated
               as of July 30, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation and David E.
               Berges (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.43(a) to
               the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 2002).

10.44(b)*      Employee Option Agreement dated as of July 30, 2001 between
               Hexcel Corporation and David E. Berges (incorporated by reference
               herein to Exhibit 10.37(a) to Hexcel's Registration Statement on
               Form S-4 (No. 333-66582), filed on August 2, 2001).

10.44(c)*      Employment Option Agreement (performance-based option) dated as
               of July 30, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation and David E. Berges
               (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.37(b) to Hexcel's
               Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-66582), filed on
               August 2, 2001).

10.44(d)*      Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of July 30, 2001 between
               Hexcel Corporation and David E. Berges (incorporated by reference
               herein to Exhibit 10.37(c) to Hexcel's Registration Statement on
               Form S-4 (No. 333-66582), filed on August 2, 2001).

10.44(e)*      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of July 30,
               2001 between Hexcel Corporation and David E. Berges (incorporated
               by reference herein to Exhibit 10.37(d) to Hexcel's Registration
               Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-66582), filed on August 2, 2001).

10.44(f)*      Letter Agreement dated August 1, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation
               and David E. Berges (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit
               10.37(e) to Hexcel's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
               333-66582), filed on August 2, 2001).

10.44(g)*      Letter Agreement dated August 28, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation
               and David E. Berges (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
               quarter ended September 30, 2001).

10.45*         Letter dated December 2, 1999 from Hexcel Corporation to Stephen
               C. Forsyth, regarding the Company's Management Incentive
               Compensation Plan for 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.35 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
               year ended December 31, 1999).

10.45(a)*      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of May 10,
               2000 between Hexcel Corporation and Stephen C. Forsyth
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the
               Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended
               June 30, 2000).

                                       25

10.45(b)*      Amendment to Agreements, dated as of October 11, 2000 by and
               between Hexcel Corporation and Stephen C. Forsyth (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2000).

10.45(c)*      Amendment to Amendments to Agreements, dated as of November 21,
               2000, by and between Hexcel Corporation and Stephen C. Forsyth
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39(c) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2000).

10.45(d)*      First Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement
               dated as of July 30, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation and Stephen
               C. Forsyth (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.43(d)
               to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 2001).

10.46*         Letter dated December 2, 1999 from Hexcel Corporation to Ira J.
               Krakower, regarding the Company's Management Incentive
               Compensation Plan for 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.40 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 2000).

10.46(a)*      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of May 10,
               2000 between Hexcel and Ira J. Krakower (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 2000).

10.46(b)*      Amendment to Agreements, dated as of October 11, 2000 by and
               between Hexcel Corporation and Ira J. Krakower (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2000).

10.46(c)*      First Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement
               dated as of July 30, 2001 between Hexcel Corporation and Ira J.
               Krakower (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44(c) to
               the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 2001).

10.47*         Form of Executive Severance Agreement between Hexcel and certain
               executive officers dated as of February 3, 1999 (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1999).

10.48*         Form of Executive Severance Agreement between Hexcel and certain
               executive officers dated as of February 3, 1999 (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1999).

10.49*         Amendment to Agreements, dated as of October 11, 2000 by and
               between Hexcel Corporation and William Hunt (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Quarterly Report
               on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2000).

10.49(a)*      Amendment to Amendments to Agreements, dated as of November 21,
               2000, by and between Hexcel Corporation and William Hunt
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45(a) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2000).

10.50*         Amendment to Agreements, dated as of October 11, 2000 by and
               between Hexcel Corporation and David Tanonis (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Quarterly Report
               on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2000).

10.51*         Amendment to Agreements, dated as of October 11, 2000 by and
               between Hexcel Corporation and Joseph Shaulson (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Quarterly
               Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2000).

                                       26

10.51(a)*      Amendment to Amendments to Agreements, dated as of November 21,
               2000, by and between Hexcel Corporation and Joseph Shaulson
               (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48(a) to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 2000).

10.52          Lease Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, by and among
               Clark-Schwebel Corporation (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hexcel)
               as lessee, CSI Leasing Trust as lessor, and William J. Wade as
               co-trustee for CSI Leasing Trust (incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 1998).

10.53          Amended and Restated Governance Agreement, dated as of March 19,
               2003, among LXH L.L.C., LXH II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000
               L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital
               Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH
               & Co. Beteiligungs KG, Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. and Hexcel
               Corporation.

10.54          Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among
               Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited
               Partnership, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI
               Investment Corp., Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar
               Co-Investment Partners L.P, Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and
               Hexcel Corporation.

10.55          Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
               March 19, 2003, by and among Hexcel Corporation, LXH, L.L.C., LXH
               II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P., GS Capital Partners
               2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund,
               L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG and
               Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P.

10.56          Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among
               Hexcel Corporation, Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership,
               Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Investors LLC,
               Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners L.P. and Greenbriar Equity
               Fund, L.P.

10.57          Agreement, dated October 11, 2000, by and among Hexcel
               Corporation, LXH, L.L.C. and LXH II, L.L.C. (incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on
               Form 8-K dated October 13, 2000).

10.58          Consent and Termination Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2000,
               by and between Hexcel Corporation and Ciba Specialty Chemicals
               Holding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
               the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2000).

10.59          Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2001, among Hexcel
               Corporation and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche
               Banc Alex. Brown Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan
               Securities Inc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.56
               to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended December 31, 2001).

10.60          Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2002, by and
               among Hexcel Corporation, Berkshire Investors LLC, Berkshire Fund
               V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership,
               Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and Greenbriar Co-Investment
               Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1
               to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20,
               2002).

10.61          Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2002, by and
               among Hexcel Corporation, GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS
               Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000
               Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co.
               Beteiligungs KG and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. (incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company's Current
               Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2002).

                                       27

10.62          Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2003, among Goldman,
               Sachs & Co., Fleet Securities, Inc. and Hexcel Corporation.

10.63          Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 19,
               2003 among Hexcel Corporation, Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.,
               Clark-Schwebel Corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation and CS
               Tech-Fab Holding, Inc.

10.64          Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003,
               between Hexcel Corporation, Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.,
               Clark-Schwebel Corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation, CS
               Tech-Fab Holding, Inc. and Hexcel International, and HSBC Bank
               USA, as Joint Collateral Agent.

10.65          Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, by and
               among Hexcel Corporation, HSBC Bank USA, as Joint Collateral
               Agent, Well Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
               trustee, and the representatives of the holders of Parity Lien
               Debt who may become a party thereto.

10.66          Intercreditor and Agency Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003, by
               and among HSBC Bank USA, as Joint Collateral Agent, Fleet Capital
               Corporation, as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, Fleet
               Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent under the Existing
               Credit Facility, Well Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association,
               as trustee, and each other Credit Facility Agent that may become
               a party thereto.

12.1           Statement regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to fixed
               charges for the Company (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 12.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

21.1           Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 21.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

23.1           Consent of Independent Accountants - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2           Consent of Independent Accountants - Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
               Certified Public Accountants Ltd.

24.1           Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

99.1           Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
               Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the
               Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

99.2           Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
               Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the
               Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

----------

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

28

SIGNATURES

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF STAMFORD, STATE OF CONNECTICUT.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

        March 31, 2003                              /s/ DAVID E. BERGES
-------------------------------             ------------------------------------
            (Date)                                    David E. Berges
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

KNOWN TO ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT EACH PERSON WHOSE SIGNATURE APPEARS BELOW CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS STEPHEN C. FORSYTH, HIS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, WITH THE POWER OF SUBSTITUTION, FOR HIM IN ANY AND ALL CAPACITIES, TO SIGN ANY AMENDMENTS TO THIS REPORT, AND TO FILE THE SAME, WITH EXHIBITS THERETO AND OTHER DOCUMENTS IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, HEREBY RATIFYING AND CONFIRMING ALL THAT SAID ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, OR HIS SUBSTITUTE OR SUBSTITUTES, MAY DO OR CAUSE TO BE DONE BY VIRTUE HEREOF.

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

              SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                              DATE
              ---------                                  -----                              ----
         /s/ DAVID E. BERGES                        Chairman of the                    March 31, 2003
------------------------------------       Board of Directors, President and
          (David E. Berges)                     Chief Executive Officer
                                             (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)


       /s/ STEPHEN C. FORSYTH                 Executive Vice President and             March 31, 2003
------------------------------------            Chief Financial Officer
        (Stephen C. Forsyth)                 (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)


        /s/ WILLIAM J. FAZIO                      Corporate Controller                 March 31, 2003
------------------------------------         (PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER)
         (William J. Fazio)


         /s/ JOEL S. BECKMAN                            Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
          (Joel S. Beckman)


     /s/ H. ARTHUR BELLOWS, JR.                         Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
      (H. Arthur Bellows, Jr.)


        /s/ JAMES J. GAFFNEY                            Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
         (James J. Gaffney)

29

        /s/ SANJEEV K. MEHRA                            Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
         (Sanjeev K. Mehra)


           /s/ LEWIS RUBIN                              Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
            (Lewis Rubin)


         /s/ ROBERT J. SMALL                            Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
          (Robert J. Small)


        /s/ MARTIN L. SOLOMON                           Director                       March 31, 2003
------------------------------------
         (Martin L. Solomon)

30

CERTIFICATIONS

I, David E. Berges, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) of Hexcel Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors:

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

         March 31, 2003                             /s/ DAVID E. BERGES
----------------------------------         -------------------------------------
             (Date)                                   David E. Berges
                                            Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

31

I, Stephen C. Forsyth, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) of Hexcel Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c. presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:

a. all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

         March 31, 2003                               /s/ STEPHEN C. FORSYTH
----------------------------------                  ----------------------------
             (Date)                                      Stephen C. Forsyth
                                                    Executive Vice President and
                                                       Chief Financial Officer

32

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

The following table summarizes selected financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31:

                                                             2002         2001         2000         1999         1998
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (a):
 Net sales                                                $    850.8   $  1,009.4   $  1,055.7   $  1,151.5   $  1,089.0
 Cost of sales                                                 689.5        818.6        824.3        909.0        817.7
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
   Gross margin                                                161.3        190.8        231.4        242.5        271.3

 Selling, general and administrative expenses                   85.9        120.9        123.9        128.7        117.9
 Research and technology expenses                               14.7         18.6         21.2         24.8         23.7
 Business consolidation and restructuring expenses               0.5         58.4         10.9         20.1         12.7
 Impairment of goodwill and other purchased
   intangibles                                                     -        309.1            -            -            -
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating income (loss)                                      60.2       (316.2)        75.4         68.9        117.0

 Litigation gain                                                 9.8            -            -            -            -
 Interest expense                                              (62.8)       (64.8)       (68.7)       (73.9)       (38.7)
 Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt                         0.5         (2.7)           -            -            -
 Gain on sale of Bellingham aircraft interiors business            -            -         68.3            -            -
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
   Income (loss) before income taxes                             7.7       (383.7)        75.0         (5.0)        78.3
 Provision for (benefit from) income taxes                      11.3         40.5         26.3         (1.7)        28.4
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
   Income (loss) before equity in earnings (losses)             (3.6)      (424.2)        48.7         (3.3)        49.9
 Equity in earnings (losses) of and write-downs of
   an investment in affiliated companies                       (10.0)        (9.5)         5.5        (20.0)         0.5
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
   Net income (loss)                                      $    (13.6)  $   (433.7)  $     54.2   $    (23.3)  $     50.4
                                                          ==============================================================
 Net income (loss) per share: (b)
   Basic                                                  $    (0.35)  $   (11.54)  $     1.47   $    (0.64)  $     1.38
   Diluted                                                $    (0.35)  $   (11.54)  $     1.32   $    (0.64)  $     1.24
 Weighted average shares outstanding:
   Basic                                                        38.4         37.6         36.8         36.4         36.7
   Diluted                                                      38.4         37.6         45.7         36.4         45.7
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL POSITION:
 Total assets                                             $    708.1   $    789.4   $  1,211.4   $  1,261.9   $  1,404.2
 Working capital                                          $   (530.8)  $     80.5   $    128.1   $    117.3   $    219.6
 Long-term notes payable and capital lease obligations    $        -   $    668.5   $    651.5   $    736.6   $    838.1
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) (c)                       $   (127.4)  $   (132.6)  $    315.7   $    270.1   $    302.4
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER DATA:
 Depreciation and amortization                            $     47.2   $     63.2   $     58.7   $     61.3   $     47.5
 Capital expenditures                                     $     14.9   $     38.8   $     39.6   $     35.6   $     66.5
 Shares outstanding at year-end, less treasury stock            38.5         38.2         37.1         36.6         36.4
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------

(a) The comparability of the data may be affected by acquisitions and divestitures. The Company acquired Clark-Schwebel, a manufacturer of high-quality fiberglass fabrics used to make printed wiring boards and high performance specialty products used in insulation, filtration, wall and facade claddings, soft body armor and reinforcements for composite materials in 1998. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The Bellingham aircraft interiors business was sold in April 2000.

(b) Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," ("FAS 142"). Prior to adopting FAS 142, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from 15 years to 40 years. As a result of adopting FAS 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Amortization of goodwill and other purchased intangibles was $12.5 million in 2001 and $13.1 million in 2000.

(c) No cash dividends were declared per common stock during any of the five years ended December 31, 2002.

33

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                  2002            2001          2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net sales (a)                                                   $    850.8      $ 1,009.4      $  1,055.7
  Gross margin %                                                        19.0%          18.9%           21.9%
  Operating income                                                $     60.2      $  (316.2)     $     75.4
  Operating income %                                                     7.1%             -             7.1%
  Provision for income taxes (b)                                  $     11.3      $    40.5      $     26.3
  Litigation gain                                                 $      9.8      $       -      $        -
  Equity in earnings (losses) of and write-downs of
    an investment in affiliated companies                         $    (10.0)     $    (9.5)     $      5.5
  Net income (loss)                                               $    (13.6)     $  (433.7)     $     54.2
  Diluted earnings (loss) per share                               $    (0.35)     $  (11.54)     $     1.32
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Giving effect to the April 26, 2000 sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business as if the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2000, net sales would have been $1,036.8 million in 2000.

(b) Reflects the impact of ceasing to record the tax benefits from U.S. operating losses commencing during the second quarter of 2001. In addition, 2001 results reflect the impact of the write-down of U.S. deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2001. The 2000 results include $24.0 million of provision for income taxes on the April 2000 gain from the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business.

BUSINESS TRENDS

The Company has experienced major changes in two of the significant markets for its products during 2001 and 2002. Towards the end of the first quarter of 2001, the Company experienced a significant reduction in the demand for its woven fiberglass fabrics used as substrates for printed wiring boards. In 2001, net sales from such electronics applications declined $104.2 million or 58% compared to 2000. During 2002, sales declined a further $18.7 million to $58.3 million, as the full annual effect of the changes in the industry were evident.

The tragic events of September 11 precipitated a significant reduction in the production of new build commercial aircraft. In late 2001, both Airbus and Boeing announced reductions in build rates that were implemented by the middle of 2002. As the Company delivers on average six months ahead of its customer's delivery of an aircraft, the Company experienced reduced revenues commencing in the first quarter, 2002. Full year 2002 net sales to the commercial aerospace sector were $147.8 million or 27.4% lower than 2001 at $391.1 million.

The Company has responded to these major changes in its two largest historic markets by implementing a major restructuring program it announced in November 2001. This program targeted reducing the Company's fixed costs ahead of the changes in the demand for its products. The program also provided for the cost of reducing variable costs as customer demand declined. These cost reductions have predominantly been accomplished by a sharp reduction in the Company's work force. Headcount has declined from a high of over 6,200 during the third quarter, 2001 to 4,245 as of December 31, 2002. This right sizing of the Company has enabled it to stabilize operating profitability despite the significant reduction in net sales.

The changes in business performance and outlook required that the Company obtain an amendment to the financial maintenance covenants under its existing senior credit facility to accommodate its anticipated performance in 2002. The Company's bank syndicate and the Company entered into an amendment of the financial covenants on January 25, 2002. The Company has since been in compliance with those covenants. With the benefit of reductions in capital expenditures and working capital as well as the receipt of proceeds from a litigation settlement and the sale of a portion of an equity interest in an affiliated company, the Company reduced its total debt during 2002 by $64.2 million despite incurring cash restructuring costs of $24.3 million.

34

Although the Company has stabilized operating profitability and reduced its total debt during 2002, a significant amount of debt remains outstanding. The remaining $46.9 million of 7% convertible subordinated notes are due for redemption on August 1, 2003 and the revolving credit and overdraft lines under the existing senior credit facility are due on September 14, 2004. The Company has therefore sought new equity capital and announced on December 18, 2002 that it has entered into definitive agreements providing for a new equity financing through the issuance of a total of 125,000 shares of a series A convertible preferred stock and 125,000 shares of a series B convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million in cash. The intent is to right-size the capital structure of the Company to its current business circumstances.

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel successfully completed the refinancing of its capital structure through the simultaneous closings of three financing transactions: the completion of its previously announced sale of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million, the issuance of $125.0 million of 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, and the establishment of a new $115.0 million senior secured credit facility, also due 2008.

The proceeds from the sale of the convertible preferred stock have been used to provide for the redemption of $46.9 million principal amount of the Company's 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to repay outstanding borrowings under the existing senior credit facility. Proceeds to be used to redeem the 7% convertible subordinated notes have been remitted to US Bank Trust, trustee for the notes, for the express purpose of retiring the outstanding principal balance of the notes, plus accrued interest.

The remaining advances under the existing senior credit facility, after the application of a portion of the equity proceeds, have been repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the Company's new 9-7/8% senior secured notes and a new senior secured credit facility.

With the benefit of the financing transactions, the Company's next significant scheduled debt maturity will not occur until 2008, with annual debt and capital lease maturities ranging between $6.2 million and $12.5 million prior to 2008. Total debt as of March 19, 2003, after giving pro forma effect to these financing transactions and their related costs, was $531.6 million.

LITIGATION SETTLEMENT:

In June 2002, the Company benefited from a judgment entered in litigation with Hercules Corporation arising from a contract dispute in connection with the 1996 purchase of the Hercules' Composites Products Division. Hexcel received approximately $11.1 million from Hercules in satisfaction of a judgment entered after Hercules had exhausted all appeals from a lower court decision in favor of Hexcel in the New York Courts. The net cash proceeds from the settlement were used to reduce outstanding debt under the senior credit facility.

SALE OF OWNERSHIP IN A JOINT VENTURE:

In 2002, the Company agreed with its Asian Electronics venture partner to restructure its minority interest in Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd.
("Asahi-Schwebel"). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company reduced its ownership interest in the joint venture from 43.3% to 33.3% and received cash proceeds of $10.0 million. The agreement also included, among other matters, a put option in favor of the Company to sell and a call option in favor of the Company's joint venture partner to purchase the Company's remaining ownership interest in the joint venture for $23.0 million. The options are simultaneously effective for a six-month period beginning July 1, 2003. Reflecting these terms, the Company wrote-down the carrying value of its remaining equity investment in this joint venture to its estimated fair market value of $23.0 million, recording a non-cash impairment charge of $4.0 million. There was no tax benefit recognized on the write-down. The net cash proceeds from this sale were used to reduce outstanding debt under the senior credit facility.

35

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2002 COMPARED TO 2001

NET SALES: Consolidated net sales for 2002 were $850.8 million, a decrease of 15.7% when compared to 2001 net sales of $1,009.4 million, reflecting lower sales to the commercial aerospace and electronics markets. Net sales to the commercial aerospace market declined by 27.4% as build rates of new commercial aircraft were reduced. Net sales to the electronics market were 24.3% lower than in 2001, reflecting the full year impact of a severe electronics industry downturn that was first seen late in the first quarter of 2001. The reduction in net sales to these markets was partially offset by continued growth in revenues to industrial and space and defense markets of 1.5% and 2.9%, respectively. Had the same U.S. dollar, British pound and Euro exchange rates applied in 2002 as in 2001, consolidated net sales for 2002 would have been approximately $837.6 million, reflecting the weakening of the U.S. dollar over the twelve months.

Hexcel has three reportable segments: Reinforcements, Composites and Structures. Although these strategic business units provide customers with different products and services, they often overlap within four end markets:
Commercial Aerospace, Industrial, Space & Defense, and Electronics. The Company finds it meaningful to evaluate the performance of its segments through the four end markets. Further discussion and additional financial information about the Company's segments may be found in Note 19 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following table summarizes net sales to third-party customers by segment and end market in 2002 and 2001:

                                                                   UNAUDITED
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  COMMERCIAL                       SPACE &
(IN MILLIONS)                      AEROSPACE      INDUSTRIAL       DEFENSE       ELECTRONICS          TOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002 NET SALES
  Reinforcements                  $     49.0      $   110.6       $       -       $     58.3      $      217.9
  Composites                           256.6          143.3           132.5                -             532.4
  Structures                            85.5              -            15.0                -             100.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                          $    391.1      $   253.9       $   147.5       $     58.3      $      850.8
                                          46%            30%             17%               7%              100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001 NET SALES (a)
  Reinforcements                  $     54.5      $    114.2      $       -       $     77.0      $      245.7
  Composites                           374.1           136.0          128.7                -             638.8
  Structures                           110.3               -           14.6                -             124.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                          $    538.9      $    250.2      $   143.3       $     77.0      $    1,009.4
                                          53%             25%            14%               8%              100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) As part of a restructuring program, the Company changed the responsibility and reporting of one of its product lines effective January 1, 2002. Hexcel's business segment reporting has therefore been revised in 2002. Coincident with this change, Hexcel revised the names of its reporting business segments to Reinforcements, Composites and Structures. The 2001 results have been restated for comparative purposes.

Commercial aerospace net sales decreased 27.4% to $391.1 million for 2002, as compared to net sales of $538.9 million for 2001. This decrease in comparable net sales reflects a reduction in commercial aircraft build rates by Airbus and Boeing during 2002 and into the first half of 2003. Boeing delivered 381 aircraft in 2002, down from 527 in 2001, and projects that its deliveries in 2003 will be reduced by approximately 25% to a level between 270 and 290 aircraft. Airbus' 2002 aircraft deliveries were 303, slightly lower than the 325 aircraft delivered in 2001. Airbus has indicated its 2003 deliveries and production will be approximately 300 aircraft. This guidance suggests that combined Boeing and Airbus commercial aircraft deliveries in 2003 will be about 15% lower than in 2002. The impact on the Company's commercial aerospace revenues of the further forecasted reduction in aircraft deliveries in 2003 will likely be smaller. As the Company delivers its products on average six months ahead of the delivery of an aircraft, it has been experiencing customer demand that approximates the 2003 forecasted deliveries for several months. The Company's commercial aerospace revenues in the second half of 2003 will start to reflect its customers anticipated deliveries

36

of commercial aircraft in 2004. In addition to the number of aircraft produced, the Company's commercial aerospace revenues are influenced by the mix of aircraft that are produced, as twin aisle aircraft use more of the Company's products than narrow body aircraft and newly designed aircraft use more than older generations. Unlike many aerospace suppliers, Hexcel's sales to this market are almost entirely driven by new aircraft build rates with no material aftermarket content.

Airbus is well into the launch of their new jumbo aircraft, the Airbus A380. Hexcel's deliveries of material for this aircraft have already begun to support certification and test requirements. While the Airbus A380 is not expected to enter service until approximately 2006, the design of the plane indicates that it will be the largest commercial aerospace consumer of composite materials per aircraft. About 19% of its dry weight is expected to be from composites, a significant increase above the level found even in today's most advanced wide body aircrafts, the Boeing 777 and the Airbus A340-500/600.

Industrial net sales of $253.9 million for 2002 were slightly higher than the $250.2 million recorded in 2001. This year-on-year increase was highlighted by strong growth in demand for composite materials used in wind energy applications and continued strength in demand for the Company's products used in other non-aerospace applications, including architectural, automotive, civilian body armor, rail and marine, and various recreational equipment. While sales of the Company's reinforcement fabrics used in soft body armor applications increased slightly in 2002, sales to U.S. military applications began to decline in the second half of 2002, due largely to the timing of the placement of new contracts with the Company's customers for military body armor programs. Due to the lack of clarity in military soft body armor demand, the Company's Industrial revenues may fluctuate for several quarters even though the prospects for growth from wind energy and other applications remain strong.

Space and defense net sales for 2002 of $147.5 million were 2.9% higher than the 2001 net sales of $143.3 million. In general, sales associated with military aircraft and helicopters continue to trend upwards as the new generation of military aircraft in the United States and Europe ramp up in production. Approved and projected defense procurement budgets in the United States and Europe support this outlook. The Company is currently qualified to supply materials to a broad range of military aircraft and helicopters. These programs include the F/A-18E/F (Hornet), the F-22 (Raptor), the European Fighter Aircraft (Typhoon), the C-17, the V-22 (Osprey) tilt rotor aircraft, the Tiger and the NH90 helicopters. The benefits that the Company will derive from these programs will depend upon which of these programs are funded and the extent of such funding.

Electronics net sales of $58.3 million for 2002 were 24.3% lower than net sales of $77.0 million in 2001. Revenues continue to be affected by a severe industry downturn in the global electronics market first seen in the first quarter of 2001 that has had a prolonged negative impact on the demand for the Company's fiberglass fabric substrates used in the fabrication of printed wiring boards. In addition, import quotas limiting Asian imports of fiberglass fabrics into the U.S. expired at the end of 2001 and migration of lower layer count printed wiring board production from the United States to Asia has continued. With excess industry production capacity, pricing remains under pressure. With these industry conditions continuing, the Company sees no evidence of a near-term recovery in this market.

GROSS MARGIN: Gross margin for 2002 was $161.3 million, or 19.0% of net sales, compared to gross margin of $190.8 million, or 18.9% of net sales, in 2001. The $29.5 million decline in gross margin reflected the impact of the year-on-year sales declines in the commercial aerospace and electronics markets. While gross margins declined, the Company actually improved gross margin as a percentage of net sales by exceeding its goals for reductions in factory fixed costs in the previously announced restructuring programs.

Although the gross margin in the Reinforcements segment declined $1.6 million compared to 2001 due to the electronics market declined, gross margin as a percentage of sales actually improved 130 basis points to 16.9% in 2002, as raw material prices and manufacturing costs reductions more than offset lower revenues. Gross margins earned by the Composites and the Structures segments declined $23.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, when compared to 2001. Manufacturing cost

37

reductions were able to hold percentage gross margins steady in the Composites segment. The Structures segment's gross margin as a percentage of sales declined 250 basis points, as it ramped up the transition of existing programs to build composite structures for commercial aircraft for its Asian joint ventures and received new programs from Boeing.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ("SG&A") EXPENSES: SG&A expenses were $85.9 million, or 10.1% of net sales, in 2002 compared with $120.9 million, or 12.0% of net sales, in 2001. Excluding compensation expenses associated with the former CEO's retirement of $4.7 million in 2001 and the impact of the adoption of FAS 142 on goodwill amortization, SG&A expenses in 2001 were $103.7 million, or 10.3% of net sales. The net year-on-year reduction of $17.8 million, or 17.2%, after adjustments, reflects the impact of the Company's restructuring programs to reduce expenses to mitigate the reduction in sales in the commercial aerospace and electronics markets. Goodwill amortization in 2001 was $12.5 million.

RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY ("R&T") EXPENSES: R&T expenses were $14.7 million, or 1.7% of net sales, in 2002 compared to $18.6 million, or 1.8% of net sales, in 2001. Over the past two years the Company has concentrated its R&T efforts on developing new materials to meet the emerging needs of our customers, as well as expanding the range of applications for reinforcements and composite materials.

OPERATING INCOME: Operating income for 2002 was $60.2 million, or 7.1% of net sales, compared with an operating loss of $316.2 million in 2001. Excluding business consolidation and restructuring expenses of $0.5 million and $58.4 million incurred in 2002 and 2001, respectively, a $309.1 million impairment of goodwill and other purchased intangibles in 2001, $4.7 million of compensation expenses associated with the former CEO's retirement in 2001, and $12.5 million in amortization expense incurred in 2001, operating income would have been $60.7 million, or 7.1% of net sales, for 2002 compared with $68.5 million, or 6.8% of net sales, for 2001. This $7.8 million decline in operating income, after these adjustments, reflects the year-on-year decrease in gross margins offset, in part, by reductions in SG&A and R&T expenses.

Operating income, after excluding the segments' attributable share of the aforementioned items, in the Reinforcements segment increased $3.7 million, as compared with 2001, to $19.1 million reflecting the benefits obtained from restructuring programs during the year. The Composites segment's operating income, after such exclusions, decreased by $13.0 million, as declines in net sales outpaced cost reductions. With the impact of the transition of programs to its Asian joint ventures and the start up of new programs received from Boeing, the Structures segment's operating income was $1.8 million lower than in 2001. The Company did not allocate corporate operating expenses of $26.7 million and $30.0 million to operating segments in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

LITIGATION GAIN: In 2002, the Company recognized a litigation gain of $9.8 million (net of related fees and expenses) in connection with a contract dispute with Hercules, Inc. that arose out of the acquisition of Hercules' Composites Products Division in 1996. The net cash proceeds received from Hercules Inc. of $11.1 million were in satisfaction of the judgment entered in favor of the Company after Hercules had exhausted all appeals from a lower court decision in the New York courts.

INTEREST EXPENSE: Interest expense for 2002 was $62.8 million compared to $64.8 million in 2001. Included in interest expense for 2002 and 2001 was approximately $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of fees and expenses incurred in connection with bank amendments. Excluding these fees and expenses, interest expense was $61.0 million in 2002 and $63.8 million in 2001. This $2.8 million reduction in interest expense year-on-year reflects the reductions in total debt in the last twelve months, the benefit of the reductions in LIBOR, net of the increase in the spread over LIBOR that the Company pays on its advances under its senior credit facility. For additional information, see Note 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

GAIN (Loss) ON EARLY RETIREMENT OF DEBT: In 2002, the Company recognized a $0.5 million gain on the early retirement of debt, related to the repurchase of $1.8 million of its 7% convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011, in satisfaction of an annual sinking fund requirement. The debt was repurchased at market prices, which resulted in a gain.

38

A loss of $2.7 million was recorded in 2001 as a result of the early retirement of $67.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's outstanding 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and the redemption of the entire principal amount of $25.0 million of the Company's increasing rate senior subordinated notes, due 2003. With the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections," on January 1, 2002, the $2.7 extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt reported in 2001 was reclassified as a separate line item below operating income in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no tax benefit recognized on the loss because of limitations on the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES: The Company's tax provision of $11.3 million for 2002 primarily reflects taxes on foreign income. The Company will continue to establish a non-cash valuation allowance attributable to currently generated U.S. net operating losses until such time as the U.S. operations have returned to consistent profitability.

The Company had a tax provision of $40.5 million in 2001, reflecting the impact of reduced tax benefits recorded for U.S. operating losses resulting from a change in business outlook and the inclusion in its tax provision of a $30.7 million valuation allowance for previously reported U.S. deferred tax assets. Due to a sharp decline in electronics revenues, the Company determined during the second quarter of 2001 to increase its tax provision rate through the establishment of a non-cash valuation allowance attributable to currently generated U.S. net operating losses until such time as the U.S. operations return to consistent profitability. Due to the effect of significant events that have occurred since the end of the second quarter, including the delay in the anticipated recovery in the electronics market, anticipated reductions in commercial aircraft production, and a general weakening of the economy, along with the sizable impairments to certain long-lived assets in the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company reduced its estimates for future U.S. taxable income during the carryforward period. As a result, the Company concluded that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets, which resulted in a $32.6 million valuation allowance for previously reported tax assets. For additional information, see Note 12 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

EQUITY IN LOSSES OF AND WRITE-DOWN OF AN INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES: Equity in losses of affiliated companies was $10.0 million in 2002, slightly larger than equity in losses of $9.5 million in 2001. Excluding the $4.0 million write-down of its investment in Asahi-Schwebel in 2002 and a $7.8 million write-down of its investment in Interglas Technologies AG ("Interglas") in 2001, equity in losses were $6.0 million in 2002 compared to $1.7 million in 2001. The increase in equity losses was due to the impact of the continued electronics market conditions affecting the Company's Asian electronics joint venture and increased year-over-year losses reported by the Company's joint ventures in China and Malaysia as they ramp up production of aerospace composite structures.

In 2002, the Company wrote-down the carrying value of its remaining equity investment in Asahi-Schwebel to its estimated fair market value of $23.0 million resulting from an agreement with the Company's joint venture partner to restructure its minority interest. The $7.8 million write-down of Interglas in 2001 was the result of an assessment that an other-than-temporary decline in value in the investment had occurred due to a severe industry downturn and the resulting impact on the financial condition of this company. The amount of the write-down was determined based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The Company did not record deferred tax benefits on the write-downs because of limitations imposed by foreign tax laws and the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

NET LOSS AND NET LOSS PER SHARE:

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                       2002           2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss                                                 $ (13.6)       $ (433.7)
Diluted net loss per share                               $ (0.35)       $ (11.54)
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding                 38.4            37.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company's convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, its convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011 and all of its stock options were excluded from the 2002 and 2001 computation

39

of diluted net loss per share, as they were antidilutive. Refer to Note 14 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calculation and number of shares used for diluted net loss per share.

2001 COMPARED TO 2000

NET SALES: Consolidated net sales were $1,009.4 million in 2001, a 4.4% decline from $1,055.7 million in 2000. Giving effect to the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business, that occurred on April 26, 2000, as if the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2000, net sales for 2000 would have been $1,036.8 million, resulting in a decline of 2.6%. The decline was due to a severe industry downturn and inventory correction in the electronics market for the Company's fiberglass fabric substrates, with net sales to that market down $104.2 million, or 57.5%, year-on-year. The downturn was partially offset by modest growth in the Composites segment of $44.3 million, or 7.5%, continued expansion in non-electronic markets for Reinforcements of $18.2 million, or 12.1%, and increased revenues, excluding the Bellingham business, for Structures of $14.3 million, or 12.9%. Net sales in 2000 generated by the Bellingham aircraft interiors business prior to its sale were $18.9 million. Had the same U.S. dollar, British pound and Euro exchange rates applied in 2001 as in 2000, consolidated net sales would have been approximately $1,019.5 million in 2001.

The following table summarizes net sales to third-party customers by segment and end market in 2001 and 2000:

                                                                   UNAUDITED
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  COMMERCIAL                      SPACE &
(IN MILLIONS)                      AEROSPACE      INDUSTRIAL      DEFENSE        ELECTRONICS          TOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001 NET SALES (a)
  Reinforcements                 $    54.5       $    114.2      $        -      $      77.0     $       245.7
  Composites                         374.1            136.0           128.7                -             638.8
  Structures                         110.3                -            14.6                -             124.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                         $   538.9       $    250.2      $    143.3      $      77.0     $     1,009.4
                                        53%              25%             14%               8%              100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000 NET SALES (a)
  Reinforcements                 $    53.6       $     96.9      $        -      $     181.2     $       331.7
  Composites                         343.8            130.9           119.8                -             594.5
  Structures (b)                     120.3                -             9.2                -             129.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                         $   517.7       $    227.8      $    129.0      $     181.2     $     1,055.7
                                        49%              22%             12%              17%              100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) As part of a restructuring program, the Company changed the responsibility and reporting of one of its product lines effective January 1, 2002. Hexcel's business segment reporting has therefore been revised in 2002. Coincident with this change, Hexcel revised the names of its reporting business segments to Reinforcements, Composites and Structures. The 2001 and 2000 results have been restated for comparative purposes.

(b) Giving effect to the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business, that occurred on April 26, 2000, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2000, net sales for 2000 would have been $1,036.8 million. The Bellingham business had $18.9 million of sales to the commercial aerospace market in 2000. This business was a component of the Company's Structures segment until this business was sold.

Commercial aerospace net sales increased 4.1% to $538.9 million in 2001 compared with $517.7 million in 2000. Excluding $18.9 million in net sales generated by the Bellingham aircraft interiors business, net sales increased 8.0% from $498.8 million. The increase in comparable net sales reflected higher build rates and product mix of commercial aircraft produced at Airbus, Boeing and several regional aircraft manufacturers. Airbus and Boeing delivered a combined 852 commercial aircraft in 2001, a 6.5% improvement over the 800 delivered in 2000. The Company's net sales are impacted by the mix of aircraft that are produced, as twin aisle aircraft use more of the Company's materials than narrow body aircraft and newly designed aircraft use more of the Company's materials than older generations.

Industrial net sales increased 9.8% to $250.2 million in 2001 from $227.8 million in 2000. The increase reflected strong sales growth in reinforcement fabrics used in the manufacture of soft body

40

armor and in composite materials used for wind energy applications. The Company also continued to obtain growth through new automotive applications driven by new programs that use the Company's honeycomb core to provide impact protection and lightweight structural products. Growth in this market was bound by slightly lower net sales to recreational markets tracking macroeconomic trends in consumer spending and travel.

Space and defense net sales in 2001 were $143.3 million, which reflected a $14.3 million, or 11.1%, increase from comparable sales in 2000. Sales associated with military aircraft and helicopters continued to trend upwards as the new generation of military aircraft in the United States and Europe ramped up in production. The Company is qualified to supply materials to a broad range of military aircraft and helicopter product programs. These programs, which utilize significantly greater amounts of Hexcel products than previous generations, include the F/A-18E/F (Hornet), the F-22 (Raptor), the European Fighter Aircraft (Typhoon) as well as the C-17, the V-22 (Osprey) tilt rotor aircraft, the RAH-66 (Comanche) and the NH90 helicopters. The benefits that the Company obtains from these programs in a fiscal period often depend upon which ones are funded and the extent of such funding.

Electronics net sales were $77.0 million in 2001, a decrease of 57.5% from net sales of $181.2 million in 2000. This decline reflected the impact of a severe industry downturn and inventory correction in the global electronics industry that impacted the demand for the Company's fiberglass fabric substrates used in the fabrication of printed wiring boards. The origins of this downturn had many causes including the end of the so called "tech boom," a sharp reduction in telecommunications infrastructure investments and declining macroeconomic trends. Lower demand resulted in finished goods producers and their subcontractors seeking to liquidate their excess electronics inventories by cutting back on their purchases, which affected the entire supply chain. The Company first saw the impact of this downturn in its U.S. operations in the latter part of the first quarter of 2001. In the second quarter of 2001, U.S. demand weakened further and the Company's European operations, together with its joint venture interests in Europe and Asia, saw the same precipitative decline in customer demand. These reduced demand conditions persisted for the balance of 2001 with sales revenues down in excess of 65% for the second, third and fourth quarters compared to the same quarters in 2000. As the downturn continued through 2001, competition intensified for the business that remained and pricing pressures increased.

GROSS MARGIN: Gross margin for 2001 was $190.8 million, or 18.9% of sales, versus $231.4 million, or 21.9% of sales, in 2000. The decrease primarily reflected the impact of the sharp decline in electronics sales in the Company's Reinforcements segment where gross margin fell approximately 7.7% to 15.6% of sales. While the Company had taken actions to significantly reduce costs in the electronics business, it was not able to reduce fixed costs pro-rata to the change in sales given the magnitude of the shortfall in revenues and its decision to retain manufacturing capacity to meet increased demand when, or if, the market recovers. Gross margins earned by the Company's Composites and Structures segments, as a percent of sales, declined approximately 1.0% to 3.0% below those earned in 2000 due to various factors including the impact of the company-wide focus on dramatically reducing inventories ahead of 2002's anticipated fall-off in commercial aerospace revenues, higher utility costs and changes in sales mix. The Company's inventories declined $23.7 million during 2001 to $131.7 million. Utility costs in the United States for 2001 increased by approximately $3.2 million compared to 2000.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES: Selling, general and administrative expenses were $120.9 million, or 12.0% of net sales, in 2001 compared with $123.9 million, or 11.7% of net sales, in 2000. SG&A expenses, excluding the $4.7 million of compensation expenses associated with the former CEO's retirement and giving effect to the sale of the Bellingham business as if it had occurred on January 1, 2000, were $116.2 million, or 11.5% of net sales, in 2001 compared with $121.3 million, or 11.7% of net sales, in 2000. This decrease reflected lower corporate expenses of $4.1 million, of which $2.2 million reflected costs incurred in connection with the change in control event in 2000. Amortization expense of $12.5 million and $13.1 million was included in SG&A expenses for 2001 and 2000, respectively.

41

RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY EXPENSES: Research and technology expenses were $18.6 million, or 1.8% of net sales, in 2001 compared to $21.2 million, or 2.0% of net sales, in 2000. Giving effect to the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business as if it had occurred January 1, 2000, research and technology expenses would have been $19.5 million in 2000, or 1.9% of net sales. Nearly seventy percent of R&T expenses in 2001 related to developing new applications for composite materials.

OPERATING INCOME: Operating loss for 2001 was $316.2 million compared with operating income of $75.4 million for 2000. Excluding a $309.1 million impairment charged for goodwill and other purchased intangibles and $4.7 million of compensation expenses associated with the former CEO's retirement in 2001, along with business consolidation and restructuring expenses of $58.4 million and $10.9 million incurred during 2001 and 2000, respectively, operating income would have been $56.0 million, or 5.5% of net sales, in 2001 compared with $86.3 million, or 8.2% of net sales, in 2000.

INTEREST EXPENSE: Interest expense for 2001 was $64.8 million compared to $68.7 million in 2000. Although the Company slightly increased its average borrowings during 2001 compared to 2000, interest expense declined when compared to 2000 due to lower weighted average interest rates on the Company's senior credit facility resulting from the progressive reductions in LIBOR during the year. Included in interest expense in 2001 are bank amendment fees of approximately $1.0 million related to the May 2001 amendment of certain financial covenants under the then existing senior credit facility.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES: The Company's tax provision of $40.5 million in 2001 reflected the impact of reduced tax benefits recorded for U.S. operating losses resulting from a change in business outlook for the Company and the inclusion in its tax provision of a $30.7 million valuation allowance for previously reported U.S. deferred tax assets. In 2000, the provision for income taxes was $26.3 million, which primarily related to a gain on the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business.

EQUITY IN EARNINGS (LOSSES) OF AND WRITE-DOWNS OF AN INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES: Equity in losses of affiliated companies was $9.5 million in 2001, including a $7.8 million write-down of the Company's investment in Interglas. Excluding the Interglas write-down, equity in losses of affiliated companies was $1.7 million compared with earnings of $5.5 million in 2000, reflecting the impact of the electronics industry downturn on the operating results of the Company's Reinforcements joint venture in Asia as well as start-up losses associated with the Structures joint ventures in China and Malaysia.

NET INCOME (LOSS) AND NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                       2001          2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                       $ (433.7)      $   54.2
Diluted net income (loss) per share                     $ (11.54)      $   1.32
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding                 37.6           45.7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company's convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, its convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011 and all of its stock options were excluded from the 2001 computation of diluted net loss per share, as they were antidilutive. Approximately 4.5 million stock options were excluded from the 2000 calculation of diluted net income per share as their exercise price was higher than the Company's average share price. Refer to Note 14 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the calculation and number of shares used for diluted net income
(loss) per share.

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLES

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets, particularly goodwill and other purchased intangibles acquired in recent years, for impairment. The review was undertaken in response to changes in market conditions and the Company's revised outlook resulting from a sharp decline in demand for the Company's woven glass fabrics, primarily in the electronics market, and the announced reductions in commercial airline production due to the tragic events of

42

September 11, 2001. The Company also revised its forecasts of revenue growth for its acquired satellite business due to the continuing slowdown in commercial satellite launches following the financial failures of a number of satellite based telecommunication projects and the postponement of others. These adverse changes in market conditions have led to the lowering of revenue forecasts associated with certain businesses in the Reinforcements and Composites segments.

Based on this review, the Company determined that the long-lived assets of the fabrics business acquired from Clark-Schwebel in 1998 and the satellite business acquired from Fiberite, Inc. in 1997 were not fully recoverable. The Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $292.1 million and $17.0 million related to the goodwill and other purchased intangibles associated with the Clark-Schwebel and Fiberite acquisitions, respectively. The amounts of the impairment charges were calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair values. Fair values were determined using discounted future cash flow models, market valuations and third party appraisals, where appropriate. There were no tax benefits recognized on the impairments because of limitations on the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING PROGRAMS

NOVEMBER 2001 PROGRAM

In November 2001, the Company announced a program to restructure its business operations in accordance with a revised business outlook for build rate reductions in commercial aircraft production, the continued depressed business conditions in the electronics market and the weakness in the general economy. The program targeted a 20% reduction in cash fixed costs, or $60.0 million, compared to previous spending rates and included company-wide reductions in managerial, professional, indirect manufacturing and administrative employees along with organizational rationalization. In connection with the program, the Company recognized charges of $47.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2001. During 2002, the Company continued the implementation of this program, reducing its workforce, since announcement, by approximately 25% to 4,245 employees and achieving a cash fixed cost reduction of 22.8% for the full year 2002 as compared to 2001.

In 2002, the Company recognized a net change in estimated business consolidation and restructuring expenses related to this program of $0.7 million. This resulted from a $1.8 million reduction of previously accrued liabilities as employee severance and other benefit costs were lower than previously expected, offset in part, by a $1.1 million increase in restructuring liabilities for facility lease termination costs. An additional $1.2 million was expensed as incurred in 2002.

JULY 2001 PROGRAM

As a result of the weakness in the electronics market, the Company initiated cost reduction actions in July 2001. These actions incorporated steps to furlough employees, idle manufacturing and cut non-essential expenditures, by effecting a reduction in the work force of approximately 275 employees primarily in the Reinforcements and Composites business segments. In connection with the program, the Company recognized a charge of $3.9 million in the third quarter of 2001. During 2002, the Company reviewed its remaining liability under the program and recognized a change in estimated business consolidation and restructuring expenses of $0.6 million, as employee severance and other benefit costs were lower than previously expected.

DECEMBER 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 1999 PROGRAMS

As a result of several substantial business acquisitions, the Company initiated business consolidation programs in December 1998 and September 1999. The primary purpose of these programs was to integrate acquired assets and operations into the Company, and to close or restructure insufficiently profitable facilities and activities. Due to aerospace industry requirements to "qualify" specific equipment and manufacturing processes for certain products, some business consolidation actions have taken up to three years to complete. These qualification requirements increase the complexity, cost and time of moving equipment and rationalizing manufacturing activities. In connection with these business consolidation programs, the Company closed three manufacturing facilities, vacated approximately 560 thousand square feet of manufacturing space, and eliminated more than 700 manufacturing, marketing and administrative positions.

43

In 2000, the Company added two further actions to the September 1999 business consolidation program. The Company decided to close the two smaller of its four U.S. prepreg manufacturing facilities - one in Lancaster, Ohio and another in Gilbert, Arizona. The Gilbert, Arizona facility was closed in 2001 and the closure of the Lancaster, Ohio facility was completed in 2002. The manufacturing output from these two plants is now being produced by the two remaining U.S. prepreg facilities in Livermore, California and Salt Lake City, Utah. In connection with the program, including the program revisions, the Company recognized a charge of $14.3 million in 2000.

In addition, during 2000, Hexcel amended its September 1999 business consolidation program in response to the manufacturing constraints caused by a stronger than expected increase in sales and production for its electronic woven glass fabrics and its ballistic protection products. Based on these improved market conditions and a manufacturing capacity review, the Company decided to expand its capacity by purchasing additional looms and revising the previous decision to consolidate a number of weaving activities at two of the Company's facilities. As a result of the decision not to proceed to consolidate production, the Company reversed a total of $3.4 million of business consolidation expenses that were previously recognized in 1999, including $3.1 million in non-cash write-downs of machinery and equipment that was to have been sold or scrapped as a result of the consolidation.

In 2002, the Company recognized a change in estimated business consolidation expenses related to this program of $0.5 million, as actual employee severance was lower than previously expected. Business consolidation expenses for equipment relocation and re-qualification costs, expensed as incurred, were $1.6 million and $6.5 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Equipment relocation and re-qualification costs primarily related to the planned closure of the Lancaster, Ohio and Gilbert, Arizona pre-preg manufacturing facilities. In addition, the Company recognized a benefit on the sale of a previously idled Cleveland, Georgia facility of $0.5 million by reversing expenses previously accrued in 1999.

The aggregate business consolidation and restructuring activities for the three years ended December 31, 2002, consisted of the following:

                                                                  EMPLOYEE        FACILITY &
(IN MILLIONS)                                                     SEVERANCE       EQUIPMENT           TOTAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2000                                     $     3.5      $       0.6        $     4.1
Business consolidation expenses:
    Current period expenses                                             3.7             10.6             14.3
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                   (0.3)            (3.1)            (3.4)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation expenses                                   3.4              7.5             10.9
Cash expenditures                                                      (3.9)            (7.9)           (11.8)
Non-cash items:
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                      -              3.1              3.1
    Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                        (0.6)            (3.0)            (3.6)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-cash items                                                 (0.6)             0.1             (0.5)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                   $     2.4      $       0.3        $     2.7
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                      34.5             23.9             58.4
Cash expenditures                                                      (6.4)            (5.6)           (12.0)
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                               -            (15.7)           (15.7)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                   $    30.5      $       2.9        $    33.4
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses
    Current period expenses                                               -              2.8              2.8
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                      -             (0.5)            (0.5)
    Change in estimated expenses                                       (2.9)             1.1             (1.8)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation and restructuring expenses                (2.9)             3.4              0.5
Cash expenditures                                                     (20.5)            (3.8)           (24.3)
Currency translation adjustment                                         0.9                -              0.9
Non-cash items:
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                      -              0.5              0.5
    Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                           -             (0.5)            (0.5)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-cash items                                                    -                -                -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                   $     8.0      $       2.5        $    10.5
=============================================================================================================

44

As of December 31, 2002, the December 1998, September 1999 and July 2001 programs have been substantially completed, while the November 2001 program will be substantially completed in 2003. Management will continue to closely monitor spending under the November 2001 program and evaluate opportunities that may exist for future actions, as the Company continues to right-size the business in response to existing conditions in the markets it serves.

RETIREMENT AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

Hexcel maintains qualified and nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans covering certain U.S. and European employees, as well as retirement savings plans covering eligible U.S. employees, and participates in a union sponsored multi-employer pension plan covering certain U.S. employees with union affiliates. In addition, Hexcel also provides certain postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to eligible U.S. retirees.

Hexcel accounts for its defined benefit retirement plans and its postretirement benefit plans using actuarial models required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions," and No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," respectively. These actuarial models require the use of certain assumptions, such as the expected long-term rate of return, discount rate, rate of compensation increase, healthcare cost trend rates, and retirement and mortality rates, to determine the net periodic costs of such plans. These assumptions are reviewed and set annually at the beginning of each year. In addition, these models use an "attribution approach" that generally spreads individual events, such as plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions, over the service lives of the employees in the plan. That is, employees render service over their service lives on a relatively smooth basis and therefore, the income statement effects of retirement and postretirement benefit plans are earned in, and should follow, the same pattern.

Hexcel uses its long-term historical actual return experience, its expected investment mix of the plans' assets, and future estimates of long-term investment returns to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in the net periodic cost calculations of its U.S. and European defined benefit retirement plans. Due to the difficulty involved in predicting the market performance of certain assets, there will almost always be a difference in any given year between the Company's expected return on plan assets and the actual return. Following the attribution approach, each year's difference is spread over a number of future years. Over time, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees. As actual returns experience over the past three years were less than the expected returns for certain of the Company's defined benefit retirement plans, the shortfall between actual and expected returns will be recognized in the net periodic pension cost calculations over a number of subsequent years, along with any other differences arising in future years. In addition, as a result of a review of recent asset returns and expected future trends, the Company reduced its expected long-term return on the U.S. defined benefit retirement plan assets from a historical 9.0% to 7.5% for the 2003 plan year. This change, along with minor adjustments in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for certain European defined benefit retirement plans, is expected to result in additional net periodic pension costs in 2003.

Hexcel annually sets its discount rate assumption for retirement-related benefits accounting to reflect the rates available on high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments. Recent changes in discount rates have not had any significant impact on the Company's net periodic costs for the three years ended December 31, 2002. The discount rate assumption to be used to calculate net periodic retirement related costs in 2003 is 6.75% compared to a discount rate of 7.25% used in 2002. The rate of compensation increase, which is another significant assumption used in the actuarial model for pension accounting, is determined by the Company based upon its long-term plans for such increases and assumed inflation. Rates used by the Company have remained relatively constant over the past three years and are expected to remain constant for 2003. For the postretirement health care and life insurance benefits plan, the Company reviews external data and its historical trends for health care costs to determine the health care cost trend rates. Retirement and mortality rates are based primarily on actual plan experience.

45

Actual results that differ from the Company's assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect the net periodic costs and recorded obligations in such future periods. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, significant changes in, economic or other conditions, employee demographics, retirement and mortality rates, and investment performance may materially impact such costs and obligations. For more information regarding costs and assumptions for the Company's retirement and other postretirement benefit plans, see Note 11 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

Effective December 31, 2000, the Company made certain changes to its U.S. defined benefit and retirement savings plans that were intended to improve the flexibility and visibility of future retirement benefits for employees. These changes included an increase in the amount that the Company will contribute to individual 401(k) retirement savings accounts and an offsetting curtailment of the Company's U.S. qualified defined benefit retirement plan. Beginning January 1, 2001, the Company started to contribute an additional 2% to 3% of each eligible employee's salary to an individual 401(k) retirement savings account, depending on the employee's age. This increased the maximum contribution to individual employee savings accounts to between 5% and 6% per year, before any profit sharing contributions. Offsetting the estimated incremental cost of this additional benefit, participants in the Company's U.S. qualified defined benefit retirement plan no longer accrued benefits under this plan after December 31, 2000, and no new employees will become participants. However, employees retained all benefits earned under this plan as of that date. The 2000 results included $5.1 million of non-cash pre-tax income (equivalent to $3.3 million of after-tax income) attributable to the curtailment of this defined benefit retirement plan.

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

Approximately 22%, 23% and 20% of the Company's 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively, were to Boeing and its subcontractors. Of the 22% of sales to Boeing and its subcontractors in 2002, 17% and 5% related to commercial aerospace and space and defense market applications, respectively. Approximately 15%, 16% and 13% of the Company's 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively, were to EADS, including Airbus, and its subcontractors. Of the 15% of sales to EADS and its subcontractors in 2002, 13% and 2% related to commercial aerospace and space and defense market applications, respectively.

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

REFINANCING OF THE COMPANY'S CAPITAL STRUCTURE

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel successfully completed the refinancing of its capital structure through the simultaneous closings of three financing transactions: the completion of its previously announced sale of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million, the issuance of $125.0 million of 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, and the establishment of a new $115.0 million senior secured credit facility, also due 2008.

The proceeds from the sale of the convertible preferred stock have been used to provide for the redemption of $46.9 million principal amount of the Company's 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to repay outstanding borrowings under the existing senior credit facility. Proceeds to be used to redeem the 7% convertible subordinated notes have been remitted to US Bank Trust, trustee for the notes, for the express purpose of retiring the outstanding principal balance of the notes, plus accrued interest.

The remaining advances under the existing senior credit facility, after the application of a portion of the equity proceeds, have been repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the Company's new 9-7/8% senior secured notes and a new senior secured credit facility.

With the benefit of the financing transactions, the Company's next significant scheduled debt maturity will not occur until 2008, with annual debt and capital lease maturities ranging between $6.2

46

million and $12.5 million prior to 2008. Total debt as of March 19, 2003, after giving pro forma effect to these financing transactions and their related costs, was $531.6 million.

Each of the material agreements governing the issuance and terms of the convertible preferred stock, the issuance and terms of the senior secured notes and the terms of the new senior secured credit facility is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel issued 125,000 shares of a series A convertible preferred stock and 125,000 shares of a series B convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million in cash. Upon issuance, the total number of Hexcel's outstanding common shares including potential shares issuable upon conversion of both of the new series of convertible preferred stocks increased from approximately 38.6 million shares to approximately 88.4 million shares. In addition, common shares authorized for issuance increased from 100.0 million shares to 200.0 million shares.

Hexcel issued 77,875 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 77,875 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to affiliates of Berkshire Partners LLC and Greenbriar Equity Group LLC (the "Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors") for a cash payment of approximately $77.9 million. The series A and the series B convertible preferred stocks are mandatorily redeemable on January 22, 2010 for cash or for common stock at the Company's election. Both preferred stocks are convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share, and will automatically be converted into common stock if the closing trading price of the common stock for any period of 60 consecutive trading days ending after March 19, 2006 exceeds $9.00 per share. The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote on an as converted basis with Hexcel's common stockholders. The series A preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate of 6% per annum following the third anniversary of the issuance. Dividends may be paid in cash or added to the accrued value of the preferred stock, at Hexcel's option. The series B preferred stock does not accrue dividends. After giving effect to the issuances, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors own approximately 35.2% of Hexcel's outstanding voting securities.

Hexcel has separately issued 47,125 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 47,125 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to investment funds controlled by affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the "Goldman Sachs Investors"), who currently own approximately 37.8% of Hexcel's outstanding common stock, for a cash payment of approximately $47.1 million. This issuance of preferred stock enabled the Goldman Sachs Investors to maintain their current percentage ownership interest in Hexcel's voting securities, consistent with their rights under the governance agreement entered into with Hexcel in 2000.

In conjunction with the aforementioned transactions, Hexcel and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors entered into a stockholders agreement, which gives the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors the right to nominate up to two directors (of a total of ten) to Hexcel's board of directors and certain other rights. The Goldman Sachs Investors will continue to have the right to nominate up to three directors under the governance agreement entered into at the time of their investment in Hexcel in 2000. The stockholders agreement and the amended Goldman Sachs Investors governance agreement require that the approval of at least six directors, including at least two directors not nominated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or the Goldman Sachs Investors, be obtained for board actions generally. The stockholders agreement also prohibits the purchase of voting securities in excess of 39.5% of Hexcel's outstanding voting securities unless approved by Hexcel's board. The Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and the Goldman Sachs Investors have agreed to an 18-month lock up on the securities being issued, except for certain registered offerings.

SENIOR SECURED NOTES, DUE 2008

The Company also issued, through a private placement under Rule 144A, $125.0 million of 9 7/8% senior secured notes at a price of 98.95% of face value. The senior secured notes, due October 1, 2008, are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Hexcel's and its domestic subsidiaries' property, plant and equipment, intangibles, intercompany notes and other obligations receivable, and 100% of the outstanding voting stock of certain of Hexcel's domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the senior secured notes are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of

47

Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the Company's new senior secured credit facility, described below. The senior secured notes are also guaranteed by Hexcel's material domestic subsidiaries. Hexcel has the ability to incur additional debt that would be secured on an equal basis by the collateral securing the senior secured notes. The amount of additional secured debt that may be incurred is currently limited to $10.0 million, but may increase over time based on a formula relating to the total net book value of Hexcel's domestic property, plant and equipment.

The Company will pay interest on the notes on April 1st and October 1st of each year. The first payment will be made on October 1, 2003. The Company will have the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes at any time during the one-year period beginning April 1, 2006 at 104.938% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. This percentage decreases to 102.469% for the one-year period beginning April 1, 2007, and to 100.0% for the period beginning April 1, 2008. In addition, the Company may use the net proceeds from one or more equity offerings at any time prior to April 1, 2006 to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the senior secured notes contains many other terms and conditions, including limitations with respect to asset sales, incurrence of debt, granting of liens, the making of restricted payments and entering into transactions with affiliates.

Hexcel has agreed, under a registration rights agreement, to offer to all noteholders the opportunity to exchange their notes for new notes that are substantially identical to the existing notes except that the new notes will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and will not have any restrictions on transfer. In the event that Hexcel cannot affect such an exchange, Hexcel will be required to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to permit the noteholders to resell their notes generally without restriction.

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

Also on March 19, 2003, Hexcel entered into a $115.0 million asset-backed senior secured credit facility with a new syndicate of lenders led by Fleet Capital Corporation as agent. The credit facility matures on March 31, 2008. Borrowers under the credit facility include, in addition to Hexcel Corporation, Hexcel's operating subsidiaries in the UK, Austria and Spain. The credit facility provides for borrowings of U.S. dollars, Pound Sterling and Euro currencies, including the issuance of letters of credit, with the amount available to each borrower dependent on the borrowing base of that borrower. For Hexcel Corporation and the UK borrower, the borrowing base is determined by an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves. The borrowing base of each of the Austrian and German borrowers is based on an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain reserves. In addition, the UK, Austrian and German borrowers have facility sublimits of $12.5 million, $7.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Borrowings under the new facility bear interest at a floating rate based on either the agent's defined "prime rate" plus a margin that can vary from 0.75% to 3.25% or LIBOR plus a margin that can vary from 2.25% to 3.25%. The margin in effect for a borrowing at any given time depends on the Company's fixed charge ratio and the currency denomination of such borrowing. The credit facility also provides for the payment of customary fees and expenses.

All obligations under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in accounts receivable, inventory and cash and cash equivalents of Hexcel Corporation and its material domestic subsidiaries. In addition, all obligations under the credit facility are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the senior secured notes. The obligations of the UK borrower are secured by the accounts receivable, inventory, and cash and cash equivalents of the UK borrower. The obligations of the Austrian and German borrowers are secured by the accounts receivable of the Austrian and German borrowers, respectively.

48

Hexcel is required to maintain various financial ratios throughout the term of the credit facility. These financial covenants set maximum values for the Company's leverage (the ratios of total and senior debt to EBITDA), fixed charge coverage (the ratio of EBITDA, less capital expenditures and cash taxes, plus cash dividends, to the sum of cash interest and scheduled debt amortization), and capital expenditures (not to exceed specified annual expenditures). The credit facility also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting liens, making investments, making restricted payments, entering into transactions with affiliates and prepaying subordinated debt. The credit facility also contains other customary terms relating to, among other things, representations and warranties, additional covenants and events of default.

On March 19, 2003, the Company borrowed $13.0 million and issued letters of credit totaling approximately $25.8 million under the new senior secured credit facility.

CLASSIFICATION OF DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

As of December 31, 2002, the Company had a scheduled debt obligation due August 1, 2003, which, if made, would cause the Company to violate one or more financial covenants in the Company's existing debt agreements. The Company also required an amendment of its existing senior credit facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to maintain compliance with the financial covenants under that facility. As the anticipated refinancing of the Company's capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company had not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants, all debt and capital lease obligations had been classified as current at December 31, 2002.

As a result of the March 19, 2003 refinancing transactions, the uncertainties surrounding the Company's ability to meet its scheduled 2003 debt maturities and comply with its debt covenants have been mitigated. Management believes the Company will comply with the new debt covenants and has adequate liquidity available to finance operations beyond December 31, 2003. Also as a result of the refinancing transactions, substantially all of the Company's debt will be reclassified to long-term at March 31, 2003 reflecting the new scheduled debt maturities. The next significant scheduled debt maturity will not occur until 2008, with annual debt and capital lease maturities ranging between $6.2 million and $12.5 million prior to 2008. Refer to Note 24, "Subsequent Event - Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)."

PURCHASE OF APPROXIMATELY 14.5 MILLION SHARES OF HEXCEL COMMON STOCK BY AN INVESTOR GROUP

On December 19, 2000, the Goldman Sachs Investors completed the purchase of approximately 14.5 million of the approximately 18 million shares of Hexcel common stock owned by subsidiaries of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding, Inc. The shares acquired by the Goldman Sachs Investors represented approximately 39% of the Company's outstanding common stock. In addition, the Company and the Goldman Sachs Investors entered into a governance agreement that became effective on December 19, 2000. Under this governance agreement, the Goldman Sachs Investors have the right to, among other things, designate up to three directors to sit on the Company's board of directors. Upon the closing of the new preferred stock issuances, the Goldman Sachs Investors and the Company will amend the governance agreement, which will continue to give the Goldman Sachs Investors the right to designate up to three members to sit on the Company's board of directors.

In connection with this transaction, Hexcel incurred $2.2 million of costs, all of which were included in "selling, general, and administrative expenses" during the fourth quarter of 2000. These costs and expenses included legal, consulting, and regulatory compliance expenses, as well as a non-cash charge attributable to the accelerated vesting of certain stock-based compensation and to certain amendments to an executive retirement plan.

SALE OF THE BELLINGHAM AIRCRAFT INTERIORS BUSINESS

On April 26, 2000, Hexcel sold its Bellingham aircraft interiors business to Britax Cabin Interiors, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Britax International plc, for cash proceeds of $113.3 million. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $68.3 million and an after-tax gain of $44.3 million, or $0.97 per diluted share. Net proceeds from the sale were used to repay $111.6 million of outstanding term debt under the Company's Senior Credit Facility.

49

The Bellingham business generated net sales of $18.9 million for the period from January 1 through April 26, 2000, and contributed $0.6 million of operating income in the corresponding periods. The Bellingham business was engaged in the manufacture and sale of airline interior refurbishment products and its operating results were reflected as a component of the Company's Structures business segment up to the date of disposal.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

LIQUIDITY: As of December 31, 2002, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $8.2 million and available undrawn commitments under its existing senior credit facility of $87.9 million. The Company's total debt, net of cash, was $613.5 million, a decrease of $60.8 million from $674.3 million as of December 31, 2001. The decrease in net debt reflected cash generated from (a) reductions in capital expenditures compared to prior years; (b) significant reductions in working capital, as accounts receivable and inventory balances were managed lower to match sales and cost reduction programs; (c) collection of a litigation settlement; and (d) the sale of an ownership interest of an affiliated company. This reduction in net debt during 2002 was achieved despite incurring business consolidation and restructuring cash payments of $24.3 million, cash interest payments of $59.3 million and cash taxes of $8.4 million.

CREDIT FACILITY: Hexcel had a global credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks to provide for ongoing working capital and other financing requirements. The Senior Credit Facility, which consisted of revolving credit, overdraft and term loan facilities, provided Hexcel with committed lines of approximately $297.6 million as of December 31, 2002, subject to certain limitations. These commitments consisted of funded term loans of $106.8 million, revolving credit and overdraft facilities of $160.8 million, and letter of credit facilities of $30.0 million. As of December 31, 2002, drawings under the revolving credit facility were $72.9 million, leaving available, undrawn commitments under the facilities of $87.9 million. As of December 31, 2002, letters of credit issued under the facility approximated $24.2 million, of which $11.1 million supports a loan to the Company's BHA Aero joint venture. The Company was subject to various financial covenants and restrictions under the Senior Credit Facility, including limitations on incurring debt, granting liens, selling assets, repaying subordinated indebtedness, redeeming capital stock and paying dividends. The Senior Credit Facility was scheduled to expire in 2004, except for approximately $55.8 million of term loans that are due for repayment in 2005. The Senior Credit Facility was paid in full on March 19, 2003.

Effective January 25, 2002, Hexcel entered into an amendment of the Senior Credit Facility. The amendment provided for revised financial covenants through 2002; a 100 basis point increase in the interest spread payable over LIBOR for advances under the facility; and an immediate decrease in the commitment of revolving credit and overdraft facilities from a cumulative amount of $205.0 million to $190.0 million, with a further reduction to $182.0 million on or before September 30, 2002. The amendment also provided for a 25 basis point increase on January 1, 2003 if the Company did not reduce the commitment by a further $25.0 million, prior to that date. The 2002 revised, relaxed covenants were derived from the Company's 2002 business plan projections plus a modest cushion. The Senior Credit Facility financial covenants set certain maximum values for the Company's leverage (the ratios of total and senior debt to an adjusted EBITDA), and certain minimum values for its interest coverage (the ratio of an adjusted EBITDA to cash interest expense) and fixed charge coverage (the ratio of an adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures to the sum of certain fixed expenses). The Senior Credit Facility agreement defined adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, business consolidation and restructuring expenses and certain other non-cash income and expense. Adjusted EBITDA as defined by this agreement was $109.4 million in 2002 and $119.2 million in 2001. In addition, during the term of the amendment, all net proceeds generated through asset sales, and most other liquidity events, in each case to the extent in excess of $2.5 million, and 100% of all net proceeds generated from litigation settlements and judgments, must be used to prepay loans under the Senior Credit Facility. Hexcel agreed to limit capital expenditures to $25.0 million during 2002, with a $10.0 million limit during any quarter in 2002. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with the covenants, as amended, under its Senior Credit Facility and has met all its required commitment reductions.

50

In connection with the credit agreement amendment, Hexcel also granted additional collateral. The Company had previously granted a security interest in most of its U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and real estate. It had also pledged some or all of the shares of certain subsidiaries. Under the terms of the amendment, Hexcel granted to the banks a security interest in additional U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and real estate, as well as its intellectual property. In addition, each of a group of Hexcel's European subsidiaries granted a security interest in its accounts receivable that secures certain local borrowings advanced to that subsidiary.

The Senior Credit Facility had been subject to several previous amendments to accommodate, among other things, the planned sale of assets, the planned investments in additional manufacturing capacity for selected products, the impact of the decline of the Company's operating results on certain financial covenants, the purchase by an investor group of approximately 14.5 million shares of Hexcel common stock held by a significant shareholder of the Company, a restructuring of the ownership of certain of the Company's European subsidiaries, the issuance of additional senior subordinated debt and the early redemption of certain term debt. In connection with the 2002 and previous amendments, included in interest expense in 2002 and 2001 are fees and expenses incurred of approximately $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The January 25, 2002 amendment relaxed the 2002 quarterly financial covenants to accommodate the impact of the downturn in the commercial aerospace and electronics markets. Under the terms of the amendment, the financial covenants effective beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2003 are those that applied before the amendment. As these market conditions experienced in 2002 are expected to continue during 2003, the Company needed to obtain a further amendment of the facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to accommodate its projected financial performance for that quarter and be in compliance with the financial covenants as provided in the Senior Credit Facility agreement, or refinance the facility. The Company executed a refinancing of the facility on March 19, 2003.

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net cash provided by operating activities was $65.9 million in 2002, reflecting positive working capital management and a reduced net loss, after excluding depreciation of $47.2 million and equity in losses and write-downs of an investment in affiliated companies of $10.0 million. Reductions in accounts receivable and inventory balances generated operating cash flows of $35.6 million and $25.8 million, respectively. The Company was able to generate substantial operating cash flows even after incurring restructuring cash payments of $24.3 million and accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreasing by $15.7 million during the year.

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $35.0 million in 2001. Although the Company's net loss for the year was $433.7 million, its operating earnings generated $22.8 million of cash in 2001 after excluding non-cash equity losses of $9.5 million, $309.1 million of non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and other purchased intangibles, $63.2 million of non-cash depreciation and amortization charges, $27.6 million of non-cash charges in deferred tax assets, $0.7 million of non-cash extraordinary charges and $46.4 million of non-cash and unpaid business consolidation and restructuring expenses. During 2001, working capital management resulted in reductions in accounts receivable and inventory balances. These reductions along with reductions in other assets were offset in part by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses resulting in an increase in cash of $12.2 million.

In 2000, net cash provided by operating activities was $33.0 million with the major sources of cash provided by net income, excluding the after-tax gain from the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business, of $9.9 million and non-cash depreciation and amortization of $58.7 million. However, these sources of operating cash flow were offset by $5.5 million of non-cash income from affiliated companies and $5.1 million of non-cash income from the curtailment of a U.S. defined benefit retirement plan. In addition, increases in accounts receivable and inventories used a total of $24.7 million of cash.

51

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Net cash used for investing activities was $2.3 million in 2002. Cash used for capital expenditures of $14.9 million was offset, in part, by the Company receiving $10.0 million from a partial sale of an ownership interest in an affiliated company, $1.5 million from the sale of other assets, and $1.1 million net from other investing activities.

Net cash used for investing activities was $38.3 million in 2001, primarily reflecting capital expenditures of $38.8 million and the receipt of $0.8 million dividend from an affiliated company.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $68.8 million in 2000, reflecting net cash proceeds from the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business of $113.3 million and from the sale of other assets of $3.4 million, partially offset by $39.6 million of capital expenditures and $8.3 million of investments in joint venture affiliates in China and Malaysia.

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net cash used for financing activities was $67.3 million in 2002, as the Company used excess cash to repay a portion of its Senior Credit Facility, and long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.6 million in 2001, largely due to net borrowings of $12.5 million. During 2001, the Company issued an additional $100.0 million of 9.75% senior subordinated notes, due 2009, at a price of 98.5% at face value. Net proceeds from the issuance were used to redeem $67.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's outstanding convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to pay the entire principal amount of $25.0 million of the increasing rate senior subordinated note, due 2003. In addition, the Company paid $3.5 million of debt issuance costs.

Net cash used for financing activities was $95.0 million in 2000, as net cash proceeds from the sale of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business were used to reduce outstanding indebtedness under the Company's Senior Credit Facility.

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS: As of December 31, 2002, scheduled current maturities of notes payable and capital lease obligations were $61.9 million with a substantial debt repayment of $46.9 million due on August 1, 2003 upon the maturity of the Company's 7% convertible subordinated notes. Scheduled amortization under the Company's existing Senior Credit Facility was approximately $8.6 million in 2003. Capital lease amortization and operating lease rental payments in 2003 will approximate $6.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Limited credit and overdraft facilities of $0.2 million provided to certain of the Company's European subsidiaries by lenders outside of the Senior Credit Facility are primarily uncommitted facilities that are terminable at the discretion of the lenders.

Prior to the refinancing transactions completed on March 19, 2003, the Company had a scheduled debt obligation due August 1, 2003, which, if made, would have caused the Company to violate one or more financial covenants defined in the Company's then existing debt agreements. The Company also required an amendment of its existing Senior Credit Facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to maintain compliance with its financial covenants. As the anticipated refinancing of the Company's capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company had not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants, all notes payable and capital lease obligations have been classified as current at December 31, 2002. Refer to Notes 2, 8 and 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for further information regarding the classification of notes payable and capital lease obligations.

The Senior Credit Facility consisted of revolving credit and overdraft facilities and term loan borrowings. Revolving credit borrowings under the facility of $72.9 million are repayable in 2004. Term loan borrowings totaling $106.8 million at December 31, 2002 are repayable in installments of $8.6 million in 2003, $42.4 million in 2004 and $55.8 million in 2005.

52

The 7% convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011, are repayable under mandatory redemptions of $1.8 million per annum through 2011, with the principal balance due at maturity. The Company satisfied the 2003 annual sinking fund requirement in the fourth quarter of 2002. The debt was repurchased at market prices, which resulted in a $0.5 million gain on the early retirement of debt. In accordance with the requirements of FAS 145, the gain has been reported as a separate line item below operating income in the consolidated statements of operations. The $340.0 million principal amount of the 9.75% senior subordinated notes is repayable in full in 2009.

The Company entered into a $50.0 million capital lease in 1998 for property, plant and equipment used in the acquired Clark-Schwebel business. The lease expires in September 2006 and includes various purchase options. The last fixed price purchase option is on September 30, 2003 for an amount of $24.9 million. If the Company does not exercise its purchase option, on the lease expiration date, the Company will have the option to purchase the leased assets at the greater of $5.0 million or the fair value of the assets as of that date. The Company has also entered into several capital leases for buildings and warehouses with expirations through 2009. In addition, certain sales and administrative offices, data processing equipment and manufacturing facilities are leased under operating leases.

On June 29, 2001, the Company issued $100.0 million of senior subordinated notes, due 2009, at a price of 98.5% of face value. Net proceeds from the issuance were used to redeem $67.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's outstanding convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to pay the entire principal amount of $25.0 million of the Company's increasing rate senior subordinated note, due 2003. The refinancing reduced the Company's 2003 debt maturities from $149.5 million to $57.6 million. The net impact of the refinancing is estimated to increase annual interest expense by approximately $2.4 million before tax. The cash costs associated with the issuance and early retirements amounted to approximately $6.5 million.

In 1999, the Company, Boeing and Aviation Industries of China (now known as China Aviation Industry Corporation I) formed a joint venture, BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd ("BHA Aero"), to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures and interior applications for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 33.3% equity interest in this joint venture, which is located in Tianjin, China. In addition, in 1999, the Company formed another joint venture, Asian Composites Manufacturing Sdn. Bhd. ("Asian Composites"), with Boeing, Sime Link Sdn. Bhd., and Malaysia Helicopter Services Bhd. (now known as Naluri Berhadto), to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 25% equity ownership interest in this joint venture, which is located in Alor Setar, Malaysia. Asian Composites began shipping engineered products to customers during the second half of 2001, while BHA Aero began deliveries in early 2002. During 2000, Hexcel made cash equity investments totaling $8.3 million in these joint ventures. No additional cash equity investments were made during 2002 and 2001. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $11.1 million in support of a loan to BHA Aero.

53

The following table summarizes the scheduled maturities of financial obligations and expiration dates of commitments for the years ended 2003 through 2007 and thereafter (see Notes 2 and 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for discussion on the December 31, 2002 debt classification):

(IN MILLIONS)                               2003       2004         2005         2006       2007     Thereafter     TOTAL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Senior Credit Facility                   $     8.6   $   115.3   $     55.8   $       -   $       -   $       -   $    179.7
European credit and overdraft
  facilities                                   0.2           -            -           -           -           -          0.2
9.75% senior subordinated notes(a)               -           -            -           -           -       340.0        340.0
7.0% convertible subordinated notes           46.9           -            -           -           -           -         46.9
7.0% convertible subordinated
  debentures                                     -         1.8          1.8         1.8         1.8        15.5         22.7
Capital leases                                 6.2         6.6          7.0        10.7         0.3         2.6         33.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  SUBTOTAL                                    61.9       123.7         64.6        12.5         2.1       358.1        622.9
Operating leases                               2.9         2.5          2.6         1.7         0.7         2.0         12.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS(b)           $    64.8   $   126.2   $     67.2   $    14.2   $     2.8   $   360.1   $    635.3
============================================================================================================================

Letters of credit                        $    25.9   $       -   $        -   $       -   $       -   $       -   $     25.9
Other commitments                              1.5           -            -           -           -           -          1.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL COMMITMENTS                        $    27.4   $       -   $        -   $       -   $       -   $       -   $     27.4
============================================================================================================================

(a) At December 31, 2002, the unamortized discount on the additional $100.0 million of 9.75% senior subordinated notes, issued June 29, 2002, was approximately $1.2 million.

(b) Due to the subsequent closure of certain financing transactions, scheduled maturities have significantly changed. See Notes 2 and 24 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for further discussion on such financing transactions and their impact on scheduled maturities.

Total letters of credit issued and outstanding were $25.9 million as of December 31, 2002, of which $11.1 million was issued in support of a loan to BHA Aero. While the letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company will expire under their terms in 2003, most, if not all, will be re-issued.

The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay interest on, or to refinance its indebtedness, including its public notes, or to fund planned capital expenditures, will depend on its future performance and conditions in the financial markets. The Company's future performance is subject to economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control. The Company has significant leverage and there can be no assurance that the Company will generate sufficient cash flow from its operations, or that it can incur sufficient future borrowings, to enable the Company to service its indebtedness, including its public notes, or to fund its other liquidity needs.

For further information regarding the Company's financial obligations and commitments, see Notes 2, 8, 9 and 16 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Hexcel's discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon Hexcel's consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires Hexcel to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Although Hexcel evaluates its estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, on an on-going basis, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Hexcel believes the following items are the Company's critical accounting policies and more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

54

Hexcel estimates the collectibility of its accounts receivable from customers by establishing allowances for doubtful accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is necessary to assess the realizability of these receivables and the credit-worthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of Hexcel's customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Hexcel states inventories at the lower of cost or market. This requires Hexcel to write-down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value to reflect assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand and market conditions are less favorable than anticipated, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Hexcel provides for an estimated amount of product warranty at the time revenue is recognized. This estimated amount is provided by product and based on actual warranty experience. While Hexcel engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component and material suppliers, Hexcel's product warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates and material usage. Should actual product failure rates and material usage differ from the Company's estimates, revisions to the estimated product warranty costs would be required.

Hexcel records significant reserves in connection with its business consolidation and restructuring programs. These reserves include estimates for employee severance costs, the settlement of contractual obligations, the fair value of certain assets held for sale and the timing of facility closures. Management closely monitors these actions and the related costs, and believes such estimates to be reasonable. However, if actual results differ from these estimates, it would have an impact on Hexcel's financial performance in the period such revision was made. In addition, certain of the expenses associated with the Company's business consolidation programs, including equipment moving and relocation costs, can not be accrued under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and are expensed as incurred.

Hexcel has recorded goodwill as a result of prior business acquisitions. Goodwill recorded represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of an acquired business. Effective January 1, 2002, Hexcel adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," ("FAS 142"). Prior to adopting FAS 142, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from 15 years to 40 years. As a result of adopting FAS 142, goodwill is no longer amortized but instead is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. A reporting unit is the lowest level of an entity that is a business and can be distinguished from other activities, operations, and assets of the entity. If, during the annual impairment review, the book value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of the unit's goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied value. FAS 142 requires management to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, as well as the fair value of the assets and liabilities of each reporting unit, other than goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined as the difference between the fair value of a reporting unit, taken as a whole, and the fair value of the assets and liabilities of such reporting unit. No impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements was identified upon completion of the transitional impairment test required by FAS 142. The Company's annual impairment testing date will be during the fourth quarter of each year. In 2001, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $309.1 on goodwill and other purchased intangibles acquired through previous acquisitions (see Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Hexcel has significant other long lived assets. Hexcel reviews these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the assets from the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, before interest and taxes, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The

55

measurement of impairment requires estimates of these cash flows and fair value. The calculation of fair value may be determined based either on discounted cash flows or third party appraised values depending on the nature of the asset.

Hexcel records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While Hexcel has considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, these factors are highly subjective and are subject to change based upon market conditions, the Company's ability to execute its restructuring programs and other factors. In 2001, Hexcel recorded a valuation allowance against nearly all of its deferred tax assets. In the event Hexcel were to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should Hexcel determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its remaining net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

Hexcel holds equity interests in affiliated companies having operations or technology in areas within its strategic focus, one of which is publicly traded. Hexcel records an investment impairment charge when it believes an investment has experienced a decline in value that is other than temporary. This judgmental decision reflects many factors. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of underlying investments could result in further losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of the investments, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future. The Company recorded investment impairment charges of $4.0 million in 2002 and $7.8 million in 2001, relating to its investments in Asahi-Schwebel Co. Ltd. and Interglas Technologies AG, respectively.

Hexcel has designated certain derivative financial instruments as foreign exchange hedges of future sales transactions at certain foreign subsidiaries. Unrealized losses on these foreign exchange contracts have not been recognized in the Company's consolidated statement of operations based on management's determination that the forecasted sales are probable of occurring and that the hedges have been effective in mitigating the foreign exchange risks associated with these future sales. The hedging contracts cover only a portion of the forecasted sales, and therefore, management considers the likelihood of not reaching the designated level of forecasted sales to be low. However, if the designated levels of forecasted sales are not achieved in the timeframe that management anticipates, Hexcel would need to report the unrealized losses on these derivative instruments in income.

Hexcel is involved in litigation, investigations and claims arising out of the normal conduct of its business, including those relating to commercial transactions, as well as to environmental, health and safety matters. The Company estimates and accrues its liabilities resulting from such matters based on a variety of factors, including outstanding legal claims and proposed settlements; assessments by internal and external counsel of pending or threatened litigation; and assessments by environmental engineers and consultants of potential environmental liabilities and remediation costs. The Company believes it has adequately accrued for these potential liabilities; however, facts and circumstances may change that could cause the actual liability to exceed the estimates, or that may require adjustments to the recorded liability balances in the future.

MARKET RISKS

As a result of its global operating and financing activities, Hexcel is exposed to various market risks that may affect its consolidated results of operations and financial position. These market risks include fluctuations in interest rates, which impact the amount of interest the Company must pay on certain variable-rate debt, and fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which impact the U.S. dollar value of transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company's primary currency exposures are in Europe, where the Company has significant business activities. To a lesser extent, the Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the prices of certain commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, aluminum and certain chemicals.

Hexcel attempts to net individual exposures on a consolidated basis, when feasible, to take advantage of natural offsets. In addition, the Company employs and foreign currency forward

56

exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging certain specifically identified net currency exposures. The use of these financial instruments is intended to mitigate some of the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates, but does not eliminate such risks. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

INTEREST RATE RISKS

Hexcel's long-term debt bears interest at both fixed and variable rates. As a result, the Company's consolidated results of operations are affected by interest rate changes on its variable rate debt. Assuming a 10% favorable and a 10% unfavorable change in the underlying weighted average interest rates of the Company's variable rate debt, interest expense for 2002 of $62.8 million would have been $61.5 million and $64.1 million, respectively.

Hexcel's financial results are affected by interest rate changes on its variable rate debt. In order to partially mitigate this interest rate risk, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate cap agreement in 1998. The agreement provided for a maximum fixed rate of 5.5% on the applicable London interbank rate used to determine the interest on a notional amount of $50.0 million of variable rate debt under the Senior Credit Facility. The fair value and carrying amount of this contract at December 31, 2001, along with hedge ineffectiveness for the period ended October 29, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, were not material. The interest rate cap agreement expired on October 29, 2002.

CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISKS

Hexcel has significant business activities in Europe. The Company operates seven manufacturing facilities in Europe, which generated approximately 44% of 2002 consolidated net sales. The Company's European business activities primarily involve three major currencies - the U.S. dollar, the British pound, and the Euro. The Company also conducts business or has joint venture investments in Japan, China, Malaysia, Australia and Brazil, and sells products to customers throughout the world. The majority of the Company's transactions with customers and joint venture affiliates outside of Europe are denominated in U.S. dollars, thereby limiting the Company's exposure to short-term currency fluctuations involving these countries. However, the value of the Company's investments in these countries could be impacted by changes in currency exchange rates over time, as could the Company's ability to profitably compete in international markets.

Hexcel attempts to net individual currency positions at its various European operations, to take advantage of natural offsets and reduce the need to employ foreign currency forward exchange contracts. The Company also enters into short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts, usually with a term of ninety days or less, to hedge net currency exposures resulting from specifically identified transactions. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such contracts, any unrealized gain or loss would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, of the underlying transaction being hedged.

FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

A number of the Company's European subsidiaries are exposed to the impact of exchange rate volatility between the U.S. dollar and the subsidiaries' functional currencies, being either the Euro or the British pound sterling. During 2001, Hexcel entered into a number of foreign currency forward exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Euros at fixed rates on specified dates through March 2005. The aggregate notional amount of these contracts was $58.0 million and $83.9 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The purpose of these contracts is to hedge a portion of the forecasted transactions of European subsidiaries under long-term sales contracts with certain customers. These contracts are expected to provide the Company with a more balanced matching of future cash receipts and expenditures by currency, thereby reducing the Company's exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, hedge ineffectiveness was immaterial and the fair value of the foreign currency cash flow hedges recognized in "comprehensive income (loss)" was a net gain of $9.3 million and a net loss of $5.9 million, respectively. Approximately $2.0 million of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are expected to be reclassified into earnings in fiscal 2003 as the hedged sales are recorded.

57

Assuming a 10% increase in the value of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, the aggregate fair value of these contracts would constitute a $9.2 million asset of the Company. Alternatively, assuming a 10% decrease in the value of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, the aggregate fair value of these contracts would represent a $2.4 million liability of the Company.

UTILITY PRICE RISKS

The Company has exposure to utility price risks as a result of volatility in the cost and supply of energy and in natural gas prices. To minimize this risk, the Company enters into fixed price contracts at certain of the manufacturing locations for a portion of its energy usage for periods of up to three years. Although these contracts would reduce the risk to the Company during the contract period, future volatility in the supply and pricing of energy and natural gas could have an impact on the consolidated results of operations of the Company.

OTHER RISKS

As of December 31, 2002, the aggregate fair values of the Company's senior subordinated notes, due 2009, convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and the convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011, were approximately $295.8 million, $46.2 million and $13.6 million, respectively. The convertible debt securities are convertible into Hexcel common stock at a price of $15.81 and $30.72 per share, respectively. Fair values were estimated on the basis of quoted market prices, although trading in these debt securities is limited and may not reflect fair value. The fair values are subject to fluctuations based on the Company's performance, its credit rating, and changes in interest rates for debt securities with similar terms. Due to the conversion feature in the convertible securities, changes in the value of the Company's stock may affect the fair value of these convertible securities.

Assuming that all other factors remain constant, the fair values of Hexcel's convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and the convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011, would not be significantly impacted by a 10% change, either favorable or unfavorable, in the market price of the Company's common stock.

Although fair value may be a proxy for the cost to repay the Company's indebtedness, the trust indentures for the Company's senior subordinated notes, due 2009; convertible subordinated notes, due 2003; and convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011 require that the Company repay the principal value of the indebtedness at maturity.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections" ("FAS 145"). Among other matters, FAS 145 rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, "Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt," which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. The Company adopted FAS 145 as of January 1, 2002. As a result, a $2.7 extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt recorded in 2001 was reclassified as a separate line item below operating income in its consolidated statements of operations.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("FAS 146"). FAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured, initially at fair value, only when the liability is incurred; therefore, nullifying Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)" ("EITF 94-3") that required a liability for an exit cost to be recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This change in accounting would be expected to result in a delayed recognition of certain types of costs, especially facility closure costs. The provisions of FAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. Since FAS 146 is effective only for new exit or

58

disposal activities, adoption of this standard will not affect amounts currently reported in the Company's consolidated financial statements. However, the adoption of FAS 146 could affect the types and timing of costs included in any future business consolidation and restructuring programs, if implemented. The Company adopted FAS 146 as of January 1, 2003.

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure." FAS 148 amends FAS 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting" to present alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily adopts the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation, and provides modifications to the disclosure provisions to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity's accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation in quarterly and annual financial statements. At this time, the Company has not voluntarily adopted the fair value method of FAS 123. However, appropriate disclosures about the effects on reported net income of the Company's accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation are provided.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires a guarantor to disclose (a) the nature of the guarantee, including the approximate term of the guarantee, how the guarantee arose, and the events or circumstances that would require the guarantor to perform under the guarantee; (b) the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantee; (c) the carrying amount of the liability, if any, for the guarantor's obligations under the guarantee; and (d) the nature and extent of any recourse provisions or available collateral that would enable the guarantor to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee. FIN 45 also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability at fair value for the obligations it has undertaken in issuing the guarantee, including its ongoing obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event that the specified triggering events or conditions occur. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. As the disclosure requirements in FIN 45 are effective for financial statements ending after December 15, 2002, the Company included the new disclosure herein.

FIN 45 also addresses the disclosure requirements regarding product warranties. Instead of disclosing the maximum potential amount of future payments under the product warranty guarantee, a guarantor is required to disclose its accounting policy and methodology used in determining its liability for product warranties, as well as, a tabular reconciliation of the changes in the guarantor's product warranty liability for the reporting period.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

This annual report includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to future prospects, developments and business strategies. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "should," "will," and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions. Such statements are based on current expectations, are inherently uncertain, and are subject to changing assumptions.

Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (a) estimates of commercial aerospace production and delivery rates, including those of Airbus and Boeing; (b) expectations regarding growth in sales to regional and business aircraft manufacturers, and to the aircraft aftermarket; (c) expectations regarding the growth in the production of military aircraft, helicopters and launch vehicle programs in 2003 and beyond; (d) expectations regarding the recovery of demand for electronics fabrics used in printed wiring boards, as well as future business trends in the electronics fabrics industry;
(e) expectations regarding the demand for soft body armor made of aramid and specialty fabrics; (f) expectations regarding growth in sales of composite materials for

59

wind energy, automotive and other industrial applications; (g) estimates of changes in net sales by market compared to 2002; (h) expectations regarding the Company's equity in the earnings (losses) of joint ventures, as well as joint venture investments and loan guarantees; (i) expectations regarding working capital trends and capital expenditures; (j) the availability and sufficiency of the Senior Secured Credit Facility and other financial resources to fund the Company's worldwide operations in 2003 and beyond and (k) the impact of various market risks, including fluctuations in the interest rates underlying the Company's variable-rate debt, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, fluctuations in commodity prices, and fluctuations in the market price of the Company's common stock.

Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following: changes in general economic and business conditions; changes in current pricing and cost levels; changes in political, social and economic conditions and local regulations, particularly in Asia and Europe; foreign currency fluctuations; changes in aerospace delivery rates; reductions in sales to any significant customers, particularly Airbus or Boeing; changes in sales mix; changes in government defense procurement budgets; changes in military aerospace programs technology; industry capacity; competition; disruptions of established supply channels; manufacturing capacity constraints; and the availability, terms and deployment of capital.

If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those expected, estimated or projected. In addition to other factors that affect Hexcel's operating results and financial position, neither past financial performance nor the Company's expectations should be considered reliable indicators of future performance. Investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Further, the Company's stock price is subject to volatility. Any of the factors discussed above could have an adverse impact on the Company's stock price. In addition, failure of sales or income in any quarter to meet the investment community's expectations, as well as broader market trends, can have an adverse impact on the Company's stock price. The Company does not undertake an obligation to update its forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect future events or circumstances.

60

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Description                                                                                                    Page
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management Responsibility for Consolidated Financial Statements                                                 62
Report of Independent Accountants                                                                               63
Consolidated Financial Statements Hexcel Corporation and Subsidiaries:
   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001                                                 64
   Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                    65
   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
      for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                                                       66
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                    67
   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                                                             68-103

Independent Auditors' Report                                                                                   104
Financial Statements BHA Aero Composite Parts Co. Ltd.:
   Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001                                                             105
   Statements of Operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                                106
   Statements of Owners' Equity for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                            107
   Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002                                108
   Notes to the Financial Statements                                                                         109-118

Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedule                                              119
Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                                  120

61

MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Hexcel management has prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and the related financial data contained in this report. These financial statements, which include estimates, were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Management uses its best judgment to ensure that such statements reflect fairly the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

Hexcel maintains accounting and other control systems which management believes provide reasonable assurance that financial records are reliable for purposes of preparing financial statements, and that assets are safeguarded and accounted for properly. Underlying this concept of reasonable assurance is the premise that the cost of control should not exceed benefits derived from control.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and monitors the financial reports and accounting practices of Hexcel. These reports and practices are reviewed regularly by management and by the Company's independent accountants, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in connection with the audit of the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee, composed solely of outside directors, meets periodically, separately and jointly, with management and the independent accountants.

/s/ DAVID E. BERGES
----------------------------------
David E. Berges
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


/s/ STEPHEN C. FORSYTH
----------------------------------
Stephen C. Forsyth
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


/s/ WILLIAM J. FAZIO
----------------------------------
William J. Fazio
CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER

62

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Hexcel Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hexcel Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" effective January 1, 2002.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
------------------------------

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 28, 2003, except for Notes 2 and 8 which are as of March 19, 2003

63

HEXCEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES                                   Unaudited
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETs                                           Pro Forma
AS OF DECEMBER 31,                                                  (see Note 24)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                        2002            2002             2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                          $      12.6     $       8.2      $      11.6
  Accounts receivable, net                                                 117.3           117.3            140.5
  Inventories, net                                                         113.6           113.6            131.7
  Prepaid expenses and other assets                                          9.2             9.2              4.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total current assets                                                     252.7           248.3            288.2

Net property, plant and equipment                                          309.4           309.4            329.2
Goodwill, net                                                               74.4            74.4             72.4
Investments in affiliated companies                                         34.0            34.0             56.9
Other assets                                                                46.9            42.0             42.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                         $     717.4     $     708.1      $     789.4
=================================================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable and current maturities of capital lease
  obligations                                                       $        6.2     $     621.7      $      17.4
  Accounts payable                                                          54.9            54.9             58.6
  Accrued compensation and benefits                                         37.6            37.6             42.6
  Accrued interest                                                          15.9            19.1             18.8
  Business consolidation and restructuring liabilities                      10.5            10.5             33.4
  Other accrued liabilities                                                 35.3            35.3             33.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total current liabilities                                                160.4           779.1            204.5

Long-term notes payable and capital lease obligations                      512.4               -            668.5
Long-term retirement obligations                                            48.1            48.1             31.3
Other non-current liabilities                                                8.3             8.3             17.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities                                                        729.2           835.5            922.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 16)

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
  125,000 series A shares and 125,000 series B shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding                                        96.4               -                -

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, no par value, 20.0 shares of stock
     authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                               -               -                -
  Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100.0 shares of stock
     authorized, shares issued of 39.8 at December 31, 2002
     and 39.4 at December 31, 2001                                           0.4             0.4              0.4
  Additional paid-in capital                                               311.6           288.2            287.7
  Accumulated deficit                                                     (385.7)         (381.5)          (367.9)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                     (21.2)          (21.2)           (39.7)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (94.9)         (114.1)          (119.5)
  Less- Treasury stock, at cost, 1.3 shares at December 31, 2002
     and 1.2 shares at December 31, 2001                                   (13.3)          (13.3)           (13.1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                    (108.2)         (127.4)          (132.6)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)                $      717.4     $     708.1      $     789.4
=================================================================================================================

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

64

HEXCEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                      2002             2001            2000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                            $   850.8      $   1,009.4     $   1,055.7

Cost of sales                                                            689.5            818.6           824.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross margin                                                           161.3            190.8           231.4

Selling, general and administrative expenses                              85.9            120.9           123.9
Research and technology expenses                                          14.7             18.6            21.2
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                          0.5             58.4            10.9
Impairment of goodwill and other purchased intangibles                       -            309.1               -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income (loss)                                                 60.2           (316.2)           75.4

Litigation gain                                                            9.8                -               -
Interest expense                                                         (62.8)           (64.8)          (68.7)
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt                                    0.5             (2.7)              -
Gain on sale of Bellingham aircraft interiors business                       -                -            68.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes                                        7.7           (383.7)           75.0

Provision for income taxes                                                11.3             40.5            26.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income (loss) before equity in earnings (losses)                        (3.6)          (424.2)           48.7
  Equity in earnings (losses) of and write-downs of
    an investment in affiliated companies                                (10.0)            (9.5)            5.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                                                  $   (13.6)     $    (433.7)    $      54.2
===============================================================================================================

Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic                                                              $   (0.35)     $    (11.54)    $      1.47
  Diluted                                                            $   (0.35)     $    (11.54)    $      1.32

Weighted average shares:
  Basic                                                                   38.4             37.6            36.8
  Diluted                                                                 38.4             37.6            45.7
===============================================================================================================

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

65

HEXCEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

                                           COMMON STOCK
                                         ------------------   RETAINED     ACCUMULATED
                                                ADDITIONAL    EARNINGS        OTHER                     TOTAL
                                                 PAID-IN    (ACCUMULATED  COMPREHENSIVE  TREASURY    STOCKHOLDERS'    COMPREHENSIVE
(IN MILLIONS)                            PAR     CAPITAL      DEFICIT)    INCOME (LOSS)   SHARES    EQUITY (DEFICIT)  INCOME (LOSS)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2000                $  0.4  $    273.6   $   11.6       $    (4.8)   $  (10.7)    $   270.1

 Net income                                                      54.2                                      54.2        $      54.2
 Currency translation adjustment                                                (10.2)                    (10.2)             (10.2)
 Minimum pension obligation                                                      (5.0)                     (5.0)              (5.0)
                                                                                                                       -----------
    Comprehensive income                                                                                               $      39.0
                                                                                                                       ===========
 Activity under stock plans and other                  7.1                                   (0.5)          6.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2000              $  0.4  $    280.7   $   65.8       $   (20.0)   $  (11.2)    $   315.7

 Net loss                                                      (433.7)                                   (433.7)       $    (433.7)
 Currency translation adjustment                                                (12.1)                    (12.1)             (12.1)
 Net unrealized loss on financial
   instruments                                                                   (5.9)                     (5.9)              (5.9)
 Minimum pension obligation                                                      (1.7)                     (1.7)              (1.7)
                                                                                                                       -----------
    Comprehensive loss                                                                                                 $    (453.4)
                                                                                                                       ===========
 Activity under stock plans and other                  7.0                                   (1.9)          5.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2001              $  0.4  $    287.7   $ (367.9)      $   (39.7)   $  (13.1)    $  (132.6)

 Net loss                                                       (13.6)                                    (13.6)       $     (13.6)
 Currency translation adjustment                                                 19.6                      19.6               19.6
 Net unrealized gain on financial
   instruments                                                                    9.3                       9.3                9.3
 Minimum pension obligation                                                     (10.4)                    (10.4)             (10.4)
                                                                                                                       -----------
    Comprehensive loss                                                                                                 $      (4.9)
                                                                                                                       ===========
 Activity under stock plans and other                  0.5                                   (0.2)          0.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2002              $  0.4  $    288.2   $ (381.5)      $   (21.2)   $  (13.3)    $  (127.4)
====================================================================================================================

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

66

HEXCEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

(IN MILLIONS)                                                              2002             2001              2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income (loss)                                                   $   (13.6)      $   (433.7)        $    54.2
  Reconciliation to net cash provided by operations:
   Depreciation                                                            47.2             50.7              45.6
   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles assets                      -             12.5              13.1
   Deferred income taxes                                                    1.7             27.6               8.6
   Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                        0.5             58.4              10.9
   Business consolidation and restructuring payments                      (24.3)           (12.0)            (11.8)
   Impairment of goodwill and other purchased intangibles                     -            309.1                 -
   Loss (gain) on early retirement of debt                                 (0.5)             0.7                 -
   Gain on sale of Bellingham aircraft interiors business                     -                -             (68.3)
   Gain on curtailment of pension plan                                        -                -              (5.1)
   Equity in (earnings) losses of and write-downs of
     an investment in affiliated companies                                 10.0              9.5              (5.5)
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable                            35.6              4.6              (7.7)
     Decrease (increase) in inventories                                    25.8             20.6             (17.0)
     Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets              (1.7)             1.1              (0.4)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
       liabilities                                                        (15.7)           (19.2)             10.7
     Changes in other non-current assets and long-term liabilities          0.9              5.1               5.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                               65.9             35.0              33.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital expenditures                                                    (14.9)           (38.8)            (39.6)
  Proceeds from sale of an ownership in an affiliated company              10.0                -                 -
  Proceeds from sale of Bellingham aircraft interiors business                -                -             113.3
  Proceeds from sale of other assets                                        1.5                -               3.4
  Dividends from (investments in) affiliated companies                      1.6              0.8              (8.3)
  Other                                                                    (0.5)            (0.3)                -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities                    (2.3)           (38.3)             68.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds (repayments) of credit facilities, net                         (57.4)            24.6              29.5
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                    -             98.5                 -
  Repayments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations               (9.9)          (110.6)           (126.0)
  Debt issuance costs                                                         -             (3.5)             (0.9)
  Activity under stock plans and other                                        -             (0.4)              2.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities                   (67.3)             8.6             (95.0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                0.3              1.2              (1.9)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                       (3.4)             6.5               4.9
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                             11.6              5.1               0.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                              $     8.2       $     11.6         $     5.1
==================================================================================================================

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

67

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hexcel Corporation and its subsidiaries ("Hexcel" or "the Company"), after elimination of intercompany transactions and accounts. Investments in affiliated companies in which the Company's interests are generally between 20% and 50%, and where the Company does not control the financial and operating decisions, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Hexcel is a leading producer of advanced structural materials. The Company develops, manufactures and markets lightweight, high-performance reinforcement products, composite materials and composite structures for use in commercial aerospace, space and defense, electronics, and industrial applications. The Company's materials are used in a wide variety of end products, such as commercial and military aircraft, space launch vehicles and satellites, printed wiring boards, computers, cellular telephones, soft body armor, high-speed trains and ferries, cars and trucks, wind turbine blades, reinforcements for bridges and other structures, window blinds, skis, snowboards and other recreational equipment.

The Company serves international markets through manufacturing facilities and sales offices located in the United States and Europe, and through sales offices located in Asia, Australia and South America. The Company is also an investor in six joint ventures; three of which manufacture and market reinforcement products in Europe, Asia and the United States; one manufactures and markets composite materials in Japan; and two manufacture composite structures in Asia.

As discussed in Note 22, Hexcel sold its Bellingham aircraft interiors business on April 26, 2000. As a result of this transaction, the statements of operations, of stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and of cash flows include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business as of such dates and for such periods that the business was owned.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory allowances, product warranty, depreciation and amortization, business consolidation and restructuring costs, impairment of long-lived assets, employee benefits, taxes, and contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. These investments consist primarily of Eurodollar time deposits and are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out and average cost methods. The Company provides allowances for obsolete and unmarketable inventory. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, inventory allowances were $21.3 million and $25.1 million, respectively.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over estimated useful lives using accelerated and straight-line methods. The estimated useful lives range from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and from 3 to 20 years for machinery and equipment. Repairs and

68

maintenance are expensed as incurred, while major replacements and betterments are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated life of the related asset.

GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLES

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of an acquired business. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," ("FAS 142"). Prior to adopting FAS 142, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from 15 to 40 years. As a result of adopting FAS 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. A reporting unit is the lowest level of an entity that is a business and can be distinguished from other activities, operations, and assets of the entity. If, during the annual impairment review, the book value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of the unit's goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied value. FAS 142 requires management to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, as well as the fair value of the assets and liabilities of each reporting unit, other than goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined as the difference between the fair value of a reporting unit, taken as a whole, and the fair value of the assets and liabilities of such reporting unit. No impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements was identified upon completion of the transitional impairment test required by FAS 142. The Company's annual impairment testing date will be during the fourth quarter of each year. In 2001, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $309.1 million on goodwill and other purchased intangibles acquired through previous acquisitions (see Note 3).

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the assets from the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, before interest and taxes, of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires estimates of these cash flows and fair value. The calculation of fair value may be determined based either on discounted cash flows or third party appraised values depending on the nature of the asset.

INVESTMENTS

The Company has investments in affiliated companies with equity interests ranging from 25% to 50%. Hexcel does not control the financial and operating decisions of these companies and, therefore, accounts for its share of their operating performance using the equity method of accounting. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of the underlying investments could result in losses and the inability to recover the carrying value of the investments, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge. The Company reviews its investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investments may not be recoverable. The Company records an investment impairment charge when the decline in value is considered to be other than temporary. The Company recorded an impairment of $4.0 million in 2002 and $7.8 million in 2001, relating to its investments in Asahi-Schwebel Co. Ltd. and Interglas Technologies AG, respectively (see Note 7).

DEBT FINANCING COSTS

Debt financing costs are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt, which ranges from 7 to 10 years. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, deferred debt financing costs were $11.7 million and $15.5 million, net of accumulated amortization of $14.5 million and $10.7 million, respectively, and are included in "other assets" in the consolidated balance sheets.

69

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation is accounted for under the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25"). Accordingly, compensation expense is not recognized when options are granted at the fair market value on the date of grant. However, the Company does recognize compensation expense for restricted stock and similar stock-based plans over the defined vesting periods. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had several on-going stock-based compensation plans, including stock options, restricted stock and various forms of restricted stock unit awards, which are described further in Note 13.

The Company has elected to continue following APB 25 to account for its stock-based compensation plans. The effects on net income (loss) and net income
(loss) per share as if the Company had applied the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123") for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                         2002             2001            2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS):
  Net income (loss), as reported                                        $   (13.6)      $   (433.7)      $    54.2
  ADD: Stock-based compensation expense included in
    reported net income, net of tax                                           0.8              2.0             4.5
  DEDUCT:  Stock-based compensation expense determined
    under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax                 (6.0)            (5.9)           (9.8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)                                           $   (18.8)      $   (437.6)      $    48.9

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE: Basic net income (loss) per share:
    As reported                                                         $   (0.35)      $   (11.54)      $    1.47
    Pro forma                                                           $   (0.49)      $   (11.64)      $    1.33

  Diluted net income (loss) per share:
    As reported                                                         $   (0.35)      $   (11.54)      $    1.32
    Pro forma                                                           $   (0.49)      $   (11.64)      $    1.21
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The assets and liabilities of international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Cumulative currency translation adjustments are included in "accumulated other comprehensive loss" in the stockholders' equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. Realized gains and losses from currency exchange transactions are recorded in "selling, general and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to Hexcel's consolidated results of operations in 2002, 2001 or 2000.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Product sales are recognized when all significant contractual obligations have been satisfied and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, which is generally at the time of shipment. Revenues derived from design, installation and support services are recognized when the service is provided, or alternatively, when the product to which the service relates is delivered to the customer. The Company accrues for sales returns and allowances based on its historical experience at the time of sale.

PRODUCT WARRANTY

The Company provides for an estimated amount of product warranty at the time revenue is recognized. This estimated amount is provided by product and based on historical warranty experience.

70

SHIPPING AND HANDLING COSTS

The Company recognizes shipping and handling costs as incurred as a component of "cost of sales" in the consolidated statements of operations. Shipping or handling costs billed to the customer for reimbursement purposes were not significant.

RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY

Research and technology costs are expensed as incurred.

INCOME TAXES

The Company provides for income taxes using the liability approach prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("FAS 109"). Under the liability approach, deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect tax carryforwards and the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets require a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the timing and magnitude of future taxable income prior to the expiration of the deferred tax assets' attributes. When events and circumstances so dictate, the Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance by forecasting future taxable income. In 2001, the Company established a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could change if estimates of future U.S. taxable income during the carry-forward period improve (see Note 12).

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject Hexcel to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company's sales to two customers and their related subcontractors accounted for approximately 37%, 39% and 33% of the Company's 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition but generally does not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other financial information. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $5.1 million and $8.5 million, respectively. Bad debt expense was a net credit of $(0.9) million in 2002, $3.4 million in 2001 and $0.7 million in 2000.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Hexcel uses various financial instruments, including foreign currency forward exchange contracts and interest rate cap agreements, to manage its risk to market fluctuations by generating cash flows that offset, in relation to their amount and timing, the cash flows of certain foreign currency denominated transactions or underlying debt instruments. The Company designates its foreign currency forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges against forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions and reports the effective portions of changes in fair value of the instruments in "other comprehensive income" until the underlying hedged transactions affect income. The Company designates its interest rate cap agreements as cash flow hedges against specific debt instruments and recognizes interest differentials as adjustments to interest expense as the differentials may occur. The most recent effective interest rate cap agreement expired on October 29, 2002. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Effective January 1, 2001, Hexcel adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), and its corresponding amendments under Financial Accounting Standards No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities," ("FAS 138"). FAS 133 requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on its balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair values of those derivatives are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. The adoption of FAS 133 and FAS 138 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations (see Note 15).

71

SELF-INSURANCE

Hexcel is self-insured up to specific levels for certain liabilities. Accruals are established based on actuarial assumptions and historical claim experience, and include estimated amounts for incurred but not reported claims. Effective January 1, 2002, Hexcel expanded its self-insured medical program to cover the majority of U.S. non-union employees, in order to more effectively manage its medical costs. The program includes "stop loss" insurance, which caps Hexcel's risk at $250,000 per individual per annum. By its nature, as compared to traditional insurance plans, self-insured medical coverage may increase the monthly volatility in cash flows of the Company.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections" ("FAS 145"). Among other matters, FAS 145 rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, "Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt," which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. The Company adopted FAS 145 as of January 1, 2002. As a result, a $2.7 million extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt recorded in 2001 was reclassified as a separate line item below operating income in the consolidated statements of operations (see Note 8).

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("FAS 146"). FAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured, initially at fair value, only when the liability is incurred; therefore, nullifying Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)" ("EITF 94-3") that required a liability for an exit cost to be recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This change in accounting would be expected to result in a delayed recognition of certain types of costs, especially facility closure costs. The provisions of FAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. Since FAS 146 is effective only for new exit or disposal activities, adoption of this standard will not affect amounts currently reported in the Company's consolidated financial statements. However, the adoption of FAS 146 could affect the types and timing of costs included in any future business consolidation and restructuring programs. The Company adopted FAS 146 as of January 1, 2003.

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure," ("FAS 148"). FAS 148 amends FAS 123 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting" to present alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily adopts the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation, and provides modifications to the disclosure provisions to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity's accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation in quarterly and annual financial statements. At this time, the Company has not voluntarily adopted the fair value method of accounting under FAS 123. However, appropriate disclosures about the effects on reported net income of the Company's accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation are provided above.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires a guarantor to disclose (a) the nature of the guarantee, including the approximate term of the guarantee, how the guarantee arose, and the events or circumstances that would require the guarantor to perform under the guarantee; (b) the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantee; (c) the carrying amount of the liability, if any, for the guarantor's obligations under the guarantee; and (d) the nature and extent of any recourse provisions or available collateral that would enable the guarantor to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee. FIN 45 also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a

72

guarantee, a liability at fair value for the obligations it has undertaken in issuing the guarantee, including its ongoing obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event that the specified triggering events or conditions occur. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. As the disclosure requirements in FIN 45 are effective for financial statements with periods ending after December 15, 2002, the Company has included the new disclosures herein.

FIN 45 also addresses the disclosure requirements regarding product warranties. Instead of disclosing the maximum potential amount of future payments under the product warranty guarantee, a guarantor is required to disclose its accounting policy and methodology used in determining its liability for product warranties, as well as, a tabular reconciliation of the changes in the guarantor's product warranty liability for the reporting period (see Note 16).

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2002 presentation.

NOTE 2 - REFINANCING OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel successfully completed the refinancing of its capital structure through the simultaneous closings of three financing transactions: the completion of its previously announced sale of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million, the issuance of $125.0 million of 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, and the establishment of a new $115.0 million senior secured credit facility, also due 2008.

The proceeds from the sale of the convertible preferred stock have been used to provide for the redemption of $46.9 million principal amount of the Company's 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to repay outstanding borrowings under the existing senior credit facility. Proceeds to be used to redeem the 7% convertible subordinated notes have been remitted to US Bank Trust, trustee for the notes, for the express purpose of retiring the outstanding principal balance of the notes, plus accrued interest.

The remaining advances under the existing senior credit facility, after the application of a portion of the equity proceeds, have been repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the Company's new 9-7/8% senior secured notes and a new senior secured credit facility.

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On March 19, 2003, Hexcel issued 125,000 shares of a series A convertible preferred stock and 125,000 shares of a series B convertible preferred stock for $125.0 million in cash. Upon issuance, the total number of Hexcel's outstanding common shares including potential shares issuable upon conversion of both of the new series of convertible preferred stocks increased from approximately 38.6 million shares to approximately 88.4 million shares. In addition, common shares authorized for issuance increased from 100.0 million shares to 200.0 million shares.

Hexcel issued 77,875 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 77,875 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to affiliates of Berkshire Partners LLC and Greenbriar Equity Group LLC (the "Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors") for a cash payment of approximately $77.9 million. The series A and the series B convertible preferred stocks are mandatorily redeemable on January 22, 2010 for cash or for common stock at the Company's election. Both preferred stocks are convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share, and will automatically be converted into common stock if the closing trading price of the common stock for any period of 60 consecutive trading days ending after March 19, 2006 exceeds $9.00 per share. The

73

preferred stockholders are entitled to vote on an as converted basis with Hexcel's common stockholders. The series A preferred stock accrues dividends at a rate of 6% per annum following the third anniversary of the issuance. Dividends may be paid in cash or added to the accrued value of the preferred stock, at Hexcel's option. The series B preferred stock does not accrue dividends.

Hexcel has separately issued 47,125 shares of series A convertible preferred stock and 47,125 shares of series B convertible preferred stock to investment funds controlled by affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the "Goldman Sachs Investors") for a cash payment of approximately $47.1 million.

In conjunction with the aforementioned transactions, Hexcel and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors entered into a stockholders agreement, which gives the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors the right to nominate up to two directors (of a total of ten) to Hexcel's board of directors and certain other rights. The Goldman Sachs Investors will continue to have the right to nominate up to three directors under the governance agreement entered into at the time of their investment in Hexcel in 2000. The stockholders agreement and the amended Goldman Sachs Investors governance agreement require that the approval of at least six directors, including at least two directors not nominated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or the Goldman Sachs Investors, be obtained for board actions generally. The stockholders agreement also prohibits the purchase of voting securities in excess of 39.5% of Hexcel's outstanding voting securities unless approved by Hexcel's board. The Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and the Goldman Sachs Investors have agreed to an 18-month lock up on the securities being issued, except for certain registered offerings.

SENIOR SECURED NOTES, DUE 2008

The Company also issued, through a private placement under Rule 144A, $125.0 million of 9 7/8% senior secured notes at a price of 98.95% of face value. The senior secured notes, due October 1, 2008, are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Hexcel's and its domestic subsidiaries' property, plant and equipment, intangibles, intercompany notes and other obligations receivable, and 100% of the outstanding voting stock of certain of Hexcel's domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the senior secured notes are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the Company's new senior secured credit facility, described below. The senior secured notes are also guaranteed by Hexcel's material domestic subsidiaries. Hexcel has the ability to incur additional debt that would be secured on an equal basis by the collateral securing the senior secured notes. The amount of additional secured debt that may be incurred is currently limited to $10.0 million, but may increase over time based on a formula relating to the total net book value of Hexcel's domestic property, plant and equipment.

The Company will pay interest on the notes on April 1st and October 1st of each year. The first payment will be made on October 1, 2003. The Company will have the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes at any time during the one-year period beginning April 1, 2006 at 104.938% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. This percentage decreases to 102.469% for the one-year period beginning April 1, 2007, and to 100.0% for the period beginning April 1, 2008. In addition, the Company may use the net proceeds from one or more equity offerings at any time prior to April 1, 2006 to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the senior secured notes contains many other terms and conditions, including limitations with respect to asset sales, incurrence of debt, granting of liens, the making of restricted payments and entering into transactions with affiliates.

Hexcel has agreed, under a registration rights agreement, to offer to all noteholders the opportunity to exchange their notes for new notes that are substantially identical to the existing notes except that the new notes will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and will not have any restrictions on transfer. In the event that Hexcel cannot affect such an exchange, Hexcel will be required to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to permit the noteholders to resell their notes generally without restriction.

74

An affiliate of Goldman Sachs Investors, a related party, performed underwriting services in connection with the Company's private placement offering of senior secured notes, and received $2.3 million for such services rendered.

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

Also on March 19, 2003, Hexcel entered into a $115.0 million asset-backed senior secured credit facility with a new syndicate of lenders led by Fleet Capital Corporation as agent. The credit facility matures on March 31, 2008. Borrowers under the credit facility include, in addition to Hexcel Corporation, Hexcel's operating subsidiaries in the UK, Austria and Germany. The credit facility provides for borrowings of U.S. dollars, Pound Sterling and Euro currencies, including the issuance of letters of credit, with the amount available to each borrower dependent on the borrowing base of that borrower and its subsidiaries. For Hexcel Corporation and the UK borrower, the borrowing base is determined by an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves. The borrowing base of each of the Austrian and German borrowers is based on an agreed percentage of eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain reserves. In addition, the UK, Austrian and German borrowers have facility sublimits of $12.5 million, $7.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Borrowings under the new facility bear interest at a floating rate based on either the agent's defined "prime rate" plus a margin that can vary from 0.75% to 3.25% or LIBOR plus a margin that can vary from 2.25% to 3.25%. The margin in effect for a borrowing at any given time depends on the Company's fixed charge ratio and the currency denomination of such borrowing. The credit facility also provides for the payment of customary fees and expenses.

All obligations under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in accounts receivable, inventory and cash and cash equivalents of Hexcel Corporation and its material domestic subsidiaries. In addition, all obligations under the credit facility are secured by a pledge of 65% of the stock of Hexcel's French and UK first-tier holding companies. This pledge of foreign stock is on an equal basis with a substantially identical pledge of such stock given to secure the obligations under the senior secured notes. The obligations of the UK borrower are secured by the accounts receivable, inventory, and cash and cash equivalents of the UK borrower. The obligations of the Austrian and German borrowers are secured by the accounts receivable of the Austrian and German borrowers, respectively.

Hexcel is required to maintain various financial ratios throughout the term of the credit facility. These financial covenants set maximum values for the Company's leverage (the ratios of total and senior debt to EBITDA), fixed charge coverage (the ratio of EBITDA, less capital expenditures and cash taxes, plus cash dividends, to the sum of cash interest and scheduled debt amortization), and capital expenditures (not to exceed specified annual expenditures). The credit facility also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting liens, making investments, making restricted payments, entering into transactions with affiliates and prepaying subordinated debt. The credit facility also contains other customary terms relating to, among other things, representations and warranties, additional covenants and events of default.

On March 19, 2003, the Company borrowed $13.0 million and issued letters of credit totaling approximately $25.8 million under the new senior secured credit facility.

CLASSIFICATION OF DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

As of December 31, 2002, the Company had a scheduled debt obligation due August 1, 2003, which, if made, would cause the Company to violate one or more financial covenants in the Company's existing debt agreements. The Company also required an amendment of its existing senior credit facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to maintain compliance with the financial covenants under that facility. As the anticipated refinancing of the Company's capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company had not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants, all debt and capital lease obligations had been classified as current at December 31, 2002.

As a result of the March 19, 2003 refinancing transactions, the uncertainties surrounding the Company's ability to meet its scheduled 2003 debt maturities and comply with its debt covenants have been mitigated. Management believes the Company will comply with the new debt covenants and has

75

adequate liquidity available to finance operations beyond December 31, 2003. Also as a result of the refinancing transactions, substantially all of the Company's debt will be reclassified to long-term at March 31, 2003 reflecting the new scheduled debt maturities. Refer to Note 24, "Subsequent Event - Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)."

NOTE 3 - GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLES

Upon the Company's adoption of FAS 142 as of January 1, 2002, amortization of goodwill ceased. Although no amortization expense was recognized in 2002, the consolidated statements of operations include amortization expense of $12.5 million in 2001 and $13.1 million in 2000.

Net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, adjusted to exclude amortization expense, net of tax, are as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                               2002             2001            2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS):
   Net income (loss)                                                $     (13.6)    $     (433.7)      $     54.2
   Goodwill amortization, net of tax                                          -             11.2              8.5
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted net income (loss)                                          $     (13.6)    $     (422.5)      $     62.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BASIC NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:
   Net income (loss)                                                $     (0.35)    $     (11.54)      $     1.47
   Goodwill amortization, net of tax                                          -             0.30             0.23
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted basic net income (loss) per share                          $     (0.35)    $     (11.24)      $     1.70
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:
   Net income (loss)                                                $     (0.35)    $     (11.54)      $     1.32
   Goodwill amortization, net of tax                                          -             0.30             0.19
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted diluted net income (loss) per share                        $     (0.35)    $     (11.24)      $     1.51
=================================================================================================================

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of goodwill, by the Company's reportable segments, as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, are as follows:

                                   DECEMBER 31, 2002                                DECEMBER 31, 2001
                      ---------------------------------------------     ------------------------------------------
                          GROSS                                             GROSS
                         CARRYING       ACCUMULATED                       CARRYING       ACCUMULATED
(IN MILLIONS)             AMOUNT        AMORTIZATION       NET             AMOUNT        AMORTIZATION       NET
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reinforcements          $   69.9          $   29.8        $  40.1        $    69.6        $   29.7        $   39.9
Composites                  31.1              13.4           17.7             27.9            12.0            15.9
Structures                  23.5               6.9           16.6             23.5             6.9            16.6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill                $  124.5          $   50.1        $  74.4        $   121.0        $   48.6        $   72.4
==================================================================================================================

Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, by reportable segment, are as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                       REINFORCEMENTS       COMPOSITES      STRUCTURES       TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2000                        $    350.3          $    36.9       $    24.0      $    411.2
Amortization of goodwill and other
   purchased intangibles                                   (9.1)              (2.7)           (1.3)          (13.1)
Sale of Bellingham aircraft interiors business                -                  -            (4.9)           (4.9)
Currency translation adjustment and other                     -               (1.5)              -            (1.5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                      $    341.2          $    32.7       $    17.8      $    391.7
Amortization of goodwill and other
   purchased intangibles                                   (9.1)              (2.2)           (1.2)          (12.5)
Impairment of goodwill and other
   purchased intangibles                                 (292.1)             (17.0)              -          (309.1)
Acquired goodwill                                             -                2.9               -             2.9
Currency translation adjustment                            (0.1)              (0.5)              -            (0.6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                      $     39.9          $    15.9       $    16.6      $     72.4
Currency translation adjustment                             0.2                1.8               -             2.0
==================================================================================================================
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                      $     40.1          $    17.7       $    16.6      $     74.4
==================================================================================================================

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, other purchased intangibles had no carrying value.

76

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER PURCHASED INTANGIBLES

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets under FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," particularly goodwill and other purchased intangibles acquired in recent years, for impairment. The review was undertaken in response to changes in market conditions and the Company's revised business outlook resulting from a sharp decline in demand for the Company's woven glass fabrics, primarily in the electronics market, and the announced reductions in commercial airline production following the tragic events of September 11, 2001. The Company also revised its forecasts of revenue growth for its acquired satellite business due to the continuing slow down in commercial satellite launches following the financial failure of a number of satellite based telecommunication projects and the postponement of others. These adverse changes in market conditions led to the lowering of revenue forecasts associated with certain businesses in the Reinforcements and Composites segments.

Based on this review, the Company determined that the long-lived assets, including goodwill, of the fabrics business acquired from Clark-Schwebel in 1998 and the satellite business acquired from Fiberite in 1997 were not fully recoverable. The Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $292.1 million and $17.0 million related to the goodwill and other purchased intangibles associated with the Clark-Schwebel and Fiberite acquisitions, respectively. The amounts of the impairment charges were calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair values. Fair values were determined using discounted future cash flow models, market valuations and third party appraisals, where appropriate. There were no tax benefits recognized on the impairments because of limitations on the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

NOTE 4 - BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING PROGRAMS

The aggregate business consolidation and restructuring activities for the three years ended December 31, 2002, consisted of the following:

                                                                       EMPLOYEE       FACILITY &
(IN MILLIONS)                                                          SEVERANCE       EQUIPMENT          TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2000                                         $     3.5       $     0.6         $     4.1
Business consolidation expenses:
    Current period expenses                                                 3.7            10.6              14.3
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                       (0.3)           (3.1)             (3.4)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation expenses                                       3.4             7.5              10.9
Cash expenditures                                                          (3.9)           (7.9)            (11.8)
Non-cash items:
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                          -             3.1               3.1
    Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                            (0.6)           (3.0)             (3.6)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-cash items                                                     (0.6)            0.1              (0.5)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                       $     2.4       $     0.3         $     2.7
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                          34.5            23.9              58.4
Cash expenditures                                                          (6.4)           (5.6)            (12.0)
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                                   -           (15.7)            (15.7)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                       $    30.5       $     2.9         $    33.4
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses
    Current period expenses                                                   -             2.8               2.8
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                          -            (0.5)             (0.5)
    Change in estimated expenses                                           (2.9)            1.1              (1.8)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation and restructuring expenses                    (2.9)            3.4               0.5
Cash expenditures                                                         (20.5)           (3.8)            (24.3)
Currency translation adjustment                                             0.9               -               0.9
Non-cash items:
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                          -             0.5               0.5
    Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                               -            (0.5)             (0.5)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-cash items                                                        -               -                 -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                       $     8.0       $     2.5         $    10.5
=================================================================================================================

77

NOVEMBER 2001 PROGRAM

In November 2001, the Company announced a program to restructure its business operations in accordance with a revised business outlook for build rate reductions in commercial aircraft production, the continued depressed business conditions in the electronics market and the weakness in the general economy. The program targeted a 20% reduction in cash fixed costs, or $60.0 million, compared to previous spending rates and included company-wide reductions in managerial, professional, indirect manufacturing and administrative employees along with organizational rationalization. In connection with the program, the Company recognized charges of $47.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2001. During 2002, the Company continued the implementation of this program in 2002, reducing its workforce, since announcement, by approximately 25% to 4,245 employees.

In 2002, the Company recognized a net change in estimated business consolidation and restructuring expenses related to this program of $0.7 million. This resulted from a $1.8 million reduction of previously accrued liabilities as employee severance and other benefit costs were lower than previously expected, offset in part, by a $1.1 million increase in restructuring liabilities for facility lease termination costs. An additional $1.2 million was expensed as incurred in 2002.

Business consolidation and restructuring activities for this program consisted of the following:

                                                                       EMPLOYEE       FACILITY &
(IN MILLIONS)                                                         SEVERANCE       EQUIPMENT           TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                       $       -       $       -         $       -
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                          30.8            17.1              47.9
Cash expenditures                                                          (3.2)              -              (3.2)
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                                   -           (14.3)            (14.3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                       $    27.6       $     2.8         $    30.4
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses
    Current period expenses                                                   -             1.2               1.2
    Change in estimated expenses                                           (1.8)            1.1              (0.7)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation and restructuring expenses                    (1.8)            2.3               0.5
Cash expenditures                                                         (18.9)           (2.1)            (21.0)
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                                   -            (0.5)             (0.5)
Currency translation adjustment                                             0.9               -               0.9
=================================================================================================================
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                       $     7.8       $     2.5         $    10.3
=================================================================================================================

JULY 2001 PROGRAM

As a result of the weakness in the electronics market, the Company initiated cost reduction actions in July 2001. These actions incorporated steps to furlough employees, idle manufacturing facilities and cut non-essential expenditures, by effecting a reduction in the work force of approximately 275 employees primarily in the Reinforcements and Composites business segments. In connection with the program, the Company recognized a charge of $3.9 million in 2001. During 2002, the Company reviewed its remaining liability under the program and recognized a change in estimated business consolidation and restructuring expenses of $0.6 million, as employee severance and other benefit costs were lower than previously expected.

Business consolidation and restructuring activities for this program consisted of the following:

                                                                      EMPLOYEE        FACILITY &
(IN MILLIONS)                                                         SEVERANCE       EQUIPMENT           TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                       $       -       $       -         $       -
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                           3.6             0.3               3.9
Cash expenditures                                                          (2.1)           (0.2)             (2.3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                       $     1.5       $     0.1         $     1.6
Change in estimated expenses                                               (0.6)              -              (0.6)
Cash expenditures                                                          (0.9)           (0.1)             (1.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                       $       -       $       -         $       -
=================================================================================================================

78

DECEMBER 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 1999 PROGRAMS

As a result of several substantial business acquisitions, the Company initiated business consolidation programs in December 1998 and September 1999. The primary purpose of these programs was to integrate acquired assets and operations into the Company, and to close or restructure insufficiently profitable facilities and activities. Due to aerospace industry requirements to "qualify" specific equipment and manufacturing processes for certain products, some business consolidation actions have taken up to three years to complete. These qualification requirements increase the complexity, cost and time of moving equipment and rationalizing manufacturing activities. In connection with these business consolidation programs, the Company closed three manufacturing facilities, vacated approximately 560 thousand square feet of manufacturing space, and eliminated more than 700 manufacturing, marketing and administrative positions.

In 2000, the Company added two further actions to the September 1999 business consolidation program. The Company decided to close the two smaller of its four U.S. prepreg manufacturing facilities - one in Lancaster, Ohio and another in Gilbert, Arizona. The Gilbert, Arizona facility was closed in 2001 and the closure of the Lancaster, Ohio facility was completed in 2002. The manufacturing output from these two plants is now being produced by the two remaining U.S. prepreg facilities in Livermore, California and Salt Lake City, Utah. In connection with the program, including the program revisions, the Company recognized a charge of $14.3 million in 2000.

In addition, during 2000, Hexcel amended its September 1999 business consolidation program in response to the manufacturing constraints caused by a stronger than expected increase in sales and production for its electronic woven glass fabrics and its ballistic protection products. Based on these improved market conditions and a manufacturing capacity review, the Company decided to expand its capacity by purchasing additional looms and revising the previous decision to consolidate a number of weaving activities at two of the Company's facilities. As a result of the decision not to proceed to consolidate production, the Company reversed a total of $3.4 million of business consolidation expenses that were previously recognized in 1999, including $3.1 million in non-cash write-downs of machinery and equipment that was to have been sold or scrapped as a result of the consolidation.

In 2002, the Company recognized a change in estimated business consolidation expenses related to this program of $0.5 million, as actual employee severance was lower than previously expected. Business consolidation expenses for equipment relocation and re-qualification costs, expensed as incurred, were $1.6 million and $6.5 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Equipment relocation and re-qualification costs primarily related to the planned closure of the Lancaster, Ohio and Gilbert, Arizona prepreg manufacturing facilities. In addition, the Company recognized a benefit on the sale of a previously idled Cleveland, Georgia facility of $0.5 million by reversing expenses previously accrued in 1999.

79

Business consolidation activities for the December 1998 and September 1999 programs consisted of the following:

                                                                       EMPLOYEE       FACILITY &
(IN MILLIONS)                                                          SEVERANCE      EQUIPMENT           TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2000 (a)                                     $     3.5       $     0.6         $     4.1
Business consolidation expenses:
   Current period expenses                                                  3.7            10.6              14.3
   Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                        (0.3)           (3.1)             (3.4)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation expenses                                       3.4             7.5              10.9
Cash expenditures                                                          (3.9)           (7.9)            (11.8)
Non-cash items:
   Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                           -             3.1               3.1
   Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                             (0.6)           (3.0)             (3.6)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-cash items                                                     (0.6)            0.1              (0.5)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                       $     2.4       $     0.3         $     2.7
Business consolidation expenses                                             0.1             6.5               6.6
Cash expenditures                                                          (1.1)           (5.4)             (6.5)
Non-cash usage, including asset write-downs                                   -            (1.4)             (1.4)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                       $     1.4       $       -         $     1.4
Business consolidation expenses
    Current period expenses                                                   -             1.6               1.6
    Reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                          -            (0.5)             (0.5)
    Change in estimated expenses                                           (0.5)              -              (0.5)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net business consolidation expenses                                      (0.5)            1.1               0.6
Cash expenditures                                                          (0.7)           (1.6)             (2.3)
Non-cash reversal of 1999 business consolidation expenses                     -             0.5               0.5
=================================================================================================================
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                       $     0.2       $       -         $     0.2
=================================================================================================================

(a) The December 1998 program had an accrued liability balance of $1.0 million for employee severance at January 1, 2000, which was utilized during 2000.

As of December 31, 2002, the December 1998, September 1999 and July 2001 programs have been essentially completed, while the November 2001 program will be substantially completed in 2003. Management will continue to closely monitor spending under the November 2001 program and evaluate opportunities that may exist for future actions, as the Company continues to right-size the business in response to existing conditions in the markets it serves.

NOTE 5 - INVENTORIES

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                             2002              2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Raw materials                                      $      40.7       $      59.1
Work in progress                                          37.6              35.2
Finished goods                                            35.3              37.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inventories                                        $     113.6       $     131.7
================================================================================

NOTE 6 - NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                             2002             2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land                                               $      21.1       $     23.5
Buildings                                                140.2            132.7
Equipment                                                470.7            443.8
Construction in Progress                                  10.8             17.0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant and equipment                            642.8            617.0
Less accumulated depreciation                           (333.4)          (287.8)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net property, plant and equipment                  $     309.4       $    329.2
===============================================================================

80

NOTE 7 - INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES

In 1999, Hexcel, Boeing International Holdings, Ltd. and Aviation Industries of China (now known as China Aviation Industry Corporation I) formed a joint venture, BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd. ("BHA Aero"), to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures and interior applications for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 33.3% equity ownership interest in this joint venture, which is located in Tianjin, China. In addition, in 1999, Hexcel formed another joint venture, Asian Composites Manufacturing Sdn. Bhd. ("Asian Composites"), with Boeing Worldwide Operations Limited, Sime Link Sdn. Bhd., and Malaysia Helicopter Services Bhd. (now known as Naluri Berhadto), to manufacture composite parts for secondary structures for commercial aircraft. Hexcel has a 25% equity ownership interest in this joint venture, which is located in Alor Setar, Malaysia. Asian Composites began shipping composite structures to customers during the second half of 2001, while BHA Aero began deliveries in the first half of 2002. During 2000, Hexcel made cash equity investments totaling $8.3 million in these two joint ventures. No additional cash equity investments were made during 2002 and 2001. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $11.1 million in support of a loan to BHA Aero (see Note 16).

The Company also has equity ownership interests in three joint ventures which manufacture reinforcement products: a 43.6% share in Interglas Technologies AG ("Interglas"), headquartered in Germany; a 33.3% share in Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd. ("Asahi-Schwebel"), headquartered in Japan, which in turn owns interests in two joint ventures in Taiwan - a 50% interest in Nittobo Asahi Glass and a 51% interest in Asahi-Schwebel Taiwan; and a 50% share in Clark-Schwebel Tech-Fab Company ("CS Tech-Fab"), headquartered in the United States. Interglas and Asahi-Schwebel are fiberglass fabric producers serving the European and Asian manufacturers of printed circuit board laminates and other reinforcement product applications. CS Tech-Fab manufactures non-woven reinforcement materials for roofing, construction, sail cloth and other specialty applications.

In 2002, the Company agreed with its Asian Electronics venture partner to restructure its minority interest in Asahi-Schwebel. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company reduced its ownership interest in the joint venture from 43.3% to 33.3% and received cash proceeds of $10.0 million. The agreement also included, among other matters, a put option in favor of the Company to sell and a call option in favor of the Company's joint venture partner to purchase the Company's remaining ownership interest in the joint venture for $23.0 million. The options are simultaneously effective for a six-month period beginning July 1, 2003. Reflecting these terms, the Company wrote-down the carrying value of its remaining equity investment in this joint venture to its estimated fair market value of $23.0 million, recording a non-cash impairment charge of $4.0 million. There was no tax benefit recognized on the write-down.

In 2001, the Company wrote-down its investment in Interglas by $7.8 million. The write-down was the result of an assessment that an other-than-temporary decline in value of the investment had occurred due to a severe industry downturn and the resulting impact on the financial condition of this company. The amount of the write-down was determined based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The Company did not record deferred tax benefits on the write-down because of limitations imposed by foreign tax laws and the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

Lastly, Hexcel owns a 45% equity interest in DIC-Hexcel Limited ("DHL"), a joint venture with Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. ("DIC"). This joint venture is located in Komatsu, Japan, and produces and sells prepregs, honeycomb and decorative laminates using technology licensed from Hexcel and DIC. Hexcel is contingently liable to pay DIC up to $1.5 million with respect to DHL's debt under certain defined circumstances through January 31, 2004, unless renewed. This contingent liability will cease upon DHL's repayment of the underlying loan.

81

Summarized condensed combined financial information for these joint ventures as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the three years ended December 31, 2002 is as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
SUMMARIZED CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS                                               2002            2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current assets                                                                         $     106.0      $    132.0
Noncurrent assets                                                                            209.7           213.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets                                                                         $     315.7      $    345.3

Current liabilities                                                                    $      66.8      $     52.0
Noncurrent liabilities                                                                        99.2            87.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities                                                                          166.0           139.0

Minority Interest                                                                             20.3            21.3

Partners' equity                                                                             129.4           185.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities and partners' equity                                               $     315.7      $    345.3
==================================================================================================================

                                                                                For the Year Ended December 31,
SUMMARIZED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS                           2002          2001           2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                                   $   232.7      $  276.5      $   337.3
Cost of sales                                                                   207.5         204.5          250.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Gross profit                                                                 25.2          72.0           87.1
Other costs and expenses                                                         78.6          76.0           79.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                                                         $   (53.4)     $   (4.0)     $     7.3
==================================================================================================================

NOTE 8 - NOTES PAYABLE

                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                                              2002            2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Senior Credit Facility                                                                 $     179.7      $    233.9
European credit and overdraft facilities                                                       0.2             3.5
Senior subordinated notes, due 2009 (net of unamortized discount
 of $1.2 and $1.4 as of December 31, 2002 and 2001)                                          338.8           338.6
Convertible subordinated notes, due 2003                                                      46.9            46.9
Convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011                                                 22.7            24.5
Various notes payable                                                                            -             0.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total notes payable                                                                          588.3           647.5
Capital lease obligations                                                                     33.4            38.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total notes payable and capital lease obligations                                      $     621.7      $    685.9
==================================================================================================================

Notes payable and current maturities of capital lease obligations                      $     621.7      $     17.4
Long-term notes payable and capital lease obligations, less current maturities                   -           668.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total notes payable and capital lease obligations                                      $     621.7      $    685.9
==================================================================================================================

SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY

Hexcel had a global credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks to provide for ongoing working capital and other financing requirements. The Senior Credit Facility, which consisted of revolving credit, overdraft and term loan facilities, provided Hexcel with committed lines of approximately $297.6 million as of December 31, 2002, subject to certain limitations. These commitments consisted of funded term loans of $106.8 million, revolving credit and overdraft facilities of $160.8 million, and letter of credit facilities of $30.0 million. As of December 31, 2002, drawings under the revolving credit facility were $72.9 million, leaving undrawn commitments under the facilities of $87.9 million. As of December 31, 2002, letters of credit issued under the facility approximated $24.2 million, of which $11.1 million supports a loan to the Company's BHA Aero joint venture. The Company was subject to various financial covenants and restrictions under the Senior Credit Facility, including limitations on incurring debt, granting liens, selling assets, repaying subordinated indebtedness, redeeming capital stock and paying dividends. The Senior Credit Facility was scheduled to expire in 2004, except for approximately $55.8 million of

82

term loans that are due for repayment in 2005. The Senior Credit Facility was paid in full on March 19, 2003 (see Note 2).

Effective January 25, 2002, Hexcel entered into an amendment of the Senior Credit Facility. The amendment provided for revised financial covenants through 2002; a 100 basis point increase in the interest spread payable over LIBOR for advances under the facility; and an immediate decrease in the commitment of revolving credit and overdraft facilities from a cumulative amount of $205.0 million to $190.0 million, with a further reduction to $182.0 million on or before September 30, 2002. The amendment also provided for a 25 basis point increase on January 1, 2003 if the Company did not reduce the commitment by a further $25.0 million, prior to that date. The Senior Credit Facility financial covenants set certain maximum values for the Company's leverage (the ratios of total and senior debt to an Adjusted EBITDA), and certain minimum values for its interest coverage (the ratio of an Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest expense) and fixed charge coverage (the ratio of an Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures to the sum of certain fixed expenses). In addition, during the term of the amendment, all net proceeds generated through asset sales, and most other liquidity events, in each case to the extent in excess of $2.5 million, and 100% of all net proceeds generated from litigation settlements and judgments, must be used to prepay loans under the Senior Credit Facility. Hexcel also agreed to limit capital expenditures to $25.0 million during 2002, with a $10.0 million limit during any quarter in 2002. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with the covenants, as amended, under its Senior Credit Facility.

In connection with the credit agreement amendment, Hexcel also agreed to grant additional collateral. The Company had previously granted a security interest in most of its U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and real estate. It had also pledged some or all of the shares of certain subsidiaries. Under the terms of the amendment, Hexcel granted to the banks a security interest in additional U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and real estate, as well as its intellectual property. In addition, each of a group of Hexcel's European subsidiaries granted a security interest in its accounts receivable that secured certain local borrowings advanced to that subsidiary.

The Senior Credit Facility had been subject to several previous amendments to accommodate, among other things, the planned sale of assets, the planned investments in additional manufacturing capacity for selected products, the impact of the decline of the Company's operating results on certain financial covenants, the purchase by an investor group of approximately 14.5 million shares of Hexcel common stock held by a significant shareholder of the Company, a restructuring of the ownership of certain of the Company's European subsidiaries, the issuance of additional senior subordinated debt and the early redemption of certain term debt. In connection with the 2002 and previous amendments, included in interest expense in 2002 and 2001 are fees and expenses incurred of approximately $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The January 25, 2002 amendment relaxed the 2002 quarterly financial covenants to accommodate the impact of the downturn in the commercial aerospace and electronics markets. Under the terms of the amendment, the financial covenants effective beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2003 were to be those that applied before the amendment. As these market conditions experienced in 2002 are expected to continue during 2003, the Company needed to obtain a further amendment of the facility before the end of the first quarter of 2003 to accommodate its projected financial performance for that quarter and to be in compliance with the financial covenants as provided in the Senior Credit Facility agreement, or refinance the facility. The Company executed a refinancing of the facility on March 19, 2003 (see Note 2).

83

The weighted average interest rate on the Senior Credit Facility was 7.71%, 8.50% and 11.55% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. During the three years ended December 31, 2002, interest rates have been in the following ranges:

                                                                                 IN EXCESS OF THE BASE RATE OF
                                          IN EXCESS OF THE APPLICABLE            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR
                                             LONDON INTERBANK RATE                        THE LENDERS
                                          ---------------------------            -----------------------------
January 2002 to December 2002                    2.00% - 4.25%                           1.25% - 3.25%
May 2001 to January 2002                         1.00% - 3.25%                           0.25% - 2.25%
March 2000 to May 2001                           0.75% - 3.00%                           0.00% - 2.00%
Prior to March 2000                              0.75% - 2.50%                           0.00% - 1.50%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Senior Credit Facility was subject to a commitment fee varying from approximately 0.20% to 0.50% per annum of the total facility.

At December 31, 2001, Hexcel had an interest rate cap agreement outstanding which covered a notional amount of $50.0 million of the Senior Credit Facility, providing a maximum fixed rate of 5.50% on the applicable London interbank rate. The agreement expired on October 29, 2002 (see Note 15).

EUROPEAN CREDIT AND OVERDRAFT FACILITIES

In addition to the Senior Credit Facility, certain of Hexcel's European subsidiaries have access to limited credit and overdraft facilities provided by various local banks. These credit and overdraft facilities are primarily uncommitted facilities that are terminable at the discretion of the lenders. The interest rates on these credit and overdraft facilities for the three years ended December 31, 2002, ranged from 1.5% to 6.6%.

SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES, DUE 2009

On January 21, 1999, the Company issued $240.0 million of 9.75% senior subordinated notes, due 2009. On June 29, 2001, the Company offered an additional $100.0 million under the same indenture at a price of 98.5% of face value. The senior subordinated notes are general unsecured obligations of Hexcel.

Net proceeds from the subsequent offering were used to redeem $67.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's outstanding 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to pay the entire principal amount of $25.0 million of the increasing rate senior subordinated note, due 2003. As a result of the redemption, the Company recognized a $2.7 million loss on the early retirement debt. With the adoption of FAS 145 on January 1, 2002, the $2.7 million extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt recorded in 2001 was reclassified as a separate line item below operating income in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no tax benefit recognized on the loss because of limitations on the Company's ability to realize the tax benefits.

CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES, DUE 2003

The convertible subordinated notes carry an annual interest rate of 7.00% and are convertible into Hexcel common stock at any time on or before August 1, 2003, unless previously redeemed, at a conversion price of $15.81 per share, subject to adjustment under certain conditions. The convertible subordinated notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company's option at any time, at various redemption prices set forth in the convertible notes indenture, plus accrued interest. On June 29, 2001, $67.5 million aggregate principal amount of the convertible subordinated notes was redeemed.

CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, DUE 2011

The convertible subordinated debentures carry an annual interest rate of 7.00% and are convertible into shares of Hexcel common stock prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed, at a conversion price of $30.72 per share. Mandatory redemption of the convertible debentures was scheduled to begin in 2002 through annual sinking fund requirements of $1.1 million in 2002 and $1.8

84

million in each year thereafter. The Company satisfied the 2002 annual sinking fund requirement in 2001. In 2002, the Company recognized a $0.5 million gain on the early retirement of debt, relating to the repurchase of $1.8 million in satisfaction of the 2003 sinking fund requirement. The debt was repurchased at market prices, which resulted in a gain. In accordance with the requirements of FAS 145, the gain has been reported as a separate line item below operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

INCREASING RATE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE, DUE 2003

The increasing rate senior subordinated note, due 2003 was a general unsecured obligation payable to certain subsidiaries of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding, Inc. Effective February 1999, the interest rate on the note was 10.50% per annum, a rate which increased by 0.50% per annum each February thereafter until the repayment of principal. The average interest rate on the note was 11.42% in 2001 and 10.96% in 2000. The note was redeemed in full on June 29, 2001 with the proceeds of the $100.0 million issuance of 9.75% senior subordinated notes, due 2009.

AGGREGATE MATURITIES OF NOTES PAYABLE

The table below reflects aggregate scheduled maturities of notes payable, excluding capital lease obligations (see Note 9):

Payable during the years ending December 31:                  (IN MILLIONS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003                                                           $     55.7
2004                                                                117.1
2005                                                                 57.6
2006                                                                  1.8
2007                                                                  1.8
Thereafter                                                          355.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total notes payable                                            $    589.5
===========================================================================

The aggregate maturities of notes payable in 2003 include European credit and overdraft facilities of $0.2 million, which are repayable on demand. At December 31, 2002, the unamortized discount on the additional $100.0 million senior subordinated notes, due 2009, issued on June 29, 2001, was $1.2 million.

DEBT CLASSIFICATION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

As described in Note 2, as the anticipated refinancing of the capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company had not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants, all debt had been classified as current at December 31, 2002.

ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF NOTES PAYABLE

The Senior Credit Facility and the various European credit facilities outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are variable-rate debt obligations. Accordingly, the estimated fair values of each of these debt obligations approximate their respective book values. The approximate, aggregate fair values of the Company's other notes payable as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                           2002              2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Senior subordinated notes, due 2009                               $    295.8         $   190.4
Convertible subordinated notes, due 2003                                46.2              27.0
Convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011                           13.6              15.5
================================================================================================

The aggregate fair values of the above notes payable were estimated on the basis of quoted market prices; however, trading in these securities is limited and may not reflect actual fair value.

85

NOTE 9 - LEASING ARRANGEMENTS

Assets, accumulated depreciation, and related liability balances under capital leasing arrangements, as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, were:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                   2002              2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant and equipment                         $        55.3       $       61.1
Less accumulated depreciation                                 (31.4)             (26.3)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net property, plant and equipment                     $        23.9       $       34.8
======================================================================================

Capital lease obligations                             $        33.4       $       38.4
Less current maturities                                        (6.2)              (5.6)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term capital lease obligations, net              $        27.2       $       32.8
======================================================================================

Certain sales and administrative offices, data processing equipment and manufacturing facilities are leased under operating leases. Rental expense under operating leases was $3.8 million in 2002, $5.4 million in 2001, and $7.0 million in 2000.

Scheduled future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2002 were:

                                                                           TYPE OF LEASE
(IN MILLIONS)                                                       ------------------------------
  Payable during years ending December 31:                           CAPITAL          OPERATING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 2003                                                               $      8.7        $      2.9
 2004                                                                      8.7               2.5
 2005                                                                      8.5               2.6
 2006                                                                     11.4               1.7
 2007                                                                      0.5               0.7
 Thereafter                                                                3.4               2.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total minimum lease payments                                       $     41.2        $     12.4
==================================================================================================

 Less amounts representing interest                                        7.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Present value of future minimum capital lease payments                   33.4
 Less current obligations under capital leases                             6.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Long-term obligations under capital lease                          $     27.2
================================================================================

CLASSIFICATION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

As described in Note 2, the anticipated refinancing of the capital structure was not completed as of February 28, 2003 (the 2002 financial statement issuance date) and the Company has not obtained an amendment of the aforementioned financial covenants; therefore, all capital lease obligations have been classified as current at December 31, 2002.

NOTE 10 - RELATED PARTIES

CHANGE IN CONTROL

On December 19, 2000, the Goldman Sachs Investors completed a purchase of approximately 14.5 million of the approximately 18 million shares of Hexcel common stock owned by subsidiaries of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding, Inc. The shares acquired by the Goldman Sachs Investors represented approximately 39% of the Hexcel's outstanding common stock. In addition, the Company and the Goldman Sachs Investors entered into a governance agreement that became effective on December 19, 2000. Under this governance agreement, the Goldman Sachs Investors have the right to, among other things, designate up to three directors to sit on the Company's board of directors.

Hexcel incurred $2.2 million of costs in connection with this transaction, all of which were included in "selling, general, and administrative expenses" in 2000. These costs and expenses included legal, consulting, and regulatory compliance expenses, as well as a non-cash charge attributable to the accelerated vesting of certain stock-based compensation and to certain amendments to an executive retirement plan. Under the terms of the Company's various stock option and

86

management incentive plans, the transaction constituted a "change in control" event, resulting in all outstanding stock options becoming vested and exercisable. The former Chief Executive Officer waived the vesting of his stock options by such event. In addition, nine of the most senior executive officers other than the former Chief Executive Officer agreed to defer the vesting of their stock options such that any of their stock options that would have otherwise vested immediately (or would have otherwise vested by their terms) vested one year after the closing with respect to half of such options, and two years after the closing with respect to the remaining half of such options, subject to earlier vesting in certain circumstances. As a result, approximately 1.3 million stock options, with exercise prices ranging from $2.41 to $29.63 per share, and a weighted average exercise price of $8.99 per share, vested and became exercisable on December 19, 2000 (see Note 13).

In addition, due to the change in control event, shares of the Hexcel's common stock underlying a total of approximately 0.8 million restricted stock units and performance accelerated restricted stock units (collectively, "stock units") were distributed. However, the former Chief Executive Officer waived the vesting of his stock units, and nine of the most senior executive officers other than the former Chief Executive Officer agreed to defer the distribution of shares underlying their stock units (although not the vesting of such stock units), such that any shares of common stock that would have otherwise been distributed immediately would be distributed one year after the closing with respect to half of such stock units, and two years after the closing with respect to the remaining half of such stock units, subject to earlier distribution under certain circumstances (see Note 13).

NOTE 11 - RETIREMENT AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

Hexcel maintains qualified and nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans covering certain U.S. and European employees, as well as retirement savings plans covering eligible U.S. employees. The defined benefit retirement plans are generally based on years of service and employee compensation under either a career average or final pay benefits method, except as described below. The Company also participates in a union sponsored multi-employer pension plan covering certain U.S. employees with union affiliations.

In addition to defined benefit and retirement savings plan benefits, Hexcel also provides certain postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to eligible U.S. retirees. Depending upon the plan, benefits are available to eligible employees who retire on or after age 58 or 65 after rendering a minimum of 15 years or 25 years of service to Hexcel.

Under the retirement savings plans, eligible U.S. employees can contribute up to 16% of their compensation to an individual retirement savings account. Hexcel makes matching contributions equal to 50% of employee contributions, not to exceed 3% of employee compensation. The Company also makes profit sharing contributions when it meets or exceeds certain performance targets, which are set annually.

Effective December 31, 2000, the Company made certain changes to its U.S. retirement benefit plans that were intended to improve the flexibility and visibility of future retirement benefits for employees. These changes included an increase in the amount that the Company will contribute to individual 401(k) retirement savings accounts and an offsetting curtailment of the Company's U.S. qualified defined benefit retirement plan. Beginning January 1, 2001, the Company started to contribute an additional 2% to 3% of each eligible employee's salary to an individual 401(k) retirement savings account, depending on the employee's age. This increases the maximum contribution to individual employee savings accounts to between 5% and 6% per year, before any profit sharing contributions. Offsetting the estimated incremental cost of this additional benefit, participants in the Company's U.S. qualified defined benefit retirement plan no longer accrued benefits under this plan after December 31, 2000, and no new employees will become participants. However, employees retained all benefits earned under this plan as of that date. The Company recognized a non-cash curtailment gain of $5.1 million (an after-tax gain of approximately $3.3 million) in 2000 as a result of the amendment to its defined benefit retirement plan.

87

The net periodic expense for all of these defined benefit and retirement savings plans, for the three years ended December 31, 2002, was:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                                        2002          2001       2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Defined benefit retirement plans                                                 $    6.8      $    4.1  $    (1.2)
Union sponsored multi-employer pension plan                                           0.2           0.3        0.3
Retirement savings plans-matching contributions                                       4.5           5.0        2.9
Retirement savings plans-profit sharing and incentive contributions                   6.5           7.0        5.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic expense                                                             $   18.0    $     16.4  $     7.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The net periodic cost of Hexcel's defined benefit retirement and U.S. postretirement plans for the three years ended December 31, 2002, were:

(IN MILLIONS)                                            U.S. PLANS                          EUROPEAN PLANS
DEFINED BENEFIT RETIREMENT PLANS               2002         2001          2000         2002         2001         2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost                               $    0.7     $    0.6      $    3.0     $    4.3     $    2.4     $    2.4
Interest cost                                   1.6          1.8           1.8          3.0          2.9          2.5
Expected return on plan assets                 (1.4)        (1.4)         (1.3)        (4.1)        (4.1)        (4.5)
Net amortization and deferral                   0.5          0.5           0.4          1.7            -         (0.2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-total                                       1.4          1.5           3.9          4.9          1.2          0.2
Curtailment and settlement (gain) loss          0.5          1.0          (5.3)           -          0.4            -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension cost (benefit)        $    1.9     $    2.5      $   (1.4)    $    4.9     $    1.6     $    0.2
=======================================================================================================================

POSTRETIREMENT PLANS - U.S. PLANS              2002         2001          2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost                               $    0.1     $    0.2      $    0.2
Interest cost                                   0.8          1.0           1.0
Net amortization and deferral                  (0.5)        (0.4)         (0.4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost   $    0.4     $    0.8      $    0.8
================================================================================

88

The benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, funded status, and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for Hexcel's defined benefit retirement plans and U.S. postretirement plans, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, were:

                                                        DEFINED BENEFIT RETIREMENT PLANS
                                                ----------------------------------------------
                                                        U.S. PLANS              EUROPEAN PLANS        POSTRETIREMENT PLANS
(IN MILLIONS)                                        2002         2001         2002         2001         2002         2001
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION:
  Benefit obligation - beginning of year        $    27.7   $     24.1   $     56.3   $     49.8   $     14.2   $     14.2
  Service cost                                        0.7          0.6          4.3          2.4          0.1          0.2
  Interest cost                                       1.6          1.8          3.0          2.9          0.8          1.0
  Plan participants' contributions                      -            -          0.5          0.7          0.4          0.1
  Amendments                                          0.6          1.8            -            -         (1.7)           -
  Actuarial loss (gain)                               1.0          3.6         (3.1)         2.4          0.7          0.2
  Benefits paid                                      (4.7)        (1.9)        (1.0)        (0.8)        (1.5)        (1.0)
  Curtailment and settlement (gain) loss             (1.0)        (2.3)           -          0.4            -         (0.5)
  Foreign exchange translation                          -            -          6.5         (1.5)           -            -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation - end of year                $    25.9   $     27.7   $     66.5   $     56.3   $     13.0   $     14.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
  Fair value of plan assets - beginning of
    year                                        $    14.5   $     14.7   $     51.9   $     60.4   $        -   $        -
  Actual return on plan assets                       (0.9)        (0.5)       (10.3)        (8.3)           -            -
  Employer contributions                              4.4          2.2          1.4          1.2          1.1          0.9
  Plan participants' contributions                      -            -          0.5          0.7          0.4          0.1
  Benefits paid                                      (4.7)        (1.9)        (1.0)        (0.8)        (1.5)        (1.0)
  Currency translation adjustments                      -            -          5.0         (1.7)           -            -
  Settlements                                        (1.5)           -            -          0.4            -            -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets - end of year         $    11.8   $     14.5   $     47.5   $     51.9   $        -   $        -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RECONCILIATION OF FUNDED STATUS TO NET
  AMOUNT RECOGNIZED:
  Unfunded status                               $   (14.1)  $    (13.2)  $    (19.0)  $     (4.4)  $    (13.0)  $    (14.2)
  Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)                  8.9          6.1         25.9         13.0         (2.9)         0.9
  Unrecognized prior service cost                     2.3          1.9            -            -         (1.9)        (5.2)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                           $    (2.9)  $     (5.2)  $      6.9   $      8.6   $    (17.8)  $    (18.5)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
  SHEETS:
  Prepaid benefit costs                         $       -   $        -   $      6.9   $      8.6   $        -   $        -
  Intangible asset                                    1.7          1.5            -            -            -            -
  Accrued benefit liability                         (13.6)       (13.4)       (11.3)           -        (17.8)       (18.5)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (before tax for European Plans)                   9.0          6.7         11.3            -            -            -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                           $    (2.9)  $     (5.2)  $      6.9   $      8.6   $    (17.8)  $    (18.5)
============================================================================================================================

The total accumulated benefit obligation for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was $66.3 million and $23.1 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. A minimum pension obligation was recorded to the extent such excesses exceed the liability recognized under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." Offsetting amounts were recorded in "intangible assets" to the extent of unrecognized prior service costs, with the remainder recorded in "accumulated other comprehensive income." Amortization of loss and other prior service costs is calculated on a straight-line basis over the expected future years of service of the plans' active participants. Assets for the defined benefit pension plans generally consist of publicly traded equity securities, bonds and cash investments.

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the prepaid benefit cost was included in "other assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. For the same periods, the accrued benefit costs for the U.S. defined retirement plans and postretirement benefit plans were included in "accrued compensation and benefits" and "other non-current liabilities," respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

89

Assumptions used to estimate the actuarial present value of benefit obligations at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                              2002             2001              2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. defined benefit retirement plans:
  Discount rates                                                            6.8%             7.3%              7.5%
  Rate of increase in compensation                                          4.5%             4.5%              4.5%
  Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets                          9.0%             9.0%              9.0%

European defined benefit retirement plans:
  Discount rates                                                     5.3% - 6.0%      5.8% - 6.0%       5.8% - 6.0%
  Rates of increase in compensation                                  2.5% - 3.8%      2.5% - 4.0%       2.5% - 4.0%
  Expected long-term rates of return on plan assets                  5.0% - 7.8%      5.8% - 7.0%       6.5% - 7.0%

Postretirement benefit plans:
  Discount rates                                                            6.8%      7.0% - 7.3%       7.0% - 7.5%
====================================================================================================================

The per capita cost of covered health care benefits increased by 22.0% in 2002. The annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits is assumed to be approximately 6.6% for medical and 5.0% for dental and vision for 2003. The medical rates are assumed to gradually decline to 5.3% by 2012, whereas dental and vision rates are assumed to remain constant at 5.0%.

The table below presents the impact of a one-percentage-point increase and a one-percentage-point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend on the total of service and interest cost components, and on the postretirement benefit obligation.

(IN MILLIONS)                                                           2002         2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One-percentage-point increase:
  Effect on total service and interest cost components             $     0.1    $     0.1
  Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                      $     0.8    $     1.1

One-percentage-point decrease:
  Effect on total service and interest cost components             $    (0.1)   $    (0.1)
  Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                      $    (0.7)   $    (0.9)
===========================================================================================

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before income taxes and the provision for income taxes, for the three years ended December 31, 2002, were as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                             2002             2001               2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes:
   U.S.                                                           $      (22.5)      $   (411.9)     $        22.4
   International                                                          30.2             28.2               52.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total income (loss) before income taxes                           $        7.7       $   (383.7)     $        75.0
====================================================================================================================

Provision for income taxes:
Current:
   U.S.                                                           $          -       $        -      $           -
   International                                                           9.6             12.9               17.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current provision for income taxes                                         9.6             12.9               17.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred:
   U.S.                                                                    0.5             30.7                9.0
   International                                                           1.2             (3.1)              (0.4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred provision for income taxes                                        1.7             27.6                8.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total provision for income taxes                                  $       11.3       $     40.5      $        26.3
====================================================================================================================

90

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to the effective income tax rate, for the three years ended December 31, 2002, is as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                              2002            2001              2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate                 $        2.7      $   (134.3)     $       26.3
U.S. state taxes, less federal tax benefit                                    -               -               0.3
Impact of different international tax rates, permanent
  differences and other                                                     0.1            (3.1)             (0.2)
Valuation allowance                                                         8.5           177.9              (0.1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total provision for income taxes                                   $       11.3      $     40.5      $       26.3
====================================================================================================================

In 2002, the Company received a dividend of $74.0 million from one of its foreign subsidiaries, which is taxable for U.S. income tax purposes. The taxable income resulting from the dividend is fully offset by net operating losses. The utilization of net operating losses results in a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance.

The Company has made no U.S. income tax provision for approximately $80.4 million of undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002. Such earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested.

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes result from net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences between the recognition of items for income tax purposes and financial reporting purposes. Principal components of deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, were:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                 2002             2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net operating loss carryforwards                      $       55.4      $      70.0
Reserves and other, net                                       43.6             48.3
Accelerated depreciation                                     (27.0)           (23.5)
Accelerated amortization                                      94.9             92.3
Unfunded pension liability                                     6.7              2.4
Valuation allowance                                         (167.4)          (185.0)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net deferred tax asset                              $        6.2      $       4.5
=====================================================================================

Since 1999, the Company has generated taxable income in Europe offset by net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards in the United States. The Company's U.S. operations have generated such losses, in part, because most of the Company's interest expense and goodwill amortization are serviced in the United States. Through the first quarter of 2001, the Company recognized the benefit of these NOL carryforwards by increasing the deferred tax asset carried on its balance sheet.

During the second quarter of 2001, the Company began to experience a sharp decline in revenues from its electronics market. As a result, the Company reevaluated its ability to continue to recognize a benefit for U.S. net operating losses generated, and determined to increase its tax provision rate through the establishment of a non-cash valuation allowance attributable to the currently generated U.S. net operating losses until such time as the U.S. operations return to consistent profitability. Due to the effect of significant events that have occurred since such time, including the delay in anticipated recovery in the electronics market, anticipated reductions in commercial aircraft production, and a general weakening of the economy, along with the sizable impairments on certain long-lived assets recognized in the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company reduced its estimates for future U.S. taxable income during the carryforward period. As such, the Company established a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets, which resulted in a tax provision of $32.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2001 to record a valuation allowance on previously reported tax assets.

Deferred tax assets require a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the timing and magnitude of future taxable income prior to the expiration of the deferred tax attributes. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could change if estimates of future taxable U.S. income during the carry-forward period improve.

91

NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS

As of December 31, 2002, Hexcel had net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal and Belgium income tax purposes of approximately $156.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively. If the Company issues the new preferred stock described in Note 2, the Company will likely experience an "ownership change" pursuant to IRC Section 382, which will limit the Company's ability to utilize net operating losses against future U.S. taxable income.

NOTE 13 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING

(NUMBER OF SHARES IN MILLIONS)                                               2002           2001             2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock:
  Balance, beginning of year                                                 39.4           38.0             37.4
  Activity under stock plans                                                  0.4            1.4              0.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, end of year                                                         39.8           39.4             38.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Treasury stock:
  Balance, beginning of year                                                  1.2            0.9              0.8
  Repurchased                                                                 0.1            0.3              0.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, end of year                                                          1.3            1.2              0.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock outstanding                                                     38.5           38.2             37.1
====================================================================================================================

STOCK-BASED INCENTIVE PLANS

Hexcel has various stock option and management incentive plans for eligible employees, officers, and directors. These plans provide for awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Options to purchase common stock are generally granted at the fair market value on the date of grant. Substantially all of these options have a ten-year term and generally vest over a three-year period, except that the vesting period may be accelerated under certain circumstances. At December 31, 2002, the aggregate number of shares of stock issuable under these plans was 9.9 million shares.

As of December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, Hexcel had outstanding a total of 0.1 million, 0.2 million and 0.7 million of performance accelerated restricted stock units ("PARS"), respectively. PARS are convertible to an equal number of shares of Hexcel common stock and generally vest at the end of a seven-year period, subject to certain terms of employment and other circumstances that may accelerate the vesting period. Approximately 0.1 million, 0.6 million and 0.2 million PARS were converted into Hexcel common stock in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. In 2001 and 2000, 0.1 million and 0.5 million PARS were granted and 0.1 million and 0.7 million PARS vested, respectively. No PARS were granted in 2002.

In 2002, Hexcel granted 0.3 million restricted stock units to eligible officers. Restricted stock units are convertible to an equal number of shares of Hexcel common stock and generally vest ratably over a three-year period. One-third of the restricted stock units were converted to stock in the first quarter of 2003. In addition, the Company's Chief Executive Officer received approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock in connection with his hiring in July 2001, restricted during a twenty-month vesting period.

Compensation expense of $0.8 million, $2.0 million and $4.5 million was recognized in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, in regards to the PARS, restricted stock units and the Chief Executive Officer's restricted stock. In 2000, $2.4 million of compensation expense was recognized due to accelerated vesting of PARS as a result of the attainment of certain financial and other performance target, as well as the change in control event. Compensation expense is recognized based on the quoted market price of Hexcel common stock on the date of grant.

92

Stock option data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, was:

                                                                 NUMBER OF      WEIGHTED AVERAGE
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                              OPTIONS        EXERCISE PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding as of January 1, 2000                            5.9          $      11.18
Options granted                                                      1.6          $       9.23
Options exercised                                                   (0.3)         $       6.52
Options expired or canceled                                         (0.5)         $      11.85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2000                          6.7          $      10.56
Options granted                                                      1.3          $      10.17
Options exercised                                                   (0.2)         $       6.02
Options expired or canceled                                         (0.4)         $      10.72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2001                          7.4          $      10.62
Options granted                                                      1.3          $       2.66
Options exercised                                                     -           $          -
Options expired or canceled                                         (0.8)         $      10.61
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2002                          7.9          $       8.81
==================================================================================================

As previously discussed in Note 10, approximately 1.3 million of stock options, with exercise prices ranging from $2.41 to $29.63 per share, and having a weighted average exercise price of $8.99 per share, became vested as a result of the change in control event in 2000. The total number of options exercisable as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 were 5.7 million, 5.4 million and 3.9 million, respectively, at a weighted average exercise price per share of $10.45, $10.70 and $10.80, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2002 (in millions, except per share data):

                                          OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                          OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                WEIGHTED           WEIGHTED                            WEIGHTED
                              NUMBER OF         AVERAGE            AVERAGE           NUMBER OF         AVERAGE
    RANGE OF                   OPTIONS          REMAINING          EXERCISE           OPTIONS          EXERCISE
EXERCISE PRICES              OUTSTANDING     LIFE (IN YEARS)         PRICE          EXERCISABLE         PRICE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$   1.37  -  2.74                1.2              9.02             $    2.62             0.1          $    1.41
$   2.87  -  6.36                1.2              4.37             $    5.55             1.1          $    5.56
$   6.37  -  9.94                1.1              4.38             $    9.19             1.0          $    9.14
$    9.95 - 10.50                1.1              8.53             $   10.45             0.3          $   10.43
$   10.51 - 11.88                0.8              4.51             $   11.14             0.7          $   11.17
$   11.89 - 12.11                1.5              3.98             $   12.00             1.5          $   12.00
$   12.12 - 29.63                1.0              3.34             $   15.35             1.0          $   15.36
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$    1.37 - 29.63                7.9              5.70             $    8.81             5.7          $   10.45
==================================================================================================================

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $1.96, $4.87 and $4.48, respectively, and estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

                                                  2002            2001            2000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected life (in years)                             5               4               4
Interest rate                                     2.78%           4.35%           6.50%
Volatility                                        88.6%           68.9%           40.1%
Dividend yield                                       -              -                -
========================================================================================

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN ("ESPP")

Hexcel maintains an ESPP, under which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of their base earnings toward the quarterly purchase of the Company's common stock at a purchase price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the purchase date. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP is 0.5 million. During 2002, 2001 and 2000, an aggregate total of approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock were issued under the ESPP.

93

NOTE 14 - NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, are as follows:

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                       2002             2001              2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (loss):
   Net income (loss)                                                 $    (13.6)     $    (433.7)       $     54.2

Effect of dilutive securities:
Convertible subordinated notes, due 2003                                      -                -               5.1
Convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011                                 -                -               1.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Adjusted net income (loss) for diluted purposes                    $    (13.6)     $    (433.7)       $     60.4
====================================================================================================================

BASIC NET INCOME (loss) PER SHARE:
Weighted average common shares outstanding                                 38.4             37.6              36.8

Basic net income (loss) per share                                    $    (0.35)     $    (11.54)       $     1.47
====================================================================================================================

DILUTED NET INCOME (loss) PER SHARE:
Weighted average common shares outstanding                                 38.4             37.6              36.8
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Stock options                                                              -                -               0.8
   Convertible subordinated notes, due 2003                                   -                -               7.2
   Convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011                              -                -               0.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                         38.4             37.6              45.7

Diluted net income (loss) per share                                  $    (0.35)     $    (11.54)       $     1.32
====================================================================================================================

The convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, the convertible subordinated debentures, due 2011, and all of the stock options were excluded from the 2002 and 2001 computations of diluted net loss per share, as they were antidilutive. Approximately 4.5 million stock options were excluded from the 2000 calculation of diluted net income per share as their exercise price was higher than the Company's average stock price. The exercise price for these stock options ranged from approximately $9.19 to $29.63 per share, with the weighted average price being approximately $12.55 per share.

NOTE 15 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT

The Company's financial results are affected by interest rate changes on its variable rate debt. In order to partially mitigate this interest rate risk, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate cap agreement in 1998. The agreement provided for a maximum fixed rate of 5.5% on the applicable London interbank rate used to determine the interest on a notional amount of $50.0 million of variable rate debt under the Senior Credit Facility. The fair value and carrying amount of this contract at December 31, 2001, along with hedge ineffectiveness for the period ended October 29, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, were not material. The interest rate cap agreement expired on October 29, 2002.

FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

A number of the Company's European subsidiaries are exposed to the impact of exchange rate volatility between the U.S. dollar and the subsidiaries' functional currencies, being either the Euro or the British Pound Sterling. During 2001, Hexcel entered into a number of foreign currency forward exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Euros at fixed rates on specified dates through March 2005. The aggregate notional amount of these contracts was $58.0 million and $83.9 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The purpose of these contracts is to hedge a portion of the forecasted transactions of European subsidiaries under long-term sales contracts with certain customers. These contracts are expected to provide the Company with a more balanced matching of future cash receipts and expenditures by currency, thereby reducing the Company's exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, hedge

94

ineffectiveness was immaterial and the fair value of the foreign currency cash flow hedges recognized in "comprehensive income (loss)" was a net gain of $9.3 million and a net loss of $5.9 million, respectively. Approximately $2.0 million of the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income is expected to be reclassified into earnings in fiscal 2003 as the hedged sales are recorded.

NOTE 16 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Hexcel is involved in litigation, investigations and claims arising out of the normal conduct of its business, including those relating to commercial transactions, as well as to environmental, employment and health and safety matters. The Company estimates and accrues its liabilities resulting from such matters based on a variety of factors, including outstanding legal claims and proposed settlements; assessments by internal and external counsel of pending or threatened litigation; and assessments by environmental engineers and consultants of potential environmental liabilities and remediation costs. Such estimates exclude counterclaims against other third parties and are not discounted to reflect the time value of money due to the uncertainty in estimating the timing of the expenditures, which may extend over several years.

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and is taking appropriate actions against such matters. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to certain contingent liabilities and claims, the Company believes, based upon its examination of currently available information, its experience to date, and advice from legal counsel, that the individual and aggregate liabilities resulting from the ultimate resolution of these contingent matters, after taking into consideration its existing insurance coverage and amounts already provided for, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS AND PROCEEDINGS

Hexcel has been named as a potentially responsible party with respect to several hazardous waste disposal sites that it does not own or possess, which are included on the Superfund National Priority List of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or on equivalent lists of various state governments. Because CERCLA provides for joint and several liability, the Company could be responsible for all remediation costs at such sites, even if it is one of many potentially responsible parties ("PRPs"). The Company believes, based on the amount and the nature of its waste, and the number of other financially viable PRPs, that its liability in connection with such matters will not be material.

Pursuant to the New Jersey Industrial Sites Recovery Act, Hexcel signed an administrative consent order and a later Remediation Agreement to pay for the environmental remediation of a manufacturing facility it owns and formerly operated in Lodi, New Jersey. The ultimate cost of remediating the Lodi site will depend on developing circumstances.

Hexcel was party to a cost-sharing agreement regarding the operation of certain environmental remediation systems necessary to satisfy a post-closure care permit issued to a previous owner of the Company's Kent, Washington site by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Under the terms of the cost-sharing agreement, the Company was obligated to reimburse the previous owner for a portion of the cost of the required remediation activities. Management has determined that the cost-sharing agreement terminated in December 1998; however, the other party disputes this determination.

At its Livermore, California facility, Hexcel has received a series of notices of violation of air quality standards from the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. Hexcel has investigated and corrected the issues and has cooperated with the District.

The Company's estimate of its liability as a PRP, of the remaining costs associated with its responsibility to remediate the Lodi, New Jersey, and Kent, Washington sites and for any fines and penalties that may be assessed relating to the Livermore, California notices of violation is accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

95

OTHER PROCEEDINGS

Hexcel is aware of a grand jury investigation being conducted by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice with respect to the carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg industries. The Department of Justice appears to be reviewing the pricing of all manufacturers of carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg since 1993. The Company, along with other manufacturers of these products, has received a grand jury subpoena requiring production of documents to the Department of Justice. Toho Tenax Co. Ltd., one of their subsidiaries and one of their employees have been indicted for obstruction of justice; Toho and its subsidiary pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice and received a combined fine of $500,000. No other indictments have been issued in the case to date. The Company is not in a position to predict the direction or outcome of the investigation; however, it is cooperating with the Department of Justice.

In 1999, Hexcel was joined in a class action lawsuit alleging antitrust violations in the sale of carbon fiber, carbon fiber industrial fabrics and carbon fiber prepreg (Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. et. al. v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc., et. al., Amended and Consolidated Class Action Complaint filed October 4, 1999, United States District Court, Central District of California, Western Division, CV-99-07796-GHK (CTx)). The Company was one of many manufacturers joined in the lawsuit, which was spawned from the Department of Justice investigation. The Court has granted the Plaintiff's motion to certify the class. Discovery is continuing. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

Of the eleven companies that have opted out of the class in the Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. case, one, Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc., has filed a case on its own behalf, with similar allegations (Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc., v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc., et. al., First Amended Complaint filed October 15, 2002, United States District Court, Central District of California, Southern Division, SACV 02-911 DOC (MLGX)). The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

The Company has also been joined as a party in numerous class action lawsuits in California and in Massachusetts spawned by the Thomas & Thomas Rodmakers, Inc. class action. These actions also allege antitrust violations and are brought on behalf of purchasers located in California and in Massachusetts, respectively, who indirectly purchased carbon fiber products. The California cases have been ordered to be coordinated in the Superior Court for the County of San Francisco and are currently referred to as Carbon Fibers Cases I, II and III, Judicial Council Coordinator Proceeding Numbers 4212, 4216 and 4222. The California cases are Lazio v. Amoco Polymers Inc., et.al., filed August 21, 2000; Proiette v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et. al., filed September 12, 2001; Simon v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et. al., filed September 21, 2001; Badal v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed September 26, 2001; Yolles v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed September 26, 2001; Regier v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed October 2, 2001; and Connolly v. Newport Adhesives and Composite, Inc. et.al., filed October 4, 2001; Elisa Langsam v Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc, et al., filed October 4, 2001; Jubal Delong et al. v Amoco Polymers, Inc. et al., filed October 26, 2001; and Louis V. Ambrosio v Amoco Polymers, Inc. et. al., filed October 25, 2001. The Massachusetts case is Ostroff v. Newport Adhesives and Composites, Inc. et. al., filed June 7, 2002 in the Superior Court Department of the Trial Court of Middlesex, Massachusetts, Civil Action No. 02-2385. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of these lawsuits, but believes that the lawsuits are without merit as to the Company.

In 1999, a QUI TAM case was filed under seal by executives of Horizon Sports Technologies, Inc. alleging that Boeing and other prime contractors to the United States Government and certain carbon fiber and carbon fiber prepreg manufacturers, including the Company, submitted claims for payment to the U.S. Government which were false or fraudulent because the defendants knew of the alleged conspiracy to fix prices of carbon fiber and carbon prepreg described in the above cases (Beck, on behalf of the United States of America, v. Boeing Defense and Space Group, Inc., et. al., filed July 27, 1999, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California, Civil Action No. 99 CV 1557 JM JAH). The case was unsealed in 2002 when the U.S. advised that it was unable to decide whether to intervene in the case based on the information available to it at that time and the Relators served the Company and other defendants. The Company is not in a position to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, but believes that the lawsuit is without merit as to the Company.

96

LETTERS OF CREDIT

Letters of credit are purchased guarantees that ensure the performance or payment to third parties in accordance with specified terms and conditions. The Company had $25.9 million and $19.4 million letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, of which $11.1 million was issued in support of a loan to the Company's BHA Aero joint venture in 2001.

LOAN GUARANTEES

The Company has a contingent liability to pay DIC up to $1.5 million with respect to DHL's debt (see Note 7).

PRODUCT WARRANTY

The Company provides for an estimated amount of product warranty at the time revenue is recognized. This estimated amount is provided by product and based on historical warranty experience. Warranty expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and accrued warranty cost, included in "other accrued liabilities" in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2001, was as follows:

                                                                    PRODUCT
(IN MILLIONS)                                                      WARRANTIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2000                                      $      6.6
Warranty expense                                                          3.2
Deductions and other                                                     (4.5)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000                                    $      5.3
Warranty expense                                                          6.0
Deductions and other                                                     (6.3)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001                                    $      5.0
Warranty expense                                                          2.9
Deductions and other                                                     (3.9)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002                                    $      4.0
===============================================================================

NOTE 17 - SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental cash flow information, including non-cash financing and investing activities, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, consist of the following:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                 2002             2001              2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash paid for:
   Interest                                             $     59.3       $     62.0        $     63.3
   Taxes                                                $      8.4       $     20.4        $     11.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-cash items:
   Common stock issued under incentive plans            $      2.0       $      6.6        $      4.2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

97

NOTE 18 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) and other gains and losses affecting shareholders' equity (deficit) that are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                             2002              2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Currency translation adjustments                                    $         (7.5)    $       (27.1)
Minimum pension obligations                                                  (17.1)             (6.7)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments                         3.4              (5.9)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                $        (21.2)    $       (39.7)
=====================================================================================================

NOTE 19 - SEGMENT INFORMATION

The financial results for Hexcel's business segments have been prepared using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which Hexcel management internally segregates financial information for the purposes of assisting in making internal operating decisions. Hexcel evaluates performance based on operating income and generally accounts for intersegment sales based on arm's-length prices. Corporate and other expenses are not allocated to the business segments, except to the extent that the expenses can be directly attributable to the business segments. Accounting principles used in the segment information are generally the same as those used for the consolidated financial statements.

As part of the Company's November 2001 restructuring program, effective January 1, 2002, management responsibility for the Company's carbon fiber product line was transferred to the Composites business segment. As a result of this change in management responsibilities, the Company changed its business segment reporting to reflect the reclassification of this product line from the Reinforcements segment to the Composites segment. The Company also changed the names of its business segments to Reinforcements, Composites and Structures. The Company's three business segments were previously known as Reinforcement Products, Composite Materials and Engineered Products. Results for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 have been reclassified for comparative purposes. Hexcel's business segments and related products are as follows:

REINFORCEMENTS: This segment manufactures and sells carbon, glass and aramid fiber fabrics. These reinforcement products comprise the foundation of most composite materials, parts and structures. The segment weaves electronic fiberglass fabrics that are a substrate for printed circuit boards. All of the Company's electronics sales come from reinforcement fabric sales. This segment also sells products for industrial applications such as decorative blinds and soft body armor. In addition, this segment sells to the Company's Composites business segment, and to other third-party customers in the commercial aerospace and space and defense markets.

COMPOSITES: This segment manufactures and sells carbon fibers and composite materials, including prepregs, honeycomb, structural adhesives, sandwich panels and specially machined honeycomb parts, primarily to the commercial aerospace and space and defense markets, as well as to industrial markets. This segment also sells to the Company's Structures business segment.

STRUCTURES: This segment manufactures and sells a range of lightweight, high-strength composite structures primarily to the commercial aerospace and space and defense markets. As discussed in Note 22, the Structures business segment includes the results of the Bellingham aircraft interiors business, up to the date of its disposal on April 26, 2000. The Bellingham business manufactured and sold composite interiors to the aircraft refurbishment market.

98

The following table presents financial information on the Company's business segments as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and for the years then ended:

                                                                                          CORPORATE/
  (IN MILLIONS)                       REINFORCEMENTS     COMPOSITES       STRUCTURES     ELIMINATIONS        TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third-Party Sales
     2002                              $    217.9         $      532.4    $      100.5    $        -      $      850.8
     2001                                   245.7                638.8           124.9             -           1,009.4
     2000                                   331.7                594.5           129.5             -           1,055.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intersegment sales
     2002                              $     70.3         $       17.2    $          -    $    (87.5)     $          -
     2001                                    90.2                 22.7               -        (112.9)                -
     2000                                    84.1                 21.3               -        (105.4)                -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income (loss)
     2002                              $     19.6         $       65.8    $        0.4    $    (25.6)     $       60.2
     2001                                  (304.6)                37.0            (4.5)        (44.1)           (316.2)
     2000                                    42.7                 62.2             4.1         (33.6)             75.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization
     2002                              $     15.4         $       29.3    $        2.4    $      0.1      $       47.2
     2001                                    26.1                 32.1             4.1           0.9              63.2
     2000                                    23.9                 28.7             4.7           1.4              58.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity in earnings (losses) of and
  write-down of an investment in
  affiliated companies
     2002                              $     (5.2)        $          -    $       (4.8)   $        -      $      (10.0)
     2001                                    (6.5)                   -            (3.0)            -              (9.5)
     2000                                     5.9                    -            (0.4)            -               5.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business consolidation and
  restructuring expenses (net
  credits)
     2002                              $     (0.5)        $        1.9    $        0.2    $     (1.1)     $        0.5
     2001                                    18.8                 24.5             5.7           9.4              58.4
     2000                                    (1.4)                11.1             1.3          (0.1)             10.9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business consolidation and
  restructuring payments
     2002                              $      7.9         $       11.2    $        1.6    $      3.6      $       24.3
     2001                                     2.7                  7.6             0.1           1.6              12.0
     2000                                     2.2                  7.1             1.9           0.6              11.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment assets
     2002                              $    245.4         $      435.5    $       80.8    $    (53.6)     $      708.1
     2001                                   272.3                433.4           101.6         (17.9)            789.4
     2000                                   605.7                482.4           102.0          21.3           1,211.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investments in affiliated companies
     2002                              $     29.2        $           -    $        4.8    $        -      $       34.0
     2001                                    47.3                    -             9.6             -              56.9
     2000                                    59.6                    -            12.5             -              72.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures
     2002                              $      4.0        $        10.4    $        0.4    $      0.1      $       14.9
     2001                                    18.0                 19.3             0.6           0.9              38.8
     2000                                    13.5                 23.3             1.1           1.7              39.6
========================================================================================================================

99

GEOGRAPHIC DATA

Net sales and long-lived assets, by geographic area, consisted of the following for the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000:

(IN MILLIONS)                                                 2002              2001              2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET SALES TO EXTERNAL CUSTOMERS:
United States                                         $      479.5      $      595.1       $     650.7
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
International
  France                                                     160.6             166.8             164.6
  United Kingdom                                              60.5              71.5              75.0
  Other                                                      150.2             176.0             165.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total international                                          371.3             414.3             405.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total consolidated net sales                          $      850.8      $    1,009.4       $   1,055.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LONG-LIVED ASSETS:
United States                                         $      225.3      $      254.2       $     281.4
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
International
  France                                                      34.3              30.4              33.4
  United Kingdom                                              35.3              30.7              33.6
  Other                                                       31.7              29.2              26.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total international                                          101.3              90.3              93.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total consolidated long-lived assets                  $      326.6      $      344.5       $     375.1
========================================================================================================

Net sales are attributed to geographic areas based on the location in which the sale originated. U.S. net sales include U.S. exports to non-affiliates of $54.2 million, $72.6 million and $47.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, of which, $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 were sales attributable to the Bellingham aircraft interiors business. Long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment and other tangible assets.

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

To the extent that the end application of net sales can be identified, The Boeing Company and its subcontractors accounted for approximately 22%, 23% and 20% of 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively. Similarly, EADS, including Airbus and its subcontractors accounted for approximately 15%, 16% and 13% of 2002, 2001 and 2000 net sales, respectively.

NOTE 20 - LITIGATION GAIN

In 2002, the Company recognized a litigation gain of $9.8 million (net of related fees and expenses) in connection with a contract dispute with Hercules, Inc. that arose out of the acquisition of Hercules' Composites Products Division in 1996. The net cash proceeds received from Hercules Inc. of $11.1 million were in satisfaction of the judgment entered in favor of the Company after Hercules had exhausted all appeals from a lower court decision in the New York courts.

NOTE 21 - NON-RECURRING EXPENSES

In connection with the retirement of the former Chief Executive Officer, the Company recorded compensation expenses of $4.7 million in 2001 as a result of the early vesting of certain deferred compensation and equity compensation awards together with a contractual termination payment. These expenses are included in "selling, general and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statement of operations.

NOTE 22 - GAIN ON SALE OF BELLINGHAM AIRCRAFT INTERIORS BUSINESS

On April 26, 2000, Hexcel sold its Bellingham aircraft interiors business to Britax Cabin Interiors, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Britax International plc, for cash proceeds of $113.3 million. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $68.3 million and an after-tax gain of approximately $44.3 million (or $0.97 per diluted share). Net proceeds from the sale were used to repay $111.6 million of

100

outstanding term debt under the Company's Senior Credit Facility. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes reflect Bellingham's operating results as a continuing operation in the Structures business segment up to the date of disposal. Net sales and operating income for the Bellingham business were $18.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in 2000.

NOTE 23 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, were:

                                                             FIRST          SECOND           THIRD         FOURTH
(IN MILLIONS)                                               QUARTER         QUARTER         QUARTER        QUARTER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                  $    222.1     $     221.2     $    201.0     $    206.5
Gross margin                                                     39.6            44.8           37.3           39.6
Business consolidation and restructuring
  expenses (net credits)                                          0.7             0.1           (0.1)          (0.2)
Operating income                                                 13.3            19.5           15.1           12.3
Litigation gain                                                     -             9.8              -              -
Loss (gain) on early retirement of debt                             -               -           (0.5)             -
Net income (loss)                                                (9.2)            5.3           (3.6)          (6.1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic                                                    $    (0.24)    $      0.14     $    (0.09)    $    (0.16)
  Diluted                                                  $    (0.24)    $      0.14     $    (0.09)    $    (0.16)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market price:
  High                                                     $     4.99     $      5.40     $     4.35     $     3.15
  Low                                                      $     2.14     $      3.50     $     2.36     $     1.25
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                  $    276.2     $     253.5     $    240.6     $    239.1
Gross margin                                                     60.1            51.7           43.8           35.2
Business consolidation and restructuring expenses                 1.1             1.8            4.4           51.1
Impairment of goodwill and other purchased
  intangibles                                                       -               -              -          309.1
Operating income (loss) (a)                                      22.6            11.4            7.2         (357.4)
Loss (gain) on early retirement of debt                             -             3.1              -           (0.4)
Net income (loss) (a)                                             5.5           (12.6)         (12.8)        (413.8)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic                                                    $     0.15     $     (0.34)    $    (0.34)    $   (10.88)
  Diluted                                                  $     0.15     $     (0.34)    $    (0.34)    $   (10.88)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market price:
  High                                                     $    12.40     $     12.99     $    12.69     $     4.06
  Low                                                      $     8.76     $      8.90     $     3.96     $     1.98
=====================================================================================================================

(a) Operating and net loss for the second quarter of 2001 include compensation expenses of $4.7 million in connection with the retirement of the former Chief Executive Officer (see Note 21).

Hexcel has not declared or paid cash dividends per common stock during the periods presented.

NOTE 24 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT - PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 has been prepared to illustrate the effect of (i) the issuance of $125.0 million mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, (ii) the private placement under Rule 144A of $125.0 million 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, and
(iii) the establishment of a new $115.0 million senior secured credit facility, as if the transactions had occurred as of December 31, 2002. The proceeds from the sale of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock have been used to provide for the redemption of the Company's 7%

101

convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, and to repay outstanding borrowings under the existing senior credit facility. The remaining advances under the existing senior credit facility, after the application of a portion of the equity proceeds, have been repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the Company's new 9-7/8% senior secured notes and a new senior credit facility. The transactions closed on March 19, 2003 (see Note 2).

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                                 HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                          $      8.2    $      4.4  (a)  $     12.6
  Accounts receivable, net                                                117.3             -            117.3
  Inventories, net                                                        113.6             -            113.6
  Prepaid expenses and other assets                                         9.2             -              9.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total current assets                                                    248.3           4.4            252.7

Net property, plant and equipment                                         309.4             -            309.4
Goodwill, net                                                              74.4             -             74.4
Investments in affiliated companies                                        34.0             -             34.0
Other assets                                                               42.0           4.9             46.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total assets                                                         $    708.1    $      9.3       $    717.4
================================================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable and current maturities of capital lease              $    621.7    $   (615.5) (a)  $      6.2
  obligations
  Accounts payable                                                         54.9             -             54.9
  Accrued compensation and benefits                                        37.6             -             37.6
  Accrued interest                                                         19.1          (3.2) (a)        15.9
  Business consolidation and restructuring liabilities                     10.5             -             10.5
  Other accrued liabilities                                                35.3             -             35.3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total current liabilities                                               779.1        (618.7)           160.4

Long-term notes payable and capital lease obligations                         -         512.4  (a)       512.4
Long-term retirement obligations                                           48.1             -             48.1
Other non-current liabilities                                               8.3             -              8.3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities                                                       835.5        (106.3)           729.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
  125,000 series A shares and 125,000 series B shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding                                          -          96.4  (b)        96.4

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, no par value, 20.0 shares of stock
    authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                               -             -                -
  Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100.0 shares of stock
    authorized, shares issued of 39.8 at December 31, 2002                  0.4             -              0.4
  Additional paid-in capital                                              288.2          23.4  (b)       311.6
  Accumulated deficit                                                    (381.5)         (4.2) (c)      (385.7)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                    (21.2)            -            (21.2)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (114.1)         19.2            (94.9)
  Less- Treasury stock, at cost, 1.3 shares at December 31, 2002          (13.3)            -            (13.3)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                    (127.4)         19.2           (108.2)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)                 $     708.1   $      9.3       $    717.4
================================================================================================================

(a) The Company received gross proceeds of $123.7 million from the issuance of 9-7/8% senior secured notes, due 2008, after discount of $1.3 million, along with $125.0 million of gross proceeds from the issuance of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock. The proceeds from the issuance of the senior secured notes, together with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, were used to repay

102

$179.9 million of the Company's existing Senior Credit Facility, accrued interest of $1.8 million on the existing Senior Credit Facility as of December 31, 2002 and a portion of total estimated transaction fees and expenses of $14.3 million (which includes the preferred stock issuance expenses of $5.2 million). The remaining portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock was remitted to US Bank Trust, trustee for the Company's 7% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2003, for the express purpose of retiring the remaining $46.9 million of such notes and paying the accrued interest thereon of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2002. Estimated excess cash proceeds of approximately $4.4 million will be used for general corporate purposes. A substantial portion of the Company's indebtedness has been reclassified as long-term to reflect scheduled debt payments after the refinancing transactions.

(b) The Company received net proceeds of $119.8 million, after issuance expenses of $5.2 million, from the issuance of 125,000 shares of series A preferred stock and 125,000 shares of series B preferred stock. In addition, a beneficial conversion feature of $23.4 million was recognized. The beneficial conversion feature is the implicit discount on the preferred stock computed based upon the conversion to the underlying common stock at the conversion price of $3.00 per share and the average market price of Hexcel common stock on March 19, 2003 of $2.93 per share.

(c) As the result of the repayment of the existing Senior Credit Facility and the 7% convertible subordinated notes, due 2003, the Company wrote-off $4.2 million unamortized discount and capitalized debt issuance costs.

103

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
(A Sino-foreign equity joint venture established in the People's Republic of China)

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related statements of operations, owners' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd. at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company's recurring losses from operations and accumulated deficit raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans concerning these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The accompanying statements of operations, owners' equity and cash flows for the year ended 2000 have been complied by us in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A compilation is limited to presenting information that is the representation of management in the form of financial statements. We have not audited or reviewed such financial statements and, accordingly do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tomatsu
---------------------------

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants Ltd.
Beijing, China
March 2, 2003

104

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                 December 31,          December 31,
                                                                     2001           2002          2002
                                                                 ------------    -----------   -----------
                                                                     RMB             RMB           US$
ASSETS

Current assets:
  Cash                                                            104,374,290      3,516,469       424,833
  Account receivable - related party                                        -      5,423,054       655,172
  Other receivables - others                                        3,150,437      1,154,352       139,460
                    - related party                                         -        364,013        43,977
  Value-added tax receivable                                          696,125      3,512,760       424,385
  Prepaid expenses                                                     59,087        139,595        16,865
  Advance to suppliers                                                 34,196      2,271,093       274,376
  Inventories                                                      12,291,162     18,354,749     2,217,480
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------
     Total current assets                                         120,605,297     34,736,085     4,196,548
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------

Property, plant and equipment, net                                260,526,689    250,780,914    30,297,430
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------

TOTAL ASSETS                                                      381,131,986    285,516,999    34,493,978
                                                                  ===========   ============   ===========

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable - trade                                            625,138      4,002,034       483,495
                   - related party                                          -         41,221         4,980
  Other payables - others                                          32,071,673      5,233,684       632,294
                 - related parties                                  1,494,514      9,646,676     1,165,438
  Accrued expenses                                                 16,745,053     11,105,218     1,341,647
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------
     Total current liabilities                                     50,936,378     30,028,833     3,627,854

Long-term Liabilities:
  Deferred tax liability                                              406,000        406,000        49,050
Long-term bank loans                                              216,022,240    233,416,680    28,199,616
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------
     Total long-term liabilities                                  216,428,240    233,822,680    28,248,666
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------

     Total liabilities                                            267,364,618    263,851,513    31,876,520
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------

Commitments (Note 12)

Owners' Equity:
  Paid in capital                                                 165,562,762    165,562,762    20,002,025
  Accumulated losses                                              (51,795,394)  (143,897,276)  (17,384,567)
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------
                                                                  113,767,368     21,665,486     2,617,458
                                                                  -----------   ------------   -----------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY                              381,131,986    285,516,999    34,493,978
                                                                  ===========    ===========   ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

105

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                              Year ended      Year ended
                                             December 31,    December 31,        Year ended December 31,
                                                 2000            2001             2002            2002
                                             ------------    ------------      -----------     -----------
                                                  RMB            RMB               RMB             US$
                                              (unaudited)
Sales                                                    -              -       14,878,101       1,797,458
Cost of sales                                            -              -      (52,441,976)     (6,335,638)
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------
Gross loss                                               -              -      (37,563,875)     (4,538,180)

Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative           (3,288,193)   (49,399,753)     (46,880,099)     (5,663,694)
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------

Loss from operations                            (3,288,193)   (49,399,753)     (84,443,974)    (10,201,874)
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------

Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                        -      2,405,474          669,453          80,878
  Interest expense                                       -       (541,730)      (7,640,625)       (923,082)
  Foreign exchange loss                                  -        (79,896)        (197,930)        (23,912)
  Other                                                  -       (485,296)        (488,806)        (59,054)
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------
                                                         -      1,298,552       (7,657,908)       (925,170)
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------

Net loss before income tax provision             3,288,193     48,101,201       92,101,882      11,127,044

Income tax provision - deferred                          -        406,000                -               -
                                                ----------    -----------      -----------     -----------

Net loss                                         3,288,193     48,507,201       92,101,882      11,127,044
                                                ==========    ===========      ===========     ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

106

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
STATEMENTS OF OWNERS' EQUITY

                                                                                Accumulated    Total owners'
                                                             Paid-in capital      losses          equity
                                                             ---------------   ------------    -------------
                                                                  RMB                RMB              RMB
Balance, January 1, 2000 (unaudited)                            66,516,090                -      66,516,090

Capital contribution (unaudited)                                99,046,672                -      99,046,672

Net loss (unaudited)                                                     -       (3,288,193)     (3,288,193)
                                                               -----------     ------------     -----------

Balance, January 1, 2001                                       165,562,762       (3,288,193)    162,274,569

Net loss                                                                 -      (48,507,201)    (48,507,201)
                                                               -----------     ------------     -----------

Balance, December 31, 2001                                     165,562,762      (51,795,394)    113,767,368

Net loss                                                                 -      (92,101,882)    (92,101,882)
                                                               -----------     ------------     -----------

Balance, December 31, 2002                                     165,562,762     (143,897,276)     21,665,486
                                                               ===========     ============     ===========

In US$                                                          20,002,025      (17,384,567)      2,617,458
                                                               ===========     ============     ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

107

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                    December 31,      December 31,               December 31,
                                                       2000               2001              2002              2002
                                                    ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                        RMB                RMB               RMB               US$
                                                    (unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss                                             (3,288,193)       (48,507,201)      (92,101,882)      (11,127,044)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
 cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                         265,193          2,416,887        18,641,555         2,252,130
  Gain on disposal of fixed assets                            -                  -           101,990            12,322

CHANGES IN OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
  Account receivable - related party                          -                  -        (5,423,054)         (655,172)
  Other receivables - others                           (632,997)        (2,517,440)        1,996,085           241,151
                    - related parties                         -                  -          (364,013)          (43,977)
  Value-added tax receivable                                  -           (696,125)       (2,816,635)         (340,284)
  Prepaid expenses                                      (59,523)               436           (80,508)           (9,726)
  Advance to suppliers                                        -            (34,196)       (2,236,897)         (270,245)
  Inventories                                                 -        (12,291,162)       (6,063,587)         (732,556)
  Accounts payable - trade                                    -            625,138         3,376,896           407,971
                   - related party                            -                  -            41,221             4,980
  Other payables - others                             7,078,763            906,489        (1,257,055)         (151,868)
                 - related parties                            -                            8,152,162           984,882
  Accrued expenses                                    1,290,756         15,454,297        (5,639,835)         (681,362)
  Deferred tax liability                                      -            406,000                 -                 -
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------
  Net cash used in operating activities               4,653,999        (44,236,877)      (83,673,557)      (10,108,798)
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital contribution                               99,046,672                  -                 -                 -
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment         (27,643,083)      (209,984,751)      (34,697,037)       (4,191,830)
  Proceeds received from disposal of fixed assets             -                  -           118,333            14,296
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------
  Net cash used in investing activities              71,403,589       (209,984,751)      (34,578,704)       (4,177,534)
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Bank borrowings                                             -        216,022,240        17,394,440         2,101,463
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------
  Net cash provided by financing activities                   -        216,022,240        17,394,440         2,101,463
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash                      76,057,588        (38,199,388)     (100,857,821)      (12,184,870)

Cash at beginning of year                            66,516,090        142,573,678       104,374,290        12,609,703
                                                    -----------       ------------      ------------      ------------

Cash at end of year                                 142,573,678        104,374,290         3,516,469           424,833
                                                    ===========       ============      ============      ============

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid during the year:
  Interest                                                    -          1,922,079         7,250,911           876,000
                                                    ===========       ============      ============      ============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

108

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd. (the "Company") was incorporated in Tianjin, the People's Republic of China ("PRC") as a Sino-foreign equity joint venture with an operation period of 22 years commencing July 8, 1999. The Company is invested by Hexcel China Holdings Corporation ("Hexcel China"), Boeing International Holdings, Ltd. ("Boeing") and China Aviation Industry Corporation ("China Aviation"). Total registered capital of the Company is US$20,000,001, which is equivalent to RMB165,562,762, and each investor has equal share in the Company.

The Company is primarily engaged in the manufacturing of aero composite parts. Major raw materials were purchased from Hexcel Corporation and all sales have been made to Hexcel Corporation, in year 2002 and 2001. Hexcel Corporation is the holding company of Hexcel China.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP"). This basis of accounting differs from that used in the statutory financial statements of the Company, which are required to be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles and the relevant financial regulations as established by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC ("PRC GAAP"). There was no material difference except for capitalization of borrowing cost and recognition of deferred tax.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

GOING CONCERN - The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company incurred a net loss of RMB92,101,882 (US$11,127,044) and cash flows used in operating activities totaled RMB83,673,557(US$10,108,798). These factors indicate that the Company may potentially be unable to continue as a going concern.

The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company's continuation as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet its obligations on a timely basis, to obtain additional financing and ultimately to attain successful operations. Management believes the Company can meet its obligations and sustain operations from a combination of additional equity and/or debt financing, which it is currently seeking, and the release of new products.

109

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

INVENTORIES - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average) or market.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET - Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed over its estimate useful life using the straight-line method as follows:

Land use rights                            Over the shorter of lease term or operation period
Buildings                                                                            20 years
Machinery and production equipment                                                   10 years
System software and related
  electronic equipment                                                                5 years
Motor vehicles                                                                        5 years

The Company constructs certain of its production equipment. In addition to costs under the construction contracts, internal costs directly related to the construction of such equipment including interest and salaries of certain employees, are capitalized. No depreciation is charged on construction in progress until the assets are operational.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS - Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Company measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets the Company would recognize an impairment loss. There was no impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - The Company's financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and bank borrowings. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of such instruments approximated their financial statements carrying amounts.

REVENUE RECOGNITION - Revenue from products sold directly to the customer is recognized upon delivery. The Company does not record a provision for estimated returns and warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. Estimated returns and warranty costs have not been material in any period presented.

FOREIGN CURRENCIES - Transactions in currencies other than RMB are translated at the approximate rates ruling on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than RMB are translated at the rates ruling on the balance sheet date. Exchange gains and losses are taken to the statement of operations.

110

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION INTO UNITED STATES DOLLARS - The financial statements are presented in Renminbi. The translation of Renminbi amounts into United States dollars has been made for the convenience of the reader and has been made at the rate of exchange quoted by the People's Bank of China on December 31, 2002 of RMB8.2773 to US$1.00. Such translation amounts should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi amounts could be readily converted into United States dollars at that rate or any other rate.

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS - SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" requires that an enterprise report by major components and as a single total, the change in its net assets from non-owner sources. Comprehensive loss equals net loss for both years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

CAPITALIZATION OF INTEREST - The Company capitalized interest costs based upon the cost of capital projects in progress during 2001. Capitalized interest of RMB2,708,650 (US$327,238) in 2001, has been added to the cost of the underlying assets during the period and is amortized over the respective useful lives of the assets. Amortization expenses relating to capitalized interest for the year was RMB135,432 (US$16,362), RMB11,286 and nil (unaudited) for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

INCOME TAXES - Deferred income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for all significant temporary differences between the tax and financial statement bases of assets and liabilities and for net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The tax consequences of those differences are classified as current or non-current based upon the classification of the related asset or liability in the financial statements. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax asset if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of, the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

SEGMENT INFORMATION - The company reports segment data pursuant to SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", which establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise's business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in one reportable segments (Note 13).

111

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS - In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ("FASB") issued SFAS No.141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No.142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No.141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for under the purchase method and addresses the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination. SFAS No.142 addresses the initial recognition and measurement of intangible assets acquired outside of a business combination and the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets subsequent to their acquisition. SFAS No.142 provides that intangible assets with indefinite useful lives will not be amortized, but will be tested at least annually for impairment. The Company did not have goodwill or other intangible assets at December 31, 2002. Consequently, the adoption of SFAS No.142, effective January 1, 2002, did not have an impact on its financial statements.

In August 2001, FASB issued SFAS No.144, "Accounting for Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets". SFAS No.144 supersedes SFAS No.121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," and addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The adoption of SFAS No.144, effective January 1, 2002, did not have an impact on its financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No.146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which addresses accounting for restructuring and similar costs. SFAS No.146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issue Task Force Issue ("EITF") No.94-3. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No.146 for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS No.146 requires that the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF No.94-3, a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No.146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No.146 may affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs as well as the amounts recognized. The Company does not believe the adoption of such interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation Number 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). This interpretation requires certain disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and annual periods after December 15, 2002 and the Company has adopted those requirements for these financial statements. The initial recognition and initial measurement requirements of FIN 45 are effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company does not believe the adoption of such interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

112

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities." This interpretation requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. It explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interests in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate that entity. This interpretation applies in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, to variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. The Company does not believe the adoption of such interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.

4. INVENTORIES

                                                          December 31,            December 31,
                                                              2001             2002         2002
                                                          ------------      ----------    ---------
                                                              RMB              RMB           US$
Raw materials                                              12,291,162       13,201,120    1,594,858
Work in progress                                                    -        3,963,747      478,870
Finished goods                                                      -        1,189,882      143,752
                                                           ----------       ----------    ---------
Inventories                                                12,291,162       18,354,749    2,217,480
                                                           ==========       ==========    =========

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

                                                            December 31,                 December 31,
                                                                2001               2002                2002
                                                            ------------        -----------         ----------
                                                                 RMB                RMB                 US$
Land use rights                                               5,092,160           5,092,237            615,205
Buildings                                                   156,098,987         161,513,897         19,512,872
Machinery and production equipment                           88,363,675          84,550,008         10,214,686
System software and related electronic equipment              7,897,039          19,515,807          2,357,750
Motor vehicles                                                2,025,789           1,534,589            185,397
                                                            -----------         -----------         ----------
                                                            259,459,650         272,206,538         32,885,910
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization              (2,682,079)        (21,425,624)        (2,588,480)
                                                            -----------         -----------         ----------
                                                            256,777,571         250,780,914         30,297,430
Projects under construction                                   3,749,118                   -                  -
                                                            -----------         -----------         ----------
Property, plant and equipment, net                          260,526,689         250,780,914         30,297,430
                                                            ===========         ===========         ==========

The depreciation and amortization expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was RMB18,641,555 (US$2,252,130), RMB2,416,887 and RMB265,193 (unaudited), respectively.

113

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES

                                               December 31,         December 31,
                                                   2001          2002           2002
                                               ------------   ----------     ---------
                                                   RMB            RMB           US$
Interest accrual                                1,328,300      1,718,015       207,557
Payroll accrual                                12,842,780      3,661,610       442,368
Other accruals                                  2,573,973      5,725,593       691,722
                                               ----------     ----------     ---------
Accrued expenses                               16,745,053     11,105,218     1,341,647
                                               ==========     ==========     =========

7. LONG TERM BANK LOANS

As of December 31, 2002, the Company had total long term credit facilities, composed of US dollar loan and RMB loan facilities, for working capital purposes totaling US$21,333,334 and RMB88,320,000 (equivalent to US$10,670,146) expiring in May 2004 and July 2004 respectively. The US dollar loan facilities are guaranteed by Hexcel China and Boeing and the RMB loan facilities are guaranteed by China Aviation. Unused facilities was US$2,533,334 and RMB10,516,560 (equivalent to US$1,270,530) as of December 31, 2002.

                                                           December 31,          December 31,
                                                               2001          2002           2002
                                                           ------------   -----------    ----------
                                                               RMB            RMB            US$
Loans drawn down from US dollar facilities bear
  interest at rate of LIBOR plus 0.5% per annum
  (2.417% weighted average in 2002) and due in
  May 2004                                                 144,012,840    155,613,240    18,800,000
Loans drawn down from RMB facilities bear interest at
  a rate of 4.437% per annum and due in July 2004.          72,009,400     77,803,440     9,399,616
                                                           -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                           216,022,240    233,416,680    28,199,616
                                                           ===========    ===========    ==========

8. TAXATION

INCOME TAX

The Company is governed by the Income Tax Law of the PRC (the "Income Tax Laws"). Under the Income Tax Laws, companies generally are subject to income tax at an effective rate of 33% (30% state income taxes plus 3% local income taxes) on income as reported in their statutory financial statements after appropriate tax adjustments unless the enterprise is located in specially designated regions or cities for which more favorable effective rates apply.

114

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. TAXATION - Continued

Pursuant to the Income Tax Laws, companies approved as manufacturing enterprises with operation period more than 10 years are eligible for a two-year exemption from income tax followed by a 50% reduction of income tax for the next three years. Since the Company is located in Tianjin new technology development zone, it also enjoys a reduced income tax rate at 15% with approval.

No current year tax provision has been made as the Company does not has any taxable income in 2002 and 2001.

DEFERRED TAX

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax liabilities are as follows:

                                                          December 31,       December 31,
                                                              2001         2002       2002
                                                          ------------  ----------  ---------
                                                              RMB          RMB         US$
Deferred tax liabilities:
Interest capitalization                                     (406,000)    (406,000)   (49,050)
                                                          ------------  ----------  ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities                              (406,000)    (406,000)   (49,050)
                                                          ============  ==========  =========

Significant components of deferred income tax assets are as follows:

                                                          December 31,            December 31,
                                                             2001             2002            2002
                                                        ---------------    -----------     ----------
                                                              RMB             RMB            US$
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry forwards                                  -        12,556,000      1,516,920
Inventory valuation                                                -         1,395,000        168,533
Depreciation and amortization                              8,114,000         8,968,000      1,083,445
                                                          ----------       -----------     ----------
Total deferred tax assets                                  8,114,000        22,919,000      2,768,898
Valuation allowance                                       (8,114,000)      (22,919,000)    (2,768,898)
                                                          ----------       -----------     ----------
Total net deferred tax assets                                      -                 -              -
                                                          ==========       ===========     ==========

At December 31, 2002, the Company had tax loss carry-forwards of approximately RMB83.71 million (US$10.11 million), which expire in 2007. The utilization of the carry forwards is dependant upon the future profitability of the Company. A full valuation allowance was taken by the Company due to the uncertainties of their eventual realization.

115

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. VALUE ADDED TAX

The Company is subject to value added tax at a rate of 17% on product sales. Value added tax payable on sales is computed net of value added tax paid on purchases for all domestic sales. For all good produced for overseas sales purpose, the Company is entitled to an exemption on value added taxes on the sales amount and conversely the input value added tax levied on the raw materials purchased is allowed to be settled with any domestic sales incurred in the future. The Company did not generate any domestic sales in 2002, 2001 and 2000 therefore the Company has not recorded any value added tax payable.

10. DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

As stipulated by the relevant laws and regulations applicable to China's foreign investment enterprises, the Company is required to make appropriations from net income as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC ("PRC GAAP") to non-distributable reserves which include a general reserve, an enterprise expansion reserve and a employee welfare and bonus reserve.

The general reserve is used to offset future extraordinary losses as defined under PRC GAAP. The Company may, upon a resolution passed by the owners, convert the general reserve into capital. The employee welfare and bonus reserve is used for the collective welfare of the employees of the Company. The enterprise expansion reserve is used for the expansion of the Company and can be converted to capital subject to approval by the relevant authorities. The Company did not record any reserves in 2002, 2001 and 2000 as the Company incurred loss under PRC GAAP. Therefore was not required to record such reserves.

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

All sales generated in 2002 were made to Hexcel Corporation. The balance related to such sales is included in account receivable - related party balance.

The Company purchases raw materials from Hexcel Corporation. Total raw materials purchased from Hexcel Corporation in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was RMB1.68 million (US$0.20 million), Nil and Nil (unaudited), respectively. The balance related to such purchases are included in accounts payable - related party balance.

Other receivables from related party represented reimbursements paid on behalf of Hexcel Corporation, which are non-interest bearing, unsecured and repayable on demand.

116

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS - Continued

Other payables to investors are as follows:

                                  December 31,         December 31,
                                      2001          2002          2002
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------
                                      RMB           RMB           US$
Royalty fee payables:
    Hexcel Corporation                       -       80,559        9,733
    Boeing                                   -       40,279        4,866
China Aviation                               -       60,419        7,299
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------
                                             -      181,257       21,898
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------

Temporary advance:
    Hexcel Corporation                 275,991      275,991       33,344
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------

Reimbursements:
    Hexcel Corporation               1,218,523    7,139,157      862,498
    Boeing                                -       2,050,271      247,698
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------
                                     1,218,523    9,189,428    1,110,196
                                  ------------    ---------    ---------
                                     1,494,514    9,646,676    1,165,438
                                  ============    =========    =========

The reimbursements represents salaries and related benefits paid by the investors on behalf of the Company.

Pursuant to the royalty agreements signed between the Company and the investors. Royalty fee is calculated based on a fixed percentage of the cash collection of the Company's annual sales and is payable on a semi-annual basis. Accordingly, the Company has recorded RMB181,257 (US$21,898) in 2002 and Nil in 2001, and 2000 in royalty expenses.

At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the investors have guaranteed the Company's bank credit facilities and bank borrowings.

12. COMMITMENTS

Operating lease - As of December 31, 2002, the Company was committed under certain operating leases, requiring annual rental expense as follows:

                                         RMB         US$
2003                                  2,727,000    329,455
2004                                    365,000     44,097
                                      ---------    -------
                                      3,092,000    373,552
                                      =========    =======

117

BHA AERO COMPOSITE PARTS CO., LTD.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. COMMITMENTS - Continued

The rent expense in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was RMB3,889,533 (US$469,904), RMB3,250,379 and RMB274,443 (unaudited), respectively.

Commitments - at December 31, 2002, the Company had purchase commitments to purchase machinery and equipment for approximately RMB200,000 (US$24,000) from a third party by April 30, 2003.

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

SFAS No. 131 requires disclosures regarding products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The Company operates in one reportable segment. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recorded revenue from a customer from the United States.

The Company generates revenue from one segment, products for aero composite parts. The Company's business activities and accounts receivable are with a sole customer, Hexcel Corporation. The Company will maintain allowances for estimated potential bad debt losses and will revise its estimates of collectibility on a periodic basis. There is no history of bad debt experience with Hexcel Corporation and collection of receivable is reasonably assured.

The Company's business growth is dependent on demand from Hexcel corporation. The slow down of airline industry globally will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. The Company's customer base is concentrated and the loss of Hexcel Corporation could cause the Company's business to suffer.

14. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND POST- RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company's employees in the PRC are entitled to retirement benefits calculated with reference to their basic salaries on retirement and their length of service in accordance with a government managed benefit plan. The government is responsible for the benefit liability to these retired employees. The Company has to contribute to the fund based on 25.7% of the employees' basic monthly salaries. The expense of such arrangements to the Company was approximately RMB1,187,111 (US$143,418), RMB764,406 and RMB50,158 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Company is not obligated under any other post-retirement plans and does not provide any post-employment benefits.

118

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors of Hexcel Corporation:

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated February 28, 2003, except for Notes 2 and 8 which are as of March 19, 2003, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A to Stockholders of Hexcel Corporation also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K/A. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2003, except for Notes 2 and 8 which are as of March 19, 2003

119

SCHEDULE II

HEXCEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                                    BALANCE AT     CHARGED                     BALANCE
                                                    BEGINNING     (CREDITED)    DEDUCTIONS    AT END OF
(IN MILLIONS)                                        OF YEAR      TO EXPENSE    AND OTHER       YEAR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                   $      8.5     $   (0.9)    $   (2.5)      $   5.1
  Allowance for obsolete and unmarketable
    inventory                                             25.1           7.6       (11.4)         21.3
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset             185.0           8.5       (26.1)        167.4

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                   $      7.0     $     3.4    $   (1.9)      $   8.5
  Allowance for obsolete and unmarketable
    inventory                                             30.7           6.3       (11.9)         25.1
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset               6.2         180.3        (1.5)        185.0

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                   $      5.7     $     0.7    $    0.6       $   7.0
  Allowance for obsolete and unmarketable
    inventory                                             28.7          17.7       (15.7)         30.7
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset               6.4          (0.1)       (0.1)          6.2

120

EXHIBIT 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
HEXCEL CORPORATION


Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: Article 4 of the Corporation's Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as set forth below:

4. CAPITALIZATION.

The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 220,000,000, consisting of 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value (hereinafter in this Certificate of Incorporation called the "Preferred Stock"), and 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share (hereinafter in this Certificate called the "Common Stock").

SECOND: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hexcel Corporation has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name this 19th day of March, 2003.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By:    /s/ David E. Berges
       ----------------------
Name:  David E. Berges
Title: Chairman, Chief Executive
         Officer and President


EXHIBIT 3.3

BYLAWS OF HEXCEL CORPORATION
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 19, 2003

OFFICES

1. PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE. The principal executive office of the Corporation is hereby fixed and located at 2 Stamford Plaza, Stamford, Connecticut. The Board of Directors is hereby granted full power and authority to change the place of said principal executive office from time to time.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is hereby fixed and located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, c/o The Corporation Trust Company. The Board of Directors is hereby granted full power and authority to change the place of said registered office within the State of Delaware from time to time. The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

STOCKHOLDERS

3. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Stockholders' meetings shall be held at such place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall, by resolution, designate.

4. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on such dates and at such times as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such annual meeting. At such annual meetings directors shall be elected and such other business as may be properly brought before such meeting shall be conducted.

Written notice of each annual meeting shall be mailed to or delivered to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such annual meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, the day, and the hour of such meeting, and the matters which the Board of Directors intends to present for action by the stockholders.

Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided to the contrary in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be properly brought before an annual meeting, all business must be either (a) specified in the notice of annual meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of


Directors or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder of record who complies with the notice procedures set forth below. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business (including the nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors) to be properly brought before any annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof, in proper form, to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or otherwise made public. To be in proper form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be in writing and must set forth with respect to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class or series and number of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the stockholder, (d) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election to the Board of Directors, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person and (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the person, (e) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their name(s)) in connection with the proposal of such business (or the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors) by any stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business (or nomination), (f) any other information that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the proposal (or the election of a person or persons to the Board of Directors) pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder if such stockholder were engaged in such a solicitation and (g) a representation that such stockholder or a representative thereof intends to appear in person at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting (or nominate a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors). Any such notice relating to the nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

The Chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted at the meeting.

5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time and for any purpose or purposes by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the

2

Chief Executive Officer or by a committee of the Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws, include the power to call such meetings. If and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may be called by any other person or persons specified in any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto, or any certificate filed under Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "GCL") designating the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued and the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the holders of such designated Preferred Stock, then such special meeting may also be called by such person or persons in the manner, at the times and for the purposes so specified. Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of such special meeting shall be given in the same manner as for an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice shall also specify the general nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting, and no business shall be transacted at the special meeting except as specified in such notice (or any supplement thereto).

6. ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any stockholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the chairman of such meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, but in the absence of a quorum no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given if (a) the meeting is adjourned for thirty (30) days or less, (b) the time and place of the adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and (c) no new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. Otherwise, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as if the adjourned meeting were a new meeting.

7. VOTING. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, any certificate filed under Section 151(g) of the GCL or these Bylaws, a stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on the record date fixed for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting or, if no such date is fixed, the date determined in accordance with applicable law. If any share is entitled to more or less than one vote on any matter, all references herein to a majority or other proportion of shares shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on such matter.

8. QUORUM. A majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. No business may be transacted at a meeting in the absence of a quorum other than the adjournment of such meeting, except that if a quorum is present at the commencement of a meeting, business may be transacted until the meeting is adjourned even though the withdrawal of stockholders results in less than a quorum being present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If a quorum is present at a meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and

3

entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act of the stockholders unless the vote of a larger number is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is present at the commencement of a meeting but the withdrawal of stockholders results in less than a quorum being present in person or by proxy at such meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum shall be the act of the stockholders unless the vote of a larger number is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

9. PROXIES. A stockholder may be represented at any meeting of stockholders by a written proxy signed by the person entitled to vote or by such person's duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A proxy must bear a date within three
(3) years prior to the meeting, unless the proxy specifies a different length of time. A revocable proxy is revoked by a writing delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or by attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy.

10. CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY AT MEETINGS. At any meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his absence, a person designated by the Board of Directors, shall preside at and act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence a person designated by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

11. INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector. The inspector(s) shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results of any election or vote, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. At the request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a written report of any matters determined by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors.

12. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the

4

meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

DIRECTORS

13. POWERS. Subject to any limitations contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the GCL as to actions to be authorized or approved by the stockholders, and subject to the duties of directors as prescribed by these Bylaws, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the ultimate direction of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the ultimate direction of, the Board of Directors.

14. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of these Bylaws:

AN "AFFILIATE" of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. "CONTROL" has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act as in effect on March 19, 2003.

Any person shall be deemed to "BENEFICIALLY OWN", to have "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" of, or to be "BENEFICIALLY OWNING" any securities (which securities shall also be deemed "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" by such Person) that such Person is deemed to "beneficially own" within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 19, 2003; PROVIDED, THAT, except for the rights set forth in Section 3.02 of the Governance Agreement or in Section 3.02 of the Stockholders Agreement, any Person shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR ADDITIONAL SHARES" means, as of any date of determination, shares of the Corporation's Common Stock the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pursuant to grants of stock options or other stock-based awards to the Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors by the Corporation pursuant to any stock option or stock incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including without limitation the Hexcel Incentive Stock Plan.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR DIRECTORS" means Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees who are elected or appointed to serve as members of the Board of Directors.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR INVESTORS" means any of (i) Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire V"), (ii) Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire VI"), (iii) Berkshire Investors LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company ("Berkshire Investors"), (iv) Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation ("Berkshire V Investment Corp.") (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting

5

Securities), (v) Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation ("Berkshire VI Investment Corp.") (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting Securities), (vi) Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Co-Investment"), (vii)Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Fund"), or (viii) any investment entity controlled or under common control with either of Berkshire Partners LLC or Greenbriar Equity Group, LLC; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (viii) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement to the same extent as the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an "Investor" for all purposes of the Stockholders Agreement unless such Person does not hold any Voting Securities.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR NOMINEES" means such Persons as are so designated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors, as such designations may change from time to time, to serve as members of the Board of Directors pursuant to Sections 17 and 18.

"BUYOUT TRANSACTION" means a tender offer, merger or any similar transaction that offers holders of Voting Securities (other than, if applicable, the Person proposing such transaction) the opportunity to dispose of the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such holders or otherwise contemplates the acquisition by any Person or Group of Voting Securities that would result in Beneficial Ownership by such Person or Group of a majority of the Voting Securities outstanding, or a sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets.

"COMMON STOCK" means the common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share, and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such common stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means, collectively, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"GOLDMAN ADDITIONAL SHARES" means, as of any date of determination, up to 255,381 shares of Common Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Common Stock), in the aggregate, (i) the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired inadvertently from time to time by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or its Affiliates acting in connection with their activities as a broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Exchange Act or as an asset manager (excluding

6

Affiliates formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions) or (ii) the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired by the Goldman Investors pursuant to grants of stock options or other stock-based awards to the Goldman Directors by the Corporation pursuant to any stock option or stock incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including without limitation the Hexcel Incentive Stock Plan; PROVIDED, that if and for so long as The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own less than 30% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, the maximum number of Goldman Additional Shares shall be 400,000 (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Common Stock).

"GOLDMAN DIRECTORS" means Goldman Nominees who are elected or appointed to serve as members of the Board of Directors.

"GOLDMAN INVESTORS" means any of (i) the LXH Investors, (ii) the Limited Partnerships, or (iii) The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (iii) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with the Governance Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of the Governance Agreement to the same extent as the Goldman Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an "Investor" for all purposes of the Governance Agreement unless such Person does not hold any Voting Securities.

"GOLDMAN NOMINEES" means such Persons as are so designated by the Goldman Investors, as such designations may change from time to time, to serve as members of the Board of Directors pursuant to Sections 17 and 18.

"GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Governance Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among LXH, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH"), LXH II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH II" and together with LXH, the "LXH Investors"), GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("GS 2000 Offshore"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000 Employee"), GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, a German limited partnership ("GS 2000 Germany"), Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Stone Street" and, collectively with GS 2000, GS 2000 Offshore, GS 2000 Employee and GS 2000 Germany, the "Limited Partnerships"), and the Corporation.

"GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY" means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

"GROUP" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act as in

7

effect on March 19, 2003.

"HEXCEL INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN" means the Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated through March 19, 2003 and any subsequent amendment thereto or replacement thereof approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

"INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR" means a director of the Corporation who is not an Investors' Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Investors or their respective Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than the Corporation and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Investors or their respective Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their respective Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation).

"INITIAL BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR SHARES" means (i) the 77,875 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and among the Corporation and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors (the "Berkshire/Greenbriar Purchase Agreement"), (ii) the 77,875 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pursuant to the Berkshire/Greenbriar Purchase Agreement and (iii) any shares of the Corporation's Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable).

"INITIAL GOLDMAN SHARES" means (i) the 47,125 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Limited Partnerships pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and among the Corporation and the Limited Partnerships (the "Goldman Purchase Agreement"),
(ii) the 47,125 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Limited Partnerships pursuant to the Goldman Purchase Agreement and (iii) any shares of the Corporation's Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable).

"INVESTORS" means the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and the Goldman Investors.

"INVESTORS' DIRECTORS" means Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors and Goldman Directors.

8

"INVESTORS' NOMINEES" means Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees and Goldman Nominees.

"NON-BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR DIRECTOR" means a director of the Corporation who is not a Berkshire/Greenbriar Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or their Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than the Corporation, and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation)

"NON-GOLDMAN DIRECTOR" means a director of the Corporation who is not a Goldman Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Goldman Investors or their Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than the Corporation, and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Goldman Investors or their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than the Corporation)

"NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.

"ORIGINAL GOLDMAN SHARES" means the 14,561,000 shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Goldman Investors on March 19, 2003 (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Common Stock).

"PERSON" means any individual, Group, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

"SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation.

"SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation.

"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect on March 19, 2003.

"STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and the

9

Corporation.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests.

"TOTAL VOTING POWER OF THE CORPORATION" means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Corporation if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation Beneficially Owned by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Corporation by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person. In calculating such percentage, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding or shall be treated as outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement without regard to the Person holding such share until such time as such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemed or repurchased by the Company or converted into Common Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights Beneficially Owned by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

"VOTING SECURITIES" means the Common Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation or such Subsidiary of the Corporation.

15. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. (a) Except as provided in Subsection 6.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to compliance with Section 17, the authorized number of directors of this Corporation shall be not less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15), with the exact number of directors within such range specified in subsection (b) below, or, if not so specified, with the exact number of directors within such range fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b) It is hereby specified that this Corporation shall have ten (10) directors, one of whom shall be designated the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be designated by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

16. ELECTION. (a) Directors shall hold office until the annual meeting next following their election and until their successors are nominated, elected

10

and qualified pursuant to these Bylaws; subject, however, to their prior resignation, death or removal as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and Subsections (b), (c),
(d) and (e) hereof, any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum; and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until their successors shall be elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

(b) If at any time a member of the Board of Directors resigns (pursuant to this Section 16 or otherwise) or is removed in accordance with applicable law or these By-laws, a new member shall be designated to replace such member until the next election of directors. If, consistent with Section 17, the replacement director is to be (i) a Berkshire/Greenbriar Director, the party that designated such Berkshire/Greenbriar Director shall designate the replacement Berkshire/Greenbriar Director or (ii) a Goldman Director, the party that designated such Goldman Director shall designate the replacement Goldman Director. Except as set forth in paragraph (d) below, if consistent with Section 17, the replacement director is to be a Director other than an Investors' Director, the remaining Independent Directors shall designate the replacement director.

(c) Subject to paragraph (d) below, if at any time (i) the number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees entitled to be nominated to the Board of Directors in accordance with these Bylaws in an election of directors presented to stockholders would decrease, within 10 days thereafter the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall cause a sufficient number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors to resign from the Board of Directors so that the number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors on the Board of Directors after such resignation(s) equals the number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees that the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors would have been entitled to designate had an election of directors taken place at such time. The Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall also cause a sufficient number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors to resign from any relevant committees of the Board of Directors so that such committees are comprised in the manner contemplated by Section 19 after giving effect to such resignations, or (ii) the number of Goldman Nominees entitled to be nominated to the Board of Directors in accordance with these Bylaws in an election of directors presented to stockholders would decrease, within 10 days thereafter the Goldman Investors shall cause a sufficient number of Goldman Directors to resign from the Board of Directors so that the number of Goldman Directors on the Board of Directors after such resignation(s) equals the number of Goldman Nominees that the Goldman Investors would have been entitled to designate had an election of directors taken place at such time. The Goldman Investors shall also cause a sufficient number of Goldman Directors to resign from any relevant committees of the Board of Directors so that such committees are comprised in the manner contemplated by Section 19 after giving effect to such resignations. Any vacancies created by the resignations required by this Subsection (c) shall be filled by Independent Directors.

11

(d) If at any time the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation Beneficially Owned by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or the Goldman Investors decreases as a result of an issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation (other than any of the issuances described in the last sentence of this Section 16(d)), such Investors may notify the Corporation that such Investors intend to acquire a sufficient amount of additional Voting Securities necessary to maintain their then current level of Board of Directors representation within 90 days. In such event, until the end of such period (and thereafter if such Investors in fact restore their percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation during such period and provided that such Investors continue to maintain the requisite level of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities in accordance with Section 17) the Board of Directors shall continue to have the number of Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors or Goldman Directors, as applicable, that corresponds to the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation Beneficially Owned by such Investors prior to such issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation. Notwithstanding any provision in the Governance Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 16(d) shall not apply to any issuance of Voting Securities (x) upon conversion of any convertible securities which are either outstanding on, March 19 2003 (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors after March 19, 2003 in accordance with
Section 2.06 of the Governance Agreement and with Section 2.06 of the Stockholders Agreement or (y) pursuant to employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans outstanding as of March 19, 2003 or, subsequent to March 19, 2003, approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

(e) Whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto, and by the terms of any certificate filed pursuant to Section 151(g) of the GCL designating such class or series and the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the holders of such designated Preferred Stock.

17. BOARD REPRESENTATION. (a) (i) For so long as the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, subject to Sections 16(d) and 17(a)(iv), the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of two Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors and eight Non-Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors (including at least five Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Total Voting Power of the Corporation Beneficially Owned by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors at any time is below 15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall have

12

no further right to nominate two Directors pursuant to this Section 17(a)(i); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of the Stockholders Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 66 2/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by the Initial Berkshire/Greenbriar Shares as of March 19, 2003, to Persons who are not Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors, then the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of one Berkshire/Greenbriar Director and nine Non-Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors (including at least six Independent Directors).

(ii) For so long as the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors Beneficially Own less than 15% but at least 10% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, subject to Sections 16(d) and 17(a)(iv), the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of one Berkshire/Greenbriar Director and nine Non-Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors (including at least six Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Total Voting Power of the Corporation Beneficially Owned by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors at any time is below 10% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall have no further right to nominate one Berkshire/Greenbriar Director pursuant to this Section 17(a)(ii).

(iii) Berkshire/Greenbriar Additional Shares shall not be included in any calculation of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors' Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation under these Bylaws.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws, the Corporation may increase the size of the Board of Directors through the appointment of one or more additional independent directors (as such term is used in the NYSE listing requirements) in order to comply with any applicable law, regulation or NYSE rule; PROVIDED, THAT, in the event of any such change, the Corporation will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to give the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors the right to nominate, as nearly as possible, that proportion of the directors as permitted by the terms of Sections 17(a)(i) and 17(a)(ii). Any director appointed to the Board of Directors pursuant to the first clause of this Section 17(a)(iv) shall be selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and shall be an Independent Director. Each of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall perform any and all actions as reasonably requested by the Corporation in order for the Board of Directors to be changed pursuant to this Section 7(a)(iv).

(b)(i) For so long as the Goldman Investors Beneficially Own 20% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, subject to Sections 16(d) and

13

17(b)(vi), the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of three Goldman Directors and seven Non-Goldman Directors (including at least five Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Goldman Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of the Governance Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 33 1/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by the aggregate number of Original Goldman Shares and Initial Goldman Shares as of March 19, 2003 to Persons that are not Goldman Investors, then the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of two Goldman Directors and eight Non-Goldman Directors
(including at least six Independent Directors)

(ii) For so long as the Goldman Investors Beneficially Own less than 20% but at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, subject to Sections 16(d) and 17(b)(vi), the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of two Goldman Directors and eight Non-Goldman Directors (including at least six Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Goldman Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of the Governance Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 66 2/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by the aggregate number of Original Goldman Shares and Initial Goldman Shares as of the March 19, 2003 to Persons that are not Goldman Investors, then the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of one Goldman Director and nine Non-Goldman Directors (including at least seven Independent Directors).

(iii) For so long as the Goldman Investors Beneficially Own less than 15% but at least 10% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, subject to Sections 16(d) and 17(b)(vi), the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board of Directors consisting of one Goldman Director and nine Non-Goldman Directors (including at least seven Independent Directors).

(iv) In order to determine (x) the number of Goldman Nominees to be included in any slate of directors to be presented to stockholders for election to the Board of Directors and (y) the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the

14

Corporation Beneficially Owned by the Goldman Investors for purposes of
Section 20, the Goldman Investors shall be deemed to Beneficially Own a percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation that is no more than (1) 39.3% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation less (2) the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation represented by any Voting Securities disposed of, directly or indirectly, by the Goldman Investors to Persons that are not Goldman Investors since March 19, 2003.

(v) The Goldman Additional Shares shall not be included in any calculation of the Goldman Investors' Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation under these Bylaws.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws, the Corporation may increase the size of the Board of Directors through the appointment of one or more additional independent directors (as such term is used in the NYSE listing requirements) in order to comply with any applicable law, regulation or NYSE rule; PROVIDED, THAT, in the event of any such change, the Corporation will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to give the Goldman Investors the right to nominate, as nearly as possible, that proportion of the directors as permitted by the terms of Sections 17(b)(i), 17(b)(ii) and 17(b)(iii). Any director appointed to the Board of Directors pursuant to the first clause of this Section 17(b)(vi) shall be selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and shall be an Independent Director. Each of the Goldman Investors shall perform any and all actions as reasonably requested by the Corporation in order for the Board of Directors to be changed pursuant to this Section 17(b)(vi).

18. DESIGNATION OF SLATE. Any Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees or Goldman Nominees that are included in a slate of directors pursuant to Section 17 shall be designated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors, in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, on the one hand, or the Goldman Investors, in accordance with the Governance Agreement, on the other hand, respectively. Any Non-Berkshire/Greenbriar Director nominees and any Non-Goldman Director nominees who are to be included in any slate of directors pursuant to Section 17 shall be designated by majority vote of the then incumbent Directors who are not Investors' Directors (including the Chairman of the Board if he or she is an Independent Director). The Corporation's nominating committee, if any (or if there is no such nominating committee, the Board of Directors or any other duly authorized committee thereof) shall nominate each person so designated.

19. COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP. (i) So long as the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall be entitled to designate two Berkshire/Greenbriar Nominees for election to the Board of Directors, the finance, compensation, nominating, audit and any other committee of the Board of Directors shall consist of at least one Berkshire/Greenbriar Director; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no Berkshire/Greenbriar Director is eligible for membership on an above-listed committee under then-applicable listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation, then such committee of the Board of Directors shall include a Berkshire/Greenbriar Director only

15

when so permitted by the listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law, rule and regulation to permit the inclusion of any Berkshire/Greenbriar Director designated by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors on such committee, including, without limitation, causing an increase in the number of directors on such committee and (ii) so long as the Goldman Investors shall be entitled to designate two or more Goldman Nominees for election to the Board of Directors, the finance, compensation, nominating, audit and any other committee of the Board of Directors shall consist of at least one Goldman Director; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no Goldman Director is eligible for membership on an above-listed committee under then-applicable listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation, then such committee of the Board of Directors shall include a Goldman Director only when so permitted by the listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Corporation shall exercise all authority under applicable law, rule and regulation to permit the inclusion of any Goldman Director designated by the Goldman Investors on such committee, including, without limitation, causing an increase in the number of directors on such committee. To the extent that (i) Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors are not eligible for membership on the finance committee, compensation committee, nominating committee, audit committee and/or other committees of the Board of Directors, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall be entitled to designate a representative to attend and observe such committee meetings, provided that the observation is not prohibited by applicable listing standards, laws, rules or regulations, and (ii) Goldman Directors are not eligible for membership on the finance committee, compensation committee, nominating committee, audit committee and/or other committees of the Board of Directors, the Goldman Investors shall be entitled to designate a representative to attend and observe such committee meetings, provided that the observation is not prohibited by applicable listing standards, laws, rules or regulations.

20. APPROVALS. The Board of Directors shall not authorize, approve or ratify any of the following actions without the approval of (i) a majority of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors' Directors for so long as and at any time the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation, and, if the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors' percentage Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation is reduced below 15% by an issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation, no such authorization, approval or ratification shall be given by the Board of Directors without the approval of a majority of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Directors (x) until 10 business days after the Corporation notifies the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors in writing of such issuance, and (y) if the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall have notified the Corporation within 10 business days after their receipt of a written notification of such issuance that the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors, pursuant to the option granted to the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors by Section 3.02 of the Stockholders Agreement, intend to acquire a sufficient amount of Voting Securities within such 90-day period referred to therein, so that the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors will Beneficially Own at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation by the end of such 90-day period subject to Section 16(d), during the 90-day period following an issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation that causes the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors to Beneficially Own less than

16

15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation and (ii) a majority of the Goldman Directors for so long as and at any time (subject to the provisions of Sections 17(b)(vi)) the Goldman Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation and, if the Goldman Investors' percentage Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation is reduced below 15% by an issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation, no such authorization, approval or ratification shall be given by the Board of Directors without the approval of a majority of the Goldman Directors (x) until 10 business days after the Corporation notifies the Goldman Investors in writing of such issuance, and (y) if the Goldman Investors shall have notified the Corporation within 10 business days after their receipt of a written notification of such issuance that the Goldman Investors, pursuant to the option granted to the Goldman Investors by Section 3.02 of the Governance Agreement, intend to acquire a sufficient amount of Voting Securities within such 90-day period referred to therein, so that the Goldman Investors will Beneficially Own at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation by the end of such 90-day period subject to Section 16(d), during the 90-day period following an issuance of Voting Securities by the Corporation that causes the Goldman Investors to Beneficially Own less than 15% of the Total Voting Power of the Corporation:

(a) any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other business combination involving the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the consideration to be paid or received by the Corporation and/or its stockholders in any such individual transaction or in such transaction when added to the aggregate value of the consideration paid or received by the Corporation and/or its stockholders in all other such transactions approved by the Board of Directors during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of the Corporation's total consolidated assets;

(b) any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition or any series of related dispositions of any assets, business or operations of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the assets, business or operations so disposed during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of the Corporation's total consolidated assets; or

(c) any issuance by the Corporation or any Significant Subsidiary of the Corporation of equity or equity-related securities (other than
(i) pursuant to customary employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to transactions solely among the Corporation and its wholly owned Subsidiaries (including any Subsidiaries which would be wholly owned by the Corporation but for the issuance of directors' or shareholders' qualifying shares), (iii) upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of warrants or options, which convertible securities, warrants or options are either outstanding on March 19, 2003 (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), or approved by the Board of

17

Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors after March 19, 2003, in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Governance Agreement and
Section 2.06 of the Stockholders Agreement, or (iv) in connection with any mergers, consolidations, acquisitions or other business combinations involving the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation which are approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Governance Agreement and Section 2.06 of the Stockholders Agreement (if either is applicable)) for which the consideration received by the Corporation for such transactions during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds $25 million.

21. NONEXCLUSIVITY. The Goldman Investors' and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors' rights under Sections 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20 shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights related to similar matters to which the Goldman Investors and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors may be entitled under these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, any agreement (including the Governance Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement) or otherwise.

22. QUORUM AND REQUIRED VOTE. Six (6) of the directors then in office, including at least two Independent Directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Governance Agreement and Section 3.03 of the Stockholders Agreement, as applicable, for so long as there are any Goldman Directors or Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors Directors serving on the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall not authorize, approve or ratify any action, at a meeting of the Board of Directors, by written consent or otherwise, without the approval of a minimum of six (6) members of the Board of Directors, of which at least two (2) of such six (6) members shall be Independent Directors, or in the event that the Board of Directors shall consist of less than six (6) members due to vacancies on the Board of Directors, the approval of all members of the Board of Directors, shall be required for authorization, approval or ratification of any action.

23. REMOVAL. Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and in Section 16 hereof, a director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. No reduction in the number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of his term.

24. RESIGNATION. Any director may resign by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the Board of Directors. Such resignation shall be effective when given unless the notice specifies a later time. The resignation shall be effective regardless of whether it is accepted by the Corporation.

25. COMPENSATION. If the Board of Directors so resolves, the directors, including the Chairman of the Board, shall receive compensation and expenses

18

of attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in another capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

26. COMMITTEES. Subject to Section 19, the Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee of the Board of Directors, the other members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may, subject to Section 19, unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The Board of Directors may, subject to
Section 19, designate one or more directors as alternate members of a committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. To the extent permitted by resolution of the Board of Directors, a committee may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors to the extent permitted by Section 141(c) of the GCL.

27. TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS AND TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders (or at such other time and place as may be determined by the Board of Directors), the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting for purposes of organizing the Board of Directors, electing officers, appointing committees and transacting other business. The Board of Directors may establish by resolution the times, if any, that other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held. All meetings of directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated in the notice for the meeting or in a resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all directors participating in such meeting can hear each other.

28. CALL. Meetings of the Board of Directors, whether regular or special, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or any two directors.

29. NOTICE. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the date and time of such meetings have been fixed by the Board of Directors. Special meetings shall be held upon four days' notice by mail, 24 hours notice delivered personally or by telephone, telegraph or confirmed fax or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate under the circumstances. Regular meetings shall be held upon similar notice if notice is required for such meetings. Neither a notice nor a waiver of notice need specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting. Notice sent by mail, telegram or fax shall be addressed to a director at his business or home address/fax number as shown upon the records of the Corporation, or at such other address/fax number as the director specifies in writing delivered to the Corporation, or if such an address/fax number is not so shown on such records and no written instructions have been received from the director, at the place at

19

which meetings of directors are regularly held. Such mailing, telegraphing, delivery or transmittal, as above provided, shall be due, legal and personal notice to such director. If a meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given prior to the time of such meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

30. MEETING WITHOUT REGULAR CALL AND NOTICE. The transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, is as valid as though transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes of the meeting. For such purposes, a director shall not be considered present at a meeting if, although in attendance at the meeting, the director protests the lack of notice prior to the meeting or at its commencement.

31. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all of the members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. In addition, all directors (including those who are not members of a particular committee) shall receive notice of, and shall be entitled to attend, all meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors. Only those directors who are members of a particular committee shall be entitled to vote at meetings thereof.

32. COMMITTEE MEETINGS. The principles set forth in Sections 27 through 31 of these Bylaws shall also apply to committees of the Board of Directors and to actions taken by such committees.

33. HONORARY ADVISORS TO THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more Honorary Advisors, who shall hold such position for such period, shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may specify, subject to change at any time by the Board of Directors. An Honorary Advisor to the Board of Directors shall not be a director for any purpose or with respect to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or of the GCL, and shall have no vote as a director. However, an Honorary Advisor to the Board of Directors may receive such compensation and expense reimbursement as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

OFFICERS

34. TITLES AND RELATION TO BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a General Counsel, a Treasurer, and one or more Vice Presidents (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers or other officers. All officers shall perform their duties and exercise their powers subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the overriding direction of the Board of

20

Directors. If there shall occur a vacancy in any office, in the absence of the appointment of a replacement by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the right and power to appoint a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a General Counsel, one or more additional Vice Presidents (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice Presidents), one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers, all of whom shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and shall perform their duties and exercise their powers subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the overriding direction of the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held simultaneously by the same person.

35. ELECTION, TERM OF OFFICE AND VACANCIES. At its regular annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall choose the officers of the Corporation. The officers shall hold office until their successors are chosen, except that the Board of Directors may remove any officer at any time. Subject to Section 34 of these Bylaws, if an office becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

36. RESIGNATION. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party. Such resignation shall be effective when given unless the notice specifies a later time. The resignation shall be effective regardless of whether it is accepted by the Corporation.

37. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall fix the compensation of the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President and may fix the salaries of other employees of the Corporation including the other officers. If the Board of Directors does not fix the salaries of the other officers, the Chief Executive Officer shall fix such salaries.

38. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws.

39. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed general manager of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall effectuate orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.

40. PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENTS. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, and in the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President), if any, or if more than one, the Vice Presidents (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice Presidents) in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not so ranked, the Vice President (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President) designated by the

21

Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President and Vice Presidents (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice Presidents) shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

41. SECRETARY. The Secretary (or in his absence an Assistant Secretary or, if there be no Assistant Secretaries, another person designated by the Board of Directors) shall have the following powers and duties:

(a) RECORD OF CORPORATE PROCEEDINGS. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees and shall record all votes and the minutes of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as the Board of Directors may determine. The Secretary shall keep at the Corporation's principal executive office the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended from time to time.

(b) RECORD OF SHARES. Unless a transfer agent is appointed by the Board of Directors to keep a share register, the Secretary shall keep at the principal executive office of the Corporation a share register showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and class of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued, and the number and date of cancellation of each certificate surrendered for cancellation.

(c) NOTICES. The Secretary shall give such notices as may be required by law or these Bylaws.

(d) ADDITIONAL POWERS AND DUTIES. The Secretary shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time prescribe.

42. TREASURER. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer of the Corporation shall be its chief financial officer, and shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep adequate and correct accounts of the Corporation's properties and business transactions. The Treasurer shall disburse such funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or by one or more persons authorized by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and when requested shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the Chief Financial Officer, an account of all transactions and the financial condition of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or, if applicable, the Chief Financial Officer shall prescribe.

43. OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS. Such other officers and agents as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The

22

Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

SHARES

44. CERTIFICATES. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates certifying the number and class of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by him. All such certificates shall be signed in the manner prescribed in the GCL. Any signature on such certificates may be a facsimile signature. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

45. TRANSFERS OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK. Transfers of shares shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation, kept at the office of the Corporation or transfer agents and/or registrars designated by the Board of Directors. Before any new certificate is issued, the old certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation.

46. STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD. Only stockholders of record shall be entitled to be treated by the Corporation as the holders in fact of the shares standing in their respective names and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by law.

47. LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Corporation may cause a new stock certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. The Corporation may, at its discretion and as a condition precedent to such issuance, require the owner of such certificate to deliver an affidavit stating that such certificate was lost, stolen or destroyed, or to give the Corporation a bond or other security sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction or the issuance of a new certificate.

48. STOCKHOLDERS RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of

23

stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, and shall fix a new record date for such adjourned meeting if the adjourned meeting is to take place more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

49. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the GCL, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor, declare dividends upon the stock of the Corporation. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in its discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

AMENDMENTS

50. ADOPTION OF AMENDMENTS. The Board of Directors is authorized and empowered from time to time in its discretion to make, alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, except as such power may be restricted or limited by the GCL; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions set forth in Sections 14, 16(a)-(d), 17, 18, 19, 20 or this Section 50 shall not be amended or repealed unless the Investors shall have consented thereto in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing
(i) those provisions of Sections 14, 16(b)-(d), 17, 18, 19, 20 and the proviso in the preceding sentence of this Section 50 pertaining to the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors shall be automatically repealed and cease to have any force or effect on the date upon which the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors' rights under the Stockholders Agreement terminate pursuant to the terms of such agreement and (ii) those provisions of Sections 14, 16(b)-(d), 17, 18, 19, 20 and the proviso in the preceding sentence of this Section 50 pertaining to the Goldman Investors shall be automatically repealed and cease to have any force or effect on the date upon which the Goldman Investors' rights under the Governance Agreement terminate pursuant to the terms of such agreement

51. RECORD OF AMENDMENTS. Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book to be kept for that purpose at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as the Board of Directors may determine. If any bylaw is repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written consent with respect thereto was filed shall be stated in said book.

CORPORATE SEAL

52. FORM OF SEAL. The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the date of its incorporation and the word "Delaware".

MISCELLANEOUS

24

53. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable by or to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or such other person or persons as may from time to time be so authorized in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.

54. CONTRACTS, ETC.; HOW EXECUTED. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President) or Treasurer, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be so authorized in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any other officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

55. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President (who may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President) or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation are authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

56. INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. The Corporation shall keep in its principal office for the transaction of business the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by the Secretary, which shall be open to inspection by the stockholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

57. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

58. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules and construction, and definitions contained in the GCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes a corporation or other entity or organization as well as a natural person.

59. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of these Bylaws is determined to be invalid, void, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of these Bylaws

25

shall continue to be valid and enforceable and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

26

EXHIBIT 4.4


HEXCEL CORPORATION

and each of the Guarantors named herein

9.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2008


INDENTURE

Dated as of March 19, 2003



Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association

Trustee



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

TRUST INDENTURE
ACT SECTION                                                                  INDENTURE SECTION
310(a)(1).................................................................             7.10
   (a)(2).................................................................             7.10
   (a)(3).................................................................             N.A.
   (a)(4).................................................................             N.A.
   (a)(5).................................................................             7.10
   (b)....................................................................             7.10
   (c)....................................................................             N.A.
311(a)....................................................................             7.11
   (b)....................................................................             7.11
   (c)....................................................................             N.A.
312(a)....................................................................             2.05
   (b)....................................................................            12.03
   (c)....................................................................            12.03
313(a)....................................................................             7.06
   (b)(1).................................................................             4.21
   (b)(2).................................................................          7.06; 7.07
   (c)....................................................................         7.06; 12.02
   (d)....................................................................             7.06
314(a)....................................................................      4.03;12.02; 12.05
   (b)....................................................................             4.21
   (c)(1).................................................................            12.04
   (c)(2).................................................................            12.04
   (c)(3).................................................................             N.A.
   (d)....................................................................             4.21
   (e)....................................................................            12.05
   (f)....................................................................             N.A.
315(a)....................................................................             7.01
   (b)....................................................................          7.05,12.02
   (c)....................................................................             7.01
   (d)....................................................................             7.01
   (e)....................................................................             6.11
316(a) (last sentence)....................................................             2.09
   (a)(1)(A)..............................................................             6.05
   (a)(1)(B)..............................................................             6.04
   (a)(2).................................................................             N.A.
   (b)....................................................................             6.07
   (c)....................................................................             2.12
317(a)(1).................................................................             6.08
   (a)(2).................................................................             6.09
   (b)....................................................................             2.04
318(a)....................................................................            12.01
   (b)....................................................................             N.A.
   (c)....................................................................            12.01

N.A. means not applicable.
* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                        PAGE
                                ARTICLE 1.
                       DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                               BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.................................................................................1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions..........................................................................33
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..........................................33
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction......................................................................34

                                ARTICLE 2.
                                THE NOTES

Section 2.01    Form and Dating............................................................................34
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication...............................................................35
Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent.................................................................35
Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust........................................................35
Section 2.05    Holder Lists...............................................................................36
Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange......................................................................36
Section 2.07    Replacement Notes..........................................................................47
Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes..........................................................................47
Section 2.09    Treasury Notes.............................................................................48
Section 2.10    Temporary Notes............................................................................48
Section 2.11    Cancellation...............................................................................48
Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest.........................................................................48

                                ARTICLE 3.
                         REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.........................................................................48
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.............................................49
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.......................................................................49
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption.............................................................50
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price....................................................50
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part........................................................51
Section 3.07    Optional Redemption........................................................................51
Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.......................................................................51
Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds........................................51

                                ARTICLE 4.
                                 COVENANTS

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes...........................................................................53
Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency............................................................53
Section 4.03    Reports....................................................................................54
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate.....................................................................55
Section 4.05    Taxes......................................................................................55
Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.............................................................55
Section 4.07    Restricted Payments........................................................................55
Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.............................59
Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.................................60
Section 4.10    Asset Sales................................................................................62

i

Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates...............................................................64
Section 4.12    Liens......................................................................................65
Section 4.13    Line of Business...........................................................................65
Section 4.14    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.................................................65
Section 4.15    Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries..............67
Section 4.16    Advances to Restricted Subsidiaries........................................................67
Section 4.17    Payments for Consent.......................................................................67
Section 4.18    Additional Subsidiary Guarantees and Liens.................................................68
Section 4.19    Failure to Deliver Security Documents; Increased Interest Rate.............................69
Section 4.20    Further Assurances; Collateral Inspections and Reports; Costs
                and Indemnification........................................................................69

                                ARTICLE 5.
                                SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets...................................................71
Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted..........................................................71

                                ARTICLE 6.
                           DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01    Events of Default..........................................................................72
Section 6.02    Acceleration...............................................................................74
Section 6.03    Other Remedies.............................................................................74
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults....................................................................75
Section 6.05    Control by Majority........................................................................75
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits........................................................................75
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment..............................................76
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee.................................................................76
Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...........................................................76
Section 6.10    Priorities.................................................................................76
Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs......................................................................77

                                ARTICLE 7.
                                  TRUSTEE

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee..........................................................................77
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee..........................................................................78
Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee...............................................................78
Section 7.04    Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................................................79
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults.........................................................................79
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.................................................79
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity.................................................................79
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee.....................................................................80
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc...........................................................81
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification..............................................................81
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..........................................81

                                ARTICLE 8.
                 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance...................................81
Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge.............................................................81
Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance........................................................................82
Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.................................................82

ii

Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other
                Miscellaneous Provisions...................................................................84
Section 8.06    Repayment to Company.......................................................................84
Section 8.07    Reinstatement..............................................................................84

                                ARTICLE 9.
                     AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes........................................................85
Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes...........................................................86
Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act........................................................87
Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents..........................................................87
Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes...........................................................88
Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc............................................................88

                                ARTICLE 10.
                              NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01   Guarantee..................................................................................88
Section 10.02   Limitation on Guarantor Liability..........................................................89
Section 10.03   Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.............................................89
Section 10.04   Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.........................................90
Section 10.05   Releases Following Sale of Assets..........................................................91

                                ARTICLE 11.
                        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01   Satisfaction and Discharge.................................................................91
Section 11.02   Application of Trust Money.................................................................92

                                ARTICLE 12.
                   COLLATERAL SHARING WITH PARITY LIENS

Section 12.01   Prerequisites to incurring Parity Lien Debt................................................92
Section 12.02   Equal and Ratable Lien Sharing by Holders of Notes and
                Holders of Parity Lien Debt................................................................94
Section 12.03   Enforcement................................................................................94
Section 12.04   Amendment..................................................................................94

                                ARTICLE 13.
                   INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS RELATING TO
                      WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY LIENS

Section 13.01   Agreement between the Collateral Agent and Credit Facility Agent...........................95
Section 13.02   Equal and Ratable Sharing of Liens on Foreign Subsidiary Collateral........................96
Section 13.03   Disclaimer of Consensual Liens.............................................................96
Section 13.04   Notice of Intent to Foreclose..............................................................97
Section 13.05   Consent to License to Use Intellectual Property; Access to
                Information; Access to Real Property to Process and Sell Inventory.........................98
Section 13.06   Complete Agreement........................................................................100
Section 13.07   No Subrogation, Marshalling or Duty.......................................................100
Section 13.08   Limitation on Certain Relief, Defenses and Damage Claims..................................100
Section 13.09   Amendment; Waiver.........................................................................101
Section 13.10   Enforcement...............................................................................101
Section 13.11   Relative Rights...........................................................................102

iii

                                   ARTICLE 14.
                             COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

   Section 14.01   Security Documents........................................................................102
   Section 14.02   Collateral Agent..........................................................................103
   Section 14.03   Authorization of Actions to Be Taken......................................................104
   Section 14.04   Release of Note Liens.....................................................................104

                                   ARTICLE 15.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

   Section 15.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls..............................................................106
   Section 15.02   Notices...................................................................................106
   Section 15.03   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.............................107
   Section 15.04   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........................................107
   Section 15.05   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.............................................108
   Section 15.06   Rules by Trustee and Agents...............................................................108
   Section 15.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders..................108
   Section 15.08   Governing Law.............................................................................108
   Section 15.09   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.............................................108
   Section 15.10   Successors................................................................................109
   Section 15.11   Severability..............................................................................109
   Section 15.12   Counterpart Originals.....................................................................109
   Section 15.13   Table of Contents, Headings, etc..........................................................109

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A    FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E    FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
Exhibit F    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Exhibit G    FORM OF INTERCOMPANY NOTE

iv

INDENTURE dated as of March 19, 2003 among Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008 (the "NOTES"):

ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 DEFINITIONS.

"144A GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

"ADDITIONAL NOTES" means an unlimited amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

"AFFILIATE" means:

(1) any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person; or

(2) any other person who is a director or officer (A) of such specified person, (B) of any Subsidiary of such specified person or (C) of any person described in clause (1).

For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of Sections 4.10 and Section 4.11 only, "affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial owner of capital stock representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the voting stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to purchase such capital stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any person who would be an affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.

"AGENT" means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

"APPLICABLE PROCEDURES" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

"ASSET SALE" means any direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers, conveyances or dispositions) of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition") by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including

1

any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction) involving an amount in excess of $3.0 million other than:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) a disposition of property or assets at fair market value in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable (including sales of products to customers, disposition of excess inventory and dispositions of used or replaced equipment);

(3) the disposition or grant of licenses to third parties in respect of intellectual property;

(4) a sale or disposition of assets for the purpose of forming any Joint Venture, in exchange for an interest in such Joint Venture;

(5) the sale or other disposition of Equity Interests held by the Company on the date hereof in Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd.;

(6) the sale of Specified Properties;

(7) a disposition by the Company or any Subsidiary of assets within 24 months after such assets were directly or indirectly acquired as part of an acquisition of other properties or assets (including Capital Stock) (the "PRIMARY ACQUISITION"), if the assets being disposed of are "non-core" assets (as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors) or are required to be disposed of pursuant to any law, rule or regulation or any order of or settlement with any court or governmental authority, and the proceeds therefrom are used within 18 months after the date of sale to repay any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with the Primary Acquisition of such assets;

(8) for purposes of Section 4.10 only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.07; or

(9) an Asset Sale that also constitutes a Change of Control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company complies with Section 4.14.

"BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"BENEFICIAL OWNER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "Person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "Person" will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "Person" has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately. The terms "Beneficially Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" have a corresponding meaning.

"BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf thereof.

2

"BORROWING BASE" means, as of any date, an amount equal to:

(1) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 180 days past due; PLUS

(2) 85% of the then most recently reported net book value of all inventory owned by the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; PROVIDED that the amount of this clause (2) shall not exceed 55% of the Borrowing Base on any date of calculation.

"BROKER-DEALER" has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement.

"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

"CAPITAL STOCK" means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) investments in U.S. government obligations;

(3) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated "A-" or higher (or such equivalent rating), at the time as of which any investment therein is made, by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act);

3

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (2) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (3) above, at the time as of which any investment therein is made;

(5) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group; and

(6) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at the time as of which any investment therein is made at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"CLEARSTREAM" means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" events are:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) any Person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner of more than 40% of the total voting power of Voting Stock of the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the total voting power of Voting Stock of the Company than the other Person and do not have the right or ability to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors;

(4) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of that period constituted the Board of Directors, together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved under the Governance Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement or by a vote of 66 2/3% of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or

(5) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person other than a Permitted Holder, or the merger of another Person other than a Permitted Holder with the Company, and in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the transaction and that represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to the transaction, the securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving Person that represent, immediately

4

after the transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person or transferee.

"CLARK-SCHWEBEL LEASE" means the Lease Agreement dated as of September 15, 1998 between CSI Leasing Trust, William J. Wade and the Company CS Corporation.

"COLLATERAL" means property in which the Company or any other Obligor now or hereafter has rights (or the power to transfer a security interest) that is subject to a Note Lien.

"COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT" means the Collateral Agency Agreement dated March 19, 2003 among the Company, the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the representatives of Parity Lien Debt.

"COMPANY" means the issuer, and any and all successors thereto.

"CONSOLIDATED COVERAGE RATIO" as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days prior to the date of such determination to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to (a) such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and (b) the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(2) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Cash Equivalents used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Sale, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

5

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Sale, any Investment or acquisition of assets requiring an adjustment pursuant to clause (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any interest rate protection agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such interest rate protection agreement has a remaining term as at the date of determination in excess of 12 months).

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, including, to the extent not otherwise included in such interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such period, without duplication:

(a) interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations;

(b) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;

(c) amortization of capitalized interest;

(d) non-cash interest expense;

(e) accrued interest;

(f) amortization of commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

(g) interest actually paid by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person; and

(h) net payments, if any, made pursuant to interest rate protection agreements (including amortization of fees);

6

(2) preferred stock dividends paid during such period in respect of all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company held by Persons other than the Company; and

(3) cash contributions made during such period to any employee stock ownership plan or other trust for the benefit of employees to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust to purchase Capital Stock of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will:

(1) any non-cash dividends or distributions payable on the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock; or

(2) the accretion or amortization of original issue discount on the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock,

be included in the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense.

"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

(a) the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below); and

(b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(2) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

(a) the Company's equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

(b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

(3) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of the Company, its consolidated Subsidiaries or any other Person which is not sold or otherwise disposed

7

of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(4) any extraordinary gain or loss;

(5) cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) compensation expense related to the issuance of stock incentives pursuant to the Plans;

(7) gains or losses from the early retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness; and

(8) restructuring charges, write-downs and reserves (to the extent not included in clause (4) above) taken by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to December 31, 2003 pursuant to the Restructuring Plan, PROVIDED that, the aggregate amount of any such charges, write-downs or reserves shall not in the aggregate exceed $7.5 million and any charges paid in excess of such amount or after December 31, 2003 shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for the period when such charges are paid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.07 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof.

"CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

"CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE OF THE TRUSTEE" will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 15.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

"CREDIT FACILITIES" means:

(1) one or more credit agreements, loan agreements, indentures or similar agreements providing for working capital advances, term loans, notes, letter of credit facilities or similar advances, loans, notes or facilities to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary, domestic or foreign, or any or all of such persons, including, without limitation, the New Senior Credit Facility, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time, or any other indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09; and

(2) any one or more agreements governing advances, notes, loans or facilities provided to refund, refinance, replace or renew (including subsequent or successive refundings, financings, replacements and renewals) Indebtedness under the agreement or agreements referred to in the foregoing clause (1), as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

"CREDIT FACILITY AGENT" means, at any time in respect of any Qualified Credit Facility, the administrative agent, collateral agent or collateral trustee for holders of Obligations under such Qualified Credit Facility which holds the Liens securing such Obligations.

"CREDIT FACILITY COLLATERAL" means, at any time in respect of any Qualified Credit Facility:

8

(1) inventory (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof, and all rights under any existing or future policy of property loss or casualty insurance on such inventory, together with the cash proceeds thereof;

(2) accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), whether now existing or hereafter arising, but only to the extent that such accounts are:

(a) rights to payment for goods sold or services rendered (whether or not such goods or services conform to the contract), or

(b) rights to payment for goods to be sold or services to be rendered, but only, at any time, to the extent inventory (whether consisting of raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) is then on hand that may, upon completion of manufacture, be delivered for such sale,

in the case of each of paragraphs (1) and (2), together with all rights under the contract for such sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of such account or the completion or sale of such inventory, together with all Liens, letters of credit, guarantees and other obligations securing or supporting such accounts, together with the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof;

(3) money, deposit accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) and deposits therein and Cash Equivalents, except
(i) the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and deposits therein and (ii) money, deposit accounts, deposits and Cash Equivalents (whether held directly or in securities accounts) constituting identifiable proceeds of Collateral; and

(4) property of a Foreign Subsidiary owned by a Foreign Subsidiary, whenever held, acquired or arising, but only if and to the extent securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (2) of the second paragraph under
Section 4.09.

"CREDIT FACILITY INDEBTEDNESS" means any and all Indebtedness and other amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Facilities including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing at the contract rate specified in the Credit Facilities (including any rate applicable upon default) on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any similar state, federal or foreign reorganization or liquidation proceeding, relating to the Company and interest that would accrue but for the commencement of such proceeding whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

"CREDIT FACILITY OBLIGATIONS" means Indebtedness under a Qualified Credit Facility permitted to be incurred under clauses (1), (2) or (11) of the second paragraph under Section 4.09 and other Obligations (not constituting Indebtedness) under such Credit Facility (which may, but need not, include Hedging Obligations and obligations under deposit account services agreements and cash management contracts with any lender that is or at any time was party to such Credit Facility or any of its Affiliates).

"CUSTODIAN" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

"DEFAULT" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

9

"DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.

"DEPOSITARY" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

"DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased, upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if (1) the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes under Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 and (2) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that Company's Convertible Preferred Stock shall note be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

"DOMESTIC FOREIGN HOLDING COMPANY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia that owns, directly or indirectly, the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that the fair market value of the gross assets of such Subsidiary (not including the portion of such fair market value which is attributable to (x) the stock of any Foreign Subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by such Subsidiary and (y) any asset held directly by such Subsidiary for less than 31 calendar days) does not exceed $1.0 million.

"DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Domestic Foreign Holding Company shall not constitute a Domestic Subsidiary.

"EBITDA" for any period for any Person means the sum of Consolidated Net Income PLUS, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) all income tax expense of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;

(3) depreciation expense and amortization expense of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); and

10

(4) all other non-cash items of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including any amounts recorded as compensation expense related to the issuance of stock incentives pursuant to the Plans but excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) reducing Consolidated Net Income less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any all applicable federal, regional, state, county and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, directives, binding policies, permits, orders, decrees, directives and judgments (including common law) that govern or relate to the protection or clean-up of the environment, the use, treatment, storage, transportation, generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, handling or disposal of, or emission, discharge or other release or threatened release of, Hazardous Materials, the preservation or protection of waterways, groundwater, drinking water, air, wildlife, plants or other natural resources, or the health and safety of persons or property, including protection of the health and safety of employees.

"EQUALLY AND RATABLY" means:

(1) in reference to sharing of Liens upon Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or proceeds thereof as between the holders of Credit Facility Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility, on the one hand, and holders of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, on the other hand, that:

(a) such Liens and proceeds shall be allocated and distributed first to the Credit Facility Agent for account of the holders of Indebtedness constituting Credit Facility Obligations under the Qualified Credit Facility, on the one hand, and to the Joint Collateral Agent for account of the Holders of Notes and all Parity Lien Debt (if any), on the other hand, ratably in proportion to the Credit Facility Obligations included in the Credit Facilities Sharing Amount, outstanding on the Sharing Ratio Determination Date, on the one hand, and the principal of and interest and premium (if any) on the Notes and all other Parity Lien Debt, outstanding on the Sharing Ratio Determination Date, on the other hand;

(i) and if, giving effect to payments of any such principal, interest and premium from any other source:

(x) an amount sufficient to pay in full the Credit Facility Obligations included in the Credit Facility Sharing Amount has been so allocated and distributed to the Credit Facility Agent but any principal, interest or premium remains outstanding on the Notes or Parity Lien Debt, then thereafter such Liens and proceeds shall next be allocated and distributed exclusively to the Joint Collateral Agent for account of the Holders of Notes and Parity Lien Debt in an amount sufficient to pay in full all the remaining principal, interest and premium outstanding on the Notes and Parity Lien Debt; and

11

(y) an amount sufficient to pay in full the principal, interest and premium of the Notes and Parity Lien Debt has been so allocated and distributed to the Joint Collateral Agent but any Credit Facility Obligations included in the Credit Facility Sharing Amount remain outstanding, then thereafter such Liens and proceeds shall next be allocated and distributed exclusively to the Credit Facility Agent for account of the holders of such Credit Facility Obligations included in the Credit Facility Sharing Amount in an amount sufficient to pay in full all remaining principal, interest and premium outstanding on such Credit Facility Obligations; and thereafter;

(b) such Liens and proceeds (if any remain after payment in full of all Credit Facility Obligations included in the Credit Facility Sharing Amount and all of the principal of and interest and premium on the Notes and all Parity Lien Debt) shall be allocated and distributed to the Credit Facility Agent for account of the holders of any remaining Credit Facility Obligations under the Qualified Credit Facility, on the one hand, and to the Joint Collateral Agent for account of the holders of any remaining Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, on the other hand, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Credit Facility Obligations under the Qualified Credit Facility due and demanded (with written notice to the Credit Facility Agent, the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent) prior to the date such distribution is made, on the one hand, and the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations due and demanded (with written notice to the Credit Facility Agent, the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent) prior to the date such distribution is made, on the other hand; and

(2) in reference to sharing of any Liens, guarantees, supporting obligations or loss sharing rights or proceeds thereof as between the holders of Note Obligations, on the one hand, and Parity Lien Obligations, on the other hand, that such Liens, guarantees, supporting obligations or loss sharing rights or proceeds:

(a) shall be allocated and distributed first to the Trustee for account of the Holders of Notes, on the one hand, and to an agent or representative appointed by and acting as paying agent for the holders of Parity Lien Debt, on the other hand, ratably in proportion to the principal of and interest and premium (if any) outstanding on the Notes when the allocation or distribution is made, on the one hand, and the principal of and interest and premium (if any) outstanding on the Parity Lien Debt when the allocation or distribution is made, on the other hand; and thereafter

(b) shall be allocated and distributed (if any remain after payment in full of all of the principal of and interest and premium on the Notes and the Parity Lien Debt) to the Trustee for account of the holders of any remaining Note Obligations, on the one hand, and to such paying agent for account of the holders of any remaining Parity Lien Obligations, on the other hand, ratably in proportion to the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Note Obligations due and demanded (with written notice to the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent) prior to the date such distribution is made, on the one hand, and the aggregate unpaid amount of such remaining Parity Lien Obligations due and demanded (with written notice to the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent) prior to the date such distribution is made, on the other hand.

For the purposes of clause (1) in this definition, (A) the "Credit Facility Sharing Amount" shall consist solely of reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit that are outstanding on the Sharing

12

Rate Determination Date, the principal of and interest and premium (if any) of Indebtedness, including the amount of any unfunded revolver commitments that are funded within 30 calendar days of the Sharing Rate Determination Date, constituting Credit Facility Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility and Hedging Obligations (included at the termination value thereof) and Obligations under deposit account services agreements and cash management contracts with any lender that is or at any time was party to such Qualified Credit Facility or any of its Affiliates; and (B) the "Sharing Ratio Determination Date" shall be the 30th day following the earliest date on which the Indebtedness under the Qualified Credit Facility has first become due and payable in full, the Notes have first become due and payable in full, or any Parity Lien Debt has first become due and payable in full, in each case at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that any Hedging Obligation is terminated within five business days after the earliest such date, the Sharing Ratio Determination Date for such Hedging Obligation shall be such termination date otherwise it shall be the earliest such date.

"EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

"EQUITY OFFERING" means an offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in a valid private placement.

"EUROCLEAR" means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"EXCHANGE NOTES" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.

"EXCHANGE OFFER" has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement.

"EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement.

"EXCHANGE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

"EXCLUDED ASSETS" means:

(1) Credit Facility Collateral;

(2) any lease of premises used only as office space or to warehouse inventory;

(3) an equity interest in a joint venture or any holding company holding such equity interest that is not a Subsidiary of the Company, if and for as long as the creation of a lien on such equity interest or the equity interests of such holding company is prohibited by the agreement or agreements governing the joint venture;

13

(4) any fee interest in real estate that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, has a fair market value of less than $1.0 million;

(5) the portion of the voting stock of a Foreign Subsidiary that would, if subjected to the Note Liens, cause the aggregate voting stock of such Foreign Subsidiary subject to the Note Liens to exceed 65% of the aggregate outstanding voting stock of such Foreign Subsidiary, but only if, to the extent that and for as long as the amount exceeding 65% of such voting stock is not subject to any Lien securing any Indebtedness or Obligations other than the Notes and Note Obligations;

(6) personal property on which by law a perfected security interest cannot be created;

(7) personal property (such as copyrights, vessels, vehicles or aircraft) as to which a security interest can be created that must be perfected other than by the filing of a financing statement and which has, in the good faith judgment of the Company, an aggregate fair market value, for all such personal property, of less than $1.0 million;

(8) rights as licensee under any license of patents, trademarks or other intellectual property, if, to the extent that and for as long as the creation of a Note Lien on such rights is prohibited by the agreement granting such license;

(9) any lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement to which the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if and for so long as the grant of such security interest shall constitute or result in (i) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary therein or (ii) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as the condition causing such abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability shall be remedied and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement that does not result in any of the consequences specified in (i) or (ii) above;

(10) any asset subject to a Lien permitted by clause (6), (7) or (9) of the definition of "Permitted Lien;"

(11) the lease of the Company's existing manufacturing facility located in Gilbert, Arizona until such time as such facility is used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in manufacturing operations;

(12) the Clark-Schwebel Lease and assets subject thereto until such time as all Obligations under the Clark-Schwebel Lease have been relieved and released;

(13) (i) the Company's unimproved parcel of land located in Livermore, California unless such parcel is not sold pursuant to the Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property and Escrow Instructions dated April 10, 2002, between Hexcel Corporation and Northbrook Homes, LLC, and The DeSilva Group, LLC as amended or as amended and restated and (ii) the Company's manufacturing plant located in Kent, Washington unless such property is not sold prior to December 31, 2003;

14

(14) the Company's manufacturing facilities located in Lancaster, Ohio and Clearwater, Florida, and the portion of the Company's manufacturing facility located in Casa Grande, Arizona that is leased by the Company;

(15) any leases of property (a) entered into in connection with or otherwise resulting from an acquisition by the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary of any Person or assets or (b) entered into in connection with an expansion or extension of the Company's or any Domestic Subsidiary's business and, in the case of clause (a) or (b), that require a landlord's consent to the security interest if despite the Company's commercially reasonable efforts the Company or such Domestic Subsidiary is unable to obtain such consent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any lease resulting from the transfer of leasehold interests or other assets held by the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary that are not Excluded Assets shall not be Excluded Assets by reason of this clause (15);

(16) the patents and patent applications set forth on Schedule VIII(A) to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003, among the Company, Clark-Schwebel Holding Co., Clark-Schwebel Corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation and HSBC Bank USA;

(17) the patents and patent applications set forth on Schedule VII(B) to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003, among the Company, Clark-Schwebel Holding Co., Clark-Schwebel Corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation and HSBC Bank USA (the "Restricted Patents"), if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest in any Restricted Patent shall constitute or result in (i) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of any grantor therein or
(ii) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any agreement relating to such Restricted Patent (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) then such Restricted Patent shall not constitute Collateral hereunder; provided, however that the security interest shall attach immediately (and such Restricted Patent shall constitute Collateral hereunder) at such time as the condition causing such abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability shall be remedied and, to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such Restricted Patent that does not result in any of the consequences specified in (i) or (ii); and

(17) the outstanding voting stock of Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc., Hexcel Technologies, Inc. and Clark-Schwebel Corporation.

"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the New Senior Credit Facility) in existence on the date hereof, until such amounts are repaid.

"EXISTING JOINT VENTURES" means:

(1) Clark-Schwebel Tech-Fab Company;

(2) BHA Aero Composite Parts, Co., Ltd.

(3) Asian Composites Manufacturing Sdn Bhd;

(4) Hexcel-DIC Partnership;

(5) CS Interglas AG; and

15

(6) Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd.

"FINANCING TRANSACTIONS" means:

(1) the issuance and sale of 77,875 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred stock and 77,875 shares of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to affiliates of Berkshire Partners LLC and Greenbriar Equity Group LLC for approximately $77.9 million in cash (before giving effect to fees and expenses);

(2) the issuance and sale of 47,125 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred stock and 47,125 shares of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. for approximately $47.1 million in cash (before giving effect to fees and expenses);

(3) the execution and delivery of the New Senior Credit Facility and satisfaction of all conditions of effectiveness and funding conditions therein set forth; and

(4) application of the net proceeds the Company receives from the sale of the Notes as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Offering Circular.

"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company that is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than, and the majority of the assets of which are located outside of, the United States, a State thereof and the District of Columbia.

"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY COLLATERAL" means:

(1) equity interests in Foreign Subsidiaries and intercompany loans to and other claims against Foreign Subsidiaries, whenever owned, acquired or arising owned by the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary; and

(2) property of any Foreign Subsidiary, whenever owned, acquired or arising, except to the extent the same constitutes Credit Facility Collateral.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

"GLOBAL NOTES" means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

"GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

"GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Governance Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003, among Hexcel, LXH, L.L.C., LXH II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

16

"GOVERNING DOCUMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, its by-laws and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to any of its Capital Stock, as applicable in each relevant jurisdiction.

"GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

"GUARANTEE" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term "guarantee" shall not include:

(1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; or

(2) obligations, warranties and indemnities, not with respect to Indebtedness of any person, that have been or are undertaken or made in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.10 and not for the benefit of or in favor of an affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

The term "guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"GUARANTORS" means each of:

(1) Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.;

(2) Clark-Schwebel Corporation;

(3) CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc.;

(4) Hexcel Pottsville Corporation; and

(5) any other Subsidiary that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,

and their respective successors and assigns.

"HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" means all pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, wastes, and any other carcinogenic, mutagenic, ignitable, corrosive, reactive, toxic, explosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive or otherwise hazardous substances or materials (whether solids, liquids or gases) subject to regulation, control or remediation under Environmental Laws or is otherwise defined, listed or identified

17

as a "hazardous waste" or "hazardous substance" (or other similar term) under Environmental Laws. By way of example only, the term Hazardous Substances includes petroleum, petroleum-derived substances and wastes, urea formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs"), pesticides, herbicides, asbestos, sludge, slag, acids, metals, solvents and wastewaters.

"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate protection agreement or currency exchange protection agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement involving interest rates, currencies, commodities or otherwise.

"HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

"IAI GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

"INCUR" means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any document pursuant to which Indebtedness was previously Incurred shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness as long as such amendment, modification or waiver does not:

(1) increase the principal or premium thereof or interest rate thereon;

(2) change to an earlier date the Stated Maturity thereof or the date of any scheduled or required principal payment thereon or the time or circumstances under which such Indebtedness may or shall be redeemed; or

(3) if such Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, modify or affect, in any manner adverse to the Holders, such subordination.

The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of and premium (if any such premium is then due and owing) in respect of (a) Indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed; and (b) Indebtedness evidenced by Notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

(2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

18

(4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth business day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit);

(5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock of such Person, or with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, the liquidation preference with respect to any preferred stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any guarantee;

(7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

(8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

For purposes of this definition, the obligation of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such stock as if such stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such stock is not then permitted to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be the book value of such stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the amount of liability required by GAAP to be accrued or reflected on the most recently published balance sheet of such Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(1) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP; and

(2) Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

"INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"INDIRECT PARTICIPANT" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

"INITIAL NOTES" means the first $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

19

"INITIAL PURCHASERS" means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Fleet Securities, Inc.

"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" means an institution that is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

"INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means the Intercreditor and Agency Agreement dated the date hereof among the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, Fleet Capital Corporation as the Administrative Agent for the lenders and Fleet Capital Corporation as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated).

"INVESTMENT" by any Person in any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such former Person) or other extension of credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such latter Person that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such former Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In determining the amount of any Investment in respect of any property or assets other than cash, such property or asset shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such Investment (unless otherwise specified in this definition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of "Restricted Payment" and Section 4.07,

(1) "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

"JOINDER AGREEMENT" means the Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Collateral Agency Agreement.

"JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT" means a bank or trust company that:

(1) is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers;

(2) is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(3) has been appointed by the Company and has agreed, pursuant to a Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking, to act as collateral agent for the equal and ratable benefit of all present and future Holders of Notes and Parity Lien Debt, whenever incurred, and also for the benefit of the present and future holders of all other Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations,

20

in its capacity as such collateral agent, and any successor in such capacity. The Joint Collateral Agent shall initially be HSBC Bank USA.

"JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT UNDERTAKING" means a declaration of trust for a collateral trust, a collateral trust agreement or a collateral agency agreement executed and delivered by the Company and the Joint Collateral Agent on customary terms reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, which shall include assumption by the Joint Collateral Agent of all of the obligations of the Joint Collateral Agent set forth in or arising under this Indenture.

"JOINT VENTURE" means the Existing Joint Ventures, and any other joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form which is formed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Persons which own, operate or service a Permitted Business.

"JOINT VENTURE SUBSIDIARY" means a Restricted Subsidiary formed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Persons which own, operate or service a Permitted Business.

"LEGAL HOLIDAY" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

"LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL" means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

"MAJORITY LENDERS" means, at any time in respect of any Qualified Credit Facility, lenders party thereto then holding or committed to provide at least a majority in principal amount of the aggregate loans, letters of credit and other extensions of credit outstanding or committed thereunder.

"MATERIAL DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means as at any date of determination, any Domestic Subsidiary whose gross assets have a fair market value exceeding $100,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no value shall be attributed to any equity interest in Joint Ventures.

"NET AVAILABLE CASH" from an Asset Sale means the aggregate amount of cash received in respect of an Asset Sale (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other noncash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP as a consequence of such Asset Sale;

21

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as a result of such Asset Sale;

(4) any amount of cash required to be placed in escrow by one or more parties to a transaction relating to contingent liabilities associated with an Asset Sale until such cash is released to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(5) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sales, all as determined in conformity with GAAP, retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale.

"NET CASH PROCEEDS" with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, printing costs, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, stock exchange listing fees, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

"NEW SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY" means that certain Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, Fleet Capital Corporation and Fleet Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Fronting Bank, Fleet National Bank, London U.K. branch, as Fronting Bank and Issuing Bank, Fleet National Bank, as Issuing Bank and Fleet Securities, Inc., as Lead Arranger, providing for up to $115.0 million of revolving credit borrowings and letters of credit, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

"NON-MATERIAL DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means a Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Material Domestic Subsidiary.

"NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness),
(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

22

"NON-U.S. PERSON" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

"NOTE DOCUMENTS" means this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents, Joint Collateral Undertaking and each Intercreditor Agreement.

"NOTE LIEN" means, to the extent securing Note Obligations, a Lien granted by a Security Document as security for Note Obligations and any Parity Lien Obligations.

"NOTE OBLIGATIONS" means the Notes (including all Additional Notes), the Subsidiary Guarantees and all other Obligations of any Obligor under the Note Documents.

"NOTES" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"OBLIGOR" means the Company, the Guarantors and each other Subsidiary which has granted the Joint Collateral Agent a Lien upon any of its property as security for any Note Obligations.

"OFFICER" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

"OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 15.05 hereof.

"OFFERING CIRCULAR" means the offering circular relating to the offering of the Notes, dated March 7, 2003.

"OPINION OF COUNSEL" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 15.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

"PARTICIPANT" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

"PARITY LIEN" means, to the extent securing Parity Lien Obligations, a Lien that (a) is granted by a Security Document and held by the Joint Collateral Agent as security for Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations and (b) is not subordinated, by contract or pursuant to a judicial order requiring equitable subordination, to any other Lien.

"PARITY LIEN CREDIT DOCUMENT" means each indenture or other agreement or agreements governing any Parity Lien Debt.

23

"PARITY LIEN DEBT" means the principal of and interest and premium (if any) on Indebtedness of the Company (other than Additional Notes) permitted to be incurred if: (x) the condition set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 is satisfied; or (y) such Indebtedness is Permitted Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 and such Indebtedness:

(1) is guaranteed by each Subsidiary which, on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, is obligated as a Guarantor under a Subsidiary Guarantee;

(2) is secured when incurred, Equally and Ratably with the Notes and all other Parity Lien Debt, by perfected Liens duly granted to the Joint Collateral Agent (or any agent thereof) by the Company and each Guarantor upon all of the Collateral;

(3) is not subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any such Guarantor;

(4) matures no earlier than the maturity of the Notes and requires no prepayments, sinking fund payments or offer to purchase (except when, as and to the extent an offer to purchase the Notes is required by the provisions described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14);

(5) is incurred in a principal amount (net of any original issue discount) which, when added to the principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) then outstanding and the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value) of all other Parity Lien Debt then outstanding, does not exceed the greatest of:

(a) $135.0 million;

(b) 65% of the then most recently reported net book value of assets of the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries that are accounted for on its consolidated balance sheet as "Property, plant and equipment," after giving pro forma effect to the use of proceeds from such Incurrence of Indebtedness; and

(c) 65% of the gross orderly liquidation value of the then most recently reported net book value of assets of the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries that are accounted for on its consolidated balance sheet as "Property, plant and equipment," as most recently determined and reported to the Collateral Agent by an independent appraiser of recognized standing selected by the Company, after giving pro forma effect to the use of proceeds from such Incurrence of Indebtedness;

(6) is governed by an indenture or agreement which provides (for the enforceable benefit of the Trustee and Holders of Notes) that all Obligations in respect of the Notes and Parity Lien Debt shall be and are secured Equally and Ratably by all liens, guarantees, supporting obligations and loss sharing rights at any time granted by the Company or any Subsidiary or any other Person as security for such debt or any Obligations in respect of such Indebtedness, whether or not otherwise constituting Collateral, that all such liens, guarantees, supporting obligations and loss sharing rights are transferred to the Joint Collateral Agent and shall be enforceable by the Joint Collateral Agent, and that the holders of such Indebtedness and Obligations in respect of such Indebtedness consent to and direct the Joint Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under Sections 12.02 and Article 13; and

24

(7) is designated by the Company, in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee on or before the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, as Parity Lien Debt for the purposes of this Indenture.

"PARITY LIEN OBLIGATIONS" means Parity Lien Debt and all other Obligations of any Obligor under each indenture or agreement governing, securing or relating to any Parity Lien Debt.

"PARITY LIEN REPRESENTATIVE" means the representatives of the holders of Parity Lien Debt who become a party to the Collateral Agency Agreement.

"PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the issue date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the issue date.

"PERMITTED HOLDERS" means:

(1) The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.;

(2) Greenbriar Equity Group, LLC;

(3) Berkshire Partners, LLC; and

(4) any Affiliate of any Person described in clauses (1)-(3) above.

"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means an Investment:

(1) in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business;

(2) in another Person, if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Person's primary business is a Permitted Business;

(3) in Cash Equivalents;

(4) in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(5) in loans or advances to officers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for travel, transportation, entertainment, and moving and other relocation expenses and other business expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) in loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

25

(7) in stock, obligations or securities received:

(a) in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Subsidiary;

(b) in satisfaction of judgments; or

(c) as consideration in connection with an Asset Sale permitted pursuant to Section 4.10; and

(8) deemed to have been made as a result of the acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of the acquisition of such Person.

"PERMITTED LIENS" means:

(1) Note Liens;

(2) Parity Liens securing Parity Lien Debt;

(3) Liens on Credit Facility Collateral securing Credit Facility Obligations;

(4) Liens on any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral securing Credit Facility Obligations, but only if the Joint Collateral Agent has been granted valid, enforceable and perfected Liens upon such Foreign Subsidiary Collateral Equally and Ratably securing the Note Obligations and any Parity Lien Obligations;

(5) Liens in favor of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; PROVIDED that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

(7) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; PROVIDED that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

(8) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, leases, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (8) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; PROVIDED that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

26

(11) Liens granted to the Trustee as security for Note Obligations;

(12) Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(13) Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

(14) Liens on property of a Foreign Subsidiary owned by a Foreign Subsidiary, whenever held, acquired or arising, but only if and to the extent securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (2) of the second paragraph under Section 4.09.

"PERMITTED PRIOR LIENS" means (a) Liens described in clauses (6), (7) or
(9) of the definition of "Permitted Liens" and (b) Liens that arise by operation of law and are not voluntarily granted, to the extent entitled by law to priority over the security interests created by the Security Documents.

"PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances, replaces, renews, repays or extends (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinances," and "refinanced" shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(1) the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has Stated Maturity no earlier than any Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(2) the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has an Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(3) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) either the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) of the Indebtedness being refinanced (including, with respect to both the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and the Indebtedness being refinanced, amounts then outstanding and amounts available thereunder) or, if the Indebtedness being refinanced is the Capital Lease Obligation entered into on or about September 15, 1998, the aggregate purchase price of the property subject thereto, PLUS (y) unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, redemption premiums, defeasance costs, fees, expenses and other amounts owing with respect thereto, PLUS reasonable financing fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred in connection therewith;

PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company.

"PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

27

"PLANS" means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other insurance plan or program, employee stock purchase plan, employee stock ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any successor thereof and "Plan" shall have a correlative meaning.

"PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

"QUALIFIED CREDIT FACILITY" means a Credit Facility:

(1) which is governed by an agreement that provides for the enforceable benefit of the Holders of Notes, Trustee, Joint Collateral Agent and holders of Parity Lien Debt, as third party beneficiaries thereof, that:

(a) all Liens on property described in clause (1) of the definition of Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof at any time securing any Obligations under such Credit Facility shall secure Equally and Ratably the Obligations under such Credit Facility and all Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations;

(b) all Liens on property described in clause (2) of the definition of Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and the proceeds thereof at any time securing any domestic U.S. commitments and borrowings under such Credit Facility shall secure Equally and Ratably the Obligations under such Credit Facility and all Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations;

(c) the agent or representative holding the Liens securing Obligations under such Credit Facility shall be bound by and shall perform each of the obligations of the Credit Facility Agent as set forth Article 13; and

(2) in respect of which the agent or representative holding the Liens securing Obligations under such Credit Facility has delivered to the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent:

(a) written notice (that has not been withdrawn by such agent or representative) certifying that such Credit Facility is a Qualified Credit Facility and that such agent or representative is bound by and will perform the obligations of the Credit Facility Agent; and

(b) if any other Credit Facility Agent previously delivered such notice and certification in respect of any predecessor Credit Facility, an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent signed by such previous Credit Facility Agent withdrawing the previous notice and certification and forever renouncing and discharging all rights and benefits under this Indenture that otherwise would have been enforceable by such previous Credit Facility Agent or the holders of Obligations under such previous Credit Facility.

The New Senior Credit Facility shall constitute a Qualified Credit Facility upon due authorization, execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent thereunder of the Intercreditor Agreement. So long as the New Senior Credit Facility remains outstanding, no other Credit Facility shall become a Qualified Credit Facility unless such Credit Facility is permitted under the terms of the New Senior Credit Facility and this Indenture.

28

"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENTS" means (1) the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2003 among the Company, Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P. and Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and (2) the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2003 among the Company, LXH, L.L.C., LXH II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P.

"REGULATION S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

"REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

"RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"RESTRUCTURING PLAN" means the business consolidation and restructuring actions with respect to: (i) the EuroCore rationalization involving the Duxford, England, Welkenraedt, Belgium and Casa Grande, Arizona facilities; (ii) the consolidation and reorganization of carbon weaving and decorative fabric production involving the Decines and Les Avenieres, France facilities; (iii) the consolidation and reorganization of fabric production between the Anderson, South Carolina, Washington, Georgia and Statesville, North Carolina facilities and (iv) equipment relocation to the Salt Lake City, Utah facility.

"RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"RULE 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

"RULE 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"RULE 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"SECURED INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

29

"SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means Note Obligations, any Parity Lien Obligations and all obligations hereunder or under any other Security Document (including, without limitation, any guarantees of any of the foregoing).

"SECURED PARTIES" means the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Holders from time to time of the Notes, each Parity Lien Representative and each holder from time to time of Parity Lien Debt.

"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Joint Collateral Undertaking and one or more security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deed of trust or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any other Obligor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon property (other than Excluded Assets) owned or to be acquired by the Company or such other Obligor in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent or the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes (or in favor of an agent of the Joint Collateral Agent or the Trustee), the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Obligations in respect of the Note Obligations.

"SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means:

(1) all Credit Facility Indebtedness;

(2) Indebtedness represented by the Clark-Schwebel Lease; and

(3) all other Indebtedness of the Company, including interest (including interest accruing at the contract rate specified in the Credit Facilities or the documentation governing such other Indebtedness, as applicable (including any rate applicable upon default) on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any similar state, federal or foreign reorganization or liquidation proceeding, relating to the Company, whether or not allowed as a claim against the Company in any such proceeding) and fees thereon, whether outstanding on the issue date or thereafter issued or Incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Notes;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(2) any accounts payable or other liabilities to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(3) any Indebtedness, guarantee or obligation of the Company which is subordinate or junior in right of payment in any respect to any other Indebtedness, guarantee or obligation of the Company, including any Subordinated Obligations;

(4) any obligations with respect to any capital stock; and

(5) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

"SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means the Company's 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank

30

PARI PASSU with the 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

"SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement.

"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

"SPECIAL INTEREST" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement.

"SPECIFIED PROPERTIES" shall mean the Company's manufacturing plants located in Lancaster, Ohio; Livermore, California; Welkenraedt, Belgium; and Lodi, New Jersey and the property referred to as "Plant Three" in Kent, Washington.

"STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and the Company.

"SUBORDINATED NOTES" means the Company's:

(1) 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009; and

(2) 7% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011.

"SUBORDINATED OBLIGATION" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the issue date or thereafter Incurred) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement, including the Subordinated Notes.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

31

"SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company's payment obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

"TRUSTEE" means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

"UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE" means a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

"UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE" means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

"UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any capital stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.07.

The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

"U.S. PERSON" means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.

"VOTING STOCK" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or other similar governing entity of such Person.

"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption multiplied by the amount of such payment by (y) the sum of all such payments.

32

"WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONS.

                                                                                     Defined in
Term                                                                                   Section
----                                                                                   -------
"AFFILIATE TRANSACTION".............................................................    4.11
"ASSET SALE OFFER"..................................................................    3.09
"AUTHENTICATION ORDER"..............................................................    2.02
"CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER"...........................................................    4.14
"CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT".........................................................    4.14
"CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT DATE"....................................................    4.14
"COVENANT DEFEASANCE"...............................................................    8.03
"EVENT OF DEFAULT"..................................................................    6.01
"EXCESS PROCEEDS"...................................................................    4.10
"INCUR".............................................................................    4.09
"LEGAL DEFEASANCE"..................................................................    8.02
"OFFER AMOUNT"......................................................................    3.09
"OFFER PERIOD"......................................................................    3.09
"PAYING AGENT"......................................................................    2.03
"PERMITTED DEBT"....................................................................    4.09
"PURCHASE DATE".....................................................................    3.09
"REGISTRAR".........................................................................    2.03
"RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"...............................................................    4.07

Section 1.03 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

"INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Notes;

"INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER" means a Holder of a Note;

"INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Indenture;

"INDENTURE TRUSTEE" or "INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE" means the Trustee; and

"OBLIGOR" on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

33

Section 1.04 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) "or" is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) "will" shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES

Section 2.01 FORM AND DATING.

(a) GENERAL. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) GLOBAL NOTES. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

34

(1) EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM PROCEDURES APPLICABLE. The provisions of
the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking" and "Customer Handbook" of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearsteam.

Section 2.02 EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

One Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an "AUTHENTICATION ORDER"), authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("REGISTRAR") and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("PAYING AGENT"). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The

35

Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 HOLDER LISTS.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

(a) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTES. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

36

(1) TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE SAME GLOBAL NOTE. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) ALL OTHER TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTES. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(3) TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS TO ANOTHER RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

37

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable.

(4) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the

38

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.

(1) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

39

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

40

(3) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS.

(1) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or

41

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause
(C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

(2) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or
(iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

42

(3) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or
(3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the

43

distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) EXCHANGE OFFER. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered into the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

44

(g) LEGENDS. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

"THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR
(5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2),
(d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED

45

BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN."

(h) CANCELLATION AND/OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTES. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar's request.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) The Company will not be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

46

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 REPLACEMENT NOTES.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 OUTSTANDING NOTES.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

47

Section 2.09 TREASURY NOTES.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 TEMPORARY NOTES.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 CANCELLATION.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 DEFAULTED INTEREST.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, PROVIDED that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers' Certificate setting forth:

48

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED OR PURCHASED.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a PRO RATA basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 of this Indenture.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note

49

or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company's request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

Section 3.05 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION OR PURCHASE PRICE.

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase price date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

50

Section 3.06 NOTES REDEEMED OR PURCHASED IN PART.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to April 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including the original principal amount of any Additional Securities) at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; PROVIDED that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 120 days after the date of the related Equity Offering.

(b) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to April 1, 2006.

(c) After April 1, 2006, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1, 2006 of the years indicated below:

YEAR                                         PERCENTAGE
----                                         ----------
2006........................................    104.938%
2007........................................    102.469%
2008 and thereafter.........................    100.000%

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes except as provided under Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14.

Section 3.09 OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an "ASSET SALE OFFER"), it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all Holders of other Indebtedness that is PARI PASSU with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to

51

offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales and assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "OFFER PERIOD"). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "PURCHASE DATE"), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the "OFFER AMOUNT") to the purchase of Notes and such other PARI PASSU Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other PARI PASSU Indebtedness surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other PARI PASSU Indebtedness to be purchased on a PRO RATA basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other PARI PASSU Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and

52

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a PRO RATA basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS

Section 4.01 PAYMENT OF NOTES.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

53

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 REPORTS.

(a) Whether or not required by the Commission's rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(c) All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company's consolidated financial statements by the Company's certified independent accountants. In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

(d) If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. the Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Company's filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the Commission.

(e) In addition, the Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time they are not required to file the reports required by the preceding paragraphs with

54

the Commission, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and the Security Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture or the Security Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 TAXES.

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make a Restricted Payment. "Restricted Payment," with respect to any Person means:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving

55

such Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect Holders of its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));

(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person or of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary), including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock);

(3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase, or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition); or

(4) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person,

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09; and

(3) the aggregate amount of the Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made since the issue date would exceed the sum of, without duplication:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period, which will be treated as one accounting period, from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the issue date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at least 45 days before the date of the Restricted Payment, or, in case the Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, less 100% of that deficit; PLUS

(b) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock, other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued in connection with the Financing Transactions, subsequent to the issue date and on or before the date of the Restricted Payment, other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees; PLUS

(c) the amount by which the Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange, other than by a Subsidiary of the Company, subsequent to the issue date and on or before the date of the Restricted Payment, of any

56

Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock, other than Disqualified Stock, of the Company, less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon the conversion or exchange; PLUS

(d) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the net reduction in Investments since the date hereof in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (y) the portion, proportionate to the Company's equity interest in the Subsidiary, of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time the Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made and treated as a Restricted Payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) any acquisition of any Capital Stock of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company, or options, warrants or other rights to purchase the Capital Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(a) the purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and

(b) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07;

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company, or options, warrants or other rights to purchase the Capital Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(a) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and

(b) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale shall be excluded from clause
(3)(b) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07;

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Indebtedness of the Company which is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indebtedness:

(a) shall have a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; and

(b) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes;

PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

57

(4) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash after application of such Net Available Cash pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(5) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, the repurchase at any time by the Company of up to $23.0 million in aggregate principal amount of, and interest on, Subordinated Obligations with the net cash proceeds of the sale by the Company of its Equity Interests in Asahi- Schwebel Co., Ltd. (or the net proceeds from the sale of any securities received by the Company in connection with the sales of Equity Interests in Asahi-Schwebel Co., Ltd.); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of Restricted Payments;

(6) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, the repurchase by the Company of its 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009; PROVIDED that, at the time of and after giving effect to any such repurchases, (a) the Company's EBITDA for the prior four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available shall be no less than $125.0 million and (b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio shall exceed 2.25 to 1.0, PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that any such repurchases shall be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments;

(7) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at the date of declaration the dividend would have complied with this Section 4.07; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at the time of payment of the dividend, no other Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the declaration, but not the payment, of such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(8) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, Investments in Joint Ventures or other Persons engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount which, when added together with the amount of all other Investments made according to this clause (8) which at the time have not been repaid through dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, does not exceed $60.0 million; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of the Investments shall be excluded in the calculation of Restricted Payments;

(9) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, payments with respect to employee or director stock options, stock incentive plans or restricted stock plans of the Company, including any redemption, repurchase, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock, options on any of these shares or similar securities held by directors, officers or employees or former directors, officers or employees or by any Plans upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any of these Persons under the terms of the Plans or agreement under which the shares or related rights were issued or acquired; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of any of these payments shall be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments;

(10) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, any purchase or defeasance of Subordinated Obligations or Capital Stock upon a Change of Control to the extent required by this Indenture or other agreement or instrument under which the Subordinated Obligations or Capital Stock were issued, but only if the Company has first complied with all its obligations under Section 4.14; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of the purchase or defeasance shall be excluded in the calculation of Restricted Payments; or

58

(11) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or result therefrom, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount which, when added together with the amount of all other Restricted Payments made under, this clause (11) which at that time have not been repaid through dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, does not exceed $40.0 million; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of the Restricted Payments shall be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed.

Section 4.08 DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date hereof and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date hereof;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(3) applicable law;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; PROVIDED that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred;

59

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction contained in the governing documents of any Joint Venture Subsidiary;

(11) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in Joint Venture agreements, assets sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.09 INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if, on the date of the Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.0 to 1.0.

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

(1) the incurrence by the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding and incurred under this clause
(1)(with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect thereof) not to exceed the greater of:

(a) $200.0 million; or

(b) the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness Incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the working capital requirements of such Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, when added together with the amount of Indebtedness Incurred by all

60

Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries under this clause (2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the sum of:

(a) 85% of the then most recently reported net book value of all inventory owned by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; PROVIDED that the amount of this clause (a) shall not exceed 55% of the total of clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (2) on any date of calculation; PLUS

(b) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by Foreign Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 180 days past due;

(3) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which results in the Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of the Indebtedness, other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and (b) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, the payment of such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee in the case of a Guarantor;

(4) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the date hereof and the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement;

(5) the Incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1),
(2), (3) or (4) above;

(6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (4) or
(5) above or this clause (6);

(7) Hedging Obligations directly related to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture or, in the case of a currency exchange protection agreement, reasonably related to the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) Indebtedness, including Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition of tangible assets or other capital expenditures, and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to refinance such Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when added together with the amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (8) and then outstanding, does not exceed $20.0 million;

(9) Indebtedness in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the

61

payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; PROVIDED, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued; and

(11) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of the Incurrence, other than Indebtedness permitted by clauses
(1) through (10) above or the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, does not exceed $40.0 million.

The Company will not Incur:

(1) any Indebtedness if that Indebtedness is contractually subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness, unless the Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Indebtedness of the Company will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured, or

(2) any Secured Indebtedness that is not Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (11) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clauses (1) or (2) of the definition of Permitted Debt, as applicable.

In determining amounts of Indebtedness outstanding under this Section 4.09 and to avoid duplication, Indebtedness of a Person resulting from the grant by that Person of security interests with respect to, or from the issuance by that Person of guarantees of, or from the assumption of obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting, Indebtedness Incurred by that Person under this Indenture, or Indebtedness which that Person is otherwise permitted to Incur under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to be a separate Incurrence of Indebtedness by that Person.

Section 4.10 ASSET SALES.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary from all liability with respect to the

62

Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Sale; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of the Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be cash for the purpose of the term "Net Available Cash;" and

(b) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary into cash.

Within 360 days after the receipt of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Sale, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Sale, subject to the following two paragraphs, shall be applied by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

(1) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business which, in the case of an Asset Sale of Equity Interests or assets of a Domestic Subsidiary, must be owned by the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary;

(2) to make a capital expenditure which, in the case of an Asset Sale of Equity Interests or assets of a Domestic Subsidiary, will be a capital expenditure of the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary; or

(3) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business which, in the case of an Asset Sale of Equity Interests or assets of a Domestic Subsidiary, must be owned by the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the above, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Available Cash according to the foregoing paragraph except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Sales which are not applied according to the foregoing paragraph exceeds $15.0 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash under this Section 4.10, the Net Available Cash will be invested in Cash Equivalents which, in the case of an Asset Sale of Equity Interests or assets of a Domestic Subsidiary, must be held by the Joint Collateral Agent as part of the Collateral in a segregated account that includes only proceeds of Asset Sales and interest earned thereon (an "ASSET SALE PROCEEDS ACCOUNT").

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Sales, as set forth in the preceding paragraph, that is not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Parity Lien Debt that contains provisions similar to those set forth herein with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and the Parity Lien Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of the securities laws in connection with the purchase of the Notes under this Section 4.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws conflict with provisions of this
Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10.

63

Section 4.11 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION"), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is made in good faith and on terms which are fair and reasonable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) the Financing Transactions;

(2) any Permitted Investment and any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid under Section 4.07;

(3) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise under, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Affiliate of the Company, other than another Restricted Subsidiary, owns, directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock in any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) transactions in the ordinary course of business, including loans, expense advances and reimbursements, between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(7) transactions with affiliates entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, on terms which are, in the opinion of the Company's management or the Board of Directors, fair and reasonable to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) the granting and performance of registration rights for shares of Capital Stock of the Company under a written registration rights agreement approved by a majority of directors of the Company that are disinterested with respect to the transactions;

64

(9) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the same class is also held by Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and these Affiliates are treated no more favorably than holders of the Indebtedness or the Capital Stock generally;

(10) transactions pursuant to the Governance Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement, or either of the Registration Rights Agreements and any amendments to, or waivers of any provision of, any such agreements that are not adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes and which are approved by a majority of the directors of the Company disinterested with respect to the amendment or waiver, as applicable; and

(11) any transaction between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and any of the Existing Joint Ventures under agreements in effect on the issue date.

Section 4.12 LIENS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens. The Company will not and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any pledge of or other Lien on the outstanding Equity Interests of Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp. or Clark-Schwebel Corporation.

Additionally, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind:

(1) upon any property as security for any Parity Lien Obligation, unless the Company or such Subsidiary causes such Lien (a) to be granted to the Joint Collateral Agent and (b) to extend to and secure the Note Obligations upon substantially the same terms but subject to the provisions of this Indenture and causes such Lien to be duly perfected; or

(2) securing any Parity Lien Debt, unless this Indenture or agreement governing such Parity Lien Debt (a) provides (for the enforceable benefit of the Trustee and Holders of Notes) that (x) the holder of such Parity Lien Debt is bound by the terms of the Joint Collateral Agent Undertakings and (y) all obligations in respect of the Notes are Equally and Ratably secured by all Liens, guarantees, supporting obligations and loss sharing rights at any time granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person as security for such Parity Lien Debt, whether or not otherwise constituting Collateral, and (b) authorizes the Joint Collateral Agent to perform its obligations set forth herein and the Joint Collateral Agent Undertakings.

Section 4.13 BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.

Section 4.14 OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a "CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on the Notes repurchased, if any, to

65

the date of purchase (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control, including a statement of pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to the Change of Control;

(3) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT DATE");

(4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its purchased.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.14 of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.14 by virtue of such conflict.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Section 4.14 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

66

Section 4.15 LIMITATION ON THE SALE OR ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

The Company will not sell any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue or sell shares of its Capital Stock, in each case, other than preferred stock within the meaning of "Qualified Preferred Stock," as defined herein, except:

(1) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) directors' qualifying shares;

(3) if, immediately after giving effect to the issuance or sale, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4) if, immediately after giving effect to the issuance or sale, the Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in the Person remaining after giving effect to the issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 if made on the date of the issuance or sale.

The issuance or sale of shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will not violate the provisions above if the shares are issued or sold in connection with:

(1) the formation or capitalization of a Restricted Subsidiary which, at the time of the issuance or sale or immediately after the issuance or sale, is a Joint Venture Subsidiary; or

(2) a single transaction or a series of substantially contemporaneous transactions by which the Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by reason of the acquisition of securities or assets from another Person.

Section 4.16 ADVANCES TO RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

All advances to Restricted Subsidiaries made by the Company or any Guarantor after the date hereof will be evidenced by intercompany notes in favor of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable. These intercompany notes will be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Note Obligations and any Parity Lien Obligations. Each intercompany note will be payable upon demand and will bear interest at the same rate as the Notes. The intercompany notes will each be in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto.

The Company and any Guarantor will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of which the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable is a creditor by virtue of an intercompany note to Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary unless the Indebtedness so incurred is also subordinated in right of payment to all intercompany notes of such Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.17 PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

67

Section 4.18 ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES AND LIENS.

If:

(1) any Domestic Subsidiary has EBITDA for the last four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available in excess of $2.5 million;

(2) any group of Domestic Subsidiaries, taken together, have EBITDA in excess of $2.5 million for the last four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available; or

(3) any Subsidiary guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company,

(each such event set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above, a "Triggering Event"), then such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries will become a Guarantor or Guarantors and execute a supplemental indenture within 10 Business Days of the date on which such Triggering Event occurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, this
Section 4.18 will not apply to Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that clause (2) above will not apply to any Domestic Subsidiary with an EBITDA for the last four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available of less than $250,000. The form of such Subsidiary Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

If the Company or any other Obligor at any time owns or acquires property (except property that is at such time an Excluded Asset) that is not subject to a valid, enforceable and perfected Note Lien held by the Joint Collateral Agent as security for the Note Obligations and any Parity Lien Obligations, or if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time grants or permits to exist any consensual lien upon any property constituting an Excluded Asset, except Credit Facility Collateral, as security for any Parity Lien Obligation or Credit Facility Obligation, then the Company will, or will cause such Subsidiary to, concurrently:

(1) execute and deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a Security Document upon substantially the same terms as the Security Documents delivered in connection with the issuance of the Notes, granting a Lien upon such property to the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations;

(2) cause the Lien granted in such Security Document to be duly perfected in any manner permitted by law; and

(3) deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent, confirming as to such Security Document the matters set forth as to the Security Documents and Liens thereunder in the opinions of counsel delivered on behalf of the Company to the Initial Purchasers of the Notes in connection with the issuance of the Notes and, if the property subject to such Security Document is an interest in real estate, such local counsel opinions, title and flood insurance policies, surveys and other supporting documents as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such opinion will be required if in the reasonable judgment of the Company the fair market value of all such collateral is less than $1.0 million.

If the Company or any Subsidiary creates or permits to exist any Lien on any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral as security for any Obligations under any Qualified Credit Facility, then the Company will, or will cause such Subsidiary to, concurrently grant the Joint Collateral Agent valid, enforceable and perfected Liens upon such Foreign Subsidiary Collateral as security for Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations.

68

Section 4.19 FAILURE TO DELIVER SECURITY DOCUMENTS; INCREASED INTEREST RATE.

As of the date of this Indenture, the Company may not have delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent each Security Document granting the first-priority security interests in the Collateral. If this occurs, the Company will use its best efforts to deliver all of the Security Documents to the Joint Collateral Agent after the date hereof. If the Company is unable to deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent, within the time periods set forth below, all of the Security Documents, the following shall occur:

(1) if all the Security Documents have not been delivered within 60 days after the date hereof, the annual interest rate on the Notes will increase by 0.25%;

(2) if all the Security Documents have not been delivered within 150 days after the date hereof, the annual interest rate on the Notes will increase by an additional 0.25%;

(3) if all Security Documents have not been delivered within 240 days after the date hereof, the annual interest rate on the Notes will increase by an additional 0.25%; and

(4) if all the Security Documents have not been delivered within 330 days after the date hereof, the annual interest rate on the Notes will increase by an additional 0.25%;

PROVIDED, that the increase in the annual interest rate on the Notes described above will not exceed 1% in the aggregate and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that (i) when all the Security Documents are delivered at any time after the date hereof or
(ii) if the failure by the Company to deliver all Security Documents results solely from the refusal by any third-party or governmental authority to take any action required for Hexcel to make such delivery of all Security Documents, the annual interest rate on the Notes will return to 9.875%.

Section 4.20 FURTHER ASSURANCES; COLLATERAL INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS; COSTS AND INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all acts and things which may be required, or which the Joint Collateral Agent from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Joint Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of the holders of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture and the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes, Subsidiary Guarantees and all other Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.

(b) Upon request of the Joint Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Security Documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents and take such other actions as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred as contemplated by this Indenture for the benefit of the holders of Note Obligations and the holders of Parity Lien Obligations. If the Company or such Subsidiary fails to do so, the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver such Security Documents, instruments, certificates, notices and other documents and, subject to Article 12, take such other actions in the name, place and stead of the Company or such Subsidiary, but the Joint Collateral Agent will have no obligation to do so and no liability for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in connection therewith.

(c) Upon request of the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, (i) permit the Joint Collateral Agent or any advisor, auditor,

69

consultant, attorney or representative acting for the Joint Collateral Agent, upon reasonable notice to the Company and during normal business hours unless an Event of Default is continuing, to visit and inspect any of the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to review, make extracts from and copy the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to any such property, and to discuss any matter pertaining to any such property with the officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent such reports, including valuations, relating to any such property or any Lien thereon as the Collateral Agent may request.

(d) The Company will bear and pay all legal expenses, collateral audit and valuation costs, filing fees, insurance premiums and other costs associated with the performance of the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries set forth in this Section 4.20 and also will pay, or promptly reimburse the Trustee and Joint Collateral Agent for, all costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee or Collateral Agent in connection therewith, including all reasonable fees and charges of any advisors, auditors, consultants, attorneys or representatives acting for the Trustee or for the Joint Collateral Agent.

(e) The Company will pay, reimburse the Trustee, the Joint Collateral Agent and the Holders of Notes for, and, to the fullest extent lawful, defend and indemnify each of them against, all claims, liabilities, taxes, costs and expenses of every type and nature (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and charges of attorneys, advisors, auditors and consultants acting for any of them) incurred by any of them as a result of or in connection with the creation, perfection, protection or enforcement of the Note Liens or the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy under the Security Documents or to prove, preserve, protect or enforce any Note Lien or any claim based upon the Note Liens in any legal proceeding, including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee, as Holder of Notes, or the Joint Collateral Agent through the Trustee's, such Holder of Notes, or the Joint Collateral Agent's, as applicable, own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.

(f) The Company will pay, reimburse the Trustee, the Joint Collateral Agent and the Holders of Notes for, and, to the fullest extent lawful, defend and indemnify each of them against, all claims, liabilities, taxes, costs and expenses of every type and nature (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and charges of attorneys, advisors, auditors and consultants acting for any of them) incurred by any of them as a result of or in connection with: (A) the presence, Release, or threatened Release of or exposure to any Hazardous Material at, from, in, to, on, or under any Property currently or formerly owned, leased or otherwise used or occupied by the Company; (B) the transportation, treatment, storage, handling, recycling or disposal or arrangement for transportation, treatment, storage, handling, recycling or disposal of any Hazardous Material at or to any location by or on behalf of the Company; or (C) any violation of Environmental Law by the Company.

(g) The Company will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(b). To the extent applicable, the Company will cause TIA Section 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA Section 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefore of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA Section 314(d) may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases where TIA Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

To the extent applicable, the Company will furnish to the Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents:

(1) all documents required by TIA Section 314(d); and

70

(2) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA Section 314(d).

If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Joint Collateral Agent and if the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and this Section 4.20, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the opinion of counsel delivered pursuant to this Indenture, will deliver a certificate to the Joint Collateral Agent setting forth such determination.

ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.

The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09.

In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or a merger of a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary into the Company.

Section 5.02 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and

71

that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company's assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Each of the following is an "Event of Default":

(1) the Company defaults for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest with respect to, the Notes;

(2) the Company defaults in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(3) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 or 5.01 hereof;

(4) the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations in Section 4.14, other than a failure to purchase Notes, or Section 4.10, other than a failure to purchase Notes, Section 4.03, Section 4.07, Section 4.09,
Section 4.08, Section 4.11, Section 4.15, Section 4.13 or Section 4.18 for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding voting as a single class;

(5) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall a failure by the Company to observe or perform any representation or warranty be an Event of Default unless such failure would have a material adverse effect on the management, the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(6) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

72

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a "Payment Default"); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(7) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, which judgment or judgments remains outstanding for 60 days following such judgment or judgments and are not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10.0 million;

(8) any Security Document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby and having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes effective as set forth herein) to be fully enforceable and perfected;

(9) the Company or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Security Document;

(10) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

(11) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

73

(12) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after its occurrence, written notice of any event which would constitute a Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect to the event.

Section 6.02 ACCELERATION.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (11) or (12) of
Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (11) or (12) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03 OTHER REMEDIES.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or

74

constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except an Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 LIMITATION ON SUITS.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, Special Interest, if any, or interest when due no Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

75

Section 6.07 RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 PRIORITIES.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

SECOND: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any

76

kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

77

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

78

Section 7.04 TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee's compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

(b) The Company and the Guarantor will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company , the Guarantors or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of

79

their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this
Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(11) or (12) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA
Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

80

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, PROVIDED all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are

81

satisfied (hereinafter, "LEGAL DEFEASANCE"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT DEFEASANCE"), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

82

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Additionally, the Collateral will be released in whole as provided in
Section 14.04 upon either a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof.

83

Section 8.05 DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as Trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07 REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be

84

subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or any Security Documents without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;

(7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(8) to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in this Indenture or Security Documents;

(9) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Notes contained in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in that Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes;

(10) reflect any waiver or termination of any right arising under Article 12 that otherwise would be enforceable by any holder of a Parity Lien Obligation or Parity Lien, if such waiver or termination is set forth or provided herein or agreement governing or giving rise to such Parity Lien Obligation or Parity Lien; PROVIDED, that no such waiver or amendment pursuant to this clause (10) shall adversely affect the rights of Holders of Notes; or

85

(11) to make any amendment or supplement approved in accordance with
Section 13.09.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof), the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or any Security Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Notes or any Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be "outstanding" for purposes of this Section 9.02.

An amendment or supplement to, or wavier of, Article 13 will become effective only as set forth under Section 13.09.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each

86

Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof;

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or interest or premium, or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes;

(7) make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions set forth in this fifth paragraph of Section 9.02;

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) release any Collateral from the obligations created by the Security Documents except as provided in the Security Documents.

In addition, no amendment or supplement to the provisions of Articles 12, 13 or 14 will impose any obligation on the Trustee or adversely affect the rights of the Trustee in its individual capacity without the consent of the Trustee.

Section 9.03 COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

87

Section 9.05 NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 15.04 hereof, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 GUARANTEE.

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Secured Obligations, this Indenture or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Secured Obligations or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Secured Obligations or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Secured Party with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable

88

discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Secured Obligations and this Indenture.

(c) If any Secured Party is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by such Secured Party, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Secured Parties in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Secured Parties under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 10.02 LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY.

Each Guarantor, and each Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 10.03 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE.

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

89

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

In the event that the Company creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of
Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent, under (i) the Secured Obligations, this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee (ii) the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement and (iii) the Security Documents delivered by that Guarantor on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Secured Obligations and this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Secured Obligations and this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses
(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Secured Obligations or this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

90

Section 10.05 RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS.

In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and all security interests granted by that Guarantor to the Joint Collateral Agent; PROVIDED that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Additionally, the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor and all security interests granted by that Guarantor to the Joint Collateral Agent will be released if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Secured Obligations and this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

91

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's and any Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; PROVIDED that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12.
COLLATERAL SHARING WITH PARITY LIENS

Section 12.01 PREREQUISITES TO INCURRING PARITY LIEN DEBT.

(1) Prior to incurring any Parity Lien Debt, the Company will deliver to the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent an Officer's Certificate stating that:

(a) the Company intends to incur, on a date stated therein, Indebtedness that will constitute Parity Lien Debt;

92

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such Officer's Certificate or will exist after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(c) the Company has appointed the Joint Collateral Agent to hold the security interest on behalf of such Parity Lien Debt in accordance with the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking and has taken all steps necessary to make such Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking applicable to the Parity Lien Debt;

(d) the Company will, on the date of such incurrence, execute and deliver such additional Security Documents and take all such action as may be necessary to grant or confirm the grant of Collateral to the Joint Collateral Agent as security for all present and future Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, and shall take such action to perfect such security interest such that after giving effect thereto the Joint Collateral Agent will hold as security for all present and future Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, a valid and perfected security interest upon all or substantially all of the Collateral that, immediately prior to giving effect thereto, was subject to the Note Liens;

(e) the Liens securing such proposed Parity Lien Debt will not be subject or subordinate to any Lien securing Indebtedness other than Liens permitted by clause (9) of the definition of "Permitted Liens;" and

(f) the Company and its Subsidiaries will, on such date, enter into all amendments, if any, to the Security Documents then in effect that are necessary to add Parity Lien Obligations to the obligations secured thereby, pursuant to amendments delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent therewith, to be executed on such date by the Joint Collateral Agent and the Company or the Subsidiary party to such Security Documents;

(2) the holders of any Parity Lien Obligations, or a representative on their behalf, shall execute and deliver a contractual undertaking in substantially the form of the Joinder Agreement attached as an exhibit to the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking whereby such persons agree to be bound by the lien sharing provisions of this Indenture;

(3) the Company will deliver to the Trustee and Joint Collateral Agent, as the case may be, opinions of counsel confirming on customary terms:

(a) the validity and enforceability of the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking and all additional and amended Security Documents delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent;

(b) the validity, enforceability and perfection of the Liens granted by such Security Documents;

(c) that the Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations (i) are secured by equal and ratable security interests in the Collateral and
(ii) that the holders of any such Parity Lien Obligations or their representative have duly executed and delivered a contractual undertaking in substantially the form of the Joinder Agreement attached as an exhibit to the Collateral Agency Agreement whereby such persons agree to be bound by the lien sharing provisions of this Indenture and the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking and that such contractual undertaking is legally binding and enforceable on such holders of Parity Lien Debt; and

93

(d) the continued perfection of the Note Liens, without loss of priority as against any Lien other than Parity Liens, upon giving effect to the inclusion of such Parity Lien Obligation in the Joint Collateral Undertaking and any such amendment of the Security Documents,

then, subject to the terms of the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking, the Trustee will direct the Joint Collateral Agent to execute and deliver such amendment to the Security Documents, if any, as may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing and the Joint Collateral Agent will countersign the Joinder Agreement thereby confirming that it will hold the Note Liens and all such Security Documents and the Liens granted thereby for the benefit of the holders of the Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations on the terms of such Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking.

Section 12.02 EQUAL AND RATABLE LIEN SHARING BY HOLDERS OF NOTES AND HOLDERS OF PARITY LIEN DEBT.

Notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary contained in the Note Documents or any indenture, agreement or instrument governing, evidencing or relating to any Parity Lien Obligations, (ii) the time, order or method of attachment of the Note Liens or the Parity Liens, (iii) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral, (iv) the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral or (v) the rules for determining priority under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing relative priorities of secured creditors:

(1) the Note Liens will rank Equally and Ratably with all valid, enforceable and perfected Parity Liens, whenever granted upon any present or future Collateral, but only to the extent such Parity Liens secure Parity Lien Obligations, and

(2) all proceeds of the Note Liens and Parity Liens shall be allocated and distributed Equally and Ratably on account of the Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations.

Section 12.03 ENFORCEMENT.

The provisions of Section 12.01(2) are intended for the benefit solely of the Company and shall be enforceable by the Company against the Trustee, the Joint Collateral Agent and the Holders of Notes. The provisions of Section 12.02 are binding upon and intended for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent and each present and future holder of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, each of whom shall be entitled to enforce such provisions as a third party beneficiary hereof.

Section 12.04 AMENDMENT.

(a) No amendment or supplement to the provisions of this Article 12 will:

(1) be effective unless set forth in a writing signed by the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes) then outstanding voting as a single class, except that any such amendment which increases the obligations or adversely affects the rights of the Holders of Notes will be effective only with the consent of the Holders of at least 66?% in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as a single class; or

(2) be effective without the written consent of the Company and, if any Parity Lien Debt is then outstanding, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all Parity Lien Debt then outstanding voting as a single class, except that any such amendment which increases

94

the obligations or adversely affects the rights of the holders of Parity Lien Debt will be effective only with the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of all Parity Lien Debt then outstanding, voting as a single class.

Any such amendment or supplement that imposes any obligation upon the Joint Collateral Agent or adversely affects the rights of the Joint Collateral Agent in its individual capacity at any time when the Trustee is not the Joint Collateral Agent will become effective only with the consent of the Joint Collateral Agent.

(b) No waiver of any of the provisions of this Article 12 will in any event be effective unless set forth in a writing signed and consented to, as required for an amendment under this Section 12.04, by the party to be bound thereby.

ARTICLE 13.
INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS
RELATING TO
WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY LIENS

Section 13.01 AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND CREDIT FACILITY AGENT.

(a) If and whenever any Credit Facility becomes a Qualified Credit Facility, the Joint Collateral Agent and the Credit Facility Agent under such Qualified Credit Facility shall become obligated to perform, each for the benefit of the other, the obligations set forth in this Article 13.

(b) No agent or representative under any Credit Facility that is not a Qualified Credit Facility shall ever have the right to rely on or enforce any obligation of the Joint Collateral Agent set forth in this Article 13.

(c) The obligations of the Joint Collateral Agent set forth in this Article 13 shall be enforceable by the Credit Facility Agent under each Qualified Credit Facility to which such Credit Facility Agent is a party as a third party beneficiary hereof, without need for any additional agreement or undertaking between the Joint Collateral Agent and such Credit Facility Agent.

(d) The Joint Collateral Agent may require the Credit Facility Agent to execute and deliver an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent, by which the Credit Facility Agent confirms to the Joint Collateral Agent its agreement to be bound by and perform the obligations of the Credit Facility Agent set forth in this Article 13.

(e) At the request of the Company from time to time, the Joint Collateral Agent will enter into an agreement with the Credit Facility Agent by which each of them confirms to the other its agreement to be bound by and perform its obligations set forth in this Article 13, and the Joint Collateral Agent is authorized, at the request of the Company, to enter into such additional agreements with the Credit Facility Agent as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Joint Collateral Agent, to confirm, elaborate upon, perform, implement or give further assurance for any obligations of the Joint Collateral Agent or such Credit Facility Agent in any respect that is not materially inconsistent with the provisions, intents and purposes of this Article 13 and does not impose any additional material obligation or material liability on the Joint Collateral Agent or any holder of Note Obligations or Parity Lien Obligations.

95

Section 13.02 EQUAL AND RATABLE SHARING OF LIENS ON FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY COLLATERAL.

(a) Notwithstanding (i) anything to the contrary contained in the Note Documents, any indenture, agreement or instrument governing, evidencing or relating to any Parity Lien Obligations or any Obligations in respect of any Qualified Credit Facility, (ii) the time, order or method of attachment of Liens securing any Obligations under any Qualified Credit Facility or any Note Liens or Parity Liens, (iii) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or proceeds thereof, (iv) the time of taking possession or control over any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or proceeds thereof or (v) the rules for determining priority under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing relative priorities of secured creditors, and regardless of whether Liens upon Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or proceeds thereof are enforced by the Credit Facility Agent or the Joint Collateral Agent or any agent on their behalf:

(1) to the extent (and only to the extent) attaching to Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof, all valid, enforceable and perfected Note Liens, all valid, enforceable and perfected Parity Liens and all valid, enforceable and perfected Liens securing Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility, in each case whenever granted, will rank Equally and Ratably, and

(2) to the extent (and only extent attributable to Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or the proceeds thereof), the proceeds of all such valid, enforceable and perfected Note Liens, Parity Liens and Liens securing Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility upon (and only upon) Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof shall be allocated and distributed Equally and Ratably on account of the Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations and Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility.

(b) The provisions of this clause (b)(1) of Section 13.02 shall not apply to:

(1) any Lien upon any property other than Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof;

(2) any payment or distribution to which any Person may become entitled as a creditor of the owner of any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral other than as a result of the enforcement of a Lien upon, or the allowance of a secured claim to the extent predicated solely on a Lien upon, such Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.

Section 13.03 DISCLAIMER OF CONSENSUAL LIENS.

(1) The Joint Collateral Agent will not claim or enforce any consensual lien upon any Credit Facility Collateral.

(2) The Credit Facility Agent will not claim or enforce any consensual lien upon any Collateral or Excluded Asset other than (a) Credit Facility Collateral and (b) Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof.

(3) The holders of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations shall be entitled to receive and retain, free from any Lien securing Credit Facility Obligations, all payments made in cash by the Company or any other Obligor and all amounts received with respect to Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations through the exercise of a set-off or other similar right, even if such cash constitutes proceeds of property subject to a Lien securing Credit Facility Obligations.

96

(4) The holders of Credit Facility Obligations shall be entitled to receive and retain, free from any Note Lien or Parity Lien thereon, all payments made in cash by the Company or any other Obligor and all amounts received with respect to Credit Facility Obligations through the exercise of a set-off or other similar right, even if such cash constitutes proceeds of property subject to a Note Lien or Parity Lien.

(5) If any cash proceeds of Credit Facility Collateral or Foreign Subsidiary Collateral are converted into, or invested in property subject to Note Liens or Parity Liens at any time when the Joint Collateral Agent has not received written notice from the Credit Facility Agent or any holder of Indebtedness outstanding under a Qualified Credit Facility stating that such Indebtedness has become due and payable in full (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise), then all Liens upon such cash proceeds securing Credit Facility Obligations shall be released and discharged concurrently with such conversion, or investment.

(6) If any cash proceeds of Collateral are converted into, or invested in property subject to Liens securing Credit Facility Obligations at any time when the Credit Facility Agent has not received written notice from the Joint Collateral Agent or any Holder of Notes or Parity Lien Debt stating that the Notes or Parity Lien Debt has become due and payable in full (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise), then all Note Liens and Parity Liens upon such cash proceeds shall be released and discharged concurrently with such conversion, or investment.

(7) The provisions of this Section 13.03 do not apply to, restrict or affect any judicial lien, including any attachment or judgment lien.

Section 13.04 NOTICE OF INTENT TO FORECLOSE.

(a) The Credit Facility Agent will give the Joint Collateral Agent notice of its intent to enforce any consensual Lien upon any Credit Facility Collateral or Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.

(b) The Joint Collateral Agent will give the Credit Facility Agent notice of its intent to enforce any consensual Lien upon any Collateral.

(c) The notice required by Sections 13.04(a) and 13.04(b):

(1) shall be required to be given by a party only if it intends to:

(A) deliver to the Company or a Subsidiary written notice of its intent to foreclose a consensual Lien or a written proposal to retain property subject to a consensual Lien in full or partial satisfaction of any obligation secured thereby;

(B) commence legal action against the Company or a Subsidiary for foreclosure or replevin or other enforcement of a consensual Lien; or

(C) take possession of goods or real property of the Company or a Subsidiary upon which it holds a consensual Lien;

(2) shall not be required in any other instance or as to any other action or event (including, for purposes of illustration and not by way of limitation, any incurrence, payment or acceleration of any Indebtedness or Obligation or any amendment or waiver of the terms thereof, any exercise of a right of setoff, any notification to account debtors to make payment directly to the secured party or any other exercise of collection rights or the institution of any other legal

97

proceedings, including suit to collect any debt or claim or the commencement of any bankruptcy case, receivership or insolvency proceeding);

(3) need only state that it is given pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.04 of this Indenture and that lien enforcement action may be taken by the party giving the notice, and need not disclose or describe the action to be taken;

(4) need only be given once by or to any particular Credit Facility Agent;

(5) may be given by electronic mail, telefax, postal mail or courier or personal delivery or in any other manner permitted by law for service of legal process;

(6) shall be given to a party at the address (including an e-mail address, telecopy address or office address within the State of New York) specified by such party by notice to the other party and shall not be required if no address is so specified; and

(7) shall be given at least five Business Days prior to the date on which any enforcement action described in Section 13.04(c)(1) is taken, except that a party may give such notice promptly after taking such enforcement action if it in good faith believes that immediate enforcement action is or may be required to protect its interest in the property subject to its Liens.

(d) The party giving any notice required by this Section 13.04 shall endeavor, promptly after delivery such notice, to deliver a copy thereof to the Company, but neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be entitled to demand or receive any such notice or copy thereof.

(e) No liability or defense shall ever arise, no Lien shall ever be lost, invalidated or impaired, and no action taken in enforcement of a Lien shall ever be annulled, set aside, affected or impaired, if any notice required by this Section 13.04 is not given or is defectively given.

(f) The provisions of this Section 13.04 do not apply to, restrict or affect any judicial lien, including any attachment or judgment lien.

Section 13.05 CONSENT TO LICENSE TO USE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; ACCESS TO INFORMATION; ACCESS TO REAL PROPERTY TO PROCESS AND SELL INVENTORY.

(a) If so requested at any time by the Credit Facility Agent, the Joint Collateral Agent shall deliver its written consent (given without any representation, warranty or obligation whatsoever) to any grant by any Obligor to the Credit Facility Agent of a non-exclusive royalty-free license to use any patent, trademark or proprietary information of such Obligor that is subject to a consensual Lien held by the Joint Collateral Agent, in connection with the enforcement of any consensual Lien held by the Credit Facility Agent upon any inventory of the Company or any Subsidiary and to the extent the use of such patent, trademark or proprietary information is necessary or appropriate, in the good faith opinion of the Credit Facility Agent, to manufacture, produce, complete, remove or sell any such inventory in any lawful manner. Any consent so delivered by the Joint Collateral Agent shall be binding on its successors and assigns, including a purchaser of the patent, trademark or proprietary information subject to such license at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of any Note Lien or Parity Lien thereon.

(b) If the Joint Collateral Agent or a purchaser at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of any Note Lien or Parity Lien takes actual possession of any documentation of the Company or a Subsidiary (whether such documentation is in the form of a writing or is stored in any data equipment or data record in the physical possession of the Joint Collateral Agent or the foreclosure purchaser), then

98

upon request of the Credit Facility Agent and reasonable advance notice, the Joint Collateral Agent or such foreclosure purchaser will permit the Credit Facility Agent or its representative to inspect and copy such documentation if and to the extent the Credit Facility Agent certifies to the Joint Collateral Agent that:

(1) such documentation contains or may contain information necessary or appropriate, in the good faith opinion of the Credit Facility Agent, to the enforcement of the Credit Facility Agent's liens upon any Credit Facility Collateral or Foreign Subsidiary Collateral; and

(2) the Credit Facility Agent and the lenders under the Credit Facility are entitled to receive and use such information as against the Company and the Subsidiaries and their suppliers, customers and contractors and under applicable law and, in doing so, will comply with all obligations imposed by law or contract in respect of the disclosure or use of such information.

(c) If, upon enforcement of any Note Lien or Parity Lien held by the Joint Collateral Agent, the Joint Collateral Agent or a purchaser at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of any Note Lien or Parity Lien takes actual possession of any real property, equipment or fixture of any Obligor, then, if so requested by the Credit Facility Agent and upon reasonable advance notice, the Joint Collateral Agent or such foreclosure purchaser will allow the Credit Facility Agent and its officers, employees and agents (but not any of its transferees) reasonable and non-exclusive access to and use of such real property, equipment and fixtures, for a period not exceeding 180 consecutive calendar days (the "Processing and Sale Period"), as necessary or reasonably appropriate to manufacture, produce, complete, remove or sell, in any lawful manner, any inventory upon which the Credit Facility Agent holds a Lien, subject to the following conditions and limitations:

(1) The Processing and Sale Period shall commence on the date the Joint Collateral Agent or, if the Joint Collateral Agent has not taken possession, the foreclosure purchaser takes possession of such real property and shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the day which is 180 days thereafter and (ii) the day on which all inventory (other than inventory abandoned by the Credit Facility Agent) has been removed from such real property.

(2) Each of the Joint Collateral Agent and foreclosure purchaser shall be entitled, as a condition of permitting such access and use, to demand and receive assurances reasonably satisfactory to it that the access or use requested and all activities incidental thereto:

(A) will be permitted, lawful and enforceable as against the Company and the Subsidiaries and their suppliers, customers and contractors and under applicable law and will be conducted in accordance with prudent manufacturing practices; and

(B) will be adequately insured for damage to property and liability to persons, including property and liability insurance for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent and the holders of Note Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations, at no cost to the Joint Collateral Agent or such holders.

The Joint Collateral Agent and such purchaser (i) shall provide reasonable cooperation, reasonable support and reasonable assistance to the Credit Facility Agent in connection with the manufacture, production, completion, removal and sale of any Credit Facility Collateral by the Credit Facility Agent as provided above and (ii) shall be entitled to receive, from the Credit Facility Agent, fair compensation and reimbursement for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation, support and

99

assistance to the Credit Facility Agent. The Joint Collateral Agent and such purchaser (or its transferee or successor) shall not otherwise be required to manufacture, produce, complete, remove, insure, protect, store, safeguard, sell or deliver any inventory subject to any Lien held by the Credit Facility Agent or to provide any support, assistance or cooperation to the Credit Facility Agent in respect thereof.

(d) The Company and other Obligors consent to the performance by the Joint Collateral Agent and foreclosure purchaser of the obligations set forth in this
Section 13.05 and acknowledge and agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Joint Collateral Agent, neither the Joint Collateral Agent (nor any holder of Note Obligations or Parity Lien Obligations) nor any foreclosure purchaser shall ever be accountable or liable for any action taken or omitted by the Credit Facility Agent or its officers, employees and agents in connection therewith or incidental thereto or in consequence thereof, including any improper use or disclosure of any proprietary information by the Credit Facility Agent or its officers, employees, agents, successors or assigns or any other damage to or misuse or loss of any property of the Company and the Subsidiaries as a result of any action taken or omitted by the Credit Facility Agent or its officers, employees, agents, successors or assigns.

Section 13.06 COMPLETE AGREEMENT.

(a) This Article 13 and the Intercreditor Agreement sets forth exhaustively the complete agreement and sole contractual obligations and rights as between the Joint Collateral Agent and the Credit Facility Agent.

(b) Neither the Joint Collateral Agent and nor the Credit Facility Agent will be restricted in any respect not expressly set forth herein as to any matter relating to the creation, perfection, protection or enforcement of their respective Liens and their rights and obligations in respect of such matters shall be based solely on the legal rights and duties, if any, that they would have if they had not entered into any agreement whatsoever with each other relating to their Liens.

Section 13.07 NO SUBROGATION, MARSHALLING OR DUTY.

Neither the assumption nor the performance of any obligation set forth in or arising under this Article 13 shall ever create or give rise to any right of subrogation, right of marshalling, duty of care, duty of loyalty, duty of disclosure or other fiduciary duty whatsoever enforceable by the Joint Collateral Agent, the Credit Facility Agent or any holder of Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations.

Section 13.08 LIMITATION ON CERTAIN RELIEF, DEFENSES AND DAMAGE CLAIMS.

(a) None of the Note Obligations, Note Liens, Parity Lien Obligations, Parity Liens, Credit Facility Obligations and Credit Facility Liens will ever be forfeited, invalidated, discharged, reduced, subordinated or restricted or otherwise affected or impaired by any breach of any obligation set forth in or arising under this Article 13.

(b) No claim shall ever be made against the Joint Collateral Agent or the Credit Facility Agent for any special or (to the fullest extent a claim for punitive damages may lawfully be waived) for any punitive damages based on any claim arising, on any theory of liability, from or in connection with to any act, omission, breach, wrongful conduct, event or circumstance occurring relating in any respect to the performance or breach of any obligation set forth in or arising under this Article 13.

100

Section 13.09 AMENDMENT; WAIVER.

(a) No amendment or supplement to the provisions of this Article 13 will:

(1) be effective unless set forth in a writing signed by the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes) then outstanding voting as a single class, except that any such amendment which increases the obligations or adversely affects the rights of the Holders of Notes will be effective only with the consent of the Holders of at least 66?% in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as a single class;

(2) become effective at any time when any Credit Facility Obligations are outstanding or committed under any Qualified Credit Facility unless such amendment or supplement is consented to in a writing signed by the Credit Facility Agent acting upon the direction or with the consent of the Majority Lenders; or

(3) be effective at any time when any Parity Lien Debt is outstanding unless such amendment or supplement is consented to in a writing signed by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all Parity Lien Debt then outstanding voting as a single class, except that any such amendment which increases the obligations or adversely affects the rights of the holders of Parity Lien Debt will be effective only with the consent of the holders of at least 66?% in principal amount of all Parity Lien Debt then outstanding, voting as a single class.

Any such amendment or supplement that:

(A) imposes any additional obligation upon the Company or adversely affects the rights or benefits of the Company, if any, specifically afforded to the Company under Article 13 will become effective only with the consent of the Company; or

(B) imposes any obligation upon the Joint Collateral Agent or adversely affects the rights of the Joint Collateral Agent in its individual capacity will become effective only with the consent of the Joint Collateral Agent.

(b) No waiver of any of the provisions of this Article 13 will in any event be effective unless set forth in a writing signed and consented to, as required for an amendment under Section 13.09(a), by the party to be bound thereby.

(c) No exercise, delay in exercising or failure to exercise any right arising under this Article 13, no act or omission of any Obligor or holder of Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations, no change, impairment, or suspension of any right or remedy, and no other lawful act, failure to act, circumstance, occurrence or event which, but for this provision, would or could act as a release or exoneration of any obligation arising under this Article 13 will in any way affect, decrease, diminish or impair any such obligation.

Section 13.10 ENFORCEMENT.

The rights and obligations set forth in or arising under this Article 13 are enforceable only by the Joint Collateral Agent and Credit Facility Agent under a Qualified Credit Facility against each other (and their respective successors, including, but only to the extent expressly provided herein, a purchaser at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of Note Liens or Parity Liens) and against the Obligors. No

101

other Person (including holders of Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations) shall be entitled to enforce any such right or shall be obligated to perform any such obligation; however, such provisions will be binding on the holders of Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations and Credit Facility Obligations.

Section 13.11 RELATIVE RIGHTS.

This Article 13 sets forth certain relative rights, as lienholders, of the Joint Collateral Agent and the Credit Facility Agent. Nothing in this Indenture will:

(1) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Company or any other Obligor under the Note Documents;

(2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations and other creditors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(3) restrict the right of any Holder of Notes or any holder of Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations to sue for payments that are then due and owing;

(4) prevent the Trustee, the Joint Collateral Agent or the Credit Facility Agent or any Holder of Notes or holder of Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations from exercising against the Company or any other Obligor any of its other available remedies upon a default or event of default; or

(5) restrict the right of the Trustee, the Joint Collateral Agent or the Credit Facility Agent or any Holder of Notes or holder of Parity Lien Obligations or Credit Facility Obligations to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to any Obligor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding involuntarily against any Obligor or to assert or enforce any claim, Lien, right or remedy in any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy case or insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

ARTICLE 14.
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 14.01 SECURITY DOCUMENTS.

(a) The payment of the principal of and interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes when due, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Company pursuant to the Notes or by any Guarantor pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantees, the payment of all other Note Obligations and the performance of all other obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Note Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Company and the Guarantors have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and will be secured by all Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture. Such security interests will also secure any Parity Lien Obligations.

(b) The Company will cause each Material Domestic Subsidiary created, acquired or otherwise existing on or after the date hereof, including but not limited to any Nonmaterial Domestic

102

Subsidiary that becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary, to promptly, and in any event, immediately after becoming a Material Domestic Subsidiary, execute and deliver each applicable Security Document to the Joint Collateral Agent and certified copies of such Subsidiary's Governing Documents, together with legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent opining as to authorization, validity and enforceability of such Secuity Documents. In addition, the Company will not at any time permit aggregate fair market value of all Nonmaterial Domestic Subsidiaries' gross assets to equal or exceed $250,000. In such case, the Company shall require all Nonmaterial Domestic Subsidiaries to execute and deliver each applicable Security Document to the Joint Collateral Agent and certified copies of each Nonmaterial Domestic Subsidiary's Governing Documents, together with legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent opining as to authorization, validity and enforceability of such Secuity Documents.

Section 14.02 JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT.

(a) The Company will appoint a bank or trust company to serve as Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other Parity Lien Obligations from time to time. The Joint Collateral Agent may, but need not be, the same institution serving at any time as Trustee under this Indenture.

(b) The Joint Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents or sub-agents or bailees to hold Collateral or to take such other action as it deems necessary or appropriate.

(c) Neither the Trustee nor the Joint Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the Note Liens or Security Documents or any delay in doing so.

(d) The Joint Collateral Agent will be subject to such directions as may be given it by the Trustee from time to time as required or permitted by this Indenture and by any trustee or other representative of any holder of any Parity Lien Obligations. The relative rights with respect to control of the Joint Collateral Agent will be specified in any Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking. Except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture or any Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking, the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:

(1) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

(2) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Note Lien; or

(3) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Note Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

(e) The Joint Collateral Agent will be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the enforcement of the Note Liens or Security Documents.

(f) In acting as Joint Collateral Agent or co-Collateral Agent, the Joint Collateral Agent and each co-Collateral Agent may rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the Trustee under Article 7.

103

(g) The Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all Security Documents delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent and copies of all documents delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.

Section 14.03 AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN.

(a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document and Intercreditor Agreement, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Joint Collateral Agent to enter into, and the Joint Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, each Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes and other holders of Note Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents and each Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

(b) The Joint Collateral Agent and the Trustee are authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 and Article 12, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders of Notes, direct, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, the Joint Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(1) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the Note Liens;

(2) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; or

(3) collect and receive payment of any and all Note Obligations.

The Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Joint Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to protect or enforce the Note Liens or the Security Documents or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Joint Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders of Notes, the Trustee or the Joint Collateral Agent. The right of the Trustee to direct the Joint Collateral Agent is subject to the terms of the Joint Collateral Agent Undertaking.

Section 14.04 RELEASE OF NOTE LIENS.

(a) The Note Liens will be released with respect to the Notes:

(1) in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and payment in full of all other Note

104

Obligations that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, accrued and unpaid interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, are paid;

(2) in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 11.01;

(3) in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance pursuant to Article 8;

(4) in part, as to any property constituting Collateral that (a) is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted by this Indenture, at the time of such sale or disposition, to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of, or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Subsidiary that has been released from its Subsidiary Guarantee, concurrently with the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Note Liens then secure any Parity Lien Obligations and the fair market value of the Collateral subject to the Note Lien being released exceeds $500,000, any such release shall be conditioned upon written notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by any Parity Lien Representative that such disposition is also authorized by all applicable Parity Lien Credit Documents;

(5) if the Collateral subject to the proposed release of the Note Liens constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of at least 66?% in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding Notes as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes) PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Note Liens then secure any Parity Lien Obligations, any such release shall be conditioned upon written notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by any Parity Lien Representative that such disposition is also authorized by all applicable Parity Lien Credit Documents (including any vote required thereunder); or

(6) if the Collateral subject to the proposed release of the Note Liens constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, with the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes) PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Note Liens then secure any Parity Lien Obligations and the fair market value of the Collateral subject to the Note Lien being released exceeds $500,000, any such release shall be conditioned upon written notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by any Parity Lien Representative that such disposition is also authorized by all applicable Parity Lien Credit Documents (including any vote required thereunder) PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in the case of paragraphs (4) and (5) above and this paragraph (6), any such release will be conditioned on the holders of any Parity Lien Obligations also releasing their security interest in such property.

(b) Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate requesting release of the Note Liens pursuant to Section 14.04(a), accompanied by:

(1) an Opinion of Counsel confirming that such release complies with Section 14.04(a); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required in the event of a release pursuant to Section 14.04(a) or when the fair market value of the Collateral subject to the Note Lien being released does not exceed $500,000;

105

(2) all instruments requested by the Company to effectuate or confirm such release; and

(3) such other certificates and documents as the Trustee or Collateral Agent may reasonably request to confirm the matters set forth in
Section 14.04(a),

the Trustee will, if such instruments and confirmation are reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and Joint Collateral Agent, instruct the Joint Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, and the Collateral Agent will promptly execute and deliver, such instruments.

(c) All instruments effectuating or confirming any release of any Note Liens will have the effect solely of releasing such Note Liens as to the Collateral described therein, on customary terms and without any recourse, representation, warranty or liability whatsoever.

(d) The Trustee and Joint Collateral Agent are not required to serve, file, register or record any instrument releasing Collateral; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company may serve, file, register or record any such instrument upon authorization from the Trustee and the Joint Collateral Agent.

(e) The Company will bear and pay all costs and expenses associated with any release of Note Liens pursuant to this Section 14.04, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys or representatives acting for the Trustee or for the Joint Collateral Agent.

ARTICLE 15.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.01 TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 15.02 NOTICES.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Hexcel Corporation
Two Stamford Plaza
281 Tresser Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
Telecopier No.: (203) 358-3972
Attention: General Counsel

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Four Times Square

106

New York, New York 10036
Telecopier No.: (212) 735-2000
Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq. and Thomas W. Greenberg, Esq.

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association 213 Court Street, Suite 703
Middletown, Connecticut 06457
Telecopier No.: (860) 704-6219
Attention: Joseph P. O'Donnell, Trust Officer

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 15.03 COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 15.04 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 15.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

107

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 15.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 15.05 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA
Section 314(e) and must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 15.06 RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 15.07 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 15.08 GOVERNING LAW.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 15.09 NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

108

Section 15.10 SUCCESSORS.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05.

Section 15.11 SEVERABILITY.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 15.12 COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 15.13 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

109

SIGNATURES

Dated as of March 19, 2003

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -------------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING. CORP.

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -------------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -------------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President Finance and
           Treasurer

CS TECH-FAB HOLDING, INC.

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -------------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

HEXCEL POTTSVILE CORPORATION.

                                       By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
                                           Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Attest:


/s/ Ira J. Krakower
------------------------------------
Name: Ira J. Krakower
Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel
       and Secretary

110

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

                                By:     /s/ Nedine A. Peluso
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name: Nedine A. Peluso
                                        Title: Corporate Trust Officer

Attest:


/s/ Robert Reynolds
-----------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
Date:  March 19, 2003

111

SCHEDULE I

SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS

The following schedule lists each Guarantor under this Indenture as of the date hereof:

Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.

Clark-Schwebel Corporation

CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc.

Hexcel Pottsville Corporation

I-1

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

CUSIP/CINS ____________

9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008

No. ___ $____________

HEXCEL CORPORATION

promises to pay to CEDE & CO.

or registered assigns,

the principal sum of __________________________________________________________

Dollars on October 1, 2008.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

Dated: March 19, 2003

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By:

Name:


Title:

By:

Name:


Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:

Authorized Signatory


A-1

[Back of Note] 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE]

[INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE]

[INSERT THE UNIT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.875% per annum from March 19, 2003 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; PROVIDED that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2003. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 19, 2003 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The

A-2

terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company limited to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount. The Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be secured by first priority security interests (subject to Permitted Prior Liens) and subject to Lien sharing in favor of the holders of future Parity Lien Debt, in substantially all of the Company's and its Domestic Subsidiaries' property, plant and equipment, patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, customer and supplier contracts (which will not include accounts and related rights that are Credit Facility Collateral) and other general intangibles, intercompany notes and other instruments and obligations receivable, and certain other investment property, 100% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company's Domestic Subsidiaries, other than Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc., Hexcel Technologies, Inc. and Clark-Schwebel Corporation, and, as described under
Section 13.02, the outstanding voting stock of the Company's material first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries (but not more than 65% of the voting stock of such Foreign Subsidiaries) and intercompany notes outstanding from the Company's Foreign Subsidiaries. Collateral shall not include Credit Facility Collateral (which includes inventory, and accounts receivable) and other Excluded Assets. The Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and future Parity Lien Debt will also be secured by first priority security interests, subject to Lien sharing provisions in favor of the holders of Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility, upon Equity Interests issued and intercompany notes owing by Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent the same secures such Qualified Credit Facility.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) After April 1, 2006, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

Year                                               Percentage
----                                               ----------
2006..............................................    104.938%
2007..............................................    102.469%
2008 and thereafter...............................    100.000%

(b) At any time prior to April 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including the original principal amount of any Additional Securities) at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of Equity Offerings; PROVIDED that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and the redemption occurs within 120 days after the date of the related Equity Offering.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes except as provided under Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14.

A-3

(7) REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a "CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER") to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on the Notes repurchased, if any, to the date of purchase (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Parity Lien Debt that contains provisions similar to those set forth herein with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and the Parity Lien Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the

A-4

consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 of the Indenture; to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the date thereof; to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes; to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or Security Documents or any release of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in the Indenture or Security Documents; to conform the text of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Notes contained in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in that Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes; reflect any waiver or termination of any right arising under Article 12 of the Indenture that otherwise would be enforceable by any holder of a Parity Lien Obligation or Parity Lien, if such waiver or termination is set forth or provided herein or agreement governing or giving rise to such Parity Lien Obligation or Parity Lien; PROVIDED, that no such waiver or amendment shall adversely affect the rights of Holders of Notes; or except as otherwise provided under Section 13.09 of the Indenture make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) the Company defaults for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest with respect to, the Notes; (ii) the Company defaults in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 or 5.01 of the Indenture; the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations in Section 4.14, other than a failure to purchase Notes, or
Section 4.10, other than a failure to purchase Notes, Section 4.03, Section 4.07, Section 4.09, Section 4.08, Section 4.11, Section 4.15, Section 4.13 or Section 4.18 in the Indenture for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; (iv) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in the Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall a failure by the Company to observe or perform any representation or warranty be an Event of Default unless such failure would have a material adverse effect on the management, the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (v) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or

A-5

any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a "Payment Default"); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more; (vi) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, which judgment or judgments remains outstanding for 60 days following such judgment or judgments and are not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class ; provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10.0 million; (vii) any Security Document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby and having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes effective as set forth herein) to be fully enforceable and perfected; (viii) the Company or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Security Document; (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; (x) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law, (A) commences a voluntary case, (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or (xi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that, (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. However, a default under clauses (iv), (v) or (vii) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure the Default within the time specified after receipt of the notice. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except

A-6

a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(13) LIEN SHARING; INTERCREDITOR OBLIGATIONS. The Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the other Note Obligations are secured by Note Liens upon the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. If the Company incurs any Parity Lien Debt, the Note Liens will rank Equally and Ratably with certain Parity Liens as set forth in Article 12 of the Indenture. In addition, as to certain Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof, the Note Liens and any Parity Liens will rank Equally and Ratably with Liens securing certain Credit Facility Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility. The Collateral Agent is or may become required to perform certain obligations relating to the Collateral for the benefit of the Credit Facility Agent under a Qualified Credit Facility as set forth in Article 13 of the Indenture.

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof.

(19) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as

A-7

printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Exchange Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Hexcel Corporation
Two Stamford Plaza
281 Tresser Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
Attention: General Counsel

A-8

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE]

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of March 19, 2003 (the "INDENTURE") among Hexcel Corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

By:

Name:


Title:

E-1

H-1

EXHIBIT 4.5

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES A
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

OF

HEXCEL CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), certifies that pursuant to the authority contained in its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), its Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") has adopted the following resolution creating a series of its Preferred Stock, without par value, designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that a series of authorized Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation be hereby created, and that the designation and amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Amount; Rank.

(a) DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as the "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Convertible Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 125,000


shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. Section 12 contains the definitions of certain defined terms used herein.

(b) RANK. Except as otherwise set forth herein or the Series B Certificate of Designations, the Convertible Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation, whether now or hereafter issued, rank senior to all Junior Stock and rank on parity with all Parity Stock, including without limitation, the Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a) ENTITLEMENT; ACCRUAL; PAYMENT.

(i) Commencing on the Dividend Commencement Date, the holders of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on each Dividend Payment Date in respect of the Dividend Period ending on (and including) the date immediately prior to such Dividend Payment Date dividends on each share of Convertible Preferred Stock at the rate of 6% per annum on the Accrued Value thereof from the Dividend Commencement Date until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Liquidation Preference of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is paid to the holder thereof in connection with the Liquidation of the Corporation; (B) the date on which the Corporation redeems such share of Convertible Preferred Stock; (C) the date on which such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into shares of Common Stock; (D) the occurrence of a Mandatory Conversion Event and (E) the date on which such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is otherwise acquired by the Corporation, provided that with respect to the Initial Dividend Period, the dividends set forth above shall be prorated based on the number of days in such period. Such dividends shall be fully cumulative and accumulate and accrue on a daily basis (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) and compound quarterly in arrears on the Dividend Payment Dates at the rate indicated above and in the manner set forth herein, whether or not


they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. In no event shall dividends accrue or be payable on the Convertible Preferred Stock prior to the Dividend Commencement Date pursuant to this Section 2(a)(i).

(ii) Such dividends shall, at the option of the Corporation, either be paid in cash or accrue and compound and be added to the Accrued Value on the applicable Dividend Payment Dates, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all dividends payable on any given Dividend Payment Date must either (i) all be paid in cash or (ii) all accrue and compound and be added to the Accrued Value, in each case on the Dividend Payment Date. Each such dividend which is payable in cash shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock on the Dividend Payment Date, as they appear on the share records of the Corporation at the close of business on such record dates. Any dividend that is not otherwise paid in cash on the applicable Dividend Payment Date (whether due to the Corporation's election not to pay such dividend in cash, its inability to pay such dividend in cash, or otherwise) shall automatically, and without any action on the part of the Corporation, accrue and compound and be added to the Accrued Value on such Dividend Payment Date.

(iii) In addition to dividends payable pursuant to
Section 2(a)(i) hereof, in the event any dividends are declared or paid or any other distribution is made on or with respect to the Common Stock, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock as of the record date established by the Board of Directors for such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive as additional dividends (the "Additional Dividends") an amount (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) equal to the amount (and in the form) of the dividends or distribution that such holder would have received had the Convertible Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock as of the date immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock;


PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Convertible Preferred Stock is then convertible, the Conversion Limitation (as defined in Section 7(a) below) shall be disregarded. Such Additional Dividends shall be payable on the same payment date as the payment date for the dividend on the Common Stock established by the Board of Directors (the "Additional Dividend Payment Date"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Stock consisting in whole or in part of Common Stock (or options, rights, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), then no such dividend or distribution shall be payable in respect of the Convertible Preferred Stock on account of the portion of such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock and in lieu thereof the applicable anti-dilution adjustment in Section 7(b) below shall apply. The record date for any such Additional Dividends shall be the record date for the applicable dividend or distribution on the Common Stock, and any such Additional Dividends shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock on the applicable record date, as they appear on the share records of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date.

(b) PRIORITY WITH RESPECT TO JUNIOR STOCK. Holders of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the dividends provided for in Section 2(a)(i) and 2(a)(ii) in preference to and in priority over any dividends upon any of the Junior Stock.

Section 3. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) GENERAL. Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided herein, each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers, and shall be entitled to vote on all matters put to a vote or consent of stockholders of the Corporation, voting together with the holders of the Common Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as a single class, with each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock having the number of votes equal to


the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock could be converted in accordance with Section 7 hereof as of the record date for the vote or consent which is being taken.

(b) VOTING WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN MATTERS. In addition to any matters requiring a separate vote of the Convertible Preferred Stock under applicable law, the Corporation shall not, without the prior consent or approval of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting as a single class,

(i) amend, alter, repeal or restate its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or this Certificate of Designations (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) in a manner that alters or changes, in any adverse manner, the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Convertible Preferred Stock or which otherwise would adversely affect the rights, privileges or preferences of the Convertible Preferred Stock; or

(ii) authorize, issue or otherwise create any shares of Senior Stock, Parity Stock or additional shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

Section 4. REDEMPTION.

(a) GENERAL. Except as provided in this Section 4, the Corporation shall have no right to redeem any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

(b) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(i) On January 22, 2010 (the "Mandatory Redemption Date"), the Corporation shall be required to redeem (subject to the legal availability of funds therefor) all remaining outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock for an amount in cash in respect of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock equal to such share's Liquidation Preference (the "Mandatory Redemption Price"). The Corporation shall take all actions required or permitted under the DGCL to permit such redemption of the Convertible


Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Mandatory Redemption Price of each share is equal to the Participating Preference Amount (as such term is defined in Section 6) rather than the Adjusted Accrued Value of such share, the Corporation shall be entitled to pay all of the Mandatory Redemption Price in Common Stock valued at the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Redemption Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each holder of shares to be redeemed under this Section 4(b)(i) may, in any event, elect to receive the Adjusted Accrued Value in cash, in lieu of a payment of the Participating Preference Amount in Common Stock, with respect to each share being redeemed hereunder.

(ii) If notice has been mailed in accordance with
Section 4(b)(iii) and provided that on or before the Mandatory Redemption Date, all funds necessary for such redemption shall have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds in trust for the PRO RATA benefit of the holders of the shares so called for redemption, so as to be, and to continue to be available therefor, then, from and after the Mandatory Redemption Date, dividends on the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall cease to accumulate, and said shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall not have the status of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, and all rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive from the Corporation the Mandatory Redemption Price) shall cease. Upon surrender, in accordance with said notice, of the certificates for any shares so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the Mandatory Redemption Price.

(iii) Notice of any redemption pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be sent by or on behalf of the Corporation not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Mandatory Redemption Date, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to all holders of record of


the Convertible Preferred Stock at their last addresses as they shall appear on the books of the Corporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no failure to give such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the giving of notice for the redemption of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock except as to the holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give notice or except as to the holder to whom notice was defective.

(iv) If at the Mandatory Redemption Date, the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to redeem all the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take all measures permitted under the DGCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it may legally redeem, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have funds available therefor, redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it legally may redeem until it has redeemed all of the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock. Shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed on the Mandatory Redemption Date shall accrue dividends at a rate equal to 10% per annum of the Accrued Value, accruing and compounding in the manner set forth in
Section 2(a) hereof from the Mandatory Redemption Date until such shares are redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 4(b) at the Mandatory Redemption Price. If, and so long as, any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series B Certificate of Designations) or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series B Certificate of Designations or except in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to be satisfied pro rata with the Convertible Preferred Stock) or (ii) declare


or make any Junior Stock Distribution, or, directly or indirectly, discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Junior Stock.

(c) REDEMPTION UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(i) In the event there occurs a Change of Control, the Corporation shall offer to purchase from each holder all of the Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder for an amount in cash in respect of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the Liquidation Preference of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock, by delivery of a notice of such offer (a "Change of Control Redemption Offer") within ten Business Days following the Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the Corporation to purchase any or all of the Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder for an amount in cash in respect of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the Liquidation Preference of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the redemption price of each share under this Section 4(c) is equal to the Participating Preference Amount rather than the Adjusted Accrued Value of such share, the Corporation shall be entitled to pay all of such redemption price in Common Stock valued at the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date set forth in the notice given by the Corporation pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each holder of shares to be redeemed under this Section 4(c)(i) may, in any event, elect to receive the Adjusted Accrued Value in cash, in lieu of a payment of the Participating Preference Amount in Common Stock, with respect to each share being redeemed hereunder.

(ii) Within ten Business Days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Corporation shall give notice by mail to each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, at such holder's address as it appears on the transfer books of the


Corporation, of such event, which notice shall set forth (i) each holder's right to require the Corporation to redeem any or all shares of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder, (ii) the redemption date (which date shall be no more than 30 Business Days following the date of such mailed notice), (iii) that any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock not tendered will continue to accrue dividends as provided for in Section 2(a) hereof and (iv) the procedures to be followed by such holder in exercising its right to cause such redemption. In the event a record holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall elect to require the Corporation to redeem any or all of such holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(c), such holder shall deliver within 20 Business Days of the mailing to it of the Corporation's notice described in this
Section 4(c)(ii) (a "Change of Control Redemption Request"), a written notice to the Corporation so stating and specifying the number of such holder's shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 4(c). The Corporation shall, in accordance with the terms hereof, redeem the number of shares so specified on the date fixed for redemption. Failure of the Corporation to give any notice required by this Section 4(c)(ii), or the formal insufficiency of any such notice, shall not prejudice the rights of any holders of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to cause the Corporation to redeem all such shares held by them. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may modify any offer (other than with respect to the price to be paid in accordance with Section 4(c)(i) hereof) pursuant to this Section 4(c) to the extent necessary to comply with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(iii) If upon a Change of Control, the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to redeem all of the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock that the holders thereof have required the Corporation redeem, the Corporation shall take all measures permitted under the DGCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it may legally redeem, ratably from the holders


electing redemption thereof in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have funds available therefor, redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holders as it legally may until it has redeemed all of the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock the holders thereof require it to redeem. Shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed upon receipt of a Change of Control Redemption Request shall accrue dividends at a rate equal to 10% per annum of the Accrued Value thereof, accruing and compounding in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) hereof, from the date fixed by the Corporation for a Change of Control Redemption until such shares are redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 4(c). If, and so long as, any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series B Certificate of Designations) or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series B Certificate of Designations or except in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to be satisfied pro rata with the Convertible Preferred Stock) or (ii) declare or make any Junior Stock Distribution, or, directly or indirectly, discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Junior Stock.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, until the Corporation's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Notes") have been repurchased or repaid or permission for such redemption has been granted under the Notes, the Corporation shall not effect a redemption pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof; provided, however, that any failure to effect a redemption under this Section 4(c)(iv) shall be treated for all intents and purposes as a failure to redeem under Section 4(c)(iii) above and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the increased dividend accrual rate set


forth in Section 4(c)(iii) above shall apply pending redemption. Any shares not redeemed due to the terms of this Section 4(c)(iv) shall be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is able to effect a redemption of such shares (ratably in proportion to share ownership in the event of any partial redemption) under the Notes.

(d) In the event the Corporation does not have sufficient capital, surplus or other funds available, or the Debt Instruments otherwise restrict its ability, to (A) redeem all shares of Convertible Preferred Stock entitled to a redemption pursuant to this Section 4 and (B) redeem all shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to a redemption pursuant to Section 4 of the Series B Certificate of Designations, then the Corporation shall redeem the Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pro rata based on the relative amounts of the redemption payments payable to the holders of such series in the aggregate. Any shares not redeemed because the Corporation does not have sufficient capital, surplus or other funds available, or the Debt Instruments otherwise restrict its ability to do so, shall be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is able to effect a redemption of such shares (ratably in proportion to share ownership in the event of any partial redemption).

Section 5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock converted, redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof, and, if necessary to provide for the lawful redemption or purchase of such shares, the capital represented by such shares shall be reduced in accordance with the DGCL. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation and may be reissued as part of another series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation.

Section 6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. If the Corporation shall adopt a plan of liquidation or of dissolution, or commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable state or Federal bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (any such laws, the "Bankruptcy Law"), or consent to the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary case under any such law or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Corporation or of any substantial part of its


property, and on account of such event the Corporation shall liquidate, dissolve or wind up, or upon any other liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (any such event, a "Liquidation"), each holder shall be entitled to receive out of assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, in preference to any distribution to holders of Junior Stock, including without limitation Common Stock, an amount of cash with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder (such amount being such share's "Liquidation Preference") equal to the greater of (i) if measured prior to the Dividend Commencement Date, the Stated Value, or, if measured on or following the Dividend Commencement Date, the Adjusted Accrued Value, of such share and (ii) the amount that would be payable to such holder in respect of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation in accordance with
Section 7 hereof (the amount in this clause (ii) being referred to as the "Participating Preference Amount"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Convertible Preferred Stock is then convertible, the Conversion Limitation shall be disregarded; PROVIDED, FURTHER, in the event of a Liquidation that occurs due to a voluntary or involuntary case of the Corportaion under Bankruptcy Law, if the Liquidation Preference with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is equal to the Participating Preference Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, each holder shall receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, such Liquidation Preference as follows: (x) in preference to any distribution to holders of Junior Stock, an amount of cash with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the Adjusted Accrued Value and (y) thereafter, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to share in all remaining assets of the Corporation, PARI PASSU with the holders of the Common Stock (with the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock deemed to hold that number of shares of Common Stock into which Convertible Preferred Stock with a Liquidation Preference equal to the Excess Amount could be converted) until the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to the amount by which the Participating Preference Amount exceeds the Adjusted Accrued Value (the "Excess Amount"). No full preferential payment on account of any dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Corporation shall be made to the holders of any class of Parity Stock unless there shall likewise be paid at the same time to the


holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock the full amounts to which such holders are entitled with respect to such distribution. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation payments payable to the holders of the outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock and outstanding shares of Parity Stock, then the holders of all such shares shall share ratably in such distribution of assets in accordance with the full respective preferential payments that would be payable on such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock and such shares of Parity Stock if all amounts payable thereon were payable in full.

Section 7. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted into shares of Common Stock at any time, whether or not the Corporation has given notice of redemption under Section 4, on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 7.

(a) TERMS OF CONVERSION. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time, and from time to time, in the manner hereinafter set forth into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Stated Value by the Conversion Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall shares of Convertible Preferred Stock be convertible into Common Stock to the extent, and at any time, that (i) such conversion would cause the holder thereof (together with its affiliates) to have beneficial ownership (which shall have the meaning as used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that for the purposes of this Section 7(a), such meaning shall include the right to acquire securities, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately) of more than 39.9% of the voting power of the Corporation's outstanding voting stock, and (ii) the Notes are outstanding and beneficial ownership by any holder or group of holders of at least 40% of the voting power of the Corporation's outstanding voting stock would constitute a "change of control" thereunder (the "Conversion Limitation") (it being understood for the purposes of this Section 7(a) that any securities beneficially owned by any Berkshire/Greenbriar Investor will be deemed to be beneficially owned by all Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and that any Conversion Limitation shall be applied pro rata, based on ownership of Convertible Preferred Stock as amongst the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors); PROVIDED, FURTHER, any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are not convertible at any time due to the Conversion


Limitation shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations.

(b) ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the original issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock declare a dividend or make a distribution on the outstanding shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, in either case, in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such event or the record date therefor, whichever is earlier, shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(b)(i) shall become effective (x) in the case of any such dividend or distribution, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, or (y) in the case of any such subdivision, reclassification, consolidation or combination, at the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective.

(ii) In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the original issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock issue shares of Common Stock (or options, rights, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) at a price per share (or having an exercise or conversion price per share) less than the Conversion Price in effect as of the Business Day immediately preceding such issuance of


Common Stock or securities, other than (x) shares of Common Stock, options or other securities issued under any employee or director benefit plan or program of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) of the Corporation or shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise thereof, (y) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation's 7% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2003 or the Corporation's 7% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011 or (z) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Sections 4(b)(i), 4(c)(i) or 9(a) (the issuances under clauses (x), (y) and (z) being referred to as "Excluded Issuances"), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Common Stock or securities shall be reduced so as to be equal to an amount determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately prior to such issuance and (B) the number of additional shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration for the number of shares of Common Stock so offered would purchase at the then Conversion Price per share of Common Stock, and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately after such issuance. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(b)(ii) shall become effective (x) in the case of an offering of rights, warrants or options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock to all or substantially all of the holders of the Common Stock or any other issuance contemplated by this Section 7(b)(ii) where a record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to participate in such issuance, immediately after the close of business such record date and (y) in all other cases, the Business Day immediately preceding the date of issuance of shares of Common Stock (or options, rights, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) contemplated by this Section 7(b)(ii).


(iii) For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this Section 7(b), the following provisions shall be applicable:

(1) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash in a public offering or private placement, the aggregate consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting therefrom any discounts, commissions or placement fees payable by the Corporation to any underwriter or placement agent in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(2) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof.

(3) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities (except with respect to Excluded Issuances):

(A) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 7(b)(iii)(1) and (2) above), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the exercise price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby;

(B) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for any such convertible


or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities, options, or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided above);

(C) on any increase in the number of shares or decrease in exercise price of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of any such options or rights or conversions of or exchanges for such securities, other than a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof, the applicable Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted retroactively to give effect to such increase or decrease; and

(D) no further adjustment of the Conversion Price adjusted upon the issuance of any such options, rights, convertible securities or exchangeable securities shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or any conversion or exchange of any such securities.

(4) All calculations of the Conversion Price shall be made to the nearest one one-hundredth of a cent. Anything in
Section 7(b)(ii) to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the


then current Conversion Price be increased as a result of any calculation made at any time pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii).

(5) The number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include any shares of Common Stock then owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation.

(c) REORGANIZATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ASSET SALE. In case of any capital reorganization or reclassification of outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a reclassification covered by Section 7(b)), or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another Person of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety (each of the foregoing being referred to as a "Transaction"), each share of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall thereafter be convertible into, upon receipt of any requisite governmental approvals, in lieu of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion prior to the consummation of such Transaction, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon the consummation of such Transaction by a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible immediately prior to the consummation of such Transaction. In any such case, the Corporation will make appropriate provisions (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) to ensure that the provisions of Sections 2-3, 4(a), 4(c), 6-7 and 9 herein will continue to be applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock or any such other shares of stock and other securities (other than Common Stock) and property deliverable upon conversion of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock remaining outstanding following the Transaction. In case securities or property other than Common Stock shall be issuable or deliverable upon conversion as aforesaid, then all references in this Section 7 shall be deemed to apply, so far as appropriate and as nearly as may be, to such other securities or property.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Corporation will not effect any Transaction unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the Surviving Person (as defined in Section 12) thereof, if other than the Corporation, shall assume, by written instrument mailed to each record holder of shares of


Convertible Preferred Stock, at such holder's address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation, the obligation to deliver to such holder such cash, property and securities to which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder is entitled. Nothing contained in this Section 7(c) shall limit the rights of holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock to convert the Convertible Preferred Stock or to require the Corporation to effect a redemption in connection with a Transaction.

(d) CONVERSION PROCEDURES. The holder of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock may exercise its right to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock at any time by surrendering for such purpose to the Corporation, at its principal office or at such other office or agency maintained by the Corporation for that purpose, a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be converted duly endorsed to the Corporation in blank accompanied by a written notice stating that such holder elects to convert all or a specified whole number of such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7. The Corporation will pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax and any other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock to the holder on conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant hereto. As promptly as practicable, and in any event within three Business Days after the surrender of such certificate or certificates and the receipt of such notice relating thereto and, if applicable, payment of all transfer taxes (or the demonstration to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such taxes are inapplicable), the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered (i) certificates (which shall bear legends, if appropriate) registered in the name of such holder representing the number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable full shares of Common Stock to which the holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so converted shall be entitled, (ii) if less than the full number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock evidenced by the surrendered certificate or certificates are being converted, a new certificate or certificates, of like tenor, for the number of shares evidenced by such surrendered certificate or certificates less the number of shares converted and
(iii) payment of all amounts to which a holder is entitled pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of receipt of such notice and of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be converted so that the rights of the holder thereof as to the shares being converted shall cease except for the right to receive shares of Common Stock, and the person


entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Common Stock at such time.

(e) FRACTIONAL SHARES. In connection with the conversion of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 8, no fractions of shares of Common Stock shall be issued, but in lieu thereof the Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest (after aggregating all such shares being converted) in an amount equal to such fractional interest multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the day on which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are deemed to have been converted.

(f) DIVIDENDS; DISTRIBUTIONS. In case at any time or from time to time the Corporation shall pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, or shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or any other right, or there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation, or any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, then, in any one or more of said cases the Corporation shall give at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice to the registered holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock at the addresses of each as shown on the books of the Corporation of the date on which (i) the books of the corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for such stock dividend, distribution or subscription rights or (ii) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date, if known, as of which the holders of the Common Stock and of the Convertible Preferred Stock of record shall participate in said dividend, distribution or subscription rights or shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, or participate in such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.


The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from liens, charges and security interests and not subject to any pre-emptive rights, for issuance upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, such number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall take all action required to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock if necessary to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

Section 8. MANDATORY CONVERSION. Whether or not the Corporation has given notice of a redemption pursuant to Section 4, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall, immediately upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Conversion Event, automatically convert into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon such automatic conversion shall be determined by dividing (x) the Stated Value by (y) the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall shares of Convertible Preferred Stock be converted into Common Stock to the extent, and at any time, the Conversion Limitation is applicable (it being understood for the purposes of this Section 8 that any securities beneficially owned by any Berkshire/Greenbriar Investor will be deemed to be beneficially owned by all Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and that any Conversion Limitation applied under this Section 8 shall be applied as amongst the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pro rata, based on ownership of the Convertible Preferred Stock); PROVIDED, FURTHER, any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are not convertible at any time pursuant to this Section 8 due to the Conversion Limitation shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations. Any holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock not convertible pursuant to this Section 8 due to the Conversion Limitation shall, immediately upon such time as the Conversion Limitation is no longer applicable to such holder, automatically convert into fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock in accordance with the formula provided for in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 8. Any conversion pursuant to this Section 8 shall occur automatically and without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. Upon the occurrence of such


automatic conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall provide written notice to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock shall, a reasonable time thereafter, surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred. All certificates evidencing shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Event, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates.

Section 9. PAYMENT UPON CONVERSION.

(a) Upon conversion of a share of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the holder of such share shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to such share's Conversion Payment. Any Conversion Payment made pursuant to this Section 9(a) may be paid by the Corporation, with respect to any such Conversion Payment, (i) all in cash or (ii) all in shares of Common Stock, provided that (A) if the Corporation is paying in shares of Common Stock at its option, such shares of Common Stock shall be valued at 90% of the Closing Price on the date of such conversion and (B) if the Corporation is paying in shares of Common Stock because it does not have available sufficient capital, surplus or other funds available to pay, or is restricted by the Debt Instruments from paying, such Conversion Payment in cash, such shares of Common Stock shall be valued at 95% of the Closing Price on the date of such conversion. With respect to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which have been surrendered to the Corporation on the same date in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, each holder thereof shall be entitled to receive the same type of consideration in payment of its Conversion Payment.


(b) Upon conversion of a share of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the holder of such share shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to such share's Conversion Payment.

Section 10. REPORTS AS TO ADJUSTMENTS. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible (or the number of votes to which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled) is adjusted as provided in Section 7, the Corporation shall promptly mail to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock at their respective addresses as the same shall appear in the Corporation's stock records a notice stating that the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible has been adjusted and setting forth the new number of shares of Common Stock (or describing the new stock, securities, cash or other property) into which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, as a result of such adjustment, a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation thereof, and when such adjustment became effective.

Section 11. TAX MATTERS. Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Corporation, holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall provide the Corporation, in the time and the manner prescribed by applicable law, validly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9 or W-8BEN or other applicable W-8 (each an "IRS Form"). If the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, that such IRS Form entitles the holder to either (x) a complete exemption from withholding taxes or (y) a reduction of withholding taxes, with respect to any payment to such holder pursuant to the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall not withhold from such payment or shall withhold such reduced amount of withholding taxes from such payment, as the case may be. In all other cases, the Corporation shall be entitled to withhold from any payment to such holder of Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to such Convertible Preferred Stock the applicable amount of any United States federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax that the Corporation, in its sole discretion, believes it is required to withhold pursuant to applicable law. Notwithstanding the above or anything else in this Certificate of Designations, the Corporation shall, unless otherwise determined after the date hereof by an applicable taxing authority or court of competent jurisdiction, take the position for federal, state and local income tax purposes that neither any


accretion of the dividend under Section 2(a) of the Certificate of Designations nor any difference between issue price and redemption price of the Convertible Preferred Stock gives rise to a distribution taxable to holders of such stock uunder Section 305 of the Code or the regulations thereunder, and shall file all tax returns (including information returns, if any) consistent with that position.

Section 12. DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of the Certificate of Designations of Convertible Preferred Stock which embodies this resolution:

"Accrued Value" means, with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred Stock, the sum of (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock) (i) $1,195.618 plus (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate of all accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on such share which have been added to Accrued Value as provided for in Sections 2(a)(ii), 4(b)(iv), 4(c)(iii) and 4(c)(iv).

"Adjusted Accrued Value" means an amount per share of Convertible Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Stated Value plus (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate of all accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on such share which have been added to Accrued Value as provided for in Sections
2(a)(ii), 4(b)(iv), 4(c)(iii) and 4(c)(iv) plus (iii) an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends on such share which have not been added to Accrued Value; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for purposes for Section 4(c)(i), the Adjusted Accrued Value component of Liquidation Preference shall mean the product of (A) the Adjusted Accrued Value as calculated absent this proviso and (B) 1.01.

"affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

"Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors" means any of the parties defined as an "Investor" in the Stockholders Agreement, dated March 19, 2003, among Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P. and Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P.


"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

"Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing person.

"Change of Control" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture in effect as of the date hereof.

"Closing Price" per share of Common Stock on any date shall be the closing sale price on such day or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, in each case on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange or quotation system on which such security is quoted or listed or admitted to trading, or, if not quoted or listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quotation system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such security on the over-the-counter market on the day in question as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or a similarly generally accepted reporting service, or if not so available, in such manner as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Board of Directors for that purpose or a price determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

"Conversion Payment" means (i) an amount equal to the aggregate of all accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on such share which have been added to Accrued Value as provided for in Section 2(a)(ii) prior to the occurrence of a Dividend Accrual Event plus (ii) an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends on such share which have not been added to Accrued Value prior


to the occurrence of a Dividend Accrual Event.

"Conversion Price" shall be equal to the Initial Conversion Price, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7(b).

"Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock on any date shall be the average of the Closing Prices of a share of Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days selected by the Corporation commencing not less than 10 Trading Days nor more than 20 Trading Days before the date in question. If on any such Trading Day the Common Stock is not quoted by any organization referred to in the definition of Closing Price, the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on such day shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

"Debt Instruments" shall mean (i) Hexcel's Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, as amended from time to time, or any replacement thereof and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Indenture.

"Dividend Accrual Event" shall occur if the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over any sixty (60) consecutive Trading Days exceeds an amount per share equal to 200% of the Initial Conversion Price; provided that the 60th consecutive Trading Day is a date that is later than the three year anniversary of the Issuance Date.

"Dividend Commencement Date" shall mean the date that is the three year anniversary of the Issuance Date.

"Dividend Payment Date" means each of January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, except that if such date is not a Business Day then the Dividend Payment Date shall be the next day that is a Business Day.

"Dividend Period" means the Initial Dividend Period and, thereafter, each quarterly period from a Dividend Payment Date to the next following Dividend Payment Date (but without including such later Dividend Payment Date).

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


"Fair Market Value" with respect to any property shall mean the value assigned in good faith to such property by the Board of Directors.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"Indenture Change of Control" shall have the meaning assigned to the term "Change of Control" in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

"Initial Conversion Price" means $3.00 (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of the Common Stock).

"Initial Dividend Period" means the dividend period commencing on the Dividend Commencement Date and ending on the first Dividend Payment Date to occur thereafter (but without including such Dividend Payment Date).

"Issuance Date" means the original date of issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

"Junior Stock" means the Common Stock of the Corporation and each other class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation currently existing or established hereafter (other than the Series B Preferred Stock) unless such class of Capital Stock or series of Preferred Stock is issued and established after the date of this Certificate of Designations and expressly provides that such class or series will rank on parity with (together with the Series B Preferred Stock, the "Parity Stock") or senior to ("Senior Stock") the Convertible Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.

"Junior Stock Distribution" means the declaration or payment or setting apart for payment of any dividends (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Junior Stock) or other distribution declared or made upon Junior Stock, or the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any Junior Stock.

"Liquidation Preference" has the meaning set forth in Section 6 above.

"Mandatory Conversion Event" shall occur if the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over any sixty (60) consecutive Trading Days exceeds an amount per


share equal to 300% of the Initial Conversion Price; provided that the 60th consecutive Trading Day is a date that is later than the three year anniversary of the Issuance Date.

"Mandatory Redemption Obligation" means any redemption obligation of the Corporation pursuant to Sections 4(b) or 4(c) hereof.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or partnership, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity of any kind.

"Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the Indenture, dated January 21, 1999, between the Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to the issuance of the Corporation's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009.

"Series B Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations governing the Series B Preferred Stock.

"Series B Liquidation Preference" shall have the meaning assigned to "Liquidation Preference" in the Series B Certificate of Designations.

"Series B Preferred Stock" means the Corporation's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value.

"Stated Value" means, with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred Stock, $1,000 (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock).

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

"Surviving Person" means the continuing or surviving Person of a merger, consolidation or other corporate combination, the Person receiving a transfer of all or a substantial part of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or the Person consolidating with or merging into the Corporation in a merger, consolidation or other corporate combination in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving


Person, but in connection with which the Convertible Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation is exchanged, converted or reinstated into the securities of any other Person or cash or any other property; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if such Surviving Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Person, the parent entity shall be deemed to be a Surviving Person.

"Trading Day" means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is quoted, listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Common Stock is not quoted, listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange (or the Nasdaq Stock Market), any Business Day.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations of Convertible Preferred Stock to be duly executed this 19th day of March, 2003.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ------------------------------
Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Executive Vice President
       and Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 4.6

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES B
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

OF

HEXCEL CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), certifies that pursuant to the authority contained in its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), its Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") has adopted the following resolution creating a series of its Preferred Stock, without par value, designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that a series of authorized Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation be hereby created, and that the designation and amount thereof and the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Amount; Rank.

(a) DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as the "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Convertible


Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 125,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. Section 11 contains the definitions of certain defined terms used herein.

(b) RANK. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Convertible Preferred Stock shall (i) with respect to Participating Dividends (as defined below) rank PARI PASSU with all Junior Stock and (ii) with respect to distributions upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation, whether now or hereafter issued, rank senior to all Junior Stock and rank on parity with all Parity Stock, including, without limitation, the Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. In the event any dividends are declared or paid or any other distribution is made on or with respect to the Common Stock, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock as of the record date established by the Board of Directors for such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive as dividends (the "Participating Dividends") an amount (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) equal to the amount (and in the form) of the dividends or distribution that such holder would have received had the Convertible Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock as of the date immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Convertible Preferred Stock is then convertible, the Conversion Limitation (as defined in Section 7(a) below) shall be disregarded. Such Participating Dividends shall be payable on the same payment date as the payment date for the dividend on the Common Stock established by the Board of Directors (the " Participating Dividend Payment Date"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Corporation declares and pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Stock consisting in whole or in part of Common Stock (or options, rights, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), then no such dividend or distribution shall be payable in respect of the Convertible Preferred Stock on account of the portion of such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock and in lieu thereof the applicable anti-dilution adjustment in Section 7(b) below shall apply. The record date for any such Participating Dividends shall be the record date for the applicable


dividend or distribution on the Common Stock, and any such Participating Dividends shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock on the applicable record date, as they appear on the share records of the Corporation at the close of business on such record date.

Section 3. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) GENERAL. Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided herein, each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers, and shall be entitled to vote on all matters put to a vote or consent of stockholders of the Corporation, voting together with the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock as a single class, with each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock having the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock could be converted in accordance with Section 7 hereof as of the record date for the vote or consent which is being taken.

(b) VOTING WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN MATTERS. In addition to any matters requiring a separate vote of the Convertible Preferred Stock under applicable law, the Corporation shall not, without the prior consent or approval of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, amend, alter, repeal or restate its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or this Certificate of Designations (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) in a manner that alters or changes, in any adverse manner, the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Convertible Preferred Stock or which otherwise would adversely affect the rights, privileges or preferences of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

Section 4. REDEMPTION.

(a) GENERAL. Except as provided in this Section 4, the Corporation shall have no right to redeem any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

(b) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.


(i) On January 22, 2010 (the "Mandatory Redemption Date"), the Corporation shall be required to redeem (subject to the legal availability of funds therefor) each remaining outstanding share of Convertible Preferred Stock for an amount equal to such share's Redemption Amount. If the Redemption Amount of each share under this Section 4(b) is equal to the Participating Redemption Amount rather than the Stated Value, the Corporation shall pay the Redemption Amount by issuing to the holder of each such share of Convertible Preferred Stock a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Stated Value divided by the Conversion Price. If the Redemption Amount under this Section 4(b) is equal to the Stated Value rather than the Participating Redemption Amount or if such holder has elected to receive cash in respect of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the last proviso of Section 4(b)(i) of the Series A Certificate of Designations, the Redemption Amount for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be paid by paying to the holder of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock an amount in cash equal to the Stated Value. The Corporation shall take all actions required or permitted under the DGCL to permit such redemption of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

(ii) If notice has been mailed in accordance with
Section 4(b)(iii) and provided that on or before the Mandatory Redemption Date, all funds necessary for such redemption shall have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds in trust for the PRO RATA benefit of the holders of the shares so called for redemption, so as to be, and to continue to be available therefor, then, from and after the Mandatory Redemption Date, dividends on the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall cease to accumulate, and said shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall not have the status of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, and all rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive from the Corporation the Redemption Amount) shall cease. Upon surrender, in accordance with said notice, of the certificates for any


shares so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the Redemption Amount.

(iii) Notice of any redemption pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be sent by or on behalf of the Corporation not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Mandatory Redemption Date, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to all holders of record of the Convertible Preferred Stock at their last addresses as they shall appear on the books of the Corporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no failure to give such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the giving of notice for the redemption of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock except as to the holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give notice or except as to the holder to whom notice was defective.

(iv) If at the Mandatory Redemption Date, the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to redeem all the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take all measures permitted under the DGCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it may legally redeem, ratably from the holders thereof in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have funds available therefor, redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it legally may redeem until it has redeemed all of the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock. Shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed on the Mandatory Redemption Date shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations until such shares are redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 4(b) at the Redemption Amount. If, and so long as, any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the


Corporation shall not (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series A Certificate of Designations) or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series A Certificate of Designations or except in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to be satisfied pro rata with the Convertible Preferred Stock) or (ii) declare or make any Junior Stock Distribution, or, directly or indirectly, discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Junior Stock.

(c) REDEMPTION UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(i) In the event there occurs a Change of Control, the Corporation shall offer to purchase from each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock all of the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock of such holder equal to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Corporation redeems from such holder under Section 4(c) of the Series A Certificate of Designations for an amount in respect of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the Redemption Amount of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock, by delivery of a notice of such offer (a "Change of Control Redemption Offer") within ten Business Days following the Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the Corporation to purchase such number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Corporation redeems from such holder under
Section 4(c) of the Series A Certificate of Designations for an amount in respect of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock so purchasable equal to the Redemption Amount of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock as follows. If the Redemption Amount of each share under this Section 4(c) is equal to the Participating Redemption Amount rather than the Stated Value


of such share, the Corporation shall pay the Redemption Amount by issuing to a holder for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Stated Value divided by the Conversion Price. If the Redemption Amount under this Section 4(c) is equal to the Stated Value rather than Participating Redemption Amount or if such holder has elected to receive cash in respect of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the last proviso of Section 4(c)(i) of the Series A Certificate of Designations, the Redemption Amount for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be paid by (a) paying to the holder of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock an amount in cash equal to the Adjusted Value and (b) issuing to the holder of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the excess of the Stated Value over the Adjusted Value by (ii) the Conversion Price. Shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed pursuant to this Section 4(c)(ii) shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations.

(ii) Within ten Business Days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Corporation shall give notice by mail to each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, at such holder's address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation, of such event, which notice shall set forth (i) each holder's right to require the Corporation to redeem any or all amount (determined in accordance with Section 4(c)(i)) of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder, (ii) the redemption date (which date shall be no more than 30 Business Days following the date of such mailed notice), (iii) that any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock not tendered will continue to be entitled to dividends as provided for in Section 2 hereof and (iv) the procedures to be followed by such holder in exercising its right to cause such redemption. In the event a record holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall elect to require the Corporation to redeem any or all of such holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to


this Section 4(c), such holder shall deliver within 20 Business Days of the mailing to it of the Corporation's notice described in this Section
4(c)(ii) (a "Change of Control Redemption Request"), a written notice to the Corporation so stating and specifying the number of such holder's shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 4(c). The Corporation shall, in accordance with the terms hereof, redeem the number of shares so specified on the date fixed for redemption. Failure of the Corporation to give any notice required by this Section 4(c)(ii), or the formal insufficiency of any such notice, shall not prejudice the rights of any holders of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to cause the Corporation to redeem all such shares held by them. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may modify any offer (other than with respect to the price to be paid in accordance with Section 4(c)(i) hereof) pursuant to this Section 4(c) to the extent necessary to comply with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(iii) If upon a Change of Control, the Corporation does not have sufficient capital and surplus legally available to redeem all of the outstanding shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock that the holders thereof have required the Corporation redeem, the Corporation shall take all measures permitted under the DGCL to increase the amount of its capital and surplus legally available, and the Corporation shall redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock as it may legally redeem, ratably from the holders electing redemption thereof in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and shall thereafter from time to time, as soon as it shall have funds available therefor, redeem as many shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holders as it legally may until it has redeemed all of the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock the holders thereof require it to redeem. Shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed upon receipt of a Change of Control Redemption Request shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations until such shares are redeemed by the Corporation in


accordance with this Section 4(c). If, and so long as, any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series A Certificate of Designations) or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Stock (other than in accordance with the Series A Certificate of Designations or except in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to be satisfied pro rata with the Convertible Preferred Stock) or (ii) declare or make any Junior Stock Distribution, or, directly or indirectly, discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Junior Stock.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, until the Corporation's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Notes") have been repurchased or repaid or permission for such redemption has been granted under the Notes, the Corporation shall not effect a redemption pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof; provided, however, that any failure to effect a redemption under this Section 4(c)(iv) shall be treated for all intents and purposes as a failure to redeem under Section 4(c)(iii) and the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock not redeemed upon receipt of a Change of Control Redemption Request shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations until such shares are redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with this Section 4(c). Any shares not redeemed due to the terms of this Section 4(c)(iv) shall be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is able to effect a redemption of such shares (ratably in proportion to share ownership in the event of any partial redemption) under the Notes.

(d) In the event the Corporation does not have sufficient capital, surplus or other funds available, or the Debt Instruments otherwise restrict its


ability, to (A) redeem all shares of Convertible Preferred Stock entitled to a redemption pursuant to this Section 4 and (B) redeem all shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to a redemption pursuant to Section 4 of the Series A Certificate of Designations, then the Corporation shall redeem the Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock pro rata based on the relative amounts of the redemption payments payable to the holders of such series in the aggregate. Any shares not redeemed because the Corporation does not have sufficient capital, surplus or other funds available, or the Debt Instruments otherwise restrict its ability to do so, shall be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is able to effect a redemption of such shares (ratably in proportion to share ownership in the event of any partial redemption).

Section 5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock converted, redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof, and, if necessary to provide for the lawful redemption or purchase of such shares, the capital represented by such shares shall be reduced in accordance with the DGCL. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation and may be reissued as part of another series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation.

Section 6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. If the Corporation shall adopt a plan of liquidation or of dissolution, or commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable state or Federal bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (any such laws, the "Bankruptcy Law"), or consent to the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary case under any such law or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Corporation or of any substantial part of its property, and on account of such event the Corporation shall liquidate, dissolve or wind up, or upon any other liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (any such event, a "Liquidation"), each holder shall be entitled to receive out of assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, in preference to any distribution to holders of Junior Stock, including without limitation Common Stock, an amount of cash with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder (such amount being such share's "Liquidation Preference") equal


to the greater of (i) the Adjusted Value plus the amount of proceeds that would be distributed in such Liquidation to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Stated Value minus the Adjusted Value, by (y) the Conversion Price, and (ii) the amount that would be payable to such holder in respect of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation in accordance with Section 7 hereof (the amount in this clause (ii) being referred to as the "Participating Preference Amount"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Convertible Preferred Stock is then convertible, the Conversion Limitation shall be disregarded; PROVIDED, FURTHER, in the event of a Liquidation that occurs due to a voluntary or involuntary case of the Corporation under Bankruptcy Law, if the Liquidation Preference with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is equal to the Participating Preference Amount, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, each holder shall receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, such Liquidation Preference as follows: (x) in preference to any distribution to holders of Junior Stock, an amount of cash with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder equal to the (i) Adjusted Value plus (ii) the amount of proceeds that would be distributed in such Liquidation to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Stated Value minus the Adjusted Value, by (B) the Conversion Price, and (y) thereafter, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to share in all remaining assets of the Corporation, PARI PASSU with the holders of the Common Stock (with the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock deemed to hold that number of shares of Common Stock into which Convertible Preferred Stock with a Liquidation Preference equal to the Excess Amount could be converted) until the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to the amount by which the Participating Preference Amount exceeds the (i) Adjusted Value plus
(ii) the amount of proceeds that would be distributed in such Liquidation to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Stated Value minus the Adjusted Value, by (B) the Conversion Price (the "Excess Amount"). No full preferential payment on account of any dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Corporation shall be


made to the holders of any class of Parity Stock unless there shall likewise be paid at the same time to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock the full amounts to which such holders are entitled with respect to such distribution. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation payments payable to the holders of the outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock and outstanding shares of Parity Stock, then the holders of all such shares shall share ratably in such distribution of assets in accordance with the full respective preferential payments that would be payable on such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock and such shares of Parity Stock if all amounts payable thereon were payable in full.

Section 7. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted into shares of Common Stock at any time, whether or not the Corporation has given notice of redemption under Section 4, on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 7.

(a) TERMS OF CONVERSION. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time, and from time to time, in the manner hereinafter set forth into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Stated Value by the Conversion Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall shares of Convertible Preferred Stock be convertible into Common Stock to the extent, and at any time, that (i) such conversion would cause the holder thereof (together with its affiliates) to have beneficial ownership (which shall have the meaning as used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that for the purposes of this Section 7(a), such meaning shall include the right to acquire securities, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately) of more than 39.9% of the voting power of the Corporation's outstanding voting stock, and (ii) the Notes are outstanding and beneficial ownership by any holder or group of holders of at least 40% of the voting power of the Corporation's outstanding voting stock would constitute a "change of control" thereunder (the "Conversion Limitation") (it being understood for the purposes of this Section 7(a) that any securities beneficially owned by any Berkshire/Greenbriar Investor will be deemed to be beneficially owned by all Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and that any Conversion Limitation shall be applied pro rata, based on ownership of Convertible Preferred Stock as amongst the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors); PROVIDED, FURTHER, any shares of Convertible


Preferred Stock which are not convertible at any time due to the Conversion Limitation shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations.

(b) ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) In case the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the original issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock declare a dividend or make a distribution on the outstanding shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, in either case, in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such event or the record date therefor, whichever is earlier, shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(b)(i) shall become effective (x) in the case of any such dividend or distribution, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, or (y) in the case of any such subdivision, reclassification, consolidation or combination, at the close of business on the day upon which such corporate action becomes effective.

(ii) All calculations of the Conversion Price shall be made to the nearest one one-hundredth of a cent.

(iii) For purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 7(b), the


number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include any shares of Common Stock then owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation.

(c) REORGANIZATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ASSET SALE. In case of any capital reorganization or reclassification of outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a reclassification covered by Section 7(b)), or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another Person of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety (each of the foregoing being referred to as a "Transaction"), each share of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall thereafter be convertible into, upon receipt of any requisite governmental approvals, in lieu of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion prior to the consummation of such Transaction, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon the consummation of such Transaction by a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible immediately prior to the consummation of such Transaction. In any such case, the Corporation will make appropriate provisions (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) to ensure that the provisions of Sections 2-3, 4(a), 4(c), 6 and 7 herein will continue to be applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock or any such other shares of stock and other securities (other than Common Stock) and property deliverable upon conversion of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock remaining outstanding following the Transaction. In case securities or property other than Common Stock shall be issuable or deliverable upon conversion as aforesaid, then all references in this Section 7 shall be deemed to apply, so far as appropriate and as nearly as may be, to such other securities or property.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Corporation will not effect any Transaction unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the Surviving Person (as defined in Section 11) thereof, if other than the Corporation, shall assume, by written instrument mailed to each record holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, at such holder's address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation, the obligation to deliver to such holder such cash, property and securities to which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder is


entitled. Nothing contained in this Section 7(c) shall limit the rights of holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock to convert the Convertible Preferred Stock or to require the Corporation to effect a redemption in connection with a Transaction.

(d) CONVERSION PROCEDURES. The holder of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock may exercise its right to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock at any time by surrendering for such purpose to the Corporation, at its principal office or at such other office or agency maintained by the Corporation for that purpose, a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be converted duly endorsed to the Corporation in blank accompanied by a written notice stating that such holder elects to convert all or a specified whole number of such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7. The Corporation will pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax and any other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock to the holder on conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant hereto. As promptly as practicable, and in any event within three Business Days after the surrender of such certificate or certificates and the receipt of such notice relating thereto and, if applicable, payment of all transfer taxes (or the demonstration to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such taxes are inapplicable), the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered (i) certificates (which shall bear legends, if appropriate) registered in the name of such holder representing the number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable full shares of Common Stock to which the holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so converted shall be entitled, (ii) if less than the full number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock evidenced by the surrendered certificate or certificates are being converted, a new certificate or certificates, of like tenor, for the number of shares evidenced by such surrendered certificate or certificates less the number of shares converted and
(iii) payment of all amounts to which a holder is entitled pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of receipt of such notice and of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be converted so that the rights of the holder thereof as to the shares being converted shall cease except for the right to receive shares of Common Stock, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Common Stock at such time.


(e) FRACTIONAL SHARES. In connection with the conversion of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7 or Section 8, no fractions of shares of Common Stock shall be issued, but in lieu thereof the Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest (after aggregating all such shares being converted) in an amount equal to such fractional interest multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the day on which such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are deemed to have been converted.

(f) DIVIDENDS; DISTRIBUTIONS. In case at any time or from time to time the Corporation shall pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, or shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or any other right, or there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation, or any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, then, in any one or more of said cases the Corporation shall give at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice to the registered holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock at the addresses of each as shown on the books of the Corporation of the date on which (i) the books of the corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for such stock dividend, distribution or subscription rights or (ii) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be. Such notice shall also specify the date, if known, as of which the holders of the Common Stock and of the Convertible Preferred Stock of record shall participate in said dividend, distribution or subscription rights or shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, or participate in such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from liens, charges and security interests and not subject to any pre-emptive rights, for issuance upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, such number of its authorized


but unissued shares of Common Stock as will from time to time be sufficient to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall take all action required to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock if necessary to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

Section 8. MANDATORY CONVERSION. Whether or not the Corporation has given notice of a redemption pursuant to Section 4, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall, immediately upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Conversion Event, automatically convert into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon such automatic conversion shall be determined by dividing (x) the Stated Value by (y) the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall shares of Convertible Preferred Stock be converted into Common Stock to the extent, and at any time, the Conversion Limitation is applicable (it being understood for the purposes of this Section 8 that any securities beneficially owned by any Berkshire/Greenbriar Investor will be deemed to be beneficially owned by all Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and that any Conversion Limitation applied under this Section 8 shall be applied as amongst the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pro rata, based on ownership of the Convertible Preferred Stock); PROVIDED, FURTHER, any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are not convertible at any time pursuant to this Section 8 due to the Conversion Limitation shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and privileges contained in this Certificate of Designations. Any holder's shares of Convertible Preferred Stock not convertible pursuant to this Section 8 due to the Conversion Limitation shall, immediately upon such time as the Conversion Limitation is no longer applicable to such holder, automatically convert into fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock in accordance with the formula provided for in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 8. Any conversion pursuant to this Section 8 shall occur automatically and without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall provide written notice to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the


holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock shall, a reasonable time thereafter, surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred. All certificates evidencing shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Event, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates.

Section 9. REPORTS AS TO ADJUSTMENTS. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible (or the number of votes to which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled) is adjusted as provided in Section 7, the Corporation shall promptly mail to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock at their respective addresses as the same shall appear in the Corporation's stock records a notice stating that the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible has been adjusted and setting forth the new number of shares of Common Stock (or describing the new stock, securities, cash or other property) into which each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, as a result of such adjustment, a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation thereof, and when such adjustment became effective.

Section 10. TAX MATTERS. Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Corporation, holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall provide the Corporation, in the time and the manner prescribed by applicable law, validly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9 or W-8BEN or other applicable W-8 (each an "IRS Form"). If the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, that such IRS Form entitles the holder to either (x) a complete exemption


from withholding taxes or (y) a reduction of withholding taxes, with respect to any payment to such holder pursuant to the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall not withhold from such payment or shall withhold such reduced amount of withholding taxes from such payment, as the case may be. In all other cases, the Corporation shall be entitled to withhold from any payment to such holder of Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to such Convertible Preferred Stock the applicable amount of any United States federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax that the Corporation, in its sole discretion, believes it is required to withhold pursuant to applicable law. Notwithstanding the above or anything else in this Certificate of Designations, the Corporation shall, unless otherwise determined after the date hereof by an applicable taxing authority or court of competent jurisdiction, take the position for federal, state and local income tax purposes that any difference between issue price and redemption price of the Convertible Preferred Stock does not give rise to a distribution taxable to holders of such stock under Section 305 of the Code or the regulations thereunder, and shall file all tax returns (including information returns, if any) consistent with that position.

Section 11. DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of the Certificate of Designations of Convertible Preferred Stock which embodies this resolution:

"Adjusted Value" shall equal the Stated Value multiplied by the lesser of
(1) 1.00, and (2) the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the number of days elapsed between the Issuance Date and the date of Liquidation (in the case of
Section 6) or redemption (in the case of Section 4), as applicable by (b) 1096.

"affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

"Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors" means any of the parties defined as an "Investor" in the Stockholders Agreement, dated March 19, 2003, among Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P. and Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P.


"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

"Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing person.

"Change of Control" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture in effect as of the date hereof.

"Closing Price" per share of Common Stock on any date shall be the closing sale price on such day or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, in each case on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange or quotation system on which such security is quoted or listed or admitted to trading, or, if not quoted or listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quotation system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such security on the over-the-counter market on the day in question as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or a similarly generally accepted reporting service, or if not so available, in such manner as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Board of Directors for that purpose or a price determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

"Conversion Price" shall be equal to the Initial Conversion Price, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7(b).

"Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock on any date shall be the


average of the Closing Prices of a share of Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days selected by the Corporation commencing not less than 10 Trading Days nor more than 20 Trading Days before the date in question. If on any such Trading Day the Common Stock is not quoted by any organization referred to in the definition of Closing Price, the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on such day shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

"Debt Instruments" shall mean (i) Hexcel's Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, as amended from time to time, or any replacement thereof and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Indenture.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Fair Market Value" with respect to any property shall mean the value assigned in good faith to such property by the Board of Directors.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"Indenture Change of Control" shall have the meaning assigned to the term "Change of Control" in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

"Initial Conversion Price" means $3.00 (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of the Common Stock).

"Issuance Date" means the original date of issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

"Junior Stock" means the Common Stock of the Corporation and each other class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation currently existing or established hereafter (other than the Series A Preferred Stock) unless such class of Capital Stock or series of Preferred Stock is issued and established after the date of this Certificate of Designations and expressly provides that such class or series will rank on parity with (together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the "Parity Stock") or senior to ("Senior Stock") the Convertible Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.


"Junior Stock Distribution" means the declaration or payment or setting apart for payment of any dividends (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Junior Stock) or other distribution declared or made upon Junior Stock, or the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any Junior Stock.

"Liquidation Preference" has the meaning set forth in Section 6 above.

"Mandatory Conversion Event" shall occur if the Closing Price per share of Common Stock over any sixty (60) consecutive Trading Days exceeds an amount per share equal to 300% of the Initial Conversion Price; provided that the 60th consecutive Trading Day is a date that is later than the three year anniversary of the Issuance Date.

"Mandatory Redemption Obligation" means any redemption obligation of the Corporation pursuant to Sections 4(b) or 4(c) hereof.

"Participating Redemption Amount" has the meaning set forth in the definition of Redemption Amount below.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or partnership, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity of any kind.

"Redemption Amount" means, with respect to each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by a holder, the greater of (i) the Stated Value of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount that would be payable to such holder in respect of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Convertible Preferred Stock if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to a redemption in accordance with Section 4 hereof (the amount in this clause (ii) being referred to as the "Participating Redemption Amount").

"Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the Indenture, dated January 21, 1999, between the Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, relating to the issuance of the Corporation's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009.


"Series A Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations governing the Series A Preferred Stock.

"Series A Liquidation Preference" shall have the meaning assigned to "Liquidation Preference" in the Series A Certificate of Designations.

"Series A Preferred Stock" means the Corporation's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value.

"Stated Value" means, with respect to a share of Convertible Preferred Stock, $195.618 (as adjusted for any split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock).

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

"Surviving Person" means the continuing or surviving Person of a merger, consolidation or other corporate combination, the Person receiving a transfer of all or a substantial part of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or the Person consolidating with or merging into the Corporation in a merger, consolidation or other corporate combination in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving Person, but in connection with which the Convertible Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation is exchanged, converted or reinstated into the securities of any other Person or cash or any other property; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if such Surviving Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Person, the parent entity shall be deemed to be a Surviving Person.

"Trading Day" means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is quoted, listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Common Stock is not quoted, listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange (or the Nasdaq Stock Market), any Business Day.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations of Convertible Preferred Stock to be duly executed this 19th day of March, 2003.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -----------------------------
Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Executive Vice President
       and Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 10.1

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 19, 2003

among

HEXCEL CORPORATION,

HEXCEL COMPOSITES LIMITED,

HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH (GERMANY)

and

HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH (AUSTRIA),

as Borrowers,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Administrative Agent and as Fronting Bank,

FLEET NATIONAL BANK, LONDON U.K. BRANCH,

as Fronting Bank and Issuing Bank

FLEET NATIONAL BANK,

as Issuing Bank,

and

FLEET SECURITIES, INC.,

as Lead Arranger


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.....................................................1
      1.1.  DEFINITIONS.........................................................................1
      1.2.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION............................................................42

2.  THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY..............................................................43
      2.1.  COMMITMENT TO LEND.................................................................43
             2.1.1.  REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL..........................................43
             2.1.2.  MULTICURRENCY LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS..................................44
      2.2.  COMMITMENT FEE.....................................................................45
      2.3.  REDUCTION OF TOTAL COMMITMENT......................................................45
      2.4.  THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES.........................................................46
      2.5.  INTEREST ON REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.................................................47
      2.6.  REQUESTS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS................................................48
             2.6.1.  GENERAL...................................................................48
             2.6.2.  SWING LINE................................................................48
      2.7.  CONVERSION OPTIONS.................................................................49
             2.7.1.  CONVERSION TO DIFFERENT TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN.....................49
             2.7.2.  CONTINUATION OF TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN.............................49
             2.7.3.  EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS...................................................50
      2.8.  FUNDS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN....................................................50
             2.8.1.  FUNDING PROCEDURES FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL...................50
             2.8.2.  ADVANCES BY AGENT FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL....................50
             2.8.3.  FUNDING PROCEDURES FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS........51
             2.8.4.  ADVANCES BY AGENT FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS.........51
      2.9.  SETTLEMENTS........................................................................52
             2.9.1.  GENERAL...................................................................52
             2.9.2.  FAILURE TO MAKE FUNDS AVAILABLE...........................................53
             2.9.3.  NO EFFECT ON OTHER LENDERS................................................53
      2.10. OPTIONAL CURRENCY..................................................................53
             2.10.1. REQUEST FOR OPTIONAL CURRENCY.............................................53
             2.10.2. EXCHANGE RATE.............................................................54
             2.10.3. MULTIPLE DENOMINATIONS....................................................54
             2.10.4. FUNDING...................................................................55
      2.11. FRONTING PROVISIONS................................................................55


-ii-

             2.11.1. APPLICATION OF INTEREST PAYMENTS FOR MULTICURRENCY LOANS..................55
             2.11.2. CURRENCY CONVERSIONS AND CONTINGENT FUNDING AGREEMENT.....................56
             2.11.3. RESIGNATION OF FRONTING BANK..............................................58
      2.12. CHANGE IN BORROWING BASE...........................................................58
      2.13. REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS............................................59
             2.13.1. MATURITY..................................................................59
             2.13.2. MANDATORY REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS............................59
             2.13.3. OPTIONAL REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.............................61
             2.13.4. AUSTRIAN BORROWER.........................................................61

3.  LETTERS OF CREDIT..........................................................................62
      3.1.  LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS.......................................................62
             3.1.1.  COMMITMENT TO ISSUE LETTERS OF CREDIT; LC GUARANTY........................62
             3.1.2.  LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATIONS.............................................63
             3.1.3.  TERMS OF LETTERS OF CREDIT................................................63
             3.1.4.  REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS OF LENDERS; PARTICIPATION IN LC GUARANTY........63
             3.1.5.  PARTICIPATIONS OF LENDERS.................................................64
      3.2.  REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION OF THE BORROWER...........................................64
      3.3.  LETTER OF CREDIT PAYMENTS..........................................................65
      3.4.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE...............................................................66
      3.5.  RELIANCE BY ISSUER.................................................................67
      3.6.  LETTER OF CREDIT FEE...............................................................67

4.  CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.................................................................67
      4.1.  CLOSING FEE........................................................................67
      4.2.  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEE.........................................................68
      4.3.  FUNDS FOR PAYMENTS.................................................................68
             4.3.1.  PAYMENTS TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT..........................................68
             4.3.2.  NO OFFSET, ETC............................................................69
             4.3.3.  NON-U.S. LENDERS..........................................................70
             4.3.4.  REFUNDS...................................................................71
      4.4.  COMPUTATIONS.......................................................................71
      4.5.  INABILITY TO DETERMINE EUROCURRENCY RATE...........................................71
      4.6.  ILLEGALITY.........................................................................72
      4.7.  ADDITIONAL COSTS ARISING FROM CHANGE IN LAW, ETC...................................73
      4.8.  CAPITAL ADEQUACY...................................................................74
      4.9.  CERTIFICATE........................................................................75
      4.10.  INDEMNITY.........................................................................75
      4.11.  INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT............................................................75


-iii-

      4.12.  CURRENCY MATTERS..................................................................75
      4.13.  LENDING OFFICE....................................................................76
      4.14.  CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.............................................................76
      4.15.  LENDERS' OBLIGATION TO MITIGATE; REPLACEMENT OF LENDER............................77

5.  COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES.........................................................78
      5.1.  GENERAL............................................................................79
      5.2.  SECURITY OF BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS...............................................79
      5.3.  GUARANTY...........................................................................80
      5.4.  GUARANTY ABSOLUTE..................................................................80
      5.5.  EFFECTIVENESS, ENFORCEMENT.........................................................81
      5.6.  WAIVER.............................................................................82
      5.7.  SUBORDINATION; SUBROGATION.........................................................82
      5.8.  PAYMENTS...........................................................................83
      5.9.  GUARANTORS' AGREEMENT TO PAY ENFORCEMENT COSTS.....................................83
      5.10.  RECEIPT OF INFORMATION............................................................83
      5.11.  TERMINATION.......................................................................84

6.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................................84
      6.1.  CORPORATE AUTHORITY................................................................84
             6.1.1.  INCORPORATION; GOOD STANDING..............................................84
             6.1.2.  AUTHORIZATION.............................................................84
             6.1.3.  ENFORCEABILITY............................................................85
      6.2.  GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS.............................................................85
      6.3.  TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LEASES........................................................85
      6.4.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND PROJECTIONS...............................................85
             6.4.1.  FISCAL YEAR...............................................................85
             6.4.2.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................85
             6.4.3.  PROJECTIONS...............................................................86
             6.4.4.  SOLVENCY..................................................................86
      6.5.  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES, ETC...................................................86
      6.6.  FRANCHISES, PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC...............................................86
      6.7.  LITIGATION.........................................................................87
      6.8.  TAX STATUS.........................................................................87
      6.9.  NO EVENT OF DEFAULT................................................................87
      6.10.  HOLDING COMPANY AND INVESTMENT COMPANY ACTS.......................................87
      6.11.  ABSENCE OF FINANCING STATEMENTS, ETC..............................................87
      6.12.  CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS..............................................................87
      6.13.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS............................................................88
             6.13.1. IN GENERAL................................................................88
             6.13.2. TERMINABILITY OF WELFARE PLANS............................................88
             6.13.3. GUARANTEED PENSION PLANS..................................................88
             6.13.4. MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS.......................................................89


-iv-

      6.14. USE OF PROCEEDS....................................................................89
             6.14.1. GENERAL...................................................................89
             6.14.2. REGULATIONS U AND X.......................................................89
             6.14.3. INELIGIBLE SECURITIES.....................................................89
      6.15. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE...........................................................89
      6.16. SUBSIDIARIES, ETC..................................................................91
      6.17. BANK ACCOUNTS......................................................................91
      6.18. DISCLOSURE.........................................................................91
      6.19. INSURANCE..........................................................................91
      6.20. PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST....................................................92
      6.21. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE................................................................92
      6.22. EQUITY OFFERING DOCUMENTS, SENIOR SECURED NOTE
      DOCUMENTS, FRENCH FACILITY AND SUBORDINATED DEBT DOCUMENTS...............................92
      6.23. FRENCH FACILITY UPSTREAM LIMITATION................................................93

7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS......................................................................93
      7.1.  PUNCTUAL PAYMENT...................................................................93
      7.2.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE..............................................................93
      7.3.  RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS...............................................................94
      7.4.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND INFORMATION.................................94
      7.5.  NOTICES............................................................................96
             7.5.1.  DEFAULTS..................................................................96
             7.5.2.  ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS......................................................96
             7.5.3.  NOTIFICATION OF CLAIM AGAINST ASSETS......................................97
             7.5.4.  NOTICE OF LITIGATION AND JUDGMENTS........................................97
      7.6.  LEGAL EXISTENCE; MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.........................................97
      7.7.  INSURANCE..........................................................................97
      7.8.  TAXES..............................................................................97
      7.9.  INSPECTION OF PROPERTIES AND BOOKS, ETC............................................98
             7.9.1.  GENERAL...................................................................98
             7.9.2.  COLLATERAL REPORTS........................................................98
             7.9.3.  APPRAISALS................................................................99
             7.9.4.  COMMUNICATIONS WITH ACCOUNTANTS...........................................99
      7.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CONTRACTS, LICENSES, AND PERMITS.............................99
      7.11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS............................................................100
      7.12. USE OF PROCEEDS...................................................................100
      7.13. FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT..........................................................100
      7.14. ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES...........................................................101
      7.15. NEW GUARANTORS; NEW STOCK PLEDGES.................................................101
      7.16. AMENDMENTS TO GOVERNING DOCUMENTS.................................................102
      7.17. BANK ACCOUNTS.....................................................................102
             7.17.1. GENERAL..................................................................102
                    7.17.1.1.  HEXCEL AND THE U.K. BORROWER...................................102


-v-

                    7.17.1.2.  THE AUSTRIAN BORROWER AND THE GERMAN BORROWER..................103
             7.17.2. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF APPLICATION............................................104
      7.18. SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS...............................................................104
      7.19. FURTHER ASSURANCES................................................................104
      7.20. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS............................................................104

8.  CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS................................................................104
      8.1.  RESTRICTIONS ON INDEBTEDNESS......................................................104
      8.2.  RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.............................................................106
      8.3.  RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS.......................................................109
      8.4.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS...............................................................111
      8.5.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND DISPOSITION OF ASSETS...................................112
             8.5.1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS..................................................112
             8.5.2. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.....................................................113
      8.6.  SALE AND LEASEBACK................................................................113
      8.7.  COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS................................................113
      8.8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS............................................................114
      8.9.  BUSINESS ACTIVITIES...............................................................114
      8.10. FISCAL YEAR.......................................................................114
      8.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES......................................................114
      8.12. MODIFICATION OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS...............................................115
      8.13. EQUITY OFFERING; SUBORDINATED DEBT; SENIOR SECURED NOTES;
      FRENCH FACILITY AND CAPITALIZED LEASES..................................................115
      8.14. BANK ACCOUNTS.....................................................................116
      8.15. FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWINGS.....................................................116

9.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS.......................................................................116
      9.1.  LEVERAGE RATIO....................................................................116
      9.2.  SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO.............................................................117
      9.3.  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.......................................................117
      9.4.  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES..............................................................118

10. CLOSING CONDITIONS........................................................................119
      10.1. LOAN DOCUMENTS, ETC...............................................................119
      10.2. CERTIFIED COPIES OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING CERTIFICATES...............119
      10.3. CORPORATE OR OTHER ACTION.........................................................119
      10.4. INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE............................................................119
      10.5. VALIDITY OF LIENS.................................................................119
      10.6. CAPITALIZATION....................................................................120
      10.7. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS............................................................120
      10.8. AVAILABILITY......................................................................120


-vi-

      10.9. LIEN SEARCHES.....................................................................120
      10.10. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE........................................................120
      10.11. BORROWING BASE REPORT............................................................120
      10.12. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING REPORT AND INVENTORY SUMMARY...........................120
      10.13. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE.............................................................121
      10.14. OPINIONS OF COUNSEL..............................................................121
      10.15. PAYMENT OF FEES..................................................................121
      10.16. PAYOFF LETTER....................................................................121

11. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS..............................................................121
      11.1. REPRESENTATIONS TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT.........................................121
      11.2. PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS.........................................................122
      11.3. BORROWING BASE REPORT.............................................................122

12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC......................................................122
      12.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION................................................122
      12.2. TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS........................................................125
      12.3. REMEDIES..........................................................................125
      12.4. DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS..........................................................126
      12.5. JUDGEMENT CURRENCY................................................................127
      12.6. PARALLEL DEBT.....................................................................127

13. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT..................................................................128
      13.1. AUTHORIZATION.....................................................................128
      13.2. EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS..............................................................129
      13.3. NO LIABILITY......................................................................129
      13.4. NO REPRESENTATIONS................................................................129
             13.4.1. GENERAL..................................................................129
             13.4.2. CLOSING DOCUMENTATION, ETC...............................................130
      13.5. PAYMENTS..........................................................................130
             13.5.1. PAYMENTS TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.........................................130
             13.5.2. DISTRIBUTION BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.....................................131
             13.5.3. DELINQUENT LENDERS.......................................................131
      13.6. HOLDERS OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES.................................................131
      13.7. INDEMNITY.........................................................................132
      13.8. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AS LENDER....................................................132
      13.9. RESIGNATION.......................................................................132
      13.10. NOTIFICATION OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT...................................132
      13.11. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL............................................................132
      13.12. INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT..........................................................133

14. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION..............................................................133
      14.1. CONDITIONS TO ASSIGNMENT BY LENDERS...............................................133


-vii-

      14.2. CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATIONS; COVENANTS....................134
      14.3. REGISTER..........................................................................135
      14.4. NEW REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES........................................................135
      14.5. PARTICIPATIONS....................................................................135
      14.6. MISCELLANEOUS ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS...............................................136
      14.7. ASSIGNMENT BY THE BORROWERS.......................................................136

15. PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS........................................................136
      15.1. SETOFF............................................................................136
      15.2. EXPENSES..........................................................................137
      15.3. INDEMNIFICATION...................................................................138
      15.4. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.....................................139
             15.4.1. CONFIDENTIALITY..........................................................139
             15.4.2. PRIOR NOTIFICATION.......................................................140
             15.4.3. OTHER....................................................................140
      15.5. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC........................................................141
      15.6. NOTICES...........................................................................141
      15.7. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES......................142
      15.8. HEADINGS..........................................................................143
      15.9. COUNTERPARTS......................................................................143
      15.10.ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.............................................................144
      15.11.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..............................................................144
      15.12.CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC................................................144
      15.13.SEVERABILITY......................................................................146
      15.14.TERMINATION.......................................................................146


-viii-

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A            Form of Borrowing Base Report
EXHIBIT B-1          Form of Revolving Credit Note
EXHIBIT B-2          Form of Swing Line Note
EXHIBIT C            Form of Loan Request
EXHIBIT D            Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT E            Form of Assignment and Acceptance
EXHIBIT F            Form of Instrument of Assumption and Joinder

                                     SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 1           Lenders and Commitments
SCHEDULE 2           Mandatory Costs
SCHEDULE 6.6         Franchises, Patents and Copyrights
SCHEDULE 6.7         Litigation
SCHEDULE 6.15        Environmental Compliance
SCHEDULE 6.16(a)     Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 6.16(b)     Joint Ventures and Partnerships
SCHEDULE 6.17        Bank Accounts
SCHEDULE 8.1         Existing Indebtedness
SCHEDULE 8.2         Existing Liens
SCHEDULE 8.3(f)      Existing Investments
SCHEDULE 8.5.2       Asset Sales
SCHEDULE 9           Legacy Quarters


CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT is made as of March 19, 2003, by and among (a) HEXCEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("HEXCEL"), (b) HEXCEL COMPOSITES LIMITED, a private company limited by shares organized under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 03069887 (the "U.K. BORROWER"), (c) HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH (AUSTRIA), an Austrian limited liability company registered with the Commercial Register of Linz, Austria under registration number FN144908a (the "AUSTRIAN BORROWER"), (d) HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH (GERMANY), a German limited liability company registered with the Commercial Register of D-21682 Stade, Germany under registration number HRB 6324 (the "GERMAN BORROWER", and together with the U.K. Borrower and the Austrian Borrower, the "FOREIGN BORROWERS" and each individually, a "FOREIGN BORROWER," and the Foreign Borrowers together with Hexcel, collectively, the "BORROWERS" and each individually, a "BORROWER"), (e) the Guarantors named herein, (f) the lenders from time to time a party hereto, (g) FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and as Fronting Bank, (h) FLEET NATIONAL BANK, London U.K. branch, trading as FleetBoston Financial, as Fronting Bank and Issuing Bank, (i) FLEET NATIONAL BANK, as Issuing Bank and (j) FLEET SECURITIES, INC., as Lead Arranger.

1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.

1.1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred to below:

ACCOUNTANT RELEASE LETTER. See Section 7.9.4.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. All rights of the Borrowers or any of the Guarantors to payment for goods sold in the ordinary course of business and all rights of the Borrowers or any of the Guarantors to payment for services rendered in the ordinary course of business and all sums of money or other proceeds due thereon pursuant to transactions with account debtors, except for that portion of the sum of money or other proceeds due thereon that relate to sales, use or property taxes in conjunction with such transactions, recorded on books of account of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

ADDITIONAL AVAILABILITY. At any time, (i) the cash and Cash Equivalents reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrowers and the Guarantors at such time, PLUS (ii) the Excess Availability hereunder at such time.

ADJUSTMENT DATE. The first day of the month immediately following the month in which a Compliance Certificate is to be delivered by Hexcel pursuant to
Section 7.4(d).

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Fleet Capital Corporation, acting as administrative agent for the Lenders, and each other Person appointed as the successor Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 13.9.


-2-

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEE. See Section 4.2.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S OFFICE. The Administrative Agent's office located at 200 Glastonbury Boulevard, Glastonbury, Connecticut 06033, or at such other location as the Administrative Agent may designate from time to time.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S SPECIAL COUNSEL. Bingham McCutchen LLP or such other counsel as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

AFFILIATE. Any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with any Borrower or any Lender, as the case may be. "CONTROL" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, (a) to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the Capital Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing members or general partners (as applicable); or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person (whether by contract or otherwise).

AGENCY ACCOUNT AGREEMENTS. See Section 7.17.1.

APPLICABLE COMMITMENT FEE. For each calendar quarter or portion thereof, the Applicable Commitment Fee shall be the applicable commitment fee at a rate per annum set forth below with respect to the Commitment Fee Percentage, as determined for such calendar quarter or portion thereof.

      LEVEL            COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE             APPLICABLE COMMITMENT FEE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        I           Less than 33.3%
                                                                      0.750%

        II          Greater than or equal to 33.3%
                    but less than 66.6%                               0.500%

        III         Greater than or equal to 66.6%
                                                                      0.250%

APPLICABLE MARGIN. For each period commencing on an Adjustment Date through the date immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date (each a "RATE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD"), the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable margin set forth below for Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as the case may be, denominated in Dollars or in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, with respect to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as determined for the Reference Period of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries ending on the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the applicable Rate Adjustment Period.


-3-

                      FIXED CHARGE
                        COVERAGE
    LEVEL                 RATIO                   BASE RATE LOANS           EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     I          Less than or equal to
                1.00:1.00 but not in
                Default                            Dollars: 1.75%                Dollars: 3.25%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                               Pounds Sterling: 3.25%        Pounds Sterling: 3.25%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                    Euros: 3.25%                  Euros: 3.25%
--------------  --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
     II         Greater than 1.00:1.00
                but less than or equal
                to 1.10:1.00                        Dollars: 1.50%                Dollars: 3.00%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                               Pounds Sterling: 3.00%        Pounds Sterling: 3.00%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                    Euros: 3.00%                  Euros: 3.00%
--------------  --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
     III        Greater than 1.10:1.00
                but less than or equal
                to 1.30:1.00                       Dollars: 1.25%                Dollars: 2.75%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                               Pounds Sterling: 2.75%        Pounds Sterling: 2.75%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                    Euros: 2.75%                  Euros: 2.75%
--------------  --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
     IV         Greater than 1.30:1.00
                but less than or equal
                to 1.50:1.00                       Dollars: 1.00%                Dollars: 2.50%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                               Pounds Sterling: 2.50%        Pounds Sterling: 2.50%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                    Euros: 2.50%                  Euros: 2.50%
--------------  --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
     V          Greater than 1.50:1.00             Dollars: 0.75%                Dollars: 2.25%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                               Pounds Sterling: 2.25%        Pounds Sterling: 2.25%
                                            -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                    Euros: 2.25%                  Euros: 2.25%
--------------  --------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding during the period commencing on the Closing Date through the date immediately preceding the date six (6) months following the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin set forth in Level III above, and (b) if the Borrowers fail to deliver any Compliance Certificate pursuant to
Section 7.4(d) hereof then, for the period commencing on the next Adjustment Date to occur subsequent to such failure through the date immediately following the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be set at Level I.

APPLICABLE PENSION LEGISLATION. At any time, any pension or retirement benefits legislation (be it national, federal, provincial, territorial or otherwise) then applicable to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

ASSET SALE. Any one or series of related transactions in which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries conveys, sells, leases, licenses or otherwise disposes of, directly or


-4-

indirectly, any of its properties, businesses or assets (including the sale or issuance of capital stock of any Subsidiary other than to such Borrower or any Subsidiary of such Borrower) whether owned on the Closing Date or thereafter acquired.

ASSET SALES PROCEEDS ACCOUNT. The "Asset Sale Proceeds Account" established by Hexcel pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Note Documents, as in effect on the date hereof.

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE. See Section 14.1.

AUSTRIAN BORROWER. As defined in the preamble hereto.

AUSTRIAN BORROWING BASE. At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Report delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to subsection 7.4(f) which is equal to the lesser of the Austrian Sublimit and the Dollar Equivalent sum of:

(a) 85% of Eligible Accounts of the Austrian Borrower; MINUS

(b) reserves in respect of payroll, employee benefits and payroll taxes for a one (1) month period (it being understood that up to one-half of such reserve pursuant to this paragraph (b) may, at the option of Hexcel upon notice to the Administrative Agent, be taken against the Domestic Borrowing Base); minus

(c) reserves in respect of the Austrian Overdraft Facility; MINUS

(d) other reserves as either the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agent in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions shall deem appropriate from time to time.

The Austrian Borrowing Base shall be calculated in Dollars at the Exchange Rate. In determining the Austrian Borrowing Base from time to time, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may, but shall not be required to, rely upon reports or analyses generated by the Austrian Borrower (including, without limitation, Borrowing Base Reports) and reports or analyses generated by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or by third party collateral examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at any time and from time to time, (i) decrease the percentage advance rate of Eligible Accounts included in the Austrian Borrowing Base based upon the results of any collateral exams or other sources of information which demonstrate in the Administrative Agent's or the Co-Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment based on due inquiry a change in the collectability of accounts receivable of the Austrian


-5-

Borrower and/or other market changes affecting the value of accounts comprising the Austrian Borrowing Base, and (ii) make more restrictive the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts. In addition, the Administrative Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, in the event that the Dilution with respect to the Accounts Receivable of the Austrian Borrower for the period calculated has increased above 5%, reserve against the Austrian Borrowing Base an amount necessary such that the effective Dilution will be less than or equal to 5%; PROVIDED that in calculating the amount of such Dilution, the Administrative Agent may take into account credits posted to Accounts Receivable which are not, in its judgment, truly dilutive. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may impose reserves and suspend reserves without the consent of the other, and (b) if, at any time, any reserve is imposed by any of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, such reserve shall be imposed without duplication.

AUSTRIAN EXPOSURE. At any time, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Austrian Borrower.

AUSTRIAN OVERDRAFT FACILITY. The credit facility to be provided by Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, to the Austrian Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit pursuant to which Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, may advance Base Rate Loans to the Austrian Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.1.2.

AUSTRIAN OVERDRAFT FACILITY SUBLIMIT. The amount selected by the Austrian Borrower from time to time with ten (10) days prior written notice to the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent and with the approval of the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent of such amount; PROVIDED that the Austrian Borrower shall not change such amount more than one (1) time per fiscal quarter; PROVIDED FURTHER that (x) the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit shall not at any time exceed the Dollar Equivalent of Euro 1,000,000 and (y) the Austrian Overdraft Facility Limit as of the Closing Date is $0.

AUSTRIAN SECURITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the Assignment by way of Security, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the Austrian Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and the Account Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the Austrian Borrower and the Administrative Agent, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and all other instruments, agreements and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any Austrian Security Document.

AUSTRIAN SUBLIMIT. $7,500,000 MINUS the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit.

BALANCE SHEET DATE. December 31, 2002.


-6-

BASE RATE. (a) With respect to amounts denominated in Dollars, the Dollar Base Rate, (b) with respect to amounts denominated in Pounds Sterling, the Pounds Sterling Base Rate and (c) with respect to amounts denominated in Euros, the Euro Base Rate.

BASE RATE LOANS. Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate.

BORROWING BASE REPORT. A Borrowing Base Report signed by any of the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the controller of a Borrower and, with respect to the U.K. Borrower, any director and, with respect to the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower , any individual listed on the commercial register of the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower, respectively, and in each case, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

BORROWERS. As defined in the preamble hereto.

BUSINESS DAY. Any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which banking institutions in New York, New York or London, England are open for the transaction of banking business and, in addition, (a) with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, a day which is also a day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion acting in good faith, and (b) if Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros are involved, a day on which dealings and exchange in Dollars and the relevant currency can be carried on in the relevant Eurocurrency interbank market (including dealings in Pound Sterling and Euro deposits) and Dollar settlements of such dealings may be effected in New York, New York and London, and also a day on which dealings and exchange in Dollars and in the relevant currency can be carried on in the principal financial center of the country in which such currency is legal tender and in London, England.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Amounts paid or Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the purchase or lease by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of capital assets that would be required to be capitalized and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

CAPITALIZED LEASES. Leases under which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.

CAPITAL STOCK. Any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

CASH EQUIVALENTS. Those Investments listed in clauses (a) through (e) of
Section 8.3.


-7-

CASH MANAGEMENT SERVICES. Any cash management services (including, without limitation, ACH and similar transactions, the maintenance of operating or deposit accounts and the provision of checking or overdraft facilities) from time to time made available to the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries by any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank or the Issuing Bank, individually or collectively, or any of their Affiliates.

CERCLA. See Section 6.15(a).

CHANGE OF CONTROL. An event or series of events by which any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act but other than Affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Affiliates of Greenbriar Equity Group LLC and Affiliates of Berkshire Partners
LLC), directly OR indirectly, of forty percent (40%) or more of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of Hexcel; or, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of that period constituted the board of directors of Hexcel, together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors of Hexcel or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Hexcel was approved under the Governance Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement of Hexcel or by a vote of 66% of the directors of the Hexcel then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of Hexcel then in office.

CHARGE OVER SHARES: The Share Charge, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between Hexcel and FCC relating to Hexcel Holdings (UK) Limited.

CLOSING DATE. The first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 10 have been satisfied and any Revolving Credit Loans can be made or any Letter of Credit can be issued hereunder.

CLOSING FEE. See Section 4.1.

CODE. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

CO-COLLATERAL AGENT. General Electric Capital Corporation.

COLLATERAL. All of the property, rights and interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors that are or are intended to be subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.

COMMITMENT. With respect to each Lender, the amount set forth on SCHEDULE 1 hereto as the amount of such Lender's commitment to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers and to purchase a risk participation from the Fronting Bank for Multicurrency Loans made to the Foreign Borrowers by the Fronting Bank pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, and to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of


-8-

Credit for the account of, the Borrowers, as the same may be reduced from time to time; or if such commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.

COMMITMENT FEE. See Section 2.2.

COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE. For any fiscal quarter of Hexcel, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the average daily outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the Borrowers during such period PLUS (ii) the average daily Maximum Drawing Amount with respect to all Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrowers during such period, and the denominator of which is equal to the average daily Total Commitment during such period.

COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE. With respect to each Lender, the percentage set forth on SCHEDULE 1 hereto as such Lender's percentage of the aggregate Commitments of all of the Lenders.

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. See Section 7.4(d).

CONSOLIDATED OR CONSOLIDATED. With reference to any term defined herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

CONVERSION REQUEST. A notice given by a Borrower to the Administrative Agent of such Borrower's election to convert or continue a Revolving Credit Loan in accordance with Section 2.7.

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK. The 125,000 shares of Class A and the 125,000 shares of Class B convertible preferred stock of Hexcel issued in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds in the amount of $125,000,000 pursuant to the Equity Offering Documents. The Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be considered Indebtedness for purposes of the financial covenants under this Credit Agreement.

CREDIT AGREEMENT. This Credit and Guaranty Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

CREDIT PARTY. Each of the Borrowers and all Guarantors.

CSI LEASING TRUST ASSETS. The assets leased pursuant to CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease.

CSI LEASING TRUST CAPITAL LEASE. The Lease Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, by and among CSI Lease Trust, a Delaware business trust, as lessor, William J. Wade, as co-trustee for CSI Leasing Trust, and Hexcel CS Corporation (now known as Clark-Schwebel Corporation), as lessor.

DEFAULT. See Section 12.1.


-9-

DELINQUENT LENDER. See Section 13.5.3.

DILUTION. With respect to any Person and for any period, the amount (expressed as a percentage) by which the aggregate face amount of Accounts Receivable of such Person exceeds the net collected amount of Accounts Receivable of such Person.

DOCUMENTATION AGENT. Each of Foothill Capital Corporation and Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services.

DOLLAR EQUIVALENT. On any particular date, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount in Dollars, and with respect to any amount denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros, the amount (as conclusively ascertained by the Administrative Agent absent manifest error) of Dollars which could be purchased by the Administrative Agent (in accordance with its normal banking practices) in the London foreign currency deposit markets with such amount of such currency at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date.

DOLLARS or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

DOLLAR BASE RATE. The higher of (i) the variable annual rate of interest so designated from time to time by Fleet as its "PRIME RATE", such rate being a reference rate and not necessarily representing the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer, and (ii) one-half of one percent (0.5%) above the Federal Funds Effective Rate. For the purposes of this definition, "FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. Changes in the Dollar Base Rate resulting from any changes in Fleet's "PRIME RATE" shall take place immediately without notice or demand of any kind.

DOLLAR LIBOR RATE. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent at which Dollar deposits for such Interest Period are offered based on information presented on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, DIVIDED BY (b) a number equal to 1.00 MINUS the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. If the rate described above does not appear on the Telerate System on any applicable interest determination date, the Dollar LIBOR Rate shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in Dollars for a period of time comparable to such Dollar LIBOR Rate Loan which are offered by four (4) major banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period as selected by the Administrative Agent. The


-10-

principal London office of each of the four (4) major London banks will be requested to provide a quotation of its Dollar deposit offered rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the rates quoted for loans in Dollars to leading European banks for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period offered by major banks in New York City at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period. In the event that the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain any such quotation as provided above, it will be considered that Dollar LIBOR Rate pursuant to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars cannot be determined.

DOMESTIC BORROWING BASE. At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Report delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to subsection 7.4(f) which is equal to the sum of:

(a) 85% of Eligible Accounts of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors, PLUS

(b) 85% of the Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory (based on the then-current appraisal thereof) of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors, PROVIDED that in no event shall the sum of (i) the amount of the Domestic Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors PLUS (ii) the amount of the U.K. Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of the U.K. Borrower, exceed $50,000,000 at any time, PROVIDED FURTHER, that in no event shall the Domestic Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors exceed 55% of the Domestic Borrowing Base, MINUS

(c) reserves in respect of Hedging Agreements; MINUS

(d) reserves in respect of Cash Management Services; MINUS

(e) reserves in respect of Permitted Restructuring Expenses; MINUS

(f) reserves in respect of amortization payments in accordance with
Section 9.3; MINUS

(g) other reserves as either the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agent in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions shall deem appropriate from time to time.

In determining the Domestic Borrowing Base from time to time, each of Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may, but shall not be required to,


-11-

rely upon reports or analyses generated by Hexcel (including, without limitation, Borrowing Base Reports) and reports or analyses generated by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or by third party collateral examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at any time and from time to time, (i) decrease the percentage advance rate of Eligible Accounts included in the Domestic Borrowing Base based upon the results of any collateral exams or other sources of information which demonstrate in the Administrative Agent's or the Co-Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment based on due inquiry a change in the collectability of accounts receivable of Hexcel or any Domestic Subsidiary and/or other market changes affecting the value of accounts comprising the Domestic Borrowing Base, and (ii) make more restrictive the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts. In addition, the Administrative Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, in the event that the Dilution with respect to the Accounts Receivable of Hexcel and the Guarantors for the period calculated has increased above 6.1%, reserve against the Domestic Borrowing Base an amount necessary such that the effective Dilution will be less than or equal to 6.1%; PROVIDED that in calculating the amount of such Dilution, the Administrative Agent may take into account credits posted to Accounts Receivable which are not, in its judgment, truly dilutive. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may impose reserves and suspend reserves without the consent of the other, and (b) if, at any time, any reserve is imposed by any of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, such reserve shall be imposed without duplication.

In addition, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at any time and from time to time, (i) decrease the percentage advance rate of Eligible Inventory included in the Domestic Borrowing Base and/or (ii) implement reserves with respect to Eligible Inventory included in the Domestic Borrowing Base, in each case, to the extent the information set forth on the Restricted IP Schedule demonstrates in the Administrative Agent's or the Co-Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment based on due inquiry an impairment of the ability of the Administrative Agent to realize on the value of the Eligible Inventory comprising the Domestic Borrowing Base because the Third Party Restricted IP (as defined in the Intellectual Property License Agreement) is necessary to the production, manufacture, completion, sale, or lease of such inventory.

DOMESTIC EXPOSURE. At any time, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to Hexcel PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit issued for the account of Hexcel.


-12-

DOMESTIC FOREIGN HOLDING COMPANY. Any Subsidiary that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States of America or any state of the United States of America or the District of Colombia and whose sole asset consists of the stock of Foreign Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that such Subsidiary may have (i) additional assets in an amount not in excess of $100,000 at any one time and (ii) other additional assets held by such Subsidiary for not in excess of five (5) Business Days at any one time, so long as (A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) the Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice of the transfer of assets to such Subsidiary, and
(C) the transfer to such Subsidiary is permitted pursuant to Sections 8.3 and 8.4(a) hereof.

DOMESTIC GROSS AVAILABILITY. At any time, the lesser of (a) the Domestic Borrowing Base at such time and (b) the result of (i) Total Commitment at such time MINUS (ii) the U.K. Exposure at such time MINUS (iii) the Austrian Exposure at such time MINUS (iv) the German Exposure at such time.

DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE. Initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in SCHEDULE 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Dollar Base Rate Loans.

DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY. Any Subsidiary which is not a Foreign Subsidiary, except for a Domestic Foreign Holding Company.

DRAWDOWN DATE. The date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Revolving Credit Loan is converted or continued in accordance with Section 2.7.

EBITDA (CONSOLIDATED). With respect to any fiscal period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Net Income of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, PLUS (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of such Person's Net Income and without duplication, the sum of (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, PLUS (ii) income tax expense for such period, PLUS
(iii) Total Interest Expense (Consolidated) paid or accrued during such period, PLUS (iv) extraordinary losses (including but not limited to asset impairments, expenses or losses incurred in connection with debt refinancings and the issuance of equity) and other non-operating expenses, PLUS (v) Permitted Restructuring Expenses during such period, PLUS (vi) non-cash losses during such period of non-Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned, PLUS
(vii) the amount of dividends made during such period and dividend expenses and charges during such period including any accretion of discount upon issuance, amortization of expenses, accretion of non-cash dividends, and any beneficial conversion factor with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock, PLUS (viii) any noncash expense during such period related to accounting for the grant of stock options or restricted stock, or similar equity compensation to Hexcel's and its Subsidiaries' employees or directors LESS (c), in each case to the extent included in the calculation of such Person's Net Income and without duplication, the sum of (i) extraordinary gains (including any gains incurred in connection with debt refinancing) during such period, PLUS (ii) income during such period of non-Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned to the extent


-13-

not distributed to Hexcel or any wholly-owned Subsidiary during such period, PLUS (iii) gains in connection with the sale of property and gains based upon market valuation, GAAP valuation or sale of securities, in each case during such period, PLUS (iv) interest and other non-operating income during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS. (a) The aggregate face amount of the accounts receivable outstanding and owed to any Credit Party as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and as entered on the books and records of such Credit Party in the ordinary course of the business operations of such Credit Party, MINUS (b) without duplication, the aggregate amount of any returns, discounts (which may, at the Administrative Agent's option, be calculated on the shortest term offered by such Credit Party), claims with respect to such accounts, credits, debit memoranda, customer deposits, chargebacks, contra accounts, allowances or excise taxes of any nature (whether issued, owing, granted or outstanding), and which satisfy each of the requirements set forth below:

(i) the subject goods have been sold and/or services have been rendered on an absolute sale basis and on an open account basis to an account debtor which is not (A) a Governmental Authority or other Person such that the Assignment of Claims Act (or other similar legal or regulatory requirement) would apply to the pledge of receivables of such account debtor, unless the Assignment of Claims Act (or such other legal or regulatory requirement) has been complied with to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent or (B) an Affiliate of such Credit Party;

(ii) a written invoice has been sent to the applicable account debtor and bears an invoice date contemporaneous with or later than the date of sale of such goods or rendering of such service;

(iii) the account receivable does not arise from a sale to the account debtor on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-assignment, sale-on-appraisal, consignment (except in respect of a final sale) or any other repurchase or return basis;

(iv) the account is not evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, and has not been reduced to judgment;

(v) the account debtor is not insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings of any kind;

(vi) (A) with respect to the Domestic Borrowing Base, the account debtor is ASTA, Bombardier, Embraer-Empresa, Hawker DeHavilland, Boeing Canada or an entity organized under the laws of one of the United States whose main office is also located within the United States, or, if the account debtor is not such an entity organized and located within the United States (other than ASTA, Bombardier, Embraer-Empresa, Hawker DeHavilland or Boeing Canada),


-14-

the account is supported by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or by other credit enhancements, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (B) with respect to the U.K. Borrowing Base, the account debtor is Hawker DeHavilland, SAAB or an entity organized under the laws of the United Kingdom whose main office is also located within the United Kingdom, or, if the account debtor is not such an entity organized and located within the United Kingdom (other than Hawker DeHavilland or SAAB), the account is supported by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or by other credit enhancements, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) with respect to the Austrian Borrowing Base, the account debtor is an entity organized under the laws of the Austria whose main office is also located within Austria, or, if the account debtor is not such an entity organized and located within Austria, the account is supported by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or by other credit enhancements, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (D) with respect to the German Borrowing Base, the account debtor is an entity organized under the laws of the Germany whose main office is also located within Germany, or, if the account debtor is not such an entity organized and located within Germany, the account is supported by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or by other credit enhancements, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(vii) the account receivable is a valid and legally enforceable obligation of the account debtor thereunder, it is not subject to recoupment, offset (which has been asserted or exercised) (other than discount for prompt payment or volume discounts given in the ordinary course of a Borrower's business) or other defense on the part of such account debtor or to any claim on the part of such account debtor denying liability thereunder;

(viii) the account receivable is not subject to any Lien of any kind except for the Lien of the Administrative Agent securing the obligations of such Credit Party under this Agreement and the Liens permitted hereunder, and, with respect to accounts receivable included in the German Borrowing Base, the inventory (and all component parts thereof) sold in the transaction giving rise to the account receivable has been fully paid for by Hexcel and/or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ix) the account receivable has not remained outstanding in whole or in part for more than sixty (60) days after the due date (invoiced in accordance with the Borrowers' usual and customary terms as in effect on the Closing Date) or for more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of invoice;


-15-

(x) the account receivable does not arise out of a transaction (direct or indirect) with an Affiliate of any Credit Party;

(xi) the account receivable is not owing from an account debtor from whom fifty percent (50%) or more of the dollar amount of all accounts receivable are deemed ineligible under clause (ix) above;

(xii) the account receivable constitutes Collateral in which the Administrative Agent has a First Priority Lien securing the Obligations of such Credit Party under this Agreement;

(xiii) such Credit Party has not made an agreement with the account debtor to extend the time of payment of the then-outstanding account receivable;

(xiv) the account debtor is not located in Minnesota (or any other jurisdiction which adopts a statute or other requirement with respect to which any Credit Party that obtains business from within such jurisdiction or is otherwise subject to such jurisdiction's tax law must file a "Business Activity Report" (or other applicable report) or make any other required filings in a timely manner in order to enforce its claims in such jurisdiction's courts or arising under such jurisdiction's laws); PROVIDED that accounts receivable which would be Eligible Accounts but for the terms of this clause (xiv) shall nonetheless be deemed to be Eligible Accounts if such Credit Party has filed a "Business Activity Report" (or other applicable report) with the applicable state office or is qualified to do business in such jurisdiction and, at the time the account receivable was created, was qualified to do business in such jurisdiction or had on file with the applicable state office a current "Business Activity Report" (or other applicable report);

(xv) the account receivable is (A) with respect to accounts receivable included in the Domestic Borrowing Base, denominated in Dollars, (B) with respect to accounts receivable included in the U.K. Borrowing Base, denominated in Pounds Sterling or Dollars, (C) with respect to accounts receivable included in the Austrian Borrowing Base, denominated in Euros or Dollars, and (D) with respect to accounts receivable included in the German Borrowing Base, denominated in Euros or Dollars; and

(xvi) the account receivable does not consist of a progress billing or an excess billing,

PROVIDED HOWEVER, that (A) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may, in each case in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner and consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, (i) exclude particular accounts from the definition of Eligible Accounts and (ii) impose additional and/or more restrictive eligibility or valuation criteria than those set forth above as preconditions for any account to be deemed to be an Eligible Account hereunder, and (B) an account deemed to be an Eligible Account at


-16-

any one point in time may be excluded by each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, in each case in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner and consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, at a future point in time.

ELIGIBLE INVENTORY. Finished goods, raw materials and work in process inventory of any Credit Party recorded on the books and records of such Credit Party in the ordinary course of the business operations of such Credit Party valued on a first in first out basis, which inventory satisfies each of the following requirements:

(i) is in good and merchantable condition;

(ii) meets all standards imposed by any government agency having regulatory authority over such goods and/or their use, manufacture and/or sale;

(iii) has been physically received in (A) with respect to inventory included in the Domestic Borrowing Base, the continental United States by Hexcel or a Domestic Subsidiary which is a Guarantor or (B) with respect to inventory included in the U.K. Borrowing Base, the United Kingdom by the U.K. Borrower, and, in each case, is located at a facility owned or leased by such Credit Party, is not in-transit (except in-transit between facilities owned by Hexcel or a Domestic Subsidiary which is a Guarantor located in the United States), and is not subject to advance payment by such Credit Party; PROVIDED that (a) from and after April 30, 2003, no inventory located at a leased facility which is a manufacturing facility shall be deemed to be "Eligible Inventory" hereunder unless the landlord and any mortgagee of such facility shall have entered into an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent acknowledging the Liens of the Administrative Agent and granting the Administrative Agent access to such inventory in accordance with industry standards; and (b) with respect to leased facilities which are warehouse, distribution or storage facilities, and which are not manufacturing facilities, (I) the Borrowers will use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the agreement of any applicable landlord and mortgagee and (II) from and after April 30, 2003, in the absence of the delivery of such agreement to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to implement a reserve for up to three (3) months of unpaid rentals with respect to each such facility;

(iv) is currently held for sale and currently salable in the normal course of the business operations, or, as respects raw materials or work in process, is incorporated or is being held to be incorporated in customer products being produced or provided by any Credit Party;

(v) does not constitute returned (unless suitable for resale), excess, obsolete, unsaleable, shopworn, seconds, used, damaged or unfit inventory;


-17-

(vi) has not remained in the possession of such Credit Party
(a) with respect to inventory of Clark-Schwebel Corporation consisting of finished goods of a type with no sales in the prior six (6) months, test rolls and/or packaging, or (b) with respect to any other inventory, for more than twelve (12) months, or has not otherwise been determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion to constitute slow-moving inventory;

(vii) is not subject to a sale to an account debtor on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment or any other repurchase or return basis; PROVIDED that consigned inventory may be included as Eligible Inventory hereunder (1) at any time prior to April 30, 2003 and (2) from and after April 30, 2003, to the extent (x) the aggregate amount of the Domestic Borrowing Base and the U.K. Borrowing Base comprised of such consigned inventory does not exceed $750,000 (exclusive of any consigned inventory which meets the Eligible Inventory criteria set forth in clause (vii)(y) of this definition of "Eligible Inventory"), or (y) the consignee shall have entered into an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent acknowledging the Liens of the Administrative Agent and granting the Administrative Agent access to such inventory in accordance with industry standards;

(viii) is not subject to any Lien of any kind except for the Lien of the Administrative Agent securing Obligations under this Agreement and other Liens permitted hereunder, and, with respect to the U.K. Borrowing Base, has been fully paid for by Hexcel or one of its Subsidiaries;

(ix) has not been sold to any Credit Party; and

(x) constitutes Collateral in which the Administrative Agent has a First Priority Lien securing the Obligations,

PROVIDED HOWEVER, that (A) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may, in each case in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner and consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, (i) exclude particular items of inventory from the definition of Eligible Inventory and (ii) impose additional and/or more restrictive eligibility or valuation criteria than those set forth above as preconditions for any item of inventory to be deemed to be Eligible Inventory hereunder, and (B) inventory deemed to be Eligible Inventory at any one point in time may be excluded by each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, in each case, in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner and consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at a future point in time.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN. Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by Hexcel or any ERISA Affiliate, other than a Guaranteed Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.


-18-

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. See Section 6.15(a).

EPA. See Section 6.15(b).

EQUITY ISSUANCE. The sale or issuance by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any of its Capital Stock.

EQUITY OFFERING. The issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

EQUITY OFFERING DOCUMENTS. Collectively, (i) the Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Hexcel and Affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., dated December 18, 2002, and (ii) the Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Hexcel and Affiliates of Greenbriar Equity Group LLC and Affiliates of Berkshire Partners LLC, dated December 18, 2002, and any schedules, annexes or exhibits related thereto and all other agreements, instruments and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to such Equity Offering Document, in each case as in effect on the date hereof.

ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA AFFILIATE. Any Person which is treated as a single employer with Hexcel under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA REPORTABLE EVENT. A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

EURO or e. The euro referred to in the Council Regulation (EC) No. 1103/97 dated 17 June 1997 passed by the Council of the European Union, or, if different, the then lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that participate in the third stage of the Economic and Monetary Union.

EURO BASE RATE. The variable annual rate of interest so designated from time to time by Fleet U.K. as its "BASE RATE" for loans denominated in Euros, such rate being a reference rate and not necessarily representing the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. Changes in the Euro Base Rate resulting from any changes in Fleet U.K.'s "BASE RATE" for loans denominated in Euros shall take place immediately without notice or demand of any kind.

EUROCURRENCY. Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros.

EUROCURRENCY INTERBANK MARKET. Any lawful recognized market in which deposits of Dollars, Pounds Sterling and Euros are offered by international banking units of United States banking institutions and by foreign banking institutions to each other and in which foreign currency and exchange operations or eurocurrency funding operations are customarily conducted.


-19-

EUROCURRENCY LENDING OFFICE. Initially, the office of each Lender designated as such in SCHEDULE 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Lender, if any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

EUROCURRENCY RATE. (a) With respect to amounts denominated in Euros, the Euro LIBOR Rate, (b) with respect to amounts denominated in Dollars, the Dollar LIBOR Rate and (c) with respect to amounts denominated in Pounds Sterling, the Pounds Sterling LIBOR Rate.

EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS. Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest calculated by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate.

EUROCURRENCY RESERVE RATE. For any day with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any bank subject thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against "EUROCURRENCY LIABILITIES" (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were outstanding, or the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any foreign bank would be required by the laws of the applicable jurisdiction to maintain reserves with respect to such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, as applicable. The Eurocurrency Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.

EURO EQUIVALENT. On any particular date, with respect to any amount denominated in Euros, such amount in Euros, and with respect to any amount denominated in Pounds Sterling or Dollars, the amount (as conclusively ascertained by the Administrative Agent absent manifest error) of Euros which could be purchased by the Administrative Agent (in accordance with its normal banking practices) in the London foreign currency exchange markets with such amount of Pounds Sterling or Dollars at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date.

EURO LIBOR RATE. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros, the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent at which Euro deposits for such Interest Period are offered based on information presented on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, DIVIDED BY (b) a number equal to 1.00 MINUS the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. If the rate described above does not appear on the Telerate System on any applicable interest determination date, the Euro LIBOR Rate shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in Euros for a period of time comparable to such Euro LIBOR Rate Loan which are offered by four (4) major banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period as selected by the Administrative Agent. The principal London office of each of the four (4) major London banks will be requested to provide a quotation of its Euro deposit offered rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are


-20-

provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the rates quoted for loans in Euros to leading European banks for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period offered by major banks in New York City at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period. In the event that the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain any such quotation as provided above, it will be considered that Euro LIBOR Rate pursuant to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros cannot be determined.

EURO NOTICE. See Section 2.10.1.

EVENT OF DEFAULT. See Section 12.1.

EXCESS AVAILABILITY. At any time, (a) the Total Gross Availability at such time LESS (b) the sum of (i) the Domestic Exposure at such time, PLUS (ii) the U.K. Exposure at such time, PLUS (iii) the Austrian Exposure at such time, PLUS
(iv) the German Exposure at such time; PROVIDED that the Excess Availability shall be calculated (x) giving effect to all reserves included under the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base and the German Borrowing Base and (y) based on all trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business being paid in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices.

EXCHANGE RATE. On any day, (a) with respect to Pounds Sterling in relation to U.S. Dollars, the spot rate as quoted by the Fleet as its noon spot rate at which U.S. Dollars are offered on such day for Pounds Sterling, and (b) with respect to Euros in relation to U.S. Dollars, the spot rate as quoted by Fleet as its noon spot rate at which U.S. Dollars are offered on such date for Euros,
(c) with respect to U.S. Dollars in relation to Pounds Sterling, the spot rate as quoted by Fleet as its noon spot rate at which Pounds Sterling are offered on such day for U.S. Dollars, (d) with respect to U.S. Dollars in relation to Euros, the spot rate as quoted by Fleet at its noon spot rate at which Euros are offered on such date for U.S. Dollars, (e) with respect to Euros in relation to Pounds Sterling, the spot rate as quoted by Fleet as its noon spot rate at which Pounds Sterling are offered on such day for Euros and (f) with respect to Pounds Sterling in relation to Euros, the spot rate as quoted by Fleet as its noon spot rate at which Euros are offered on such day for Pounds Sterling.

EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT. The Second Amended and Restated Credit, dated as of September 15, 1998, by and among Hexcel and certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders from time to time a party thereto, Citibank N.A., as documentation agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, as lead arranger and administrative agent for the lenders, as amended and in effect from time to time.

FCC. Fleet Capital Corporation.

FCC CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. See Section 7.17.1.


-21-

FEE LETTER. The fee letter, dated on or prior to the Closing Date, among the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger, as amended and in effect from time to time.

FEES. Collectively, the Commitment Fee, the Administrative Agent's Fee, the Fronting Fee, the Letter of Credit Fee and the Closing Fee.

FINANCIAL AFFILIATE. A Subsidiary of the bank holding company controlling any Lender, which Subsidiary is engaging in any of the activities permitted by
Section 4(e) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. Section 1843).

FIRST PRIORITY. With respect to any Lien created or purported to be created in any Collateral hereunder or pursuant to any Loan Document, that such Lien is the most senior Lien to which such Collateral is subject.

FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. As of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a) an amount equal to the result of (i) EBITDA (Consolidated) for the applicable Reference Period, LESS (ii) Capital Expenditures made during such Reference Period LESS (iii) cash taxes on income paid during such Reference Period PLUS (iv) to the extent not included in EBITDA (Consolidated) for such period, cash dividends received by Hexcel and its Subsidiaries during such Reference Period in respect of equity interests in joint ventures, but excluding dividends arising from or paid out of extraordinary, non-recurring gains or transactions of such joint venture to (b) Total Debt Service (Consolidated) for such Reference Period.

FLEET. Fleet National Bank, a national banking association.

FLEET U.K. Fleet National Bank, London U.K. branch, trading as FleetBoston Financial.

FOREIGN BORROWER. As defined in the preamble hereto.

FOREIGN SECURITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the U.K. Security Documents, the Austrian Security Documents and the German Security Documents.

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY. Any Subsidiary that is created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWING BASE. As at any date of determination, the sum of:

(a) 75% of the then most recently reported net book value of all inventory owned by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (under and as defined in the Senior Secured Note Documents) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; provided that the amount of this clause (a) shall not exceed 55% of the total Foreign Subsidiary Borrowing Base on any date of calculation; PLUS


-22-

(b) 80% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by Foreign Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 180 days past due.

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY INDEBTEDNESS. Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries of Hexcel that are Restricted Subsidiaries (under and as defined in the Senior Secured Note Documents) to finance the working capital requirements of such Subsidiaries.

FRENCH FACILITY. The factoring facility to be provided to Hexcel Composites S.A., and Hexcel Fabrics S.A. by GE Factofrance pursuant to the terms of the French Facility Documents in an aggregate principal amount to not exceed Euro 25,000,000.

FRENCH FACILITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the agreements, instruments and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to the French Facility, in each case on terms and conditions approved by the Administrative Agent.

FRENCH PLEDGE. The French Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, by and between Hexcel and the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders and the other parties described therein) in respect of the Capital Stock of Hexcel S.A.

FRONTED LOANS. That portion of the Revolving Credit Loans which is funded by the Fronting Bank and has not been funded by another Lender.

FRONTING BANK. With respect to Base Rate Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower, the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower, Fleet U.K., and in all other cases, FCC, as fronting bank and any other Person who replaces FCC or Fleet U.K., as the case may be, as Fronting Bank pursuant to the provisions of
Section 2.11.3 hereof, provided, for purposes of this Credit Agreement, in the event the Fronting Bank is also a Lender.

FRONTING EXPOSURE. The Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the Foreign Borrowers by the Fronting Bank pursuant to Section 2.1.2 (with each Lender agreeing to participate in the risk associated with such Multicurrency Loan in accordance with Section 2.11).

FRONTING FEE. See Section 3.6.

GAAP OR GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES. (a) When used in Section 9, whether directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term used therein, means (i) principles that are consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Emerging Issues Task Force and their predecessors, in effect for the fiscal period ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) to the extent consistent with such principles, the accounting practice of Hexcel reflected in its financial statements for the fiscal period ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and (b) when used in general, other than as provided above, means principles that are (i) consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange


-23-

Commission and the Emerging Issues Task Force and their predecessors, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) consistently applied with past financial statements of Hexcel adopting the same principles, PROVIDED that in each case referred to in this definition of "GAAP" a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use of such accounting principles is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an unqualified opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in GAAP) as to financial statements in which such principles have been properly applied.

GERMAN BORROWER. As defined in the preamble hereto.

GERMAN BORROWING BASE. At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Report delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to subsection 7.4(f) which is equal to the lesser of the German Sublimit and the Dollar Equivalent sum of:

(a) 85% of Eligible Accounts of the German Borrower; MINUS

(b) reserves in respect of (i) nine percent (9%) collection reserve, (ii) payroll, employee benefits and payroll taxes for a one (1) month period, and (iii) accounts payable in respect of third-party material purchases; MINUS

(c) reserves in respect of the German Overdraft Facility; MINUS

(d) other reserves as each of the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agent in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions shall deem appropriate from time to time.

The German Borrowing Base shall be calculated in Dollars at the Exchange Rate. In determining the German Borrowing Base from time to time, each of the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agent may, but shall not be required to, rely upon reports or analyses generated by the German Borrower (including, without limitation, Borrowing Base Reports) and reports or analyses generated by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or by third party collateral examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at any time and from time to time, (i) decrease the percentage advance rate of Eligible Accounts included in the German Borrowing Base based upon the results of any collateral exams or other sources of information which demonstrate in the Administrative Agent's or the Co-Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment based on due inquiry a change in the collectability of accounts receivable of the German Borrower and/or other market changes affecting the value of accounts comprising the German Borrowing Base, and (ii) make more restrictive the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts. In addition, the Administrative Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its


-24-

customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, in the event that the Dilution with respect to the Accounts Receivable of the German Borrower for the period calculated has increased above 5%, reserve against the German Borrowing Base an amount necessary such that the effective Dilution will be less than or equal to 5%; PROVIDED that in calculating the amount of such Dilution, the Administrative Agent may take into account credits posted to Accounts Receivable which are not, in its judgment, truly dilutive. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may impose reserves and suspend reserves without the consent of the other, and (b) if, at any time, any reserve is imposed by any of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, such reserve shall be imposed without duplication.

GERMAN EXPOSURE. At any time, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the German Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the German Borrower.

GERMAN OVERDRAFT FACILITY. The credit facility to be provided by Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, to the German Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit pursuant to which Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, may advance Base Rate Loans to the German Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.1.2.

GERMAN OVERDRAFT FACILITY SUBLIMIT. The amount selected by the German Borrower from time to time with ten (10) days prior written notice to the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent and with the approval of the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent of such amount; PROVIDED that the German Borrower shall not change such amount more than one (1) time per fiscal quarter; PROVIDED FURTHER that (x) the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit shall not at any time exceed the Euro Equivalent of $1,000,000 and (y) the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit as of the Closing Date is $0.

GERMAN SECURITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the Global Security Assignment Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the German Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and the Account Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the German Borrower and the Administrative Agent, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and all other instruments, agreements and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any German Security Document.

GERMAN SUBLIMIT. $5,000,000 MINUS the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit.

GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT. The Amended and Restated Governance Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among Hexcel, LXH, L.L.C., LXH II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.


-25-

GOVERNING DOCUMENTS. With respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, its by-laws and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to any of its Capital Stock, as applicable in each relevant jurisdiction.

GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY. Any foreign, federal, state, regional, local, municipal or other government, or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, public authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court or any other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government.

GUARANTEED PENSION PLAN. Any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by Hexcel or any ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

GUARANTIES. Collectively, (a) the Guaranties made by the Guarantors in favor of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5 hereof, and (b) any additional Guaranty made pursuant to by Section 7.15 hereof (including, without limitation, the execution of an Instrument of Assumption and Joinder) made by any applicable Guarantor in favor of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and in each case pursuant to which each Guarantor guaranties to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent the payment and performance of the Obligations and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

GUARANTORS. Collectively, (a) Hexcel (with respect to the Obligations of the other Borrowers) and (b) each Subsidiary Guarantor. Each such Person shall be a party to a Guaranty.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. See Section 6.15(b).

HEDGING AGREEMENT. Any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate futures contract, interest rate option agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, forward currency exchange agreement, forward rate currency agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Lender is a party, designed to protect the applicable Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates or forward rates.

HEXCEL. As defined in the preamble hereto.

HEXCEL HOLDING (U.K.) LIMITED. Hexcel Holding (U.K.) Limited, a private company limited by shares organized under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 03069887.

HEXCEL S.A. Hexcel S.A., a French SOCIETE ANONYME with capital of EUR 3,135,140, whose registered office is at "Le President", 3 avenue Condorcet, 69160 Villeurbanne,


-26-

France, registered with the Commercial and Companies Registry of Lyons under the number 955 508 007.

INDEBTEDNESS. As to any Person and whether recourse is secured by or is otherwise available against all or only a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, but without duplication:

(a) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed,

(b) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,

(c) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person,

(d) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practice or which are being contested in good faith),

(e) every obligation of such Person under any Capitalized Lease,

(f) every obligation of such Person (an "EQUITY RELATED PURCHASE OBLIGATION") to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock issued by such Person or any rights measured by the value of such Capital Stock,

(g) every obligation of such Person under any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financing agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements), the value of which is dependent upon interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodities or other indices (a "DERIVATIVE CONTRACT"),

(h) every obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent that such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor and such terms are enforceable under applicable law, and

(i) every obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guarantying or otherwise acting as surety for, any obligation of a type described in any of clauses
(a) through (j) (the "PRIMARY OBLIGATION") of another Person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR"), in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any


-27-

obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such primary obligation, (ii) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the payment of such primary obligation, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary obligation.

The "AMOUNT" or "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" of any Indebtedness at any time of determination represented by (v) any Indebtedness, issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, (w) any Capitalized Lease shall be the principal component of the aggregate of the rentals obligation under such Capitalized Lease payable over the term thereof that is not subject to termination by the lessee, (x) any derivative contract shall be the maximum amount of any termination or loss payment required to be paid by such Person if such derivative contract were, at the time of determination, to be terminated by reason of any event of default or early termination event thereunder, whether or not such event of default or early termination event has in fact occurred, (y) any equity related purchase obligation shall be the maximum fixed redemption or purchase price thereof inclusive of any accrued and unpaid dividends to be comprised in such redemption or purchase price and (z) any guaranty or other contingent liability referred to in clause (i) shall be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such guaranty or other contingent obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. Securities which may not be underwritten or dealt in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.

INSOLVENCY EVENT. Any of the following events or circumstances: (i) any Borrower organized in the United Kingdom shall be deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123(1) (a), (b), or (2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (United Kingdom) or shall otherwise become insolvent or stop or suspend making payments (whether of principal or interest) with respect to all or any class of its Indebtedness or announce an intention to do so, (ii) any petition shall be presented or other step taken for the purpose of the appointment of an administrator or the winding up of any such Borrower (not being, in the case of a winding up, a petition which such Person can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, by providing an opinion of leading counsel to that effect, is frivolous, vexatious or an abuse of the process of the court or relates to a claim to which such Person has a good defense and which is being vigorously contested by such Person) or an order shall be made or resolution passed for the winding up of any such Guarantor, Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries or a notice shall be issued by convening a meeting for the purpose of passing any such resolution (except for the purpose of a solvent amalgamation or reconstitution), or (iii) any steps shall be taken, or negotiations commenced by any such


-28-

Borrower or by any of their respective creditors with a view to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such Person and any of its creditors or for the presentation of a petition for the appointment of an administrator, or (iv) any event giving rise to insolvency proceedings with respect to any Borrower in any jurisdiction, including under the German Insolvency Act (Insolvenzordnung).

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE AGREEMENT. The License Agreement, dated the date hereof, between Hexcel, its Domestic Subsidiaries, and the Administrative Agent which, among other things, grants, to the extent provided therein, a royalty-free, perpetual license (with the right to sublicense) of all intellectual property of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, copyrights, books and records, computer systems and data thereon) and access to certain real property, plant and equipment, in each case, to the extent necessary to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to realize on the Collateral, provided that such license shall not conflict with the rights of third parties.

INSTRUMENT OF ASSUMPTION AND JOINDER. An Instrument of Assumption and Joinder substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F hereto, pursuant to which Subsidiaries of the Borrower become parties to this Credit Agreement as Guarantors, as contemplated by Section 7.15(a).

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT. That certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated the date hereof, by and among the Administrative Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation, as intercreditor agent and security trustee, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee under the Senior Secured Note Indenture, and HSBC Bank USA, as collateral agent.

INTEREST PAYMENT DATE. (a) As to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar month with respect to interest accrued during such calendar month, including, without limitation, the calendar month which includes the Drawdown Date of such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be; and (b) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan in respect of which the Interest Period is (i) one (1) month, the last day of such Interest Period and (ii) more than one (1) month, the last day of each one-month period commencing on the date that is one (1) month from the first day of such Interest Period and, in addition, the last day of such Interest Period.

INTEREST PERIOD. With respect to each Revolving Credit Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth below, as selected by the Borrowers in a Loan Request or as otherwise required by the terms of this Credit Agreement (i) for any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar month; and
(ii) for any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the then ending Interest Period applicable to such Revolving Credit Loan and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the Borrowers in a Conversion Request; PROVIDED that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:


-29-

(A) if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(B) if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan would end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day;

(C) if the Borrowers shall fail to give notice as provided in
Section 2.7, (i) for Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan and the continuance of all Base Rate Loans as Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, and (ii) subject to Section 2.1.2, for Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros made to the U.K. Borrower, the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower, as the case may be, such Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion or continuance, as the case may be, of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan having a one (1) month Interest Period on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

(D) subject to paragraph (A) above, any Interest Period relating to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(E) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

INTERIM CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. See Section 7.17.1.

INVESTMENTS. All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred (contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness of, or for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property to, or in respect of any guaranties (or other commitments as described under Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid;
(c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or


-30-

otherwise, except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

ISSUING BANK. With respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of any of Hexcel, the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower, Fleet and, with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower, Fleet U.K.

LC GUARANTY. A guaranty or indemnity in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank pursuant to which the Administrative Agent shall guarantee the payment or performance by each of the Borrowers of its reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit.

LEAD ARRANGER. Fleet Securities, Inc.

LENDER AFFILIATE. (a) With respect to any Lender, (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or legal entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by such Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other entity (whether a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity) that is a fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

LENDERS. FCC and the other lending institutions listed on SCHEDULE 1 hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights and obligations of a Lender pursuant to Section 14 and, unless the context otherwise requires, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and, with respect to the Overdraft Facility, Fleet U.K.

LETTER OF CREDIT. See Section 3.1.1.

LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION. See Section 3.1.1.

LETTER OF CREDIT FEE. See Section 3.6.

LETTER OF CREDIT PARTICIPATION. See Section 3.1.4.

LEVERAGE RATIO. As at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Funded Debt (Consolidated) outstanding on such date to (b) EBITDA (Consolidated) for the Reference Period ending on such date.

LIEN. Any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, attachment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or otherwise), or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or


-31-

nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any Capitalized Lease, any financing lease involving substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

LOAN DOCUMENTS. This Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Letters of Credit, the LC Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Accountant Release Letter and the Fee Letter.

LOAN REQUEST. See Section 2.6.

LOCAL ACCOUNT. See Section 7.17.1.

MANDATORY COSTS. With respect to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, any cost of compliance by such Lender or the Administrative Agent with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and/or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank, determined in accordance with SCHEDULE 2 hereto.

MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT. With respect to any event or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding):

(a) a material adverse effect on the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, operations or income of any Borrower, individually or the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Credit Parties, individually and taken as a whole, to perform any of their respective Obligations under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party; or

(c) any material impairment of the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document.

MATERIAL DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY. As at any date of determination, any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrowers with respect to which any of the following criteria has been met: (a) the aggregate revenue generated by such Domestic Subsidiary equals or exceeds an amount equal to $15,000,000 for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, (b) whose assets at any time exceed $5,000,000 in aggregate book value, or (c) which has guaranteed any other Indebtedness of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that (x) any Domestic Subsidiary whose only asset is the equity interests of a joint-venture shall not be subject to the criteria contained in clause (a) hereof, and (y) the fair market value of such equity interests in the joint venture shall be the carrying value of such equity interests on the books of Hexcel (determined in accordance with GAAP).


-32-

A Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Domestic Subsidiary at any date pursuant to this definition shall continue to be or be deemed to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary at all times thereafter, without regard to the results of any future re-determination pursuant to this definition.

MATERIAL FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY. As at any date of determination, any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrowers with respect to which any of the following criteria has been met: (a) the aggregate revenue generated by such Foreign Subsidiary equals or exceeds an amount equal to $15,000,000 for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, (b) whose assets at any time exceed $5,000,000 in aggregate book value, or (c) which has had its Capital Stock pledged to the holder of any other Indebtedness of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that (x) any Foreign Subsidiary whose only asset is the equity interests of a joint-venture shall not be subject to the criteria contained in clause (a) hereof, and (y) the fair market value of such equity interests in the joint venture shall be the carrying value of such equity interests on the books of Hexcel (determined in accordance with GAAP). A Foreign Subsidiary that is a Material Foreign Subsidiary at any date pursuant to this definition shall continue to be or be deemed to be a Material Foreign Subsidiary at all times thereafter, without regard to the results of any future re-determination pursuant to this definition.

MATURITY DATE. March 31, 2008.

MAXIMUM DRAWING AMOUNT. The Dollar Equivalent of the maximum aggregate amount that the beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such aggregate amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Letters of Credit.

MINIMUM RATIO. See Section 9.3.

MOODY'S. Moody's Investors Services, Inc.

MULTICURRENCY LOANS. Revolving Credit Loans made or to be made by the Fronting Bank to the Foreign Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1.2 and Section 2.11 hereof.

MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN. Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by Hexcel or any ERISA Affiliate.

NET INCOME (OR LOSS) (CONSOLIDATED). The consolidated net income (or loss) of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes (including franchise and foreign withholding taxes and any state single business or unitary tax of any Foreign Subsidiary), and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP.

OBLIGATIONS. All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank or the Issuing Bank, individually or collectively, existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured,


-33-

arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any Overdraft Facility or any Hedging Agreements or any Cash Management Services or in respect of any of the Revolving Credit Loans made or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or any of the Revolving Credit Notes, Letter of Credit Applications, Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that the obligations of each of the Austrian Borrower, the German Borrower and the U.K. Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be limited to all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities arising or incurred only in respect of Revolving Credit Loans or Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Austrian Borrower, the German Borrower and the U.K. Borrower, respectively, and all overdraft obligations, fees, costs, charges, expenses and other obligations with respect to such Revolving Credit Loans or Letters of Credit, from time to time owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

OC NOTICE. See Section 2.10.1.

ORDERLY LIQUIDATION VALUE. With respect to any inventory, the net appraised orderly liquidation value of such inventory, as determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent appraisal of the inventory of the Borrowers performed by an appraisal firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent. On the Closing Date, the Orderly Liquidation Value shall be equal to thirty-four percent (34%) of Eligible Inventory of Hexcel and the Material Domestic Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

OTHER LABOR REGULATIONS. See Section 7.13.

OUTSTANDING. With respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal thereof as of any date of determination, with respect to Letters of Credit, any outstanding Letters of Credit and with respect to Reimbursement Obligations, the Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations.

OVERDRAFT FACILITY. Each of the U.K. Overdraft Facility, the Austrian Overdraft Facility and the German Overdraft Facility.

OVERDRAFT FACILITY SUBLIMIT. Each of the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit, the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit and the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit.

OVERNIGHT RATE. For any day (a) as to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, the weighted average interest rate paid by the Administrative Agent for federal funds acquired by the Administrative Agent, and (b) as to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by the Administrative Agent to major banks in the London interbank market.


-34-

PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by Section 4002 of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

PERMITTED LIENS. Liens permitted by Section 8.2.

PERMITTED RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES. Permitted business consolidation and restructuring expenses incurred by Hexcel during the 2003 fiscal year and approved by the Administrative Agent; PROVIDED that during each month a reserve to the Domestic Borrowing Base equal to the amount of the cash restructuring charges projected to be incurred in the upcoming month shall be established by the Administrative Agent, and such reserve shall be maintained until the end of the following month; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that such Permitted Restructuring Expenses shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $7,500,000 during the 2003 calendar year.

PERSON. Any individual, corporation, limited liability company partnership, limited liability partnership, trust, other unincorporated association, business, or other legal entity, and any Governmental Authority.

POUNDS STERLING or L . The lawful currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

POUNDS STERLING BASE RATE. The variable annual rate of interest so designated from time to time by Fleet U.K. as its "BASE RATE" for loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, such rate being a reference rate and not necessarily representing the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. Changes in the Pounds Sterling Base Rate resulting from any changes in Fleet U.K.'s "BASE RATE" for loans denominated in Pounds Sterling shall take place immediately without notice or demand of any kind.

POUNDS STERLING EQUIVALENT. On any particular date, with respect to any amount denominated in Pounds Sterling, such amount in Pounds Sterling, and with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars or Euros, the amount (as conclusively ascertained by the Administrative Agent absent manifest error) of Pounds Sterling which could be purchased by the Administrative Agent (in accordance with its normal banking practices) in the London foreign currency deposit markets with such amount of Dollars or Euros at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date.

POUNDS STERLING LIBOR RATE. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling, the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate determined by the Administrative Agent at which Pounds Sterling deposits for such Interest Period are offered based on information presented on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, DIVIDED BY
(b) a number equal to 1.00 MINUS the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. If the rate described above does not appear on the Telerate System on any applicable interest determination date, the Pounds Sterling LIBOR Rate shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in Pounds Sterling for a


-35-

period of time comparable to such Pounds Sterling LIBOR Rate Loan which are offered by four (4) major banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period as selected by the Administrative Agent. The principal London office of each of the four (4) major London banks will be requested to provide a quotation of its Pounds Sterling deposit offered rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the rates quoted for loans in Pounds Sterling to leading European banks for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period offered by major banks in New York City at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period. In the event that the Administrative Agent is unable to obtain any such quotation as provided above, it will be considered that Pounds Sterling LIBOR Rate pursuant to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling cannot be determined.

PREFERENTIAL INDEBTEDNESS. Indebtedness of the U.K. Borrower which would, pursuant to the provisions of any law relating to liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors' rights generally, be paid in priority or preference to other Indebtedness in a winding up, dissolution, administration, insolvency or other similar process of law in any jurisdiction, including without limitation Indebtedness of the types listed in Schedule 6 to the Insolvency Act 1986 of the U.K. (or any statutory re-enactment or modification thereof pursuant to which the payment of certain obligations of a Person are given statutory preference over the payment of other such obligations). The Borrower will use its reasonable best efforts to estimate such Preferred Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, as approved by the Administrative Agent.

RATE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD. As defined in the definition of "APPLICABLE
MARGIN".

RATE OF EXCHANGE. See Section 2.10.2.

RCRA. See Section 6.15(a).

REAL ESTATE. All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or sublessee) by any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

RECORD. The grid attached to a Revolving Credit Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by any Lender with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan referred to in such Revolving Credit Note.

REFERENCE PERIOD. As of any date of determination, the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries ending on such date, or if such date is not a fiscal quarter end date, the period of four
(4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended (in each case treated as a single accounting period).

REGISTER. See Section 14.3.


-36-

REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION. With respect to any Borrower, such Borrower's obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and/or the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as provided in
Section 3.2.

RELEASE. See Section 6.15(c).

REQUIRED LENDERS. As of any date, the Lenders holding an aggregate of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment (or if the Total Commitment is terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Letter of Credit Participations in Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and participating interests in the risk relating to outstanding Letters of Credit and Fronted Loans) on such date.

RESTRICTED IP SCHEDULE. Schedule 4.2 to the Intellectual Property License Agreement, listing all Third Party Restricted IP (as defined therein).

RESTRICTED PAYMENT. In relation to the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, any (a) declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in shares of common stock of such Borrower or Subsidiary; the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such Person or otherwise (including the setting apart of assets for a sinking or other analogous fund to be used for such purpose); the return of capital by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to its shareholders as such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (b) payment in respect of any phantom stock or similar interests, or (c) any interest or dividend payments made in respect of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. Revolving credit loans made or to be made by the Lenders and/or by the Fronting Bank on behalf of the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2, including the Swing Line Loans.

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES. See Section 2.4.

SAME DAY FUNDS. With respect to disbursements and payments in (a) Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) Pounds Sterling or Euros, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be.

SARA. See Section 6.15(a).

SECURITY AGREEMENT. The Security Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors and the Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and


-37-

the Administrative Agent, and all other instruments, agreements and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to the Security Agreement.

SECURITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the Guaranties, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreement, the Agency Account Agreements, the U.K. Security Documents, the Austrian Security Documents, the German Security Documents, the Charge over Shares, the French Pledge, and all other instruments and documents, including without limitation Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or the foreign equivalent, if applicable), required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any Security Document.

SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO. As at the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of
(a) Total Senior Funded Debt (Consolidated) outstanding on such date to (b) EBITDA (Consolidated) for the Reference Period for such date.

SENIOR SECURED NOTES. The 9.875% Senior Secured Notes of Hexcel due in 2008 issued in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000 pursuant to the Senior Secured Note Documents.

SENIOR SECURED NOTE DOCUMENTS. Collectively, as in effect on the date hereof, the Senior Secured Notes, the Indenture, dated March 19, 2003, among Hexcel, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee, the Security Documents (as defined therein), any schedules, annexes or exhibits related any Senior Secured Note Document and all other agreements, instruments and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any Senior Secured Note Document.

SETTLEMENT. The making or receiving of payments, in Same Day Funds, by the Lenders, to the extent necessary to cause each Lender's actual share of the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to any Loan Request) to be equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of such Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to any Loan Request), in any case where, prior to such event or action, the actual share is not so equal.

SETTLEMENT AMOUNT. See Section 2.9.1.

SETTLEMENT DATE. See Section 2.9.1.

SETTLING LENDER. See Section 2.9.1.

S&P. Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT. The Strategic Alliance Agreement dated as of September 29, 1995, as amended through the date hereof, among Hexcel and Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation.


-38-

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT. The Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2003, among Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and Hexcel.

SUBSIDIARY. Any corporation, association, trust, or other business entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR. Clark-Schwebel Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, CS Tech-Fab Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and each other Domestic Subsidiary of Hexcel which elects to or is otherwise required to become a Guarantor from time to time pursuant to
Section 7.15.

SUBORDINATED DEBT. Indebtedness of Hexcel in respect of (i) the 9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January 21, 1999 between Hexcel and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) the 7.00% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of August 1, 1986, between Hexcel and The Bank of California, N.A., as Trustee, as in effect on the date hereof.

SUCCESSOR RATING AGENCY. See definition of "DEBT RATING".

SUPERMAJORITY LENDERS. As of any date, the Lenders holding an aggregate of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Total Commitment (or if the Total Commitment is terminated, the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Letter of Credit Participations in Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and participating interests in the risk relating to outstanding Letters of Credit and Fronted Loans) on such date.

SWING LINE LENDER. FCC.

SWING LINE LOANS. See Section 2.6.2.

SYNDICATION AGENT. General Electric Capital Corporation.

TOTAL COMMITMENT. The sum of the Commitments of the Lenders, as in effect from time to time. On the Closing Date, the Total Commitment is equal to $115,000,000.

TOTAL DEBT SERVICE (CONSOLIDATED). With respect to Hexcel and its Subsidiaries and for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Total Interest Expense (Consolidated) paid in cash for such period PLUS (b) any and all scheduled repayments of principal during such period in respect of Indebtedness that becomes due and payable or that are to become due and payable during such period pursuant to any agreement or instrument to which Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries is a party relating to


-39-

(i) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit, including the issuance of notes or bonds (including, without limitation, sinking fund payments and open market purchases, in each case, in respect of the 7.00% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011), and (ii) in respect of any Capitalized Leases, MINUS (c) until such time as the CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease has been prepaid, principal payments in respect of Capitalized Leases made during such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 over the term of this Credit Agreement, to be utilized in accordance with Section 9.3 for the purpose of covenant compliance in the periods to be elected by Hexcel.

TOTAL EXPOSURE. At any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Domestic Exposure at such time, PLUS (ii) the U.K. Exposure at such time, PLUS
(iii) the Austrian Exposure at such time, PLUS (iv) the German Exposure at such time.

TOTAL FUNDED DEBT (CONSOLIDATED). With respect Hexcel and its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, relating to (i) the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit, including the issuance of notes or bonds, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iii) in respect of any Capitalized Leases, and (iv) the maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding. With respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2003, the 7.00% Convertible Notes due 2003 shall not constitute "Indebtedness" for the purposes of this definition to the extent that such the Indebtedness thereunder has been defeased.

TOTAL GROSS AVAILABILITY. At any time, the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the Domestic Borrowing Base at such time PLUS (ii) the U.K. Borrowing Base at such time PLUS (iii) the Austrian Borrowing Base at such time PLUS (iv) the German Borrowing Base at such time, and (b) the Total Commitment at such time.

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE (CONSOLIDATED). For any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by Hexcel and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any Capitalized Lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

TOTAL SENIOR FUNDED DEBT (CONSOLIDATED). Total Funded Debt (Consolidated) MINUS Subordinated Debt.

TYPE. As to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

U.K. BORROWER. As defined in the preamble hereto.

U.K. BORROWING BASE. At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base


-40-

Report delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to subsection 7.4(f) which is equal to the lesser of the U.K. Sublimit and the Dollar Equivalent sum of:

(a) 85% of Eligible Accounts of the U.K. Borrower; PLUS

(b) 85% of the Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory of the U.K. Borrower, PROVIDED that in no event shall the sum of (i) the amount of the Domestic Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of Hexcel and its Domestic Subsidiaries which are Guarantors plus (ii) the amount of the U.K. Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of the U.K. Borrower, exceed $50,000,000 at any time, PROVIDED FURTHER, that in no event shall the U.K. Borrowing Base comprised of Eligible Inventory of the U.K. Borrower exceed 50% of the U.K. Borrowing Base; MINUS

(c) Preferential Indebtedness (which, for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base at each time such a calculation is required to be made hereunder, shall, until a subsequent readjustment is required as described herein, be that amount which appears on the Borrowing Base Report delivered on the Closing Date and then, to the extent the Administrative Agent using good faith and reasonable business judgment determines (which determination may occur from time to time) as a result of conducting a commercial finance examination or otherwise that a different amount more accurately reflects the amount of Preferential Indebtedness as of such date of determination, Preferential Indebtedness for calculation purposes shall thereafter be such different amount); MINUS

(d) reserves in respect of Cash Management Services; MINUS

(e) reserves in respect of the U.K. Overdraft Facility; MINUS

(f) other reserves as the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agent in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions shall deem appropriate from time to time.

The U.K. Borrowing Base shall be calculated in Dollars at the Exchange Rate. In determining the U.K. Borrowing Base from time to time, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, rely upon reports or analyses generated by the U.K. Borrower (including, without limitation, Borrowing Base Reports) and reports or analyses generated by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or by third party collateral examination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions at any time and from time to time, (i) decrease the percentage advance rate of Eligible Accounts included in the U.K. Borrowing Base based upon the


-41-

results of any collateral exams or other sources of information which demonstrate in the Administrative Agent's or the Co-Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment based on due inquiry a change in the collectability of accounts receivable of the U.K. Borrower and/or other market changes affecting the value of accounts comprising the U.K. Borrowing Base, and (ii) make more restrictive the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts. In addition, the Administrative Agent may in its good faith judgment exercised in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with its customary practice for comparable asset based transactions, in the event that the Dilution with respect to the Accounts Receivable of the U.K. Borrower for the period calculated has increased above 5%, reserve against the U.K. Borrowing Base an amount necessary such that the effective Dilution will be less than or equal to 5%; PROVIDED that in calculating the amount of such Dilution, the Administrative Agent may take into account credits posted to Accounts Receivable which are not, in its judgment, truly dilutive. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent may impose reserves and suspend reserves without the consent of the other, and (b) if, at any time, any reserve is imposed by any of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agent, such reserve shall be imposed without duplication.

U.K. CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. See Section 7.17.1.

U.K. EXPOSURE. At any time, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower.

U.K. OVERDRAFT FACILITY. The credit facility to be provided by Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, to the U.K. Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Overdraft Facility Sublimit pursuant to which Fleet U.K., as Fronting Bank, may advance Base Rate Loans to the U.K. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.2 or provide Letters of Credit to the U.K. Borrower pursuant to Section 3.

U.K. OVERDRAFT FACILITY SUBLIMIT. The amount selected by the U.K. Borrower from time to time with ten (10) days prior written notice to the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent and with the approval of the Fronting Bank and the Administrative Agent of such amount; PROVIDED that the U.K. Borrower shall not change such amount more than one (1) time per fiscal quarter; PROVIDED FURTHER that (i) the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit shall not at any time exceed the Pounds Sterling Equivalent or the Euro Equivalent, as the case may be, of $1,000,000, (ii) the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit as of the Closing Date is the Pounds Sterling Equivalent of $500,000, and (iii) the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower shall not exceed the Pounds Sterling Equivalent or the Euro Equivalent, as the case may be, of $1,000,000.

U.K. SECURITY DOCUMENTS. Collectively, the Debenture, dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the U.K. Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as security trustee, the Security Trust Deed, dated on or prior to the Closing Date, by and among


-42-

Hexcel, FCC, as security trustee, and the other parties thereto, the U.K. Foreign Concentration Collection Account Agreement, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the U.K. Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto, the Account Control Agreements, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and all other instruments and documents required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any U.K. Security Document.

U.K. SUBLIMIT. $12,500,000 MINUS the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit.

UNPAID REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION. The Dollar Equivalent of any Reimbursement Obligation for which the Issuing Bank and/or the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders have not been reimbursed on the date specified in, and in accordance with, Section 3.2.

VOTING STOCK. Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other business entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency.

1.2. RULES OF INTERPRETATION.

(a) A reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit Agreement.

(b) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

(c) A reference to any law includes any amendment or modification to such law.

(d) A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns.

(e) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them by GAAP applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they refer.

(f) The words "INCLUDE", "INCLUDES" and "INCLUDING" are not limiting.

(g) All terms not specifically defined herein or by GAAP, which terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, have the meanings assigned to them therein, with the term "INSTRUMENT" being that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.


-43-

(h) Reference to a particular "Section" refers to that section of this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(i) The words "HEREIN", "HEREOF", "HEREUNDER" and words of like import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly indicated, in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "FROM" means "from and including," the words "TO" and "UNTIL" each mean "to but excluding," and the word "through" means "to and including."

(k) This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are, however, cumulative and are to be performed in accordance with the terms thereof.

(l) This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiation among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, among others, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and are the product of discussions and negotiations among all parties. Accordingly, this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are not intended to be construed against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders merely on account of the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's involvement in the preparation of such documents.

(m) Unless otherwise expressly indicated, each reference to a specific amount denominated in Dollars shall also be deemed to be a reference to the Dollar Equivalent of such amount.

2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.

2.1. COMMITMENT TO LEND.

2.1.1. REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit Agreement, each of the Lenders severally agrees to lend to Hexcel and Hexcel may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time from the Closing Date up to but not including the Maturity Date, upon notice by Hexcel to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 2.6, such sums in Dollars as are requested by Hexcel up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested by any Borrower) at any one time equal to such Lender's Commitment MINUS such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the sum of (a) the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit issued for the account of all of the Borrowers and (b) the Fronting Exposure, and (c) the outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans,


-44-

PROVIDED that (i) that the Total Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment, and
(ii) that the Domestic Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Domestic Gross Availability. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made PRO RATA in accordance with each Lender's Commitment Percentage. Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by Hexcel that the conditions set forth in Section 10 and Section 11, in the case of the initial Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and Section 11, in the case of all other Revolving Credit Loans, have been satisfied on the date of such request. Each Revolving Credit Loan to Hexcel shall be denominated in Dollars.

2.1.2. MULTICURRENCY LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit Agreement, each of the Lenders severally agrees to lend to each of the Foreign Borrowers and each of the Foreign Borrowers may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time from the Closing Date up to but not including the Maturity Date upon notice by the applicable Foreign Borrower to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 2.6, such sums in Dollars and/or at the applicable Foreign Borrower's option from time to time, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, (a) with respect to the U.K. Borrower, in Pounds Sterling or Euros, (b) with respect to the Austrian Borrower, in Euros and (c) with respect to the German Borrower, in Euros, as are requested by the applicable Foreign Borrower up to a maximum Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount outstanding for all Foreign Borrowers (after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such Lender's Commitment MINUS such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the sum of (i) the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of all Borrowers and (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to Hexcel, PROVIDED that (a) that the Total Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment, (b)(i) the U.K. Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the U.K. Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower shall not at any time exceed the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit, (c)(i) the Austrian Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Austrian Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower shall not at any time exceed the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit and (d)(i) the German Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the German Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the German Borrower shall not at any time exceed the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be made PRO RATA


-45-

in accordance with each Lender's Commitment Percentage, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan made to any Foreign Borrower (including any such Revolving Credit Loan made under any Overdraft Facility), whether denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, the Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be fronted by the Fronting Bank (with each Lender hereby agreeing to participate in the risk associated with such Multicurrency Loan in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof). Each request for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the requesting Foreign Borrower that the conditions set forth in Section 10 and Section 11, in the case of the initial Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and Section 11, in the case of all other Revolving Credit Loans, have been satisfied on the date of such request. Each Base Rate Loan (a) to the U.K. Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, in Pounds Sterling or Euros and, in each case, such Base Rate Loan shall be made under the U.K. Overdraft Facility, (b) to the Austrian Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, in Euros and, in each case, such Base Rate Loan shall be made under the Austrian Overdraft Facility, and (c) the German Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, in Euros and, in each case, such Base Rate Loan shall be made under the German Overdraft Facility. Each Eurocurrency Rate Loan (a) to the U.K. Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, in Pounds Sterling or Euros and (b) to the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower shall be denominated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10 hereof, in Euros. With respect to borrowings under any Overdraft Facility, the prior notice requirements may be waived by the Fronting Bank.

2.2. COMMITMENT FEE.

Hexcel agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages a commitment fee (the "COMMITMENT FEE") calculated at the rate per annum of the Applicable Commitment Fee as in effect from time to time from the Closing Date to but excluding the Maturity Date, multiplied by the average daily amounts during each calendar quarter or portion thereof by which the Total Commitment exceeds the sum of (i) the Maximum Drawing Amount, (ii) all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, and (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans during such calendar quarter or portion thereof. The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing on the first such date following the date hereof, with a final payment on the Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate.

2.3. REDUCTION OF TOTAL COMMITMENT. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time upon three (3) Business Days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent to reduce by $1,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof or to terminate entirely the Total Commitment, whereupon the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced PRO RATA in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages


-46-

of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrowers delivered pursuant to this
Section 2.3, the Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of the substance thereof. If the Borrowers reduce or terminate the Total Commitment, Hexcel shall pay to the Administrative Agent a fee in an amount calculated as follows:

(a) if such repayment or prepayment and reduction or termination is concluded on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the amount by which the Total Commitment is reduced, as calculated based on the Total Commitment immediately prior to such repayment or prepayment;

(b) if such repayment or prepayment and reduction or termination is concluded after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) of the amount by which the Total Commitment is reduced, as calculated based on the Total Commitment immediately prior to such repayment or prepayment; and

(c) if such repayment or prepayment and reduction or termination is concluded after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, no fee shall be payable.

The parties hereto agree that the fees provided for in this Section 2.3 are reasonable and fair estimates of the damages which would be incurred as a result of any reduction or termination of the Total Commitment in accordance with the terms hereof. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination, Hexcel shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders the full amount of any Commitment Fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction. No reduction or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated.

2.4. THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES. (a) The Revolving Credit Loans shall be evidenced by separate promissory notes of the Borrowers in substantially the form of EXHIBIT B-1 hereto (each a "REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE"), dated as of the Closing Date (or such other date on which a Lender may become a party hereto in accordance with Section 14 hereof) and completed with appropriate insertions. One Revolving Credit Note shall be payable to the order of each Lender in a principal amount equal to such Lender's Commitment or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. Each Borrower irrevocably authorizes and requests each Lender to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender's Revolving Credit Note, an appropriate notation on such Record reflecting the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans set forth on such Lender's Record or any other loan account maintained by the Administrative Agent shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error


-47-

in so recording, any such amount on such Lender's Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under any Revolving Credit Note to make payments of principal of or interest on any Revolving Credit Note when due. Each Revolving Credit Note shall provide that, notwithstanding that such Revolving Credit Note shall be executed by each Borrower, the obligations of each Borrower under such Revolving Credit Note shall be several and not joint.

(b) The Swing Line Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note of Hexcel in substantially the form of EXHIBIT B-2 hereto (a "SWING LINE NOTE"), dated as of the Closing Date (or such other date on which a Lender may become a party hereto in accordance with Section 14 hereof) and completed with appropriate insertions. One Swing Line Note shall be payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in a principal amount equal to $11,500,000 or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. Hexcel irrevocably authorizes and requests the Swing Line Lender to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Swing Line Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Swing Line Lender's Swing Line Note, an appropriate notation on such Record reflecting the making of such Swing Line Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Swing Line Loans set forth on such Swing Line Lender's Record or any other loan account maintained by the Administrative Agent shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Swing Line Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Swing Line Lender's Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Hexcel hereunder or under any Swing Line Note to make payments of principal of or interest on any Swing Line Note when due.

2.5. INTEREST ON REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 4.11,

(a) Each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate PLUS the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, with respect to Base Rate Loans as in effect from time to time.

(b) Each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such Interest Period PLUS the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros as the case may be, PLUS, with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans made to the U.K. Borrower, Mandatory Costs, with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans as in effect from time to time.

Each Borrower promises to pay interest on each Revolving Credit Loan made to it in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect thereto. Interest on the


-48-

Revolving Credit Loans shall be payable in the currency (i.e., Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be) of the underlying Revolving Credit Loan.

2.6. REQUESTS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

2.6.1. GENERAL. The applicable Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent written notice in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto) of each Revolving Credit Loan requested hereunder (a "LOAN REQUEST") no later than (a) 12:00 p.m. (Hartford time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan and (b) 12:00 p.m. (Hartford time) on the third Business Day prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan; PROVIDED that any notice requesting a Revolving Credit Loan be made in Pounds Sterling or Euros must comply with the requirements of this Section 2.6 and the requirements of an OC Notice pursuant to Section 2.10. Each such notice shall specify (i) the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan requested stated in Dollars, or, subject to Section 2.10, Pounds Sterling or Euros, (ii) the proposed Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan, (iii) the Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Loan and (iv) the Type of such Revolving Credit Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Lenders thereof. Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable and binding on the applicable Borrower and shall obligate the applicable Borrower to accept the Revolving Credit Loan requested from the Lenders on the proposed Drawdown Date. Each Loan Request with respect to a Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. With respect to borrowings under any Overdraft Facility, the prior notice requirements and minimum amount requirements may be waived by the Fronting Bank.

2.6.2. SWING LINE. Notwithstanding the notice and minimum amount requirements set forth in Section 2.6.1 (but subject to the second proviso of this sentence) but otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement, the Swing Line Lender may, in its sole discretion and without conferring with the Lenders, make Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars to Hexcel in an amount as otherwise requested by Hexcel (each a "SWING LINE LOAN"); PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of all outstanding advances made pursuant to this Section 2.6.2 shall not exceed $11,500,000; PROVIDED FURTHER that the advance of Swing Line Loans by the Swing Line Lender shall not reduce the Swing Line Lender's obligation to lend its Commitment Percentage of the Excess Availability hereunder. Hexcel acknowledges and agrees that the making of such Swing Line Loans shall, in each case, be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Credit Agreement as if they were Revolving Credit Loans covered by a Loan Request including, without limitation, the limitations set forth in Section 2.1 and the requirements that the applicable provisions of Section 10 (in the case of Swing Line Loans made on the Closing Date) and Section 11 be satisfied. All actions taken by the


-49-

Swing Line Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6.2 shall be conclusive and binding on Hexcel and the Lenders absent the Swing Line Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Swing Line Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.6.2 to Hexcel shall be Base Rate Loans and, prior to a Settlement, interest on such Swing Line Loans shall be for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

2.7. CONVERSION OPTIONS.

2.7.1. CONVERSION TO DIFFERENT TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN. Subject to Section 2.1, the applicable Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding Revolving Credit Loan to a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type denominated in the same currency, PROVIDED that (a) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the applicable Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least two (2) Business Days prior written notice of such election; (b) with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the applicable Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior written notice of such election; (c) with respect to any such conversion of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (d) no Revolving Credit Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Rate Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. On the date on which such conversion is being made each Lender shall take such action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its Eurocurrency Lending Office, as the case may be. Subject to the Overdraft Facility Sublimits, all or any part of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of any Type may be converted into a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type as provided herein, PROVIDED that any partial conversion shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Conversion Request relating to the conversion of a Revolving Credit Loan to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be irrevocable by the applicable Borrower.

2.7.2. CONTINUATION OF TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN. Any Revolving Credit Loan of any Type may be continued as a Revolving Credit Loan of the same Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the applicable Borrower with the notice provisions contained in Section 2.7.1; PROVIDED that (a) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, no such Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Event of Default of which officers of the Administrative Agent active upon the Borrowers' account have actual knowledge; and (b) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan (i) denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros made to the U.K. Borrower, or (ii) denominated in Euros made to the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower, then, in either case, no such Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default


-50-

has occurred and is continuing or the provisions of Section 2.10 hereof have not or cannot be met at the time of such continuation but shall be automatically converted to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan having a one (1) month Interest Period on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto ending during the continuance of any Event of Default of which officers of the Administrative Agent active upon the Borrowers' account have actual knowledge. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly when any such automatic conversion contemplated by this
Section 2.7 is scheduled to occur.

2.7.3. EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS. Any conversion to or from Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all Eurocurrency Rate Loans having the same Interest Period shall not be less than $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros, that whole number which is nearest to the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 or $100,000, as the case may be). With respect to any borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, no more than seven (7) Eurocurrency Rate Loans having different Interest Periods may be outstanding at any time to the Borrowers.

2.8. FUNDS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN.

2.8.1. FUNDING PROCEDURES FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL. Not later than 3:00 p.m. (Hartford, Connecticut time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars to be made to Hexcel, each of the Lenders will make available to the Administrative Agent to credit to Hexcel's account in Same Day Funds, the amount of such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Loans at the Administrative Agent's Office. Upon receipt from each Lender of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents required by Section 10 and Section 11 and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Administrative Agent will make available to Hexcel the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders. The failure or refusal of any Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent at the aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the requested Revolving Credit Loans shall not relieve any other Lender from its several obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such other Lender's Commitment Percentage of any requested Revolving Credit Loans.

2.8.2. ADVANCES BY AGENT FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO HEXCEL. The Administrative Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by any Lender prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Lender has made available to the Administrative Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date, and the Administrative Agent may (but it shall not be required


-51-

to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Hexcel a corresponding amount. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (a) the average computed for the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the Overnight Rate for each day included in such period, times (b) the amount of such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the amount of such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans shall become immediately available to the Administrative Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A statement of the Administrative Agent submitted to such Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the amount due and owing to the Administrative Agent by such Lender. If the amount of such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days following such Drawdown Date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount from Hexcel on demand, with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans made on such Drawdown Date.

2.8.3. FUNDING PROCEDURES FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS. Not later than 12:00 noon (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans to any Foreign Borrower, the Fronting Bank shall make available to such Foreign Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, the amount of such Revolving Credit Loans made or to be made on such date corresponding to the aggregate Commitment Percentages of the Lenders. If such amounts are made available to the Administrative Agent, upon receipt from the Fronting Bank of such amount, and upon receipt of the documents required by Section 10 and Section 11 and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the Administrative Agent will make available to the applicable Foreign Borrower the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Administrative Agent by the Fronting Bank.

2.8.4. ADVANCES BY AGENT FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS TO FOREIGN BORROWERS. The Administrative Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by the Fronting Bank prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that the Fronting Bank has made available to the Administrative Agent or to the applicable Foreign Borrower on such Drawdown Date the amount of Revolving Credit Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date and the Administrative Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumptions, make available to the applicable Foreign Borrower a corresponding amount. If the Fronting Bank makes available to the Administrative Agent such amount on a date after such Drawdown Date, the Fronting Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (a) the average computed for the


-52-

period referred to in clause (c) below, of the Overnight Rate for each day included in such period, TIMES (b) the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Loans, TIMES (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the amount of such Revolving Credit Loans shall become immediately available to the Administrative Agent, and the denominator of which is 365. A statement of the Administrative Agent submitted to the Fronting Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the amount due and owing to the Administrative Agent by such Lender. If the amount of the Revolving Credit Loans is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the Fronting Bank within three (3) Business Days following such Drawdown Date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount from the applicable Foreign Borrower on demand, with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans made on such Drawdown Date.

2.9. SETTLEMENTS.

2.9.1. GENERAL. Upon demand by the Swing Line Lender (a "SETTLEMENT DATE") which shall be made no less frequently than every other week, the Administrative Agent shall, not later than 11:00 a.m. (Hartford time), give telephonic or facsimile notice (a) to the Lenders and the Borrowers of the respective outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender on behalf of the Lenders from the immediately preceding Settlement Date through the close of business on the prior day and the amount of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made (following the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2.6.1(b) or (c)) on such date pursuant to a Loan Request, if any, and (b) to the Lenders of the amount (a "SETTLEMENT Amount") that each Lender (a "SETTLING LENDER") shall pay (or receive) to effect a Settlement of any Revolving Credit Loan. A statement of the Administrative Agent submitted to the Lenders and the applicable Borrowers or to the Lenders with respect to any amounts owing under this
Section 2.9 shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the amount due and owing. Each Settling Lender shall, not later than 3:00 p.m. (Hartford time) on such Settlement Date for any Revolving Credit Loan, effect a wire transfer of Same Day Funds to the Administrative Agent in the amount of the Settlement Amount for such Settling Lender. All funds advanced by any Lender as a Settling Lender pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall for all purposes be treated as a Revolving Credit Loan made by such Settling Lender to the Borrowers and all funds received by any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall for all purposes be treated as repayment of amounts owed with respect to Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender. In the event that any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar cases or proceedings in which any Borrower is a debtor prevent a Settling Lender from making any Revolving Credit Loan to effect a Settlement as contemplated hereby, such Settling Lender will make such dispositions and arrangements with the other Lenders with respect to such Revolving Credit Loans, either by way of purchase of participations, distribution, PRO TANTO


-53-

assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Lender's share of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans being equal, as nearly as may be, to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans.

2.9.2. FAILURE TO MAKE FUNDS AVAILABLE. The Administrative Agent may, unless notified to the contrary by any Settling Lender prior to a Settlement Date, assume that such Settling Lender has made or will make available to the Administrative Agent on such Settlement Date the amount of such Settling Lender's Settlement Amount, and the Administrative Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Swing Line Lender a corresponding amount. If any Settling Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent such amount on a date after such Settlement Date, such Settling Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (a) the average computed for the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the Overnight Rate for each day included in such period, times (b) the amount of such Settlement Amount, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including such Settlement Date to the date on which the amount of such Settlement Amount shall become immediately available to the Administrative Agent, and the denominator of which is 360. A statement of the Administrative Agent submitted to such Settling Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.9.2 shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the Administrative Agent by such Settling Lender. If such Settling Lender's Settlement Amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Settling Lender within three (3) Business Days following such Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount from the Borrowers on demand, with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans as of such Settlement Date and Hexcel's outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be reduced by such amount.

2.9.3. NO EFFECT ON OTHER LENDERS. The failure or refusal of any Settling Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent at the aforesaid time and place on any Settlement Date the amount of such Settling Lender's Settlement Amount shall not (a) relieve any other Settling Lender from its several obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such other Settling Lender's Settlement Amount or (b) impose upon any Lender, other than the Settling Lender so failing or refusing, any liability with respect to such failure or refusal or otherwise increase the Commitment of such other Lender.

2.10. OPTIONAL CURRENCY.

2.10.1. REQUEST FOR OPTIONAL CURRENCY. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1., any Foreign Borrower may, upon at least three
(3) Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent (an "OC NOTICE"), request that one or more Revolving Credit Loans be made in Pounds Sterling or Euros, PROVIDED that any Eurocurrency Rate Loan proposed to be made under this Section 2.10.1 shall be in an


-54-

amount not less than the Pounds Sterling Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as applicable, of $1,000,000, or a greater amount which is an integral multiple of $100,000. Each OC Notice requesting a Revolving Credit Loan in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, shall be by written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing by the applicable Borrower), specifying (a) the Revolving Credit Loan to be made, (b) the requested Drawdown Date of the proposed borrowing of such Revolving Credit, (c) the requested currency in which the Revolving Credit Loan is to be made, and
(d) the initial Interest Period for the Revolving Credit Loan to be borrowed. If the Fronting Bank, on or prior to any Drawdown Date, determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that Pounds Sterling or Euros, as requested, is not freely transferable and convertible into Dollars or that it will be impracticable for the Fronting Bank to fund the Revolving Credit Loan in such currency, then the Fronting Bank shall immediately so notify the Administrative Agent, which notification shall be given immediately by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Foreign Borrower, and the requested Revolving Credit Loan shall instead be denominated in Dollars. Subject to the foregoing and to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of Section 10 (in the case of such Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date) and Section 11, each Revolving Credit Loan requested to be made in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as applicable, will be made on the Drawdown Date specified therefor in the OC Notice, in the currency requested in the OC Notice and, upon being so made, will have the Interest Period requested in the OC Notice. With respect to borrowings under any Overdraft Facility, the prior notice requirements may be waived by the Fronting Bank.

2.10.2. EXCHANGE RATE. For purposes of this Credit Agreement the amount in either Pounds Sterling or Euros which shall be equivalent on any particular date to a specified amount in the other of Pounds Sterling or Euros shall be that amount (as conclusively ascertained by the Administrative Agent by its normal banking practices, absent manifest error) in the first currency which is or could be purchased by the Administrative Agent (in accordance with normal banking practices) with such specified amount in the second currency in any recognized Eurocurrency Interbank Market selected by the Administrative Agent in good faith for delivery on such date at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at 10:00 a.m. (London time) (or as soon thereafter as practicable) on such date.

2.10.3. MULTIPLE DENOMINATIONS. In the event that any portion of the funds available under the terms of this Credit Agreement is denominated in Dollars and/or in one or more of Pounds Sterling or Euros, the Dollar Equivalent of such portion of the funds shall be calculated pursuant to the definition of "Dollar Equivalent". The amount so determined shall then be added to the amount already outstanding in Dollars for the purpose of determining the remaining availability of funds under Section 2.1 and
Section 2.10.1 hereof and any required repayments under the following
Section 2.13 as a result of fluctuations in respective currency conversion rates.


-55-

2.10.4. FUNDING. The Fronting Bank (or, after a Lender has purchased its interest in any Fronted Loan, such Lender) may make any Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros by causing its Eurocurrency Lending Office or any of its foreign branches or foreign affiliate to make such Revolving Credit Loan (whether or not such lending office, branch or affiliate is named as a lending office on the signature pages hereof); PROVIDED that in such event the obligation of the applicable Foreign Borrower to repay such Revolving Credit Loan shall nevertheless be to such Lender and shall, for all purposes of this Credit Agreement (including without limitation for purposes of the definition of the term "Required Lenders") be deemed made by such Lender to the extent of such Revolving Credit Loan, for the account of such applicable lending office, branch or affiliate.

2.11. FRONTING PROVISIONS.

2.11.1. APPLICATION OF INTEREST PAYMENTS FOR MULTICURRENCY LOANS. As promptly as is practicable following each date upon which the Administrative Agent or, with respect to Base Rate Loans advanced under any Overdraft Facility, the Fronting Bank receives a payment of interest under this Credit Agreement on account of any Multicurrency Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros made to any Foreign Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall distribute to the Fronting Bank such amount (except when the Fronting Bank has received such amount directly from any Foreign Borrower). In consideration of the agreement of the Lenders to purchase participating interests in any Multicurrency Loans, the Fronting Bank hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable accounts of each Lender or, if approved by Administrative Agent, directly to each Lender, a risk participation fee in an amount equal to (i) the proceeds received by the Fronting Bank in the currency of such interest payment or from a conversion of such currency to Dollars, as determined by such Lender, of the Applicable Margin portion of such interest payment (other than any such proceeds payable for the account of any Delinquent Bank, which proceeds shall be retained by the Fronting Bank for its own account) MINUS (ii) 0.125% of such proceeds received by the Fronting Bank in such currency or from such conversion to Dollars, as applicable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to each Lender which has funded the purchase of participating interests in the extensions of credit on account of which such interest was paid pursuant to Section 2.11.2, the Fronting Bank shall instead pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Lender which has so funded such purchase or, if approved by Administrative Agent, directly to each Lender, the amount equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the proceeds received by the Fronting Bank in such currency or from such conversion, as applicable. Such amount shall be payable to the Administrative Agent or Lender as applicable in Dollars, Pounds Sterling, or Euros, as the case may be, promptly upon receipt by the Fronting Bank of a distribution of such interest payment from the Administrative Agent or the applicable Borrower or from the proceeds of such conversion, as the case may be.


-56-

2.11.2. CURRENCY CONVERSIONS AND CONTINGENT FUNDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Each of the Lenders hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to purchase (in Dollars, or at the Fronting Bank's option with respect to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros, in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be) an undivided participating interest in its ratable share, determined by reference to its Commitment Percentage, of all Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros made by the Fronting Bank, as the Administrative Agent may at any time request PROVIDED that:

(i) the Administrative Agent and the Fronting Bank hereby agree that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Persons will not request any such purchase of participating interests; and

(ii) in the event that any Event of Default specified in Sections 12.1(f) or (g) shall have occurred with respect to the Borrowers, at the option of the Fronting Bank and Administrative Agent, each Lender shall be deemed to have purchased, automatically and without request, such participating interest in the Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros made by the Fronting Bank to the applicable Foreign Borrower.

Any such request shall be made in writing to each Lender and shall specify the amount of Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as applicable, (based upon the actual exchange rate at which the Administrative Agent anticipates being able to obtain the relevant currency on the relevant date, with any excess payment being refunded to the Lenders and any deficiency remaining payable by the Lenders) required from such Lender in order to effect the purchase by such Lender of a participating interest in the amount equal to its Commitment Percentage times the aggregate then outstanding principal amount (in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be) of the Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros which have been fronted by the Fronting Bank. Promptly upon receipt of such request, each Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or Fronting Bank (in immediately available funds) the amount so specified by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall convert such amounts into the relevant currency, as applicable, and shall promptly deliver the proceeds of such conversion to the Fronting Bank in immediately available funds. Promptly following receipt thereof, the Fronting Bank will deliver to each Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth the amount of the Revolving Credit Loans purchased by such Lender, dated the date of receipt of such funds and in such amount. From and after such purchase, (a)(i) all Base Rate Loans shall continue as Base Rate Loans, and (ii) all outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros and including those Revolving Credit Loans advanced by the Fronting Bank) shall be deemed to have been converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in the relevant currency with a one (1) month Interest Period (with such conversion constituting, for purposes of Section 4.10, the making of a payment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the expiration of


-57-

the relevant Interest Period, as applicable), and (b) all amounts from time to time accruing, and all amounts from time to time payable, on account of such Revolving Credit Loans (including any interest and other amounts which were accrued but unpaid on the date of such purchase) shall be payable in the relevant currency and shall be distributed in the relevant currency or, at the request of any Lender, in Dollars (after the conversion of such currency into Dollars), by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders, on account of such participating interests. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.11, the failure of any Lender to purchase its participating interest in any Revolving Credit Loans shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder to purchase its participating interest in a timely manner, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to purchase the participating interest to be purchased by such other Lenders on any date.

(b) If any amount required to be paid by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.11.2(a) is not paid to the Administrative Agent within one (1) Business Day following the date upon which such Lender receives a request from the Administrative Agent that such Lender fund its participating interest relating to such Revolving Credit Loan, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the average daily Overnight Rate, as quoted by the Administrative Agent, during the period from and including the date such payment is required to be made to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Administrative Agent, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.11.2(a) is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent within three (3) Business Days following the date upon which such Lender receives a request from the Administrative Agent that such Lender fund its participating interest relating to such Revolving Credit Loan, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover from the applicable Foreign Borrower, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Revolving Credit Loans which are Base Rate Loans. A certificate from the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.11.2(b) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Amounts payable by any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.11.2(b) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Fronting Bank; PROVIDED that, if the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion) has elected to fund on behalf of such Lender the amounts owing to the Fronting Bank then the amounts shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for its own account.

(c) Whenever, at any time after the Fronting Bank has received from any Lender such Lender's participating interest in a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.11.2(b) above, the Fronting Bank receives any payment on account thereof, such Fronting Bank will distribute to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Lender, such Lender's participating interest in such amount


-58-

(appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's participating interest was outstanding and funded) in like funds received, or at the request of such Lender, in Dollars (at the then-applicable Exchange Rate); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that any such payment received by the Fronting Bank is required to be returned, such Lender will return to the Fronting Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Fronting Bank to the Lender in like funds as such payment is required to be returned by the Fronting Bank.

(d) Each Lender's obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Fronting Bank, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Person party hereto; (iv) any breach of any of the Loan Documents by any Person; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

2.11.3. RESIGNATION OF FRONTING BANK. The Fronting Bank may resign at any time by giving sixty (60) days prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Fronting Bank. Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such successor Fronting Bank shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers. If no successor Fronting Bank shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Fronting Bank's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Fronting Bank may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Fronting Bank which shall be a financial institution having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Fronting Bank hereunder by a successor Fronting Bank such successor Fronting Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Fronting Bank and the retiring Fronting shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Fronting Bank's resignation, the provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Fronting Bank.

2.12. CHANGE IN BORROWING BASE. Each of the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base and the German Borrowing Base shall be determined monthly (or at such other interval as may be specified pursuant to Section 7.4(f)) by the Administrative Agent by reference to the Borrowing Base Report, commercial finance examinations and collateral audit reports, and the appraisals of Eligible Inventory delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent pursuant to


-59-

Sections 7.9.2 and 7.9.3 and other information obtained by or provided to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall give to the Borrowers written notice of any change in the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base or the German Borrowing Base, as the case may be, determined by the Administrative Agent.

2.13. REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

2.13.1. MATURITY. Each Borrower promises to pay on the Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Maturity Date, all of the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding to such Borrower on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

2.13.2. MANDATORY REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

(a) If at any time the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the Total Commitment at such time, then the Borrowers shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the Fronting Bank for application: first, to any Swing Line Loans outstanding, second, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; third, to the Revolving Credit Loans which are Fronted Loans; fourth, to all other Revolving Credit Loans; and fifth, to provide to the Issuing Bank cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by Section 3.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

(b) If at any time the Domestic Exposure exceeds the Domestic Gross Availability at such time, then Hexcel shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Lenders for application: first, to any Swing Line Loans outstanding, second, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; third, to all other Revolving Credit Loans advanced to Hexcel; and fourth, to provide to the Issuing Bank cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by Section 3.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.


-60-

(c) If at any time (i) the U.K. Exposure exceeds the U.K. Borrowing Base at such time or (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower exceeds the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit, then the U.K. Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender for the respective accounts of the applicable Lenders and the Fronting Bank for application: first, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower which are Fronted Loans; third, to all other Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower; and fourth, to provide to the Issuing Bank cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by
Section 3.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

(d) If at any time (i) the Austrian Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) exceeds the Austrian Borrowing Base at such time, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower exceeds the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit, then the Austrian Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender for the respective accounts of the applicable Lenders and the Fronting Bank for application: first, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower which are Fronted Loans; third, to all other Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower; and fourth, to provide to the Issuing Bank cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by Section 3.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

(e) If at any time (i) the German Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) exceeds the German Borrowing Base at such time, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the German Borrower exceeds the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit, then the German Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such excess to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender for the respective accounts of the applicable Lenders and the Fronting Bank for application: first, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to


-61-

the German Borrower which are Fronted Loans; third, to all other Revolving Credit Loans advanced to the German Borrower; and fourth, to provide to the Issuing Bank cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations as contemplated by Section 3.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated among the Lenders, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in proportion.

2.13.3. OPTIONAL REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. The Borrowers shall have the right, at their election, to repay the outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, as a whole or in part, at any time without penalty or premium, PROVIDED that any full or partial prepayment of the outstanding amount of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this
Section 2.13.3 may be made only on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto unless breakage costs incurred by the Lenders in connection therewith are paid by the Borrowers in accordance with Section
4.10. The applicable Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent, no later than 10:00 a.m. (Hartford time), at least (a) one (1) Business Days prior written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13.3 of Base Rate Loans, and (b) three (3) Business Days notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13.3 of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case specifying the proposed date of prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans and the principal amount to be prepaid. Each such partial prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000, (or the Pounds Sterling Equivalent or the Euro Equivalent, as applicable, in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros) shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest on the principal prepaid to the date of prepayment and shall be applied, in the absence of instruction by the applicable Borrower, FIRST to the principal of Base Rate Loans which are Fronted Loans, SECOND to the principal of all other Base Rate Loans, THIRD to the principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans which are Fronted Loans and FOURTH to the principal of all other Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Each partial prepayment shall be allocated among the Lenders and the Fronting Bank, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of each Lender's Revolving Credit Note or loan account, as the case may be, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior repayments not exactly in proportion. With respect to borrowings under any Overdraft Facility, the prior notice requirements may be waived by the Fronting Bank.

2.13.4. AUSTRIAN BORROWER. The parties hereto agree that the place of performance (ERFULLUNGSORT) for all rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement shall be New York, New York or any other place outside the Republic of Austria chosen by the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Credit Agreement.


-62-

3. LETTERS OF CREDIT.

3.1. LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS.

3.1.1. COMMITMENT TO ISSUE LETTERS OF CREDIT; LC GUARANTY. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the execution and delivery by any Borrower of a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank's customary form (a "LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION"), the Issuing Bank agrees, in its individual capacity, to issue, extend and renew for the account of such Borrower one or more standby or documentary letters of credit and, in the case of the U.K. Borrower, bonds and guarantees (individually, a "LETTER OF CREDIT"), denominated in Dollars or Pounds Sterling or Euros, as applicable, in such form as may be requested from time to time by such Borrower and agreed to by the Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, after giving effect to such request, (a) the sum of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any one time, (b) the sum of
(i) the Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, (ii) all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans shall not exceed the Total Commitment at any time, and (c)(i) the Domestic Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Domestic Gross Availability at such time, (ii)(A) the U.K. Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the U.K. Borrowing Base at such time and (B) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower shall not at any time exceed the U.K. Overdraft Facility Sublimit, (iii)(A) the Austrian Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the Austrian Borrowing Base at such time and (B) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the Austrian Borrower shall not at any time exceed the Austrian Overdraft Facility Sublimit, and (iv)(A) the German Exposure (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall not at any time exceed the German Borrowing Base at such time and (B) the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the German Borrower shall not at any time exceed the German Overdraft Facility Sublimit.

(ii) The Administrative Agent agrees, on behalf of the Lenders and in reliance upon the agreement of the Lenders set forth in subsection 3.1.4 below and upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, to enter into an LC Guaranty with the Issuing Bank, if the Issuing bank so requires, to support the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers with respect to any Letter of Credit.

(iii) Payments by Lenders hereunder will be made to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in the currency in which the


-63-

Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank made payment in respect of such Letter of Credit.

3.1.2. LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATIONS. Each Letter of Credit Application shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent. In the event that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application shall be inconsistent with any provision of this Credit Agreement, then the provisions of this Credit Agreement shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency, govern.

3.1.3. TERMS OF LETTERS OF CREDIT. Each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (a) provide for the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented in accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents described therein, and (b) have an expiry date no later than the date which is fourteen (14) days (or, if the Letter of Credit is confirmed by a confirmer or otherwise provides for one or more nominated persons, forty-five (45) days) prior to the Maturity Date, PROVIDED that (i) each standby Letter of Credit (including any bonds or guarantees issued for the account of the U.K. Borrower) shall have an expiry date no later than 365 days after the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit and may provide for customary evergreen renewals thereof for additional 365-day periods, and (ii) each documentary Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later than 180 days after the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit. Each Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or any successor version thereto adopted by the Issuing Bank in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit (the "UNIFORM CUSTOMS") or, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit, either the Uniform Customs or the International Standby Practices (ISP98), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590, or any successor code of standby letter of credit practices among banks adopted by the Issuing Bank in the ordinary course of its business as a standby letter of credit issuer and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

3.1.4. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS OF LENDERS; PARTICIPATION IN LC GUARANTY. (i) Each Lender severally agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender's Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, on demand for the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Bank under each Letter of Credit to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2 (such agreement for a Lender being called herein the "LETTER OF CREDIT PARTICIPATION" of such Lender).

(ii) By the issuance of the LC Guaranty by the Administrative Agent, and without any further action on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby


-64-

acquires from the Administrative Agent, a participation in the LC Guaranty equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the aggregate amount guaranteed under the LC Guaranty. In the event the Administrative Agent is required to make any payment to the Issuing Bank under the LC Guaranty, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lender's Commitment Percentage of each such payment made by the Administrative Agent and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrowers pursuant Section 3.2, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the applicable Borrower for any reason, and each Lender severally agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Lender's Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the Administrative Agent on demand for such payment. In the event that no LC Guaranty is issued with respect to any Letter of Credit each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the Maximum Drawing Amount under such Letter of Credit.

3.1.5. PARTICIPATIONS OF LENDERS. Each such payment made by a Lender shall be made in the currency in which such payment was made by the Issuing Bank and/or the Administrative Agent or, at the Administrative Agent's option, in Dollars, and shall be treated as the purchase by such Lender of a participating interest in the applicable Borrowers' Reimbursement Obligation under Section 3.2 in an amount equal to such payment. Each Lender shall share in accordance with its participating interest in any interest which accrues pursuant to Section 3.2.

3.2. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION OF THE BORROWER. In order to induce the Issuing Bank to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent to enter into the LC Guaranty with the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to participate therein, each Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, for the account of the Issuing Bank or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lenders, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the Issuing Bank hereunder,

(a) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3.2(b) and (c), on each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit is honored by the Issuing Bank, or the Issuing Bank otherwise makes a payment with respect thereto or the Administrative Agent shall make any payment under the LC Guaranty, (i) the amount paid by the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with any payment made by the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit,

(b) upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total Commitment to an amount less than the Maximum Drawing Amount, an


-65-

amount equal to such difference, which amount shall be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and Lenders as cash collateral for all Reimbursement Obligations, and

(c) upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 12, an amount equal to the then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, which amount shall be held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and Lenders as cash collateral for all Reimbursement Obligations.

Each Borrower is responsible for payment in respect of Letters of Credit issued for such Borrower's account. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Office or, as applicable by the U.K. Borrower, to the Issuing Bank, in immediately available funds. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by applicable Borrower under this
Section 3.2 at any time from the date such amounts become due and payable (whether as stated in this Section 3.2, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the Administrative Agent on demand at the rate specified in Section 4.11 for overdue principal on the Revolving Credit Loans.

3.3. LETTER OF CREDIT PAYMENTS. If any draft shall be presented or other demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall notify the applicable Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such demand for payment. If the applicable Borrower fails to reimburse the Issuing Bank as provided in Section 3.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or other payment is made by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank may at any time thereafter notify the Administrative Agent of the amount of any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders thereof. Subject to Section 2.1 hereof, the applicable Borrower shall be entitled to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations by applying funds from Revolving Credit Loans hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation by causing the debit of any account maintained by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries with the Administrative Agent or any other institution with which the Administrative Agent shall have entered into an agency account agreement (it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Document to the contrary, cash or depository accounts of any Foreign Subsidiary (including any Foreign Borrower) will not serve at any time, directly or indirectly, to collateralize the obligations of Hexcel or any Domestic Subsidiary, and, in addition, the cash or depositary accounts of a Foreign Subsidiary will only serve to collateralize the obligations of another Foreign Borrower if such Foreign Subsidiary is owned by such Foreign Borrower). No later than 3:00 p.m. (Hartford time) on the Business Day next following the receipt of such notice, (i) the Administrative Agent, as guarantor under the LC Guaranty, shall make available to the Issuing Bank at the Administrative Agent's Office, in immediately available funds, the


-66-

amount of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount equal to the product of (a) the average, computed for the period referred to in clause
(c) below, of the weighted average Overnight Rate for each day included in such period, TIMES (b) the amount equal to such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, TIMES (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including the date the Issuing Bank paid the draft presented for honor or otherwise made payment to the date on which such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation shall become immediately available to the Issuing Bank, and the denominator of which is 360 and (ii) each Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent's Office, in immediately available funds, such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount equal to the product of (a) the average, computed for the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the weighted average Overnight Rate for each day included in such period, TIMES (b) the amount equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, TIMES (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and including the date the Issuing Bank paid the draft presented for honor or otherwise made payment to the date on which such Lender's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation shall become immediately available to the Issuing Bank, and the denominator of which is 360. The responsibility of the Issuing Bank to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be only to determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter of Credit.

3.4. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. The Borrowers' obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which any Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit. Each Borrower further agrees with the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be responsible for, and each Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations under
Section 3.2 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among any Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of any Borrower against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit. Each Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in good faith and absent gross negligence and willful misconduct, shall be binding upon such Borrower and shall


-67-

not result in any liability on the part of the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to such Borrower.

3.5. RELIANCE BY ISSUER. To the extent not inconsistent with Section 3.4, the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Credit Agreement unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Issuing Bank shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Credit Agreement in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Revolving Credit Notes or of a Letter of Credit Participation.

3.6. LETTER OF CREDIT FEE. The Borrowers shall pay a fee (in each case, a "LETTER OF CREDIT FEE") to the Administrative Agent, though its Treasury and International Services Group or, as applicable by the U.K. Borrower, to the Issuing Bank, in respect of each Letter of Credit outstanding an amount equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Loans denominated in the currency of such Letter of Credit per annum of the available amount of such Letter of Credit, which Letter of Credit Fee, in each case, shall be for the accounts of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages. In respect of each Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall also pay to the Issuing Bank for the Issuing Bank's own account a fronting fee (in each case, the "FRONTING FEE") calculated at the per annum rate of 0.125% of the Maximum Drawing Amount under such Letter of Credit and, at such other time or times as such charges are customarily made by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank's customary issuance, amendment, negotiation or document examination and other administrative fees as in effect from time to time. The Letter of Credit Fee, the Fronting Fee and any other fees payable under this Section 3.6 shall be payable in the currency of the applicable Letter of Credit or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, in Dollars. All fees under this Section 3.6 shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of each month in arrears or as advised by the Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as applicable.

4. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.

4.1. CLOSING FEE. Hexcel agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date an underwriting fee and a structuring fee (the "CLOSING FEE") in the amount and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.


-68-

4.2. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEE. Hexcel agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the Administrative Agent's own account, an agency fee (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S FEE") in the amount and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.

4.3. FUNDS FOR PAYMENTS.

4.3.1. PAYMENTS TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. All payments of principal and interest on Revolving Credit Loans and all Reimbursement Obligations which are denominated in Dollars and all Fees (except payments of principal and interest on any Overdraft Facility, Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of any Foreign Borrower shall be made to the applicable Fronting Bank or applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be) and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent's Office or at such other place that the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in each case at or about 11:00 a.m. (Hartford, Connecticut time or other local time at the place of payment) and in Same Day Funds. All payments of principal and interest on Revolving Credit Loans and all Reimbursement Obligations and any other fees (except payments of principal and interest on any Overdraft Facility, Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of any Foreign Borrower shall be made to the applicable Fronting Bank or applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be) due hereunder which are denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros shall be made by the applicable Foreign Borrower to the Administrative Agent, for the respective account of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, at the Administrative Agent's Office or at such other place that the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate, in each case of or about 11:00 a.m. (London time or other local time at the place of payment) and in Same Day Funds. All payments of principal and interest on any Overdraft Facility, Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of any Foreign Borrower shall be made on the due date thereof to the applicable Fronting Bank or applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as applicable, at such other place that applicable Fronting Bank or applicable Issuing Bank may from time to time designate, in each case at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time or other local time at the place of payment) and in Same Day Funds. Each payment in respect of any Revolving Credit Loan made by a Borrower shall be made in the same currency in which such Revolving Credit Loan was made. Each of Hexcel and the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any account maintained by Hexcel and/or the Guarantors with the Administrative Agent


-69-

and/or to charge the loan account of Hexcel for any payment required to be made hereunder with respect to Hexcel or any Guarantor. With respect to interest payable by the U.K. Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall, at its option and with the consent of the U.K. Borrower, have the ability to defer such interest payments until such time as the Administrative Agent has received an exemption from any withholding taxes with respect to such interest payments.

4.3.2. NO OFFSET, ETC. All payments by the Borrowers hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without recoupment, setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings of any nature now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or collected by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein ("Non-Excluded Taxes"), excluding net income taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction or the governmental authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein ("Excluded Taxes"). If any such Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrowers will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars or at the Administrative Agent's option, Pounds Sterling or Euros, as shall be necessary to enable the Lenders, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent to receive the same net amount which the Lenders or the Administrative Agent would have received on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the Borrowers, provided, however that the Borrowers shall be entitled to deduct and withhold and shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to an Administrative Agent or Lender that is not a United States person defined in section 7701((A)(30) of the Code (a "NON-U.S. LENDER") for the amount of any incremental taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings which result from failure by the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, to comply with the requirements of
Section 4.3.3. The Borrowers will deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrowers hereunder or under such other Loan Document.

Each Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders for the amount of any incremental taxes, interest and penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or the Lender as a result of any failure by such Borrower to pay any Non-Excluded taxes as required by this provision, and any taxes


-70-

levied or imposed with respect to any indemnity payment made under this provision. Any such indemnification payment shall be made within
(30)Business days after the date a Lender makes written demand therefor.

Each Borrower's obligations under this provision shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

4.3.3. NON-U.S. LENDERS. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent that is not a U.S. Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code for federal income tax purposes (a "NON-U.S. LENDER") hereby agrees that it shall prior to the Closing Date, deliver to the Administrative Agent, if required by applicable law, and to Hexcel such certificates, documents or other evidence, as and when required by the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto, including (a) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is a "BANK" for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, two (2) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI and Form W-9, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by Treasury Regulations, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and validly executed by such Lender or the Administrative Agent establishing that with respect to all payments by the Borrowers hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents it is
(i) not subject to United States federal withholding tax and backup withholding tax under the Code because such payment is effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender or Administrative Agent of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) totally exempt from United States federal withholding tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty and (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not a "BANK" for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and to the effect that (i) such Non-U.S. Lender is not a "BANK" for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any governmental authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from any tax, securities law or other legal requirements, (ii) is not a ten percent (10%) shareholder for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iii) is not a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, together with a properly completed and validly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN (or successor form). Each Lender or the Administrative Agent agrees that it shall, prior to a change of its lending office or the selection of any additional lending office, to the extent the forms previously delivered by it pursuant to this section are no longer effective, and prior to the date any such forms expire or otherwise become obsolete deliver to the Administrative Agent, if required by applicable law and to Hexcel, a properly completed and validly executed Internal Revenue Service forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9, as applicable (or any successor forms thereto). The Lender shall certify (i) in the case of any initial or replacement Form W-8BEN (or


-71-

successor form thereto), that the Lender is entitled to receive all payments from the Borrowers hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, (ii) in the case of any initial or replacement Form W-8ECI (or successor form thereto), that all payments from the Borrowers hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents are effectively connected with the Lender's conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and
(iii) and in the case of any initial or replacement Form W-9 (or successor form thereto), that the Lender is exempt from United States backup withholding tax.

4.3.4. REFUNDS. If a Lender or the Administrative Agent shall become aware that it is entitled to receive a refund (including interest and penalties, if any) in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes as to which a Borrower has paid pursuant to Section 4.3.2, it shall promptly notify in writing such Borrower of the availability of such refund (including interest and penalties, if any), shall, within 30 days after the receipt of a request by such Borrower, apply for such refund at such Borrower's expense, and shall within 30 days of receiving such refund, remit the amount of such refund (including interest and penalties, if any) to the applicable Borrower.

4.4. COMPUTATIONS. All computations of interest on (a) Base Rate Loans advanced to Hexcel, the Austrian Borrower or the German Borrower and (b) Base Rate Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling advanced to the U.K. Borrower shall be based on a 365-day year, and paid for the actual number of days elapsed, and all computations of interest on (i) Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) Base Rate Loans denominated in Dollars and Euros advanced to any Foreign Borrower and (iii) of Fees shall be based on a 360-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of the term "INTEREST PERIOD" with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during such extension. The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans as reflected on the Records from time to time shall be considered correct and binding on the Borrowers unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any notice by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders of such outstanding amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrowers to the contrary.

4.5. INABILITY TO DETERMINE EUROCURRENCY RATE. In the event, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent shall determine or be notified by the Fronting Bank or, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in Dollars advanced to Hexcel, by any Lender that (a) adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate that would otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan during any Interest Period or deposits in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros in the relevant Interest Period are not are not available to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank or the Lenders in any Eurocurrency Interbank Market, or (b) the


-72-

Eurocurrency Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Fronting Bank or the Lenders of making or maintaining their Eurocurrency Rate Loans during such period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders) to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In such event (i) any Loan Request, Conversion Request or OC Notice with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be automatically withdrawn and, (A) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans, and (B) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros advanced to any Foreign Borrower shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans for such currency, in an amount not to exceed the then-available applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit, and, in each case, the Administrative Agent shall have the ability to increase any applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit to the amount required to accommodate such requested Revolving Credit Loans, (ii) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating thereto, (A) if denominated in Dollars, automatically become a Base Rate Loan, and (B) if denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros and advanced to any Foreign Borrower, automatically become a Base Rate Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be, in an amount not to exceed the then-available applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit, and, in each case, the Administrative Agent shall have the ability to increase any applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit to the amount required to accommodate such requested Revolving Credit Loans and (iii) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank or the Required Lenders determine that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Administrative Agent or, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent upon the instruction of the Fronting Bank or the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall so notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

4.6. ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if the adoption or change in any law, regulation, treaty or directive or the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans or perform its obligations in respect of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such Lender shall forthwith give notice of such circumstances to the Borrowers and the other Lenders and thereupon (a) the commitment of such Lender to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans or convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (b) such Lender's Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding as Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law, and the Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling or Euros then outstanding, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans denominated in such currency on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law, in an amount not to exceed the then-available applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit and the Administrative Agent shall have the ability to increase any applicable Overdraft Facility Sublimit to the amount required to accommodate such converted Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrowers hereby severally


-73-

agree promptly to pay the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, upon demand by such Lender, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender with respect to such Borrower for any costs incurred by such Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this Section 4.6, including any interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its Eurocurrency Rate Loans hereunder.

4.7. ADDITIONAL COSTS ARISING FROM CHANGE IN LAW, ETC. If the adoption or change in any applicable law, which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules, orders and regulations thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives, instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to any Lender or the Administrative Agent by any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:

(a) subject any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit, such Lender's Commitment or the Revolving Credit Loans (other than Excluded Taxes as defined in Section 4.3.2), or

(b) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes in taxes on income or profits and other Excluded Taxes) of payments to any Lender of the principal of or the interest on any Revolving Credit Loans or any other amounts payable to any Lender or the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or

(c) impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement) any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law) against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any Lender, or

(d) impose on any Lender or the Administrative Agent any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Revolving Credit Loans, such Lender's Commitment, any Letters of Credit or any class of loans, letters of credit or commitments of which any of the Revolving Credit Loans or such Lender's Commitment forms a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is

(i) to increase the cost to any Lender of making, funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Revolving Credit Loans or such Lender's Commitment or any Letter of Credit, or


-74-

(ii) to reduce the amount of principal, interest, Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder on account of such Lender's Commitment, any Letter of Credit or any of the Revolving Credit Loans, or

(iii) to require such Lender or the Administrative Agent to make any payment or to forego any interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum is calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by such Lender or the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers hereunder, or

(e) impose on any Lender or the Administrative Agent any Mandatory Costs with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, such Lender's Commitment or the Revolving Credit Loans,

then, and in each such case, each Borrower will, upon demand made by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Lender or the Administrative Agent such additional amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent the amount incurred with respect to each Borrower for such additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum.

4.8. CAPITAL ADEQUACY. If after the date hereof any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) regarding capital requirements for Lenders or Lender holding companies or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by such Lender or the Administrative Agent or any corporation controlling such Lender or the Administrative Agent with any law, governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such entity regarding capital adequacy, has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender's or the Administrative Agent's commitment with respect to any Revolving Credit Loans to a level below that which such Lender or the Administrative Agent could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Administrative Agent's then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity's capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent to be material, then such Lender or the Administrative Agent may notify the Borrowers of such fact. To the extent that the amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in the Base Rate, the Borrowers severally agree to pay such Lender or (as the case may be) the Administrative Agent for the amount incurred with respect to such Borrower of such reduction in the return on capital as and when such reduction is determined upon presentation by such Lender or (as the case may be) the


-75-

Administrative Agent of a certificate in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof. Each Lender shall allocate such cost increases among its customers in good faith and on an equitable basis.

4.9. CERTIFICATE. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant to Sections 4.7 or 4.8 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing.

4.10. INDEMNITY. Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by such Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to banks of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Eurocurrency Rate Loans,
(b) default by such Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after such Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Loan Request or a Conversion Request relating thereto in accordance with Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 or (c) the making of any payment (including, without limitation, any prepayment) of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the making of any conversion of any such Revolving Credit Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Revolving Credit Loans.

4.11. INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT.

During the continuance of Event of Default under Sections 12.1(a) or 12.1(b), principal of and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) interest on the Revolving Credit Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder (including, without limitation, any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and interest) or under any of the other Loan Documents shall, at the option of the Administrative Agent and/or the Required Lenders, bear interest compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above the rate of interest then applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment) and the Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above the rate applicable thereto.

4.12. CURRENCY MATTERS.

Dollars are the currency of account and payment for each and every sum at any time due from the Borrowers hereunder; PROVIDED that:

(a) except as expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, each repayment of a Revolving Credit Loan or a part thereof shall be made in the currency in which such Revolving Credit Loan is denominated at the time of that repayment;


-76-

(b) each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which such principal or other sum in respect of which such interest is payable, is denominated;

(c) each payment of any Fees shall be in Dollars (except Letter of Credit Fees and the Fronting Fees pursuant to Section 3.6);

(d) each payment of Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees shall be payable in the currency of the underlying Letter of Credit;

(e) each payment in respect of costs, expenses and indemnities shall be made in the currency in which the same were incurred; and

(f) any amount expressed to be payable in Pounds Sterling or Euros shall be paid in such currency.

No payment to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (whether under any judgment or court order or otherwise) shall discharge the obligation or liability in respect of which it was made unless and until the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have received payment in full in the currency in which such obligation or liability was incurred, and to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, fall short of such obligation or liability actual or contingent expressed in that currency, each Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, with respect to the amount of the shortfall with respect to amounts payable by such Borrower hereunder, with such indemnity surviving the termination of this Credit Agreement and any legal proceeding, judgment or court order pursuant to which the original payment was made which resulted in the shortfall.

4.13. LENDING OFFICE. Each Revolving Credit Loan made by any Lender in Pounds Sterling or Euros, and each payment by any Foreign Borrower in respect thereof, shall be made by, or, as the case may be, for the account of, such applicable lending office of the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent shall designate.

4.14. CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.

(a) Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Hartford, Connecticut time) on the last Business Day of each calendar month or, in the event that the Exchange Rate fluctuates in excess of 10% during such calendar month, any other Business Day (up to one additional time per month with respect to Pounds Sterling or Euros, as the case may be) in the discretion of the Administrative Agent (the "CALCULATION DATE"), the Administrative Agent shall determine the Exchange Rate as of such date. The Exchange Rate so determined shall become effective on the first Business Day immediately following such determination (a "RESET DATE") and shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date. Nothing contained in this Section 4.14 shall be construed to require the Administrative Agent to calculate compliance under this Section 4.14 more frequently than once each month.


-77-

(b) Not later than 4:00 p.m. (Hartford time) on each Reset Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to each of the Foreign Borrowers and the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower.

(c) If, on any Reset Date, (A) the Dollar Equivalent of the U.K. Exposure exceeds the U.K. Borrowing Base or (B) (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Base Rate Loans advanced to the U.K. Borrower exceeds the Overdraft Facility Sublimit (in each case, the amount of such excess referred to herein as the "U.K. EXCESS AMOUNT") by more than one percent (1%) of the amount of the U.K. Borrowing Base or the Overdraft Facility Sublimit, as the case may be, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the U.K. Borrower, the Fronting Bank and the applicable Lenders and (B) within two (2) Business Days thereafter, the U.K. Borrower shall repay or prepay such Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and provide cash collateral for such Maximum Drawing Amounts in accordance with this Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount such that, after giving effect thereto, the U.K. Exposure no longer exceeds the U.K. Borrowing Base or the Overdraft Facility Sublimit, as applicable.

(d) If, on any Reset Date, the Austrian Exposure exceeds the Austrian Borrowing Base (the amount of such excess referred to herein as the "AUSTRIAN EXCESS AMOUNT") by more than one percent (1%) of the amount of the Austrian Borrowing Base, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Austrian Borrower, the Fronting Bank and the Lenders and (B) within two (2) Business Days thereafter, the Austrian Borrower shall repay or prepay such Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and provide cash collateral for such Maximum Drawing Amounts in accordance with this Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount such that, after giving effect thereto, the Austrian Exposure no longer exceeds the Austrian Borrowing Base.

(e) If, on any Reset Date, the German Exposure exceeds the German Borrowing Base (the amount of such excess referred to herein as the "GERMAN EXCESS AMOUNT") by more than one percent (1%) of the amount of the German Borrowing Base, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the German Borrower, the Fronting Bank and the Lenders and (B) within two (2) Business Days thereafter, the German Borrower shall repay or prepay such Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations and provide cash collateral for such Maximum Drawing Amounts in accordance with this Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount such that, after giving effect thereto, the German Exposure no longer exceeds the German Borrowing Base.

4.15. LENDERS' OBLIGATION TO MITIGATE; REPLACEMENT OF LENDER.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Sections 4.6 or 4.7, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to the Administrative Agent


-78-

or any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.3.2, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 4.3.2, 4.6 or 4.7, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender shall be entitled to receive any amount under subsection 4.3.2, 4.6, or 4.7 as a result of a change in any lending office which is greater than such Lender would have been entitled to receive immediately prior thereto, unless the transfer occurred at a time when circumstances giving rise to the claim for such greater amount did not exist.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 4.7, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 4.3.2, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Revolving Credit Loans hereunder, then such Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 14, all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); PROVIDED that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Revolving Credit Loans (and its Commitment Percentage of any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations), accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and
(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 4.7 or payments required to be made pursuant to
Section 4.3.2, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

5. COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES.

The Borrowers covenant and agree that:


-79-

5.1. GENERAL. The Obligations shall be secured pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents, as further described in Section 5.2, and shall be guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the Guaranties as further described in Section 5.3.

5.2. SECURITY OF BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS. (a) The Obligations of Hexcel shall be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) in (x) all of the accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents, bank accounts (subject to the limitations described in Section 7.17.1) and inventory of Hexcel, together with all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any such accounts or the completion or sale of any such inventory, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all products and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to which Hexcel is a party and a first priority perfected pledge (or the equivalent thereof under local law as determined by the Administrative Agent) of 65% of the capital stock (issued share capital) or other equity interests of each of its first tier Material Foreign Subsidiaries; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that to the extent that any such first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary is treated as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, Hexcel shall, in addition, pledge 65% of the capital stock of any Material Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by such disregarded first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary; and (y) all of the accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents, bank accounts and inventory of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, together with all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any such accounts or the completion or sale of any such inventory, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all products and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to which each such Guarantor is a party, (b) the Obligations of the U.K. Borrower with respect to the U.K. Exposure (only) shall be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) in all of the accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents, bank accounts (subject to the limitations described in
Section 7.17.1) and inventory of the U.K. Borrower, together with all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any such accounts or the completion or sale of any such inventory, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all products and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the terms of the U.K. Security Documents, (c) the Obligations of the Austrian Borrower with respect to the Austrian Exposure (only) shall be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) in all of the accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents and bank accounts (subject to the limitations described in Section 7.17.1) of the Austrian Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all products and proceeds thereof, together with all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any such accounts, pursuant to the terms of the Austrian Security Documents, and (d) the Obligations of the German Borrower with respect to the German Exposure
(only) shall be secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) in all of the accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents, and bank accounts (subject to the limitations described in Section 7.17.1) of the German Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all products and proceeds thereof, together with all rights under


-80-

contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any such accounts, pursuant to the terms of the German Security Documents.

5.3. GUARANTY. For value received and hereby acknowledged and as an inducement to the Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers, including the Foreign Borrowers, each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees: (i) the full punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of each Borrower now or hereafter existing hereunder whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, and (ii) the strict performance and observance by each such Borrower of all agreements, warranties and covenants in this Credit Agreement applicable to each such Borrower (such obligations collectively being the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"). The obligations of each Guarantor under this
Section 5 are an absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and not of their collectibility only and is in no way conditioned upon any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender first attempt to collect any of the Obligations from the Company or resort to any collateral security or other means of obtaining payment. The obligations of Hexcel under this Section 5 shall be joint and several with the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guaranties.

5.4. GUARANTY ABSOLUTE. Each of the Guarantors guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. The liability of the Guarantors under this guaranty with regard to the Guaranteed Obligations of each Borrower shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of authorization, execution, validity or enforceability or any illegality of such Borrower to become a Borrower hereunder, this Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof (with regard to such Guaranteed Obligations), or any other obligation, agreement or instrument relating thereto (it being agreed by each Guarantor that the Guaranteed Obligations shall not be discharged prior to the final and complete satisfaction of all of the Obligations of the Borrowers) or any failure to obtain any necessary governmental consent or approvals or necessary third party consents or approvals;

(b) the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's exercise or enforcement of, or failure or delay in exercising or enforcing, legal proceedings to collect the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations, as the case may be, or any power, right or remedy with respect to any of the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations, as the case may be, including
(i) any suspension of the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's right to enforce against any other Borrower of the Guaranteed Obligations or (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents (with regard to such


-81-

Guaranteed Obligations) or any other agreement or instrument governing or evidencing any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any change in ownership of any Borrower;

(e) any acceptance of any partial payment(s) from any Borrower;

(f) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a receiver, examiner or trustee for all or any part of any Borrower's assets;

(g) any assignment, participation or other transfer, in whole or in part, of the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's interest in and rights under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or of the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's interest in the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations;

(h) any cancellation, renunciation or surrender of any pledge, guaranty or any debt instrument evidencing the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations, as the case may be;

(i) the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's vote, claim, distribution, election, acceptance, action or inaction in any bankruptcy or reorganization case related to the Obligations or the Guaranteed Obligations, as the case may be; or

(j) any other action or circumstance, other than payment, which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Borrower in respect of its Guaranteed Obligations.

This guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization, examination of any Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

5.5. EFFECTIVENESS, ENFORCEMENT. The guaranty herein of each of the Guarantors shall be effective and shall be deemed to be made with respect to each Revolving Credit Loan made to any Borrower as of the time it is made and each Reimbursement Obligation of any Borrower as of the time it is incurred. No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability by reason of any bankruptcy or similar law, or any law or order of any government or agency thereof purporting to reduce, amend or otherwise affect any liability of a Borrower, and no defect in or insufficiency or want of powers of any


-82-

Borrower or irregular or improperly recorded exercise thereof, shall impair, affect, be a defense to or claim against such guaranty. This guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) survive any termination of this Credit Agreement and (b) remain in full force and effect until payment in full and performance of all Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this guaranty. This guaranty is made for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and may be enforced from time to time as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender first to exercise any rights against any Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it against any Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or to elect any other remedy. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment (or the giving of notice of such acceleration) of the Guaranteed Obligations of any Borrower is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, examination or reorganization, of such Borrower or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Credit Agreement shall be immediately due and payable by Hexcel under the guaranty herein provided.

5.6. WAIVER. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives promptness, diligence, protest, notice of protest, all suretyship defenses, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this guaranty and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender secure, perfect or protect any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Borrower or any other person or any collateral. Each of the Guarantors also irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all defenses which at any time may be available to it in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations by virtue of any statute of limitations, valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

5.7. SUBORDINATION; SUBROGATION. Until the payment and performance in full of all the Obligations: each of the Guarantors shall not exercise and hereby waives any rights against any Borrower as a result of payment by such Guarantor hereunder, by way of subrogation, reimbursement, restitution, contribution or otherwise, and each Guarantor will not prove any claim in competition with the Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of any payment hereunder in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings of any nature; each Guarantor will not claim any set-off, recoupment or counterclaim against any Borrower in respect of any liability of such Guarantor to such Borrower; and each Guarantor waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any collateral which may be held by the Administrative Agent and any Lender. Each Guarantor agrees that after the occurrence of any default in the payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations such Guarantor will not demand, sue for, or otherwise attempt to collect any such Indebtedness of any Borrower to such Guarantor until the Guaranteed Obligations then due shall have been paid in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, any Guarantor shall collect or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected and received by such Guarantor as trustee for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the respective accounts of the Administrative


-83-

Agent and the Lenders on account of the Guaranteed Obligations without affecting in any manner the liability of the such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 5. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this section shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any other separate subordination agreement which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may at any time and from time to time entered into with any Guarantor for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

5.8. PAYMENTS. Should the Borrowers default in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations in default shall, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, become immediately due and payable to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, without demand or notice of any nature, all of which are expressly waived by each Guarantor. Payments by each Guarantor hereunder may be required by the Administrative Agent on any number of occasions. All payments by any Guarantor hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, in the manner and at the place of payment specified therefor in this Credit Agreement, for the account of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. All payments made by the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 5 in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans made to any Borrower or any Reimbursement Obligations incurred by any Borrower shall be made in the same currency in which such Revolving Credit Loan or such Reimbursement Obligation was made, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrative Agent. Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral security or other means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations, each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the applicable Guarantor (any such notice being expressly waived by such Guarantor) and to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply such deposits and other sums against the obligations of the Guarantor under this
Section 5, whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder.

5.9. GUARANTORS' AGREEMENT TO PAY ENFORCEMENT COSTS. Each Guarantor further agrees, as the principal obligor and not as a guarantor only, to pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including court costs and legal expenses) incurred or expended by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, this Section 5 and the enforcement thereof, together with interest on amounts recoverable under this Section 5 from the time when such amounts become due until payment, whether before or after judgment, at the rate of interest then in effect hereunder, PROVIDED that if such interest exceeds the maximum amount permitted to be paid under applicable law, then such interest shall be reduced to such maximum permitted amount.

5.10. RECEIPT OF INFORMATION. Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and confirms that each Guarantor itself has established its own adequate means of obtaining from each Borrower on a continuing basis all information desired by such Guarantor concerning the financial condition of such Borrower and that such Guarantor will look


-84-

to such Borrower and not to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order for such Guarantor to keep adequately informed of changes in such Borrower's financial condition.

5.11. TERMINATION. (a) The Guaranties shall automatically be discharged and released with respect to all Guarantors hereunder upon the payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations arising under the Credit Documents and the termination of the Commitments, without any further action by the Administrative Agent, any Fronting Bank, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person.

(b) Upon any termination of any Guaranty, the Administrative Agent will, at the expense of the applicable Guarantor, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence termination of this Credit Agreement and/or such Guaranty, as the case may be.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants (as to itself and, to the extent required by the context, its Subsidiaries only)to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows:

6.1. CORPORATE AUTHORITY.

6.1.1. INCORPORATION; GOOD STANDING. Each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation (or similar business entity) duly organized, validly existing and (where applicable with respect to a Foreign Borrower) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (or the equivalent status for each Foreign Subsidiary), (b) has all requisite corporate (or the equivalent company) power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (c) is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or similar business entity) and is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary except where a failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.1.2. AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the corporate (or the equivalent company) authority of such Person, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate (or the equivalent company) proceedings, (c) do not and will not conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which such Person is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable to such Person, which individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect, (d) do not require any consents or approvals by any of such Person's shareholders (except such as will be duly obtained on or prior to the Closing Date and will be in full force and effect on and as of such date), and (e) do not conflict with any


-85-

provision of the Governing Documents of, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon, such Person.

6.1.3. ENFORCEABILITY. The execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is or is to become a party will result in valid and legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable against it in accordance with the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

6.2. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers and any of their Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Person is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require the approval, consent, order, authorization or license by, or giving of notice to, or taking any other action with respect to or filing with, any Governmental Authority of any jurisdiction, or other fiscal, monetary or other authority under any provision of any laws or governmental rules, regulations, orders or decrees of any jurisdiction or the central bank of any jurisdiction or other fiscal, monetary or other authority under any provisions of any laws or governmental rules, regulations, orders or decrees of any jurisdiction applicable to or binding on any Person other than those already obtained or which individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3. TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LEASES. Except with respect to assets on Hexcel's balance sheet which are subject to Capitalized Leases, Hexcel and its Subsidiaries own all of the assets reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date or acquired since that date (except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business since that date and other than minor irregularities or deficiencies in title, which individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect), subject to no Liens or other rights of others, except Permitted Liens.

6.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND PROJECTIONS.

6.4.1. FISCAL YEAR. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries have a fiscal (or financial) year which is the twelve (12) months ending on or around December 31 of each calendar year.

6.4.2. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. There has been furnished to the Administrative Agent a consolidated balance sheet of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, and a consolidated statement of income of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, certified by


-86-

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Such balance sheet and statement of income have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries as at the close of business on the date thereof and the results of operations for the fiscal year then ended. There are no contingent liabilities of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries as of such date involving material amounts, known to the officers of Hexcel, which were not disclosed in such balance sheet and the notes related thereto.

6.4.3. PROJECTIONS. There has been furnished to the Administrative Agent a copy of the projections of the annual operating budgets of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 2003 to 2007 fiscal (or financial) years, prepared on a monthly basis for 2003 and on an annual basis for 2004 to 2007. Hexcel and its Subsidiaries have disclosed all material assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market conditions used in formulating such projections and such projections. The projections reflect the reasonable estimates of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries of the results of operations and other information projected therein. It is recognized by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrowers and that no assurance is or can be given that the projections will actually be realized.

6.4.4. SOLVENCY. Hexcel and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated and consolidating basis, both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all contribution arrangements among Hexcel and its Subsidiaries (a) are solvent, (b) the fair value of the property of such Person exceeds its total liabilities (including contingent liabilities but without duplication of any underlying liability related thereto), (c) the present fair saleable value on a going concern basis of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount required to pay its probable liabilities on its debts as they become absolute and mature, (d) does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) is not engaged, and is not about to engage, in business or a transaction for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

6.5. NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES, ETC. Since the Balance Sheet Date there has been no event or occurrence which has had a Material Adverse Effect.

6.6. FRANCHISES, PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries owns or holds a valid right to use all material franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of its business substantially as now conducted without any material known infringement with any rights of others except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.6.


-87-

6.7. LITIGATION. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 6.7 hereto, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or threatened in writing against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority, that, (a) except for those actions, suits, proceedings or investigations disclosed in Hexcel's public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if adversely determined, might, either in any case or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) which question the validity of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

6.8. TAX STATUS. The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (a) have filed or caused to be filed all material tax returns required to be filed, (b) have paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges shown to be due and payable on such returns except those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or except where the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) have maintained on their books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns apply except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such reserves are adequate for the payment of all of such obligations.

6.9. NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.10. HOLDING COMPANY AND INVESTMENT COMPANY ACTS. Neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries is a "HOLDING COMPANY", or a "SUBSIDIARY COMPANY" of a "HOLDING COMPANY", or an "AFFILIATE" of a "HOLDING COMPANY", as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; nor is it an "INVESTMENT COMPANY", or an "AFFILIATED COMPANY" or a "PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER" of an "INVESTMENT COMPANY", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

6.11. ABSENCE OF FINANCING STATEMENTS, ETC. Except with respect to Permitted Liens, there is no financing statement, registration statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage, real estate mortgage, fixed charge, floating charge, legal charge, equitable mortgage, legal mortgage, pledge or analogous type of security interest applicable in such foreign jurisdiction or other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry or other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give notice of any present or possible future Lien on any assets or property of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any rights relating thereto except for any such Lien which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.12. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. Except for (a) arm's length transactions and transactions with Affiliates pursuant to which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than the Borrowers or such Subsidiaries could obtain from third parties and (b) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 8.11, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is presently a party to any transaction with the


-88-

Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

6.13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

6.13.1. IN GENERAL. Each Employee Benefit Plan and each Guaranteed Pension Plan has been maintained and operated in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and all Applicable Pension Legislation and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited to the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions and the bonding of fiduciaries and other persons handling plan funds as required by Section 412 of ERISA. Hexcel has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent the most recently completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, and actuarial statement required to be submitted under Section 103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each Guaranteed Pension Plan.

6.13.2. TERMINABILITY OF WELFARE PLANS. No Employee Benefit Plan, which is an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) or Section 3(2)(B) of ERISA, provides benefit coverage subsequent to termination of employment, except as required by Title I, Part 6 of ERISA or the applicable state insurance laws. Each of the Borrowers may terminate each such Plan in accordance with the terms of such Plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to the expiration of any applicable bargaining agreement) in the discretion of Hexcel without liability to any Person other than for claims arising prior to termination.

6.13.3. GUARANTEED PENSION PLANS. Each contribution required to be made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be made to avoid the incurrence of an accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or lien provisions of Section 302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been timely made. No waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension of amortization periods has been received with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, and neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to or has posted security in connection with an amendment to a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the Code. No liability to the PBGC (other than required insurance premiums, all of which have been paid) has been incurred by Hexcel or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan and there has not been any ERISA Reportable Event (other than an ERISA Reportable Event as to which the requirement of 30 days notice has been waived), or any other event or condition which presents a material risk of termination of any Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC. Based on the latest valuation of each Guaranteed Pension Plan (which in each case occurred within twelve months of the date

of


-89-

this representation), and on the actuarial methods and assumptions employed for that valuation, the aggregate benefit liabilities of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA did not exceed the aggregate value of the assets of all such Guaranteed Pension Plans.

6.13.4. MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS. Neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 of ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets described in Section 4204 of ERISA. Neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of
Section 4241 or Section 4245 of ERISA or is at risk of entering reorganization or becoming insolvent, or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate or has been terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA.

6.14. USE OF PROCEEDS.

6.14.1. GENERAL. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and any Letters of Credit shall be used to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrowers and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

6.14.2. REGULATIONS U AND X. No portion of any Revolving Credit Loan and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "MARGIN SECURITY" or "MARGIN STOCK" as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

6.14.3. INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. No portion of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the purpose of knowingly purchasing, or providing credit support for the purchase of, during the underwriting or placement period or within thirty (30) days thereafter, any Ineligible Securities underwritten or privately placed by a Financial Affiliate.

6.15. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. The Borrowers have taken commercially reasonable steps to investigate the past and present condition and usage of the Real Estate and the operations conducted thereon and, based upon such investigation, has determined that, except as set forth on SCHEDULE 6.15 hereto:

(a) none of the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary any operator of any Real Estate owned by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary, or not owned by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary (but with respect to operators who are not Borrowers or Subsidiaries, limited to the period when a Borrower or Subsidiary, owned or leased such Real Estate), or any operations on Real Estate operated by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary is in violation, or alleged violation, of any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation pertaining to health, safety or environmental matters, including


-90-

without limitation, those arising under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended ("CERCLA"), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA"), the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act or any state, local or any foreign law, statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree (hereinafter "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"), which violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) except in cases which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries has received notice from any third party including, without limitation, any Governmental Authority, (i) that any one of them has been identified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (ii) that any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 6903(5), any hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14), any pollutant or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(33) and any toxic substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous SUBSTANCES") which any one of them has generated, transported or disposed of has been found at any site at which a Governmental Authority has conducted or has ordered that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries conduct a remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to any Environmental Law; or
(iii) that it is or shall be a named party to any claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding (in each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third party's incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances; and

(c) (i) to the knowledge of each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries, no portion of the Real Estate has been used for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws or except where the failure to have done so has not had (and could not reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) in the course of any activities conducted by the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, without independent investigation, operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated or are being used on the Real Estate except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws or except where any noncompliance with such Environmental Laws could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) there have been no releases (i.e., any past or present releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping (a "RELEASE")) or threatened Releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the properties of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries by the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or, to their knowledge, by operators of its properties or any other Person, which Releases could


-91-

reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) to the Borrowers' and their Subsidiaries' knowledge, there have been no Releases on, upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real Estate which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have come to be located on, and which would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (v) any Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate by the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or any of their respective operators have been managed or disposed of in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except where any such noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries knowledge, without independent investigation, the transporters and facilities utilized by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to transport or dispose of such Person's Hazardous Substances have not failed to operate in compliance with any permits authorizing such activities and are not in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws, except where any such noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.16. SUBSIDIARIES, ETC. (a) SCHEDULE 6.16(a) sets forth a true and complete list of each Subsidiary of the Borrowers as of the date hereof, together with the jurisdiction of incorporation/formation and principal place of business or registered office of each such Subsidiary. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 6.16(b) hereto, as of the date hereof neither the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person.

(b) Each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrowers is a Guarantor hereunder.

6.17. BANK ACCOUNTS. SCHEDULE 6.17 sets forth the account numbers and location of all Local Accounts, Interim Concentration Accounts and other bank accounts of the Borrowers and the Guarantors other than the Asset Sale Proceeds Account.

6.18. DISCLOSURE. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any of the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the case of any document or information not furnished by it or any of its Subsidiaries in either case, as of the date hereof) necessary in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. There is no fact known to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, as of the date hereof, which has a Material Adverse Effect, or which is reasonably likely in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect, exclusive of effects resulting from changes in general economic conditions, legal standards or regulatory conditions.

6.19. INSURANCE. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies as are in accordance with sound business practices in accordance with industry standards.


-92-

6.20. PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

Subject to Section 7.17, all filings, assignments, pledges and deposits of documents or instruments have been made and all other actions have been taken that are necessary or advisable, under applicable law, to establish and perfect the Administrative Agent's security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral and the Administrative Agent's rights with respect to the Collateral are not subject to any setoff, claims, withholdings or other defenses. Each Borrower or each Guarantor party to the Security Documents is the owner of the Collateral free from any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

6.21. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

The Administrative Agent may rely, in determining which accounts receivable are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by the Credit Parties with respect to such accounts receivable. Unless otherwise indicated to the Administrative Agent in writing:

(a) Each account receivable which is an Eligible Account is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

(b) Each account receivable which is an Eligible Account arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services by a Credit Party in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with the terms and conditions of all purchase orders, contracts or other documents relating thereto and forming a part of the contract between such Credit Party and the account debtor, and, in the case of goods, title to the goods has passed from the Credit Party to the account debtor;

(c) Each account receivable which is an Eligible Account is for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the duplicate invoice covering such sale or rendition of services, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to the Administrative Agent; and

(d) Each account receivable which is an Eligible Account, and the Administrative Agent's security interest therein, is not, and will not (by voluntary act or omission of the Credit Parties) be in the future, subject to any offset (to the extent that any offset is asserted or exercised by the account debtor), Lien, deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or any other adverse condition except for disputes resulting in returned goods where the amount in controversy is deemed by the Administrative Agent to be immaterial, and each such account receivable is absolutely owing to one of the Credit Parties and is not contingent in any respect or for any reason.

6.22. EQUITY OFFERING DOCUMENTS, SENIOR SECURED NOTE DOCUMENTS, FRENCH FACILITY AND SUBORDINATED DEBT DOCUMENTS. The Credit Parties have heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent true, complete and correct copies of each of the Equity Offering Documents, the Senior Secured Note Documents, the French Facility


-93-

Documents and all documents executed or delivered in connection with the Subordinated Debt (including schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto). The Equity Offering Documents, the Senior Secured Note Documents, the French Facility Documents and the documents executed or delivered in connection with the Subordinated Debt have not been amended, supplemented or modified, and constitute the complete understanding among the parties thereto in respect of the matters and transactions covered thereby, except for amendments thereto delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date. Each of the Equity Offering Documents, the Senior Secured Note Documents, the French Facility Documents and the documents executed or delivered in connection with the Subordinated Debt is in full force and effect, and neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries is in default under any of such documents. The representations and warranties concerning the French Facility and the French Facility Documents shall only be effective upon and after the consummation of the French Facility.

6.23. FRENCH FACILITY UPSTREAM LIMITATION. The French Facility does not restrict the ability of Hexcel Composites S.A., Hexcel Fabrics S.A. or any other Subsidiary of Hexcel which is a party thereto to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, in each case consistent with the past practices of Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, other than restrictions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or imposed by applicable law or as a result of the fiduciary duty of directors to such Subsidiaries.

7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

7.1. PUNCTUAL PAYMENT. Each of the Borrowers will, duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Revolving Credit Loans advanced to such Borrower, all Reimbursement Obligations of such Borrower, and such Borrower's share of the Fees and all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers are parties, all in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan Documents.

7.2. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE. (a) Hexcel will maintain its chief executive office in Stamford, Connecticut, (b) U.K. Borrower will maintain its registered office in Cambridgeshire, United Kingdom, (c) Austrian Borrower will maintain its registered office in Pasching, Austria, and (d) German Borrower will maintain its domicile in Stade, Germany, or, in each case, at such other place as such Person(s) shall designate upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, where notices, presentations and demands


-94-

to or upon the such Person(s) in respect of the Loan Documents to which the such Person(s) is a party may be given or made.

7.3. RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS. Hexcel will keep, and cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate records and books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made in accordance with GAAP, and at all times engage PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing as the independent certified public accountants of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and will not permit more than thirty (30) days to elapse between the cessation of such firm's (or any successor firm's) engagement as the independent certified public accountants of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and the appointment in such capacity of a successor firm of nationally recognized standing.

7.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND INFORMATION. Hexcel will deliver to each of the Lenders:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Hexcel (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2003), the consolidated balance sheet of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and the related consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow for such year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and all such consolidated statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, certified, without qualification and without an expression of uncertainty as to the ability of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries to continue as going concerns, by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or by other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing, together with a written statement from such accountants to the effect that they have this Credit Agreement, and that, in making the examination necessary to said certification, they have obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default, or, if such accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any then existing Event of Default they shall disclose in such statement any such Event of Default; PROVIDED that such accountants shall not be liable to the Lenders for failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Hexcel (commencing with the first fiscal quarter of 2003), copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and the related consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flow for the portion of Hexcel's fiscal year then elapsed, together with, in the case of the consolidated statements, comparisons to the corresponding quarterly and year-to-date periods for the previous year and comparisons to the financial projections of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries previously provided to the Administrative Agent, prepared in accordance with GAAP, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to customary exceptions for interim financial statements and the absence of footnotes),


-95-

together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer, treasurer or controller of Hexcel that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial position of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries in all material respects on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty
(30) days after the end of each month in each fiscal year of Hexcel commencing with the month ending March 30, 2003, unaudited monthly and year-to-date consolidated financial statements of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries for such month and unaudited monthly and year-to-date consolidating financial statements Hexcel and its Subsidiaries for such month, together with, in the case of the consolidated statements, comparisons to the financial projections of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries previously provided to the Administrative Agent, prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to customary exceptions for interim financial statements and the absence of footnotes), together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of Hexcel that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial condition of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries in all material respects on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement certified by the principal financial or accounting officer, treasurer or controller of Hexcel in substantially the form of EXHIBIT D hereto (a "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE") and setting forth in reasonable detail computations evidencing compliance with certain covenants contained in
Section 8 and with the covenants contained in Section 9;

(e) promptly after the filing or mailing thereof, copies of all material of a financial nature filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders generally of Hexcel;

(f) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month, a Borrowing Base Report setting forth the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base, the German Borrowing Base and the Excess Availability as at the end of such calendar month and certifying and providing reasonable backup evidence to demonstrate that all Investments held by Hexcel and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 8.3(a) through 8.3(e) are permitted Investments in accordance with Section 8.3(a) through (e); PROVIDED that if at any time (i) the Excess Availability hereunder is less than $20,000,000, or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is less than the Minimum Ratio or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if requested by the Administrative Agent, then (x) within five (5) days after the end of each calendar week, a Borrowing Base Report setting forth the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base, the German Borrowing Base and the Excess Availability as at the end of such calendar week (it being understood that such weekly Borrowing Base Reports shall reflect changes in accounts receivable and that changes in inventory and ineligible receivables and inventory


-96-

will continue to be updated on a monthly basis), and (y) together with such other information relating to the Collateral as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

(g) contemporaneously with any delivery made in connection with clause (f) of this Section 7.4 , an Accounts Receivable aging report on a business unit basis and an inventory summary;

(h) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after each fiscal year of Hexcel or at such earlier time as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, projections of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries updating those projections delivered to the Lenders and referred to in Section 6.4.3, prepared on a monthly basis for the then-next fiscal year or, if applicable, updating any later such projections delivered in response to a request pursuant to this Section 7.4(i);

(i) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month, a report setting forth in reasonable detail the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowing Base as at the end of such month; (j) annually, within thirty
(30) days after each anniversary of the Closing Date, an updated Restricted IP Schedule as of such anniversary of the Closing Date; and

(k) from time to time such other financial data and information (including accountants' management letters) regarding the operation, business affairs and financial conditions of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

7.5. NOTICES.

7.5.1. DEFAULTS. The Borrowers will, promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default , together with a reasonably detailed description thereof, and the actions such Person proposes to take with respect thereto.

7.5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders (a) of any violation of any Environmental Law that has the likely potential to have a Material Adverse Effect and that the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries reports in writing or is reportable by such Person in writing (or for which any written report supplemental to any oral report is made) to any Governmental Authority and
(b) upon becoming aware thereof, of any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action, including a notice from any agency of


-97-

potential environmental liability, of any Governmental Authority that has the likely potential to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5.3. NOTIFICATION OF CLAIM AGAINST ASSETS. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of any setoff, claims, or other defenses to which any of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's assets are subject if any such setoff, claim, or other defense would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5.4. NOTICE OF LITIGATION AND JUDGMENTS. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Administrative Agent in writing within fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or any pending litigation and proceedings affecting the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or to which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is or becomes a party, in each case involving an uninsured claim against any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such notice to state the nature and status of such litigation or proceedings.

7.6. LEGAL EXISTENCE; MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. Each of the Borrowers (a) will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, rights and franchises and those of their Subsidiaries, (b) will cause all of its properties and those of their Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of their Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, (c) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Borrower may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, and (d) will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by them and in related businesses; PROVIDED that nothing in this 7.6 shall prevent (i) any Borrower from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties or any of those of its Subsidiaries if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of such Borrower, desirable in the conduct of its or their business and that do not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from consummating any transaction permitted by Section 8.5.

7.7. INSURANCE. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general practices of businesses of similar size and financial strength engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas and in amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods as may be reasonable and prudent.

7.8. TAXES. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, timely pay and discharge, or cause to be timely paid and discharged, all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it and its Real Estate, sales


-98-

and activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law become a Lien or charge upon any of its property; PROVIDED that any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the applicable Borrower or such Subsidiary shall maintain on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP with respect thereto; and PROVIDED FURTHER that the Borrowers and each Subsidiary of the Borrowers will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims on any Collateral forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien that may have attached as security therefor.

7.9. INSPECTION OF PROPERTIES AND BOOKS, ETC.

7.9.1. GENERAL. Subject to requirements of applicable law concerning classified information and to the rights of tenants or licensees of such property, the Borrowers shall permit the Lenders, through the Administrative Agent or its designated representatives or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any of the Lenders' designated representatives, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, to examine the books of account (to the extent any such materials are identified as not confidential to the Person making such examination at such time, and if any such materials are identified as confidential to the Person making such examination at such time, such materials shall be handled in accordance with Section 15.4) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (and, subject to the foregoing, to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom), and to discuss the business operation, properties, finances and accounts of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its and their officers all at such reasonable times and intervals and during regular business hours as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may reasonably request upon reasonable prior written notice.

7.9.2. COLLATERAL REPORTS. The Borrower will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent's obtaining a collateral value report of an independent collateral auditor reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may be affiliated with one of the Lenders) with respect to the Accounts Receivable and inventory components included in the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base or the German Borrowing Base, as the case may be, which report shall indicate whether or not the information set forth in the Borrowing Base Report most recently delivered is accurate and complete in all material respects based upon a review by such collateral auditor of the Accounts Receivable (including verification with respect to the amount, aging, identity and credit of the respective account debtors and the billing practices of the Borrowers or its applicable Subsidiary) and inventory (including verification as to the value, location and respective types). Such collateral value reports shall be conducted at the Borrowers' expense no more frequently than two times during each


-99-

calendar year (it being anticipated that one such collateral report shall be limited to the Collateral of Hexcel and the Guarantors), or more frequently as determined by the Administrative Agent if at any time (x) the Excess Availability hereunder is less than $20,000,000, or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is less than the Minimum Ratio, or (z) any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; PROVIDED that, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent shall not obtain more than four (4) collateral reports in any calendar year.

7.9.3. APPRAISALS. The Borrowers will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent's obtaining, appraisal reports in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, stating the then-current orderly liquidation value of all or any portion of the inventory owned by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. Such appraisals shall be conducted at the Borrowers' expense no more frequently than (i) one (1) time during each calendar year on a desktop basis and (ii) one (1) time per year on a complete inspection and appraisal basis, or, in each case, more frequently as determined by the Administrative Agent if at any time (x) the Excess Availability hereunder is less than $20,000,000, or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is less than the Minimum Ratio, or (z) any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; PROVIDED that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent shall not obtain more than three
(3) such appraisals in any calendar year.

7.9.4. COMMUNICATIONS WITH ACCOUNTANTS. Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
(a) to obtain from the Borrowers' and their Subsidiaries' independent certified public accountants copies of any and all accountants' management letters prepared with respect to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (b) to communicate directly with such accountants with regard to matters disclosed in such management letters, and (c) with the consent of the Borrowers or any Subsidiaries, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to communicate directly with such accountants with regard to all other matters concerning the business, financial condition and other affairs of the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries. The German Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a letter, in form and in substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, evidencing that no consent of any kind whatsoever shall be required with respect to the rights determined under (c) and that such accountant shall be released from any confidentiality obligation with respect to such communications (the "ACCOUNTANT RELEASE LETTER"); PROVIDED that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall use rights to information granted in this clause only after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default.

7.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CONTRACTS, LICENSES, AND PERMITS. Each of Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, comply with (i) the


-100-

applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is conducted, including all Environmental Laws, except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the provisions of its Governing Documents, (iii) all agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) all applicable decrees, orders and judgments, except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. If any authorization, consent, approval, permit or license from any Governmental Authority shall become necessary or required in order that the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries may fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents to which any Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, such Borrowers will, or (as the case may be) will cause such Subsidiary to, immediately take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps within the power of such Borrower or such Subsidiary to obtain such authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with evidence thereof.

7.11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Borrowers will upon the request of the Administrative Agent (a) promptly upon filing the same with the Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service, furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of the most recent actuarial statement required to be submitted under Section 103(d) of ERISA and Annual Report, Form 5500, with all required attachments, in respect of each Guaranteed Pension Plan, (b) promptly upon receipt or dispatch, furnish to the Administrative Agent any notice, report or demand sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension Plan under Sections 302, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA, or in respect of a Multiemployer Plan, under Sections 4041A, 4202, 4219, 4242, or 4245 of ERISA and (c) promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent a copy of all actuarial statements required to be submitted under all Applicable Pension Legislation.

7.12. USE OF PROCEEDS. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and obtain Letters of Credit solely for the purposes set forth in
Section 6.14.1.

7.13. FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, at all times operate its business in compliance with all material applicable provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, or other similar legislation in the jurisdiction in which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries operates ("OTHER LABOR REGULATIONS") as the case may be, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the value of the Collateral. None of the inventory or services provided by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is or will be produced by employees of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries who are employed in violation of the applicable minimum wage or maximum hour provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. Sections 206 and 207) or any regulations promulgated thereunder or Other Labor Regulations, in each case, as in effect from time to time, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the value of the Collateral.


-101-

7.14. ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES. If, after the Closing Date, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries creates or acquires, either directly or indirectly, any Subsidiary, it will promptly (but in any event no later than fifteen Business Days (15) days after such creation or acquisition) notify the Administrative Agent of such creation or acquisition, as the case may be, and provide the Administrative Agent with an updated SCHEDULE 6.16(a) hereto and take all other action required by Section 7.15.

7.15. NEW GUARANTORS; NEW STOCK PLEDGES. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.20, the Borrowers will cause each Material Domestic Subsidiary created, acquired or otherwise existing on or after the Closing Date, to immediately become a Guarantor hereunder and shall cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, an Instrument of Assumption and Joinder and certified copies of such Subsidiary's Governing Documents, together with legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent opining as to authorization, validity and enforceability of such Guaranty. In addition, the Borrowers will not at any time permit either (i) the aggregate revenue generated by all Domestic Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors (which are not Domestic Foreign Holding Companies) to equal or exceed $30,000,000 for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, or (ii) the aggregate book value of the assets of all Domestic Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors (which are not Domestic Foreign Holding Companies) to exceed $10,000,000 at such time. The Borrowers shall require certain Domestic Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors to become Guarantors hereunder to the extent necessary to comply at all times with this clause (a), and such Subsidiary shall remain a Guarantor hereunder (except as otherwise provided herein).

(b) The Borrowers will cause the direct parent of each first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary created, acquired or otherwise existing on or after the Closing Date, to immediately provide a first priority perfected pledge to the Administrative Agent (or the equivalent thereof under local law as determined by the Administrative Agent) of 65% of the capital stock (issued share capital) or other equity interests of such first tier Material Foreign Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that to the extent that any such first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary is treated as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, such disregarded entity shall, in addition, pledge 65% of the capital stock of any Material Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by such disregarded first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, hereunder, together with legal opinions and such other documents as the Administrative Agent shall request, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent opining as to authorization, validity, and enforceability of such Stock Pledge Agreement. In addition, the Borrowers will not at any time permit either (i) the aggregate revenue generated by all first tier Foreign Subsidiaries whose equity interest are not pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder to equal or exceed $30,000,000 for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, or (ii) the aggregate book value of the assets of all first tier Foreign Subsidiaries whose equity interest are not pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder to exceed $10,000,000 at such time. Subject to the proviso above with respect to disregarded entities, the Lenders agree to release any pledge they may have with respect to the stock


-102-

of any Foreign Subsidiary that is contributed, sold or otherwise transferred by Hexcel or another Domestic Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary ("transferee") in exchange for receiving a pledge of 65% of the stock of the transferee.

7.16. AMENDMENTS TO GOVERNING DOCUMENTS. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of the other Credit Parties to, promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent any amendment, supplement or modification to any of such Credit Parties' Governing Documents permitted by Section 8.12.

7.17. BANK ACCOUNTS.

7.17.1. GENERAL.

7.17.1.1. HEXCEL AND THE U.K. BORROWER. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date Hexcel will, and will cause each of the Guarantors to, establish and thereafter maintain a depository account (the "FCC CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT") under the control of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, in the name of Hexcel and the Guarantors (as further described in Section 5.2(a)), (b) on or prior to the Closing Date the U.K. Borrower will establish and thereafter maintain a depository account (the "U.K. CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT") under the control of Fleet U.K. for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, in the name of the U.K. Borrower (as further described in Section 5.2(b)), (c) on or prior to March 31, 2003, and at all times thereafter, Hexcel, the Guarantors and the U.K. Borrower will instruct all account debtors and other obligors, pursuant to notices of assignment and instruction letters in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to remit all cash proceeds of Accounts Receivable to the FCC Concentration Account or the U.K. Concentration Account, (d) from and after the Closing Date, Hexcel, the Guarantors and the U.K. Borrower will direct all depository institutions with local depository accounts to cause all funds held in each such local depository account to be transferred no less frequently than once each day to, and only to, with respect to Hexcel and the Guarantors the FCC Concentration Account or, with respect to the U.K. Borrower, only to the U.K. Concentration Account; provided however that prior to May 19, 2003, such Persons shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such transfers; and (e) from and after May 19, 2003, Hexcel, the Guarantors and the U.K. Borrower will ensure that, immediately upon Hexcel's, the U.K. Borrower's or any of the Guarantors' receipt of any funds constituting or cash proceeds of any Collateral, all such amounts shall have been deposited in the FCC Concentration Account or the U.K. Concentration Account or a local depository account with financial institutions which have entered into agency account agreements and, if applicable, lock box agreements (collectively, "AGENCY ACCOUNT AGREEMENTS") in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; PROVIDED that, Hexcel, the Guarantors and the U.K. Borrower shall


-103-

be permitted to maintain (i) payroll accounts and other related accounts not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such payroll accounts does not materially exceed estimated payroll for the next payroll period, (ii)(A) local domestic bank accounts in the United States not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such local bank accounts does not exceed $1,000,000, and (B) local foreign bank accounts in the United Kingdom not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such local foreign bank accounts does not exceed the equivalent of $250,000 and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds Account not subject to the Administrative Agent's control. Hexcel covenants and agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (I) deposit any proceeds of Collateral in the Asset Sale Proceeds Account or (II) maintain any amounts in the Asset Sale Proceeds Account in excess of the amounts required to be maintained therein in accordance with the terms of the Senior Secured Notes.

7.17.1.2. THE AUSTRIAN BORROWER AND THE GERMAN BORROWER. On or prior to the Closing Date or at any time thereafter on a post-closing basis, the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower respectively will use their reasonable best efforts to, on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, establish depository accounts under the control of the Administrative Agent (as further described in
Section 5.2(c) and Section 5.2(d), respectively) in the name of each of the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower; PROVIDED that if any time (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or (b) the Excess Availability hereunder is less than $20,000,000 at such time, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the cash of each of the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower, respectively, will be concentrated in accounts under the control of the Administrative Agent, in the name of each of the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower, respectively, in the United Kingdom or such other jurisdiction in which control over such accounts can be implemented; PROVIDED FURTHER that, whether or not such control over such accounts is implemented,
(i) the Austrian Borrower shall be permitted to maintain local foreign bank accounts in Austria not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such local foreign bank accounts does not exceed the equivalent of $250,000, (ii) the German Borrower shall be permitted to maintain local foreign bank accounts in Germany not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such local foreign bank accounts does not exceed the equivalent of $250,000 and (iii) the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower shall be permitted to maintain payroll accounts and other related accounts not subject to the Administrative Agent's control so long


-104-

as the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in all such payroll accounts does not materially exceed estimated payroll for the next payroll period.

7.17.2. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF APPLICATION. The Borrower hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent has exclusive control over the FCC Concentration Account and Fleet U.K. has exclusive control over the U.K. Concentration Account, as further described in Section 5.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to the to the contrary, the cash or depositary accounts of any Foreign Subsidiary of Hexcel (including any Foreign Borrower) will not serve at any time, directly or indirectly, to collateralize the obligations of Hexcel or any Domestic Subsidiary of Hexcel. In addition, the cash or depositary accounts of a Foreign Subsidiary of Hexcel will only serve to collateralize the obligations of another Foreign Borrower if such Foreign Subsidiary is owned by such Foreign Borrower.

7.18. SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. Hexcel shall designate this Credit Agreement and the Obligations hereunder as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" under the Indenture referred to in clause (i) of the definition of "Subordinated Debt."

7.19. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and execute such further instruments and documents as the Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

7.20. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS. (a) Upon the consummation of the French Facility, the Credit Parties shall furnish to the Administrative Agent true, complete and correct copies of each of the French Facility Documents (including schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto).

(b) On or before April 11, 2003, Hexcel shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the Restricted IP Schedule. Until delivery of such Restricted IP Schedule, the Borrowers shall maintain Excess Availability of not less than $30,000,000.

8. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

8.1. RESTRICTIONS ON INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness other than:


-105-

(a) Indebtedness to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent arising under any of the Loan Documents;

(b) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Indebtedness of Hexcel and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries in respect of the Senior Secured Notes or any additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with the Senior Secured Note Documents (as in effect on the date hereof);

(d) Indebtedness of Hexcel Composites S.A. and Hexcel Fabrics S.A. in respect of the French Facility;

(e) Subordinated Debt; and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; PROVIDED that (1) the aggregate principal amount of replacement Indebtedness is not greater than the principal amount of the Indebtedness being so replaced, and (2) the terms and conditions of such replacement Indebtedness are no less favorable to Hexcel or the Lenders, as determined by the Administrative Agent, than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness so replaced;

(f) purchase money Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition after the date hereof of any real or personal property by the Borrowers or such Subsidiary or Indebtedness under any Capitalized Lease, and Indebtedness incurred to refinance such purchase money Indebtedness or Indebtedness under Capitalized Leases, PROVIDED that (x) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall be in compliance on a PRO FORMA basis (after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness) with the provisions of Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 hereof (determined for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter); and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall not exceed $10,000,000 during the 2003 fiscal year, $12,000,000 during the 2004 fiscal year, $12,000,000 during the 2005 fiscal year, $15,000,000 during the 2006 fiscal year, and $15,000,000 during the 2007 fiscal year;

(g) Indebtedness in respect of hedging agreements (including, without limitation, the Hedging Agreements) so long as such arrangements are in the ordinary course of business and are not for speculative purposes;

(h) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed and described on SCHEDULE 8.1 hereto and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; PROVIDED that (x) the aggregate principal amount of replacement Indebtedness is not greater than the principal amount of the Indebtedness being so replaced and (y) the terms of such replacement Indebtedness (i) are, in the aggregate, not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than


-106-

the terms of the Indebtedness being so replaced or (ii) are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent;

(i) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries with respect to foreign borrowing facilities and standby and commercial letters of credit issued by foreign local banks; PROVIDED that (i) such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time;

(j) Indebtedness in respect of the CSI Leasing Trust Assets and any refinancing of such Indebtedness on or before September 30, 2003; PROVIDED that such refinancing shall be (i) on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) in a principal amount not to exceed the amount required to refinance such Indebtedness under the CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease;

(k) Indebtedness of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries to Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that the Investment corresponding to such Indebtedness shall be permitted under Section 8.3(h), (i), (k) or (o) hereof;

(l) Indebtedness of a Person which becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date; PROVIDED that (i) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary and was not created in anticipation thereof,
(ii) immediately after giving effect to the acquisition of such Person by Hexcel and/or its Subsidiaries no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (iii) such Indebtedness is incurred in a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 8.5.1, and any refinancings, refundings, or renewals or extensions thereof; PROVIDED that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension;

(m) Indebtedness of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries owing to employees of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries on account of employee contributions to a non-qualified benefit plan;

(n) Indebtedness incurred in connection with an acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 8.5.1; and

(o) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 (or the local equivalent thereof based on the foreign currency exchange rates at the time such Indebtedness is incurred) at any time outstanding; PROVIDED that the terms of such Indebtedness do not restrict the ability of any Subsidiary to pay or make dividends or distributions to the Credit Parties, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to the Credit Parties, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Credit Parties.

8.2. RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.


-107-

8.2.1. PERMITTED LIENS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom including, without limitation, on the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., Clark-Schwebel Corporation or Hexcel Pottsville Corporation); PROVIDED that the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

(i) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and any Hedging Agreements and, with respect to the Capital Stock of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiaries, in favor of the Lenders, Administrative Agent and the trustee in respect of the Senior Secured Notes;

(ii) Liens on assets of non-Credit Parties securing Indebtedness with respect to hedging agreements of any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party which Indebtedness, in the aggregate, does not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(iii) Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and any additional Indebtedness secured by such Liens in accordance with the Senior Secured Note Documents (as in effect on the date hereof) or any additional Indebtedness permitted thereunder;

(iv) Liens on the assets of Hexcel Composites S.A. and Hexcel Fabrics S.A. securing the French Facility in accordance with the French Facility Documents;

(v) Liens for taxes, assessments and other government charges not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or Liens on properties to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue;

(vi) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements;

(vii) Liens in respect of judgments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 12.1(e) and Liens that have been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect of which any Borrower or such Subsidiary shall at the time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review;


-108-

(viii) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, and other like Liens on properties, in existence less than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(ix) encumbrances on Real Property consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or lessor's liens and other minor Liens, PROVIDED that none of such Liens (A) interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (B) individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(x) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 8.2 hereto;

(xi) purchase money security interests in or purchase money mortgages on real or personal property acquired (in the case of purchase money security interests) or leased (in the case of Capitalized Leases) to secure purchase money Indebtedness or Capitalized Leases of the type and amount permitted by Section 8.1(f), which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or personal property so acquired or leased;

(xii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Liens in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law and encumbering the deposits (including the right of setoff) held by such banking institutions in the ordinary course of business and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(xvi) Liens on the property or assets of a Person which becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date securing Indebtedness permitted by
Section 8.1(l); PROVIDED that (i) such Liens existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary and were not created in anticipation thereof,
(ii) any such Lien is not spread to cover any property or assets of such Person after the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;


-109-

(xvii) Liens on the Capital Stock of Interglas Technologies AG owned by Hexcel or its Subsidiaries;

(xviii) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(o);

(xix) Liens on assets other than Collateral securing Indebtedness of Hexcel or any Domestic Subsidiary which Indebtedness, in the aggregate, does not exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding; and

(xx) Liens in respect of the amounts deposited in respect of the defeasance of the 7.00% Convertible Notes due 2003.

8.2.2. RESTRICTIONS ON NEGATIVE PLEDGES AND UPSTREAM LIMITATIONS. The Borrowers will not, nor will it permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (a) enter into or permit to exist any arrangement or agreement (excluding the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents) which directly or indirectly prohibits the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries from creating, assuming or incurring any Lien upon its properties, revenues or assets or those of any of its Subsidiaries whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than (i) restrictions imposed by the Senior Secured Note Documents,
(ii) restrictions imposed by the CSI Lease, and (iii) restrictions imposed by the terms of the documents governing any Subordinated Debt, (iv) restrictions on specific assets which assets are the subject of purchase money security interests to the extent permitted under Section 8.2.1, (v) customary anti-assignment provisions contained in leases and licensing agreements entered into by the Borrowers or such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business, (vi) restrictions imposed by applicable law or as a result of the fiduciary duty of directors to such Subsidiaries, (vii) with respect to the French Facility, restrictions imposed by the terms of the French Facility that are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion and identified in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the consummation thereof, and (viii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder or (b) enter into any agreement, contract or arrangement (excluding the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents) restricting the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrowers, any Borrower or any Guarantor to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to the Borrowers or any Guarantor or to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to the Borrowers or any Guarantor, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Borrowers or any Guarantor, other than restrictions contained in clauses (a)(iv) through (a)(viii).

8.3. RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in:


-110-

(a) Investments in U.S. government obligations;

(b) Investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which, at the time such Investment is made, is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated "A-" or higher (or such equivalent rating) by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act);

(c) Investments in repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above at the time such Investment is made;

(d) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group;

(e) Investments in securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time such Investment is made, at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

(f) Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 8.3(f) hereto and any extension or renewal thereof; PROVIDED that such extended or renewed Investment is of a similar type;

(g) Investments consisting of Guaranties;

(h) Investments by any Credit Party in any Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is not a Credit Party, to the extent consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents or other assets (other than capital stock and intercompany notes); PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of such Investments shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time;

(i) Investments by any Credit Party in any other Credit Party; PROVIDED that Investments by Hexcel or any Guarantor in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Credit Party, to the extent consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents or other


-111-

assets (other than capital stock and intercompany notes) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time;

(j) Investments by any Credit Party in any Subsidiary of the Borrowers consisting of capital stock and/or intercompany notes so long as such Investment is implemented to achieve cash repatriation strategies;

(k) (i) Investments with respect to Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.4, (ii) Investments with respect to acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 8.5.1, and (iii) Investments with respect to any transaction permitted by Sections 8.11 or 8.13;

(l) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties in Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries;

(m) Investments consisting of loans and advances to employees for moving, entertainment, travel and other similar expenses in the ordinary course of business so long as such loans and such advances are in accordance with applicable law;

(n) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(o) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; and

(p) additional Investments by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000; PROVIDED that if after giving effect to any Investment the pro forma Excess Availability hereunder is less than $25,000,000, Investments made pursuant to this Section 8.3(o) shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $1,000,000,

PROVIDED that, subject to Section 7.17, with respect to clauses (a) through
(e) above, such Investments shall be permitted hereunder only to the extent such Investments (if held by a Credit Party) are subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent securing the Obligations.

8.4. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. Neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries will make any Restricted Payments except that, (a) any Borrower (other than Hexcel) and any Subsidiary of the Borrowers may make or pay any dividends to the direct or indirect holder of the equity interest in such Borrower or such Subsidiary (excluding the holders of equity interests in Hexcel), (b) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result from such payment, Hexcel may make Restricted Payments with respect to
(i) employee or director stock options, stock incentive plans or restricted stock plans of Hexcel which are compensatory in nature, made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of Hexcel, (ii) the purchase from time to time by Hexcel of its common stock (for not more than market price) with the proceeds


-112-

of the exercise by grantees under any equity-based incentive plan, (iii) other purchases from time to time by Hexcel of its common stock under this clause
(b)(iii)not to exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate since the date hereof; provided that Hexcel may make such purchase of its common stock only if after giving effect to such purchase (including any borrowings made or to be made in connection therewith) (A) the Excess Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than $25,000,000, and (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than 1.20:1.00 determined on a pro forma basis for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter of the Borrowers during which such purchase was made, (c) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments with respect to transactions otherwise permitted pursuant to
Section 8.13, and (d) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result from such payment, Hexcel may make interest or dividend payments in respect of Convertible Preferred Stock in the form of (i) Convertible Preferred Stock (or incremental redemption value), (ii) cash, or (iii) common stock (in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designations with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock); PROVIDED that Hexcel may make such cash interest or dividend payments pursuant to this clause (d)(ii) of this Section 8.4 only
(x) after March 19, 2006, and (y) if after giving effect to such cash interest or dividend payment (including any borrowings made or to be made in connection therewith) (A) the Excess Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than $25,000,000, and (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than 1.20:1.00 determined on a pro forma basis for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter of the Borrowers during which such cash interest payment was made.

8.5. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.

8.5.1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) except, in each case: to the extent that the Investment corresponding to such merger or consolidation or asset or stock acquisition is permitted pursuant to
Section 8.3, the merger or consolidation of one or more of the Subsidiaries of any Borrower with and into such Borrower, or the merger of a Subsidiary of any Borrower into a Credit Party so long as the Credit Party is the surviving entity, or the merger of a Domestic Subsidiary that is a Credit Party with Hexcel or another Domestic Subsidiary that is a Credit Party, or the merger of any Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is not a Credit Party into any other any Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is not a Credit Party; PROVIDED that the Borrowers shall be permitted to make any asset acquisition or stock acquisition so long as (A) the aggregate consideration for all such acquisitions does not exceed (x) $10,000,000 in any fiscal year (PLUS, for any year, an amount equal to the amount by which Capital Expenditures permitted to be made during the prior year pursuant to Section 9.4 exceeds the actual amount of Capital Expenditures made during such year) or (y) $30,000,000 from and after the Closing Date (which amount shall be increased by the amount allocated to permitted Capital


-113-

Expenditures and actually used for acquisitions under this Section 8.5.1, up to an additional $10,000,000), and (B) after giving effect to such acquisition (x) the Excess Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than $25,000,000, and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than 1.20:1.00 determined on a pro forma basis for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter of the Borrowers during which such acquisition was made.

8.5.2. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, become a party to or agree to or effect any Asset Sale PROVIDED that, (a) Hexcel shall be permitted to consummate the sale of its 33.3% interest in the Asahi-Schwebel joint venture in the 2003 calendar year, and (b) the Borrowers and any of their Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate (i) any Asset Sale identified on SCHEDULE 8.5.2, (ii) any transaction permitted by Sections 8.3 or 8.6,
(iii) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (iv) the sale or other disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business, (v) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, (vi) assignments and licenses of intellectual property of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, (A) among the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, (B) to joint ventures, (C) in the ordinary course of business or (D) pursuant to the Strategic Alliance Agreement, PROVIDED that, in each case, such assignments and such licenses are not inconsistent with the rights of the Administrative Agent under the Intellectual Property License Agreement, (vii) leases of owned real property and subleases of leased real property, in each case, not used in the operations of Hexcel and its Subsidiaries, (viii) any transfer of receivables under the French Facility and (ix) additional Asset Sales having a net book value on Hexcel's books and records not in excess of $10,000,000 (or the local equivalent thereof) in any fiscal year.

8.6. SALE AND LEASEBACK. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the property being sold or transferred, other than any such transactions relating to the sale and lease of equipment (i) upon terms and subject to conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
(ii) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of all equipment sold from and after the date hereof does not exceed $20,000,000 (or the local equivalent thereof).

8.7. COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. Except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (a) use any of the Real Estate or any portion thereof for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances, (b) cause or permit to be located on any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground storage


-114-

receptacle for Hazardous Substances, (c) generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner so as to cause a Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real Estate, or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner that would violate any Environmental Law or bring such Real Estate in violation of any Environmental Law.

8.8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate will:

(a) engage in any "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which could result in a material liability for the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; or

(b) permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an "ACCUMULATED FUNDING DEFICIENCY", as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

(c) fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an extent which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner which, could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the assets of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 302(f) or
Section 4068 of ERISA; or

(d) amend any Guaranteed Pension Plan in circumstances requiring the posting of security pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the Code;

(e) permit or take any action which would result in the aggregate benefit liabilities (with the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA) of all Guaranteed Pension Plans exceeding the value of the aggregate assets of such Guaranteed Pension Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and assets of any such Guaranteed Pension Plan with assets in excess of benefit liabilities, by more than the amount set forth in Section 6.15.3; or

(f) permit or take any action which would contravene any Applicable Pension Legislation.

8.9. BUSINESS ACTIVITIES. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage directly or indirectly (whether through Subsidiaries or otherwise) in any type of business other than the businesses conducted by them on the Closing Date and in related businesses.

8.10. FISCAL YEAR. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, change the date of the end of its fiscal (or financial) year from that set forth in Section 6.4.1.

8.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage in any transaction with any Affiliate (other than for


-115-

services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such Affiliate or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such Affiliate has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner, on terms more favorable to such Person than would have been obtainable on an arm's-length basis, except transactions permitted by Sections 8.1, 8.2.1(xvii), 8.3, 8.4, or 8.5.

8.12. MODIFICATION OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS. Neither the Borrowers nor any of the other Credit Parties will consent to or agree to any amendment, supplement or other modification to the Governing Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent unless such amendment, supplement or modification (x) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders rights under the Loan Documents or the Borrowers' or any of the other Credit Parties' obligations under the Loan Documents and (y) does not in any way limit or restrict the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrowers to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to the Borrowers or to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to the Borrowers, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Borrowers.

8.13. EQUITY OFFERING; SUBORDINATED DEBT; SENIOR SECURED NOTES; FRENCH FACILITY AND CAPITALIZED LEASES. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, (a) amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of any of the Equity Offering, the Subordinated Debt, the Senior Secured Notes or the French Facility other than amendments, supplements or modifications to the Equity Offering and the French Facility which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Administrative Agent's or the Lenders rights under the Loan Documents or the Borrowers' or any of their Subsidiaries' obligations under the Loan Documents; PROVIDED that any amendment or modification of the French Facility shall not restrict the ability of Hexcel Composites S.A., Hexcel Fabrics S.A. or any other Subsidiary of Hexcel which is a party thereto to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to Hexcel or its Subsidiaries, in each case consistent with the past practices of Hexcel or its Subsidiaries; or

(b) prepay, redeem or repurchase any of the Senior Secured Notes, the Subordinated Debt, the Convertible Preferred Stock or any Capitalized Lease; PROVIDED that the Borrowers may (i) redeem or prepay up to $63,000,000 in Subordinated Debt; PROVIDED that (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, after giving effect to such redemption or prepayment (including any borrowings made or to be made in connection therewith), (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than 1.20:1.00 determined on a pro forma basis for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter of the Borrowers during which such redemption or such prepayment was made and (C) the pro forma Excess Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than (x) at all times prior to March 19, 2004,


-116-

$40,000,000 and (y) at all times on and after March 19, 2004, $25,000,000, (ii) make redemptions or prepayments of the Senior Secured Notes PROVIDED, that (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, after giving effect to the proposed prepayment (including any borrowings made or to be made in connection therewith), (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than 1.20:1.00 determined on a pro forma basis for the most-recently ended fiscal quarter and the then-current fiscal quarter of the Borrowers during which such prepayment was made, and (C) Excess Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than (x) at all times prior to March 19, 2004, $40,000,000 and (y) at all times on and after March 19, 2004, $25,000,000, (iii) prepay Indebtedness with respect to the CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease, (iv) make sinking fund payments and open market purchases in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,800,000 during each fiscal year in respect of the 7.00% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2011, pursuant to the terms of that certain Indenture, dated as of August 1, 1986, and (v) make prepayments of the Senior Secured Notes with the proceeds of Asset Sales of assets other than Collateral, PROVIDED that (A) such Asset Sale is permitted pursuant to Section 8.5.2 and (B) such prepayment is required pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Notes (as in effect on the date hereof).

8.14. BANK ACCOUNTS. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to establish any bank accounts in violation of Section 7.17.

8.15. FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWINGS. The Borrowers will not, at any time, permit the outstanding principal amount of all Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness to exceed the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowing Base.

9. FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

Each of the Borrowers covenants and agrees that, so long as any Revolving Credit Loan, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Revolving Credit Note is outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

9.1. LEVERAGE RATIO. The Borrowers will not permit the Leverage Ratio for any fiscal quarter ending during any period described in the table set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:

                            PERIOD                                 RATIO
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Closing Date through September 30, 2004              6.00 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

         December 31, 2004 through September 30, 2005           5.75 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

         December 31, 2005 through September 30, 2006           5.50 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


-117-

         December 31, 2006 through September 30, 2007           5.00 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 December 31, 2007 and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter     4.5 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROVIDED that, with respect to each Reference Period including results from one or more fiscal quarters ending on or prior to March 31, 2003 (the "Legacy Quarters"), the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the amounts set forth on SCHEDULE 9.

9.2. SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO. The Borrowers will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio for any fiscal quarter ending during any period described in the table set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in such table:

                            PERIOD                                 RATIO
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Closing Date through September 30, 2006                   2.25 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    December 31, 2006 through September 30, 2007                2.00 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 December 31, 2007 and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter    1.50 to 1.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROVIDED that, with respect to each Reference Period including results from one or more Legacy Quarters, the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the amounts set forth on SCHEDULE 9.

9.3. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. The Borrowers shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio through any fiscal quarter ending during any period described in the table set forth below to be less than the minimum ratio (the "MINIMUM RATIO") set forth opposite such period in such table:

                            PERIOD                            MINIMUM RATIO
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Closing Date through September 30, 2007                   1.00 to 1.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 December 31, 2007 and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter    1.10 to 1.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROVIDED that, (a) until such time as the CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease has been repaid, for any two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters, not to exceed a total of four (4) fiscal quarters from and after the Closing Date, if as at the last day of any fiscal quarter and at all times until the Borrowers are in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio the


-118-

Borrowers have Additional Availability of not less than $30,000,000, the Borrowers may deduct from the aggregate of Total Debt Service (Consolidated) included in the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such period an amount of amortization expenses in respect of the CSI Leasing Trust Capital Lease during such period such that (after giving effect to such deduction) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter would not be less than the Minimum Ratio specified above opposite such fiscal period; (b) that during each quarter a reserve to the Domestic Borrowing Base equal to the amount of principal payments projected to be excluded from the calculation of Total Debt Service (pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of "Total Debt Service") in the following quarter shall have been established by the Administrative Agent;
(c) such amount of amortization expenses so excluded from the calculation of Total Debt Service shall not exceed $2,000,000 over the term of this Credit Agreement, and such reserve shall be maintained until the end of the quarter in which Hexcel can satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio without the exclusion of such amortization expenses; and (d) with respect to each Reference Period including results from one or more Legacy Quarters, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the amounts set forth on SCHEDULE 9.

9.4. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Hexcel will not make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year described in the table set forth below to exceed the amount set forth opposite such fiscal year in such table:

           FISCAL YEAR            AMOUNT
-------------------------------------------
              2003            $ 22,500,000
-------------------------------------------

              2004            $ 28,000,000
-------------------------------------------

              2005            $ 30,000,000
-------------------------------------------

              2006            $ 40,000,000
-------------------------------------------

              2007            $ 40,000,000
-------------------------------------------

PROVIDED that, (x) during the 2003 fiscal year, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio through the most-recently ended fiscal quarter of Hexcel, calculated on a year-to-date basis, is not less than 1.30:1.00 and (y) at all times thereafter, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended fiscal year of Hexcel, is not less than 1.30:1.00, the amount set forth opposite each fiscal year in the table above shall be increased by $5,000,000 for the 2003 fiscal year, $5,000,000 for the 2004 fiscal year, $7,500,000 for the 2005 fiscal year, $10,000,000 for the 2006 fiscal year and $10,000,000 for the 2007 fiscal year.


-119-

10. CLOSING CONDITIONS.

The obligations of the Lenders to make the initial Revolving Credit Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue any initial Letters of Credit shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or prior to April 30, 2003:

10.1. LOAN DOCUMENTS, ETC. Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Lenders. Each Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of each such Loan Document.

10.2. CERTIFIED COPIES OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING CERTIFICATES. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Credit Party (i) a copy, certified by a duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the Closing Date, of each of its Governing Documents as in effect on such date of certification and (ii) a certificate as to the good standing of each of Hexcel and the Guarantors from the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of the jurisdiction of its organization, dated no earlier than March 1, 2003 and each jurisdiction where Hexcel and each of the Guarantors conducts business and in any other jurisdiction in which the failure of Hexcel and each of the Guarantors to so qualify could have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of such Credit Party.

10.3. CORPORATE OR OTHER ACTION. All corporate (or other) action necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by each of the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Lenders shall have been provided to the Administrative Agent.

10.4. INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Credit Party an incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by a duly authorized officer of such Person, and giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name and on behalf of such Person, each of the Loan Documents to which such Person is or is to become a party; (b) in the case of the Borrowers, to make Loan Requests and Conversion Requests and to apply for Letters of Credit; and (c) to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under the Loan Documents.

10.5. VALIDITY OF LIENS. The Security Documents shall be effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first (except for Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) security interest in and Lien upon the Collateral. All filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments and other actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to protect and preserve such security interests shall have been duly effected. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


-120-

10.6. CAPITALIZATION. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that (a) Hexcel shall have received gross proceeds of an equity investment of not less than $125,000,000 in connection with the Equity Offering and consummated the transaction contemplated by the Equity Offering Documents, and (b) Hexcel shall have received the gross proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate amount of not less than $125,000,000 and consummated the transaction contemplated by the Senior Secured Note Documents, in the case of (b) on terms and conditions which are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all respects. Nothing shall have come to the attention of the Administrative Agent to cause the Administrative Agent to reasonably believe that the past practices of Hexcel Composites S.A., Hexcel Fabrics S.A. or any other Subsidiary which is a party to the French Facility with respect to upstreaming funds to Hexcel and its Subsidiaries have not been in compliance with applicable law. Each Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of the Equity Offering Documents, the Senior Secured Note Documents, and all documents executed or delivered in connection with the Subordinated Debt (including schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto).

10.7. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all consents and approvals necessary to complete all transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained.

10.8. AVAILABILITY. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, after giving effect to all borrowings under the Credit Agreement and all credit exposure), that the Additional Availability hereunder would be equal to or greater than $30,000,000.

10.9. LIEN SEARCHES. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Credit Party a completed and fully executed perfection certificate and the results of Uniform Commercial Code searches (and the equivalent thereof in all applicable foreign jurisdictions, to the extent such searches can be conducted) indicating no Liens other than Permitted Liens, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

10.10. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of insurance from an independent insurance broker dated as of the Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, and otherwise describing the insurance obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, and naming the Administrative Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured, as its interest may appear.

10.11. BORROWING BASE REPORT. The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrowers the initial Borrowing Base Report dated as of the Closing Date.

10.12. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING REPORT AND INVENTORY SUMMARY. The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrowers the most recent Accounts Receivable aging report and inventory summary of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries


-121-

dated as of a date which shall be no more than twenty (20) days prior to the Closing Date and the Borrowers shall have notified the Administrative Agent in writing on the Closing Date of any material deviation from the Accounts Receivable or inventory values reflected in such Accounts Receivable aging report and such inventory summary and shall have provided the Administrative Agent with such supplementary documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

10.13. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE. Each of the Lenders shall have received an officer's certificate of the Borrowers dated as of the Closing Date as to the solvency of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries following the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

10.14. OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, from:

(i) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, U.S. counsel to Hexcel and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Baker & McKenzie, U.K. counsel to the U.K. Borrower;

(iii) Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, Austrian counsel to the Austrian Borrower;

(iv) Baker & McKenzie, German counsel to the German Borrower; and

(v) Dechert, Price & Rhoads, French counsel to Hexcel and its Subsidiaries.

10.15. PAYMENT OF FEES. The Borrowers shall have paid to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as appropriate, the Fees pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

10.16. PAYOFF LETTER. The Administrative Agent shall have received a payoff letter from Credit Suisse First Boston, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, indicating that the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been repaid in full on or prior to the Closing Date and all commitments thereunder have been terminated.

11. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.

The obligations of the Lenders to make any Revolving Credit Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, in each case whether on or after the Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

11.1. REPRESENTATIONS TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. Each of the representations and warranties of any of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries contained in this Credit


-122-

Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall be true as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as of that time (except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, and to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

11.2. PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in form to the Lenders and to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all information and such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

11.3. BORROWING BASE REPORT. The Administrative Agent shall have received the most recent Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 7.4(f).

12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.

12.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION. If any of the following events ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT" or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, "DEFAULTS") shall occur:

(a) (i) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Revolving Credit Loans or any Reimbursement Obligation when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment, (ii) Hexcel or any Guarantor shall fail to pay any interest on the Revolving Credit Loans, any Fees, or other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment or (iii) any of the U.K. Borrower, the Austrian Borrower and the German Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Revolving Credit Loans, any Fees, or other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents when the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment and such failure shall continue for three (3) days;

(b) any Credit Party shall fail to comply with any of its covenants contained in Sections 7.1, 7.5.1, the first sentence of 7.6, 7.9.1, 7.12, 7.14, 7.15, 8 or 9;


-123-

(c) any Credit Party shall fail to perform any term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than those specified elsewhere in this Section 12.1) for thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure has been given to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent or any Lender entitled to give such notice; PROVIDED that with respect to any failure to perform any covenant under Section 7.7 with respect to any Collateral, such period shall be ten (10) days after any written notice of such failure has been given;

(d) any representation or warranty of any Credit Party in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have been false in any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(e) any Credit Party shall fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any obligation for borrowed money or credit received, which, when taken in the aggregate, exceeds $5,000,000, including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Notes or the French Facility, or in respect of any Capitalized Leases, or fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound, evidencing or securing borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any Capitalized Leases, in each case, when taken in the aggregate, exceeds $5,000,000 for such period of time as would permit (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof, or any such holder or holders shall rescind or shall have a right to rescind the purchase of any such obligations;

(f) any Credit Party shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of any Credit Party or of any substantial part of the assets of any Credit Party or shall commence any case or other proceeding relating to any Credit Party under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction (other than solvent reorganisation of the Austrian Borrower under the Austrian Act on Solvent Reorganization (UNTERNEHMENSREORGANSIATIONSGESETZ), now or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of any of the foregoing, or if any such petition or application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding shall be commenced against any Credit Party and any Credit shall indicate its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or application shall not have been dismissed within forty-five (45) days following the filing thereof;

(g) a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee, custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating any Credit Party bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in any such case or other proceeding,

or a


-124-

decree or order for relief is entered in respect of any Credit Party in an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;

(h) there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and unstayed, for more than sixty (60) days, whether or not consecutive, any final judgment (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance), against any Credit Party that, with other outstanding final judgments, undischarged, of any Credit Party exceeds in the aggregate $5,000,000;

(i) an offer is required to be made to prepay, redeem or repurchase the Subordinated Debt or the Senior Secured Notes or the Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of the amounts permitted to be repaid pursuant to Section 8.13 hereof;

(j) if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled, terminated, revoked or rescinded other than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lenders, or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries party thereto or any of their respective stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

(k) to the extent not insured, the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate incurs any liability to the PBGC or a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Sections 4062-4064 of ERISA in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000, or the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate is assessed withdrawal liability pursuant to Title IV of ERISA by a Multiemployer Plan requiring current aggregate annual payments exceeding $5,000,000, or any of the following occurs with respect to a Guaranteed Pension Plan: (i) an ERISA Reportable Event, or a failure to make a required installment or other payment (within the meaning of Section 302(f)(1) of ERISA), PROVIDED that the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that such event (A) could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000 and (B) could reasonably constitute grounds for the termination of such Guaranteed Pension Plan by the PBGC, for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan or for the imposition of a lien in favor of such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or (ii) the appointment by a United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or (iii) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed Pension Plan;

(l) a Change of Control shall occur; or


-125-

(m) an Insolvency Event shall occur,

then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice in writing to the Borrowers declare all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes and the other Loan Documents and all Reimbursement Obligations to be, and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each of the Borrowers; PROVIDED that in the event of any Event of Default specified in Sections 12.1(f) or 12.1(g), all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any requirement of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender. Upon demand by the Required Lenders after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and automatically without the necessity of demand in the event of any Event of Default specified in Sections 12.1(f) or 12.1(g), the Borrowers shall immediately provide to the Administrative Agent cash in an amount equal to the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount on all then outstanding Letters of Credit to be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral security for the Obligations.

12.2. TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS. If any one or more of the Events of Default specified in Section 12.1(f) or Section 12.1(g) shall occur, any unused portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or if on any Drawdown Date or other date for issuing, extending or renewing any Letter of Credit the conditions precedent to the making of the Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date or (as the case may be) to issuing, extending or renewing such Letter of Credit on such other date are not satisfied, the Administrative Agent may and, upon the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrowers, terminate the unused portion of the credit hereunder, and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the credit hereunder shall terminate immediately and each of the Lenders shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Revolving Credit Loans and the Administrative Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit. No termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations.

12.3. REMEDIES. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Lenders shall have accelerated the maturity of the Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 12.1, each Lender, if owed any amount with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, may, with the consent of the Required Lenders but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Lender are evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the EX PARTE appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by


-126-

declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Lender. No remedy herein conferred upon any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the holder of any Revolving Credit Note or purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

12.4. DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS. In the event that, following the occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, receives any monies in connection with the enforcement of its rights hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (with payment received from any Foreign Borrower to be applied to its respective obligations only), such monies shall be distributed for application as follows:

(a) FIRST, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the reimbursement of the Administrative Agent for or in respect of all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection with the collection of such monies by the Administrative Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Administrative Agent of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in support of any provision of adequate indemnity to the Administrative Agent against any taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Administrative Agent to such monies;

(b) SECOND, to all other Obligations (other than Obligations arising under any Hedging Agreement or the Cash Management Services) in such order or preference as the Required Lenders may determine; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) distributions shall be made (A) PARI PASSU among Obligations with respect to the Administrative Agent's Fee and all other Obligations and (B) with respect to each type of Obligation owing to the Lenders, such as interest, principal, fees and expenses, among the Lenders PRO RATA, and (ii) the Administrative Agent may in its discretion make proper allowance to take into account any Obligations not then due and payable; and

(c) THIRD, to obligations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders and/or the Administrative Agent and/or any of their Affiliates with respect to Obligations relating to Hedging Agreements and the Cash Management Services; and

(d) FOURTH, upon payment and satisfaction in full or other provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of all of the Obligations, to the payment of any obligations required to be paid pursuant to Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York; and


-127-

(e) FIFTH, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrowers or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

12.5. JUDGEMENT CURRENCY. If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court or obtaining an order enforcing a judgment, it becomes necessary to convert any amount due under this Credit Agreement in Dollars or in any other currency (hereinafter in this Section 12.5 called the "FIRST CURRENCY") into any other currency (hereinafter in this Section 12.5 called the "SECOND CURRENCY"), then the conversion shall be made at the Administrative Agent's spot rate of exchange for buying the first currency with the second currency prevailing at the Administrative Agent's close of business on the Business Day next preceding the day on which the judgment is given or (as the case may be) the order is made. Any payment made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Credit Agreement in the second currency shall constitute a discharge of the obligations of the Borrowers to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any amount originally due to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the first currency under this Credit Agreement only to the extent of the amount of the first currency which the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders is able, on the date of the receipt by it of such payment in any second currency, to purchase, in accordance with the Administrative Agent's and such Lender's normal banking procedures, with the amount of such second currency so received. If the amount of the first currency falls short of the amount originally due to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the first currency under this Credit Agreement, each of the Borrowers, with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders against and save the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders harmless from any shortfall so arising. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation of each such Borrower separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Credit Agreement, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Credit Agreement or under any such judgment or order. Any such shortfall shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Administrative Agent and each such Lender, as the case may be, and the Borrowers shall not be entitled to require any proof or evidence of any actual loss. The covenant contained in this Section 12.5 shall survive the payment in full of all of the other obligations of the Borrower under this Credit Agreement.

12.6. PARALLEL DEBT. Without prejudice to the provisions of this Credit Agreement and for the purpose of ensuring and preserving the validity and continuity of the security rights granted and to be granted by the Foreign Borrowers under or pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges and consents to (i) the pledge of the shares of Hexcel Holding (U.K.) Limited in connection with the Charge Over Shares, (ii) the pledge of the shares of Hexcel S.A. in connection with the French Pledge, (iii) the grant of security under the Austrian Security Documents and (iv) the grant of security under the German Security Documents, undertaking to pay to FCC, acting in its own capacity, amounts (a) equal to the amounts due from time to time by the Foreign Borrowers to FCC and the Lenders


-128-

under the Obligations and (b) due and payable at the same time as the corresponding amounts under the Obligations are or shall be due and payable (such payment undertaking and the obligations and liabilities resulting therefrom, "PARALLEL DEBT"). The Lenders hereby agree that the Parallel Debt is a claim of FCC which is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, the claims of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in respect of the Obligations, and is not a claim which is held jointly with the Lenders, provided that to the extent any amounts are paid to FCC under the Parallel Debt or that FCC otherwise receives monies in payment of the Parallel Debt, the total amount due and payable under the Obligations shall be decreased as if said amounts were received directly in payment of the outstanding Obligations. FCC, acting in its own capacity, hereby agrees to transfer to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders all proceeds that it receives in connection with any enforcement action taken under or pursuant to the Charge Over Shares governing the pledge of the Capital Stock of Hexcel Holding (U.K.) Limited, the French Pledge governing the pledge of the Capital Stock of Hexcel S.A., the Austrian Security Documents and the German Security Documents, respectively.

For the purposes of ensuring and preserving the validity and continuity of security rights to be granted by the Austrian Borrower pursuant to the Austrian Security Documents: (a) the Austrian Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Administrative Agent all amounts whatsoever, without any limitation, owing by the Austrian Borrower to each of the Lenders (whether actually or contingently) under and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, upon such amounts becoming due and payable (such obligation and undertaking being hereinafter referred to as the "AUSTRIAN OBLIGATIONS"), and (b) the Austrian Borrower and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that the Austrian Obligations are obligations and liabilities of the Austrian Borrower to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the identical obligations which the Austrian Borrower has to the other Lenders or any of them under this Agreement, provided that the total amount due and payable under or in respect of the Austrian Obligations shall be decreased to the extent that the Austrian Borrower pays any amounts under and in the manner required under this Agreement and the amount of Obligations shall be decreased to the extent that the Austrian Borrower pays any Austrian Obligations. Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way negate or affect the obligations which the Austrian Borrower may have under or in respect of this Agreement to the other Lenders or any of them.

13. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

13.1. AUTHORIZATION.

(a) The Administrative Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of each of the Lenders and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents delegated to the Administrative Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto, PROVIDED that no duties or responsibilities not


-129-

expressly assumed herein or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The relationship between the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders is that of an independent contractor. The use of the term "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" is for convenience only and is used to describe, as a form of convention, the independent contractual relationship between the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. Nothing contained in this Credit Agreement nor the other Loan Documents shall be construed to create an agency, trust or other fiduciary relationship between the Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders.

(c) As an independent contractor empowered by the Lenders to exercise certain rights and perform certain duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent is nevertheless a "REPRESENTATIVE" of the Lenders, as that term is defined in Article 1 of the Uniform Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent with respect to all collateral security and guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents. Such actions include the designation of the Administrative Agent as "SECURED PARTY", "MORTGAGEE" or the like on all financing statements and other documents and instruments, whether recorded or otherwise, relating to the attachment, perfection, priority or enforcement of any security interests, mortgages or deeds of trust in collateral security intended to secure the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, all for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

13.2. EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Administrative Agent may exercise its powers and execute its duties by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any such Persons shall be paid by the Borrowers.

13.3. NO LIABILITY. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver, consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences of any oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Administrative Agent or such other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

13.4. NO REPRESENTATIONS.

13.4.1. GENERAL. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the execution or validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement, the


-130-

Revolving Credit Notes, the Letters of Credit , any of the other Loan Documents or any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Revolving Credit Notes, or for the value of any such collateral security or for the validity, enforceability or collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the Revolving Credit Notes, or for any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or in any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Revolving Credit Notes or to inspect any of the properties, books or records of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any holder of any of the Revolving Credit Notes shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and complete. The Administrative Agent has not made nor does it now make any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any liability to the Lenders, with respect to the credit worthiness or financial conditions of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based upon such information and documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit Agreement.

13.4.2. CLOSING DOCUMENTATION, ETC. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 10, each Lender that has executed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each document and matter either sent, or made available, by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender, unless an officer of the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger active upon the Borrowers' account shall have received notice from such Lender not less than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date specifying such Lender's objection thereto and such objection shall not have been withdrawn by notice to the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger to such effect on or prior to the Closing Date.

13.5. PAYMENTS.

13.5.1. PAYMENTS TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. A payment by any Borrower or any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Lender shall constitute a payment to such Lender. The Administrative Agent agrees promptly to distribute to each Lender such Lender's PRO RATA share of payments received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.


-131-

13.5.2. DISTRIBUTION BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. If in the opinion of the Administrative Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Revolving Credit Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Administrative Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Administrative Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

13.5.3. DELINQUENT LENDERS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Lender that fails (a) to make available to the Administrative Agent its PRO RATA share of any Revolving Credit Loan or to purchase any Letter of Credit Participation or (b) to comply with the provisions of Section 15.1 with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other Lenders, where such Lender's share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its PRO RATA share of such payments due and payable to all of the Lenders, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the provisions of this Credit Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent (a "DELINQUENT LENDER") and shall be deemed a Delinquent Lender until such time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on account of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent Lenders for application to, and reduction of, their respective PRO RATA shares of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. The Delinquent Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Lenders in proportion to their respective PRO RATA shares of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. A Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations of the nondelinquent Lenders, the Lenders' respective PRO RATA shares of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

13.6. HOLDERS OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Revolving Credit Note or the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation as the absolute owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent holder, assignee or transferee.


-132-

13.7. INDEMNITY. The Lenders ratably agree hereby to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and its affiliates from and against any and all claims, actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs, expenses (including any expenses for which the Administrative Agent or such affiliate has not been reimbursed by the Borrowers as required by
Section 15.2), and liabilities of every nature and character arising out of or related to this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated or evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Administrative Agent's actions taken hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be directly caused by the Administrative Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

13.8. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AS LENDER. In its individual capacity, FCC shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the Revolving Credit Notes and as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participations as it would have were it not also the Administrative Agent.

13.9. RESIGNATION. The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving sixty (60) days prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such successor Administrative Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a financial institution having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by S&P. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation, the provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

13.10. NOTIFICATION OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each Lender hereby agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, it shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees that upon receipt of any notice under this Section 13.10 it shall promptly notify the other Lenders of the existence of such Default or Event of Default.

13.11. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any agreement or execute any document evidencing the release of any liens and security interests in connection with any sale or other disposition of Collateral permitted hereunder.


-133-

13.12. INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT. Each of the Lenders hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the provisions thereof.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.

14.1. CONDITIONS TO ASSIGNMENT BY LENDERS.

Except as provided herein, each Lender may assign to one or more commercial banks, other financial institutions or other Persons (an "ASSIGNEE"), all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of the Revolving Credit Loans at the time owing to it, the Revolving Credit Notes held by it); PROVIDED that (a) each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Fronting Bank and, unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers shall have given its prior written consent to such assignment, which consent of the Borrowers will not be unreasonably withheld, (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, (c) each assignment (or, in the case of assignments by a Lender to its Lender Affiliates, the aggregate holdings of such Lender and its Lender Affiliates after giving effect to such assignments), shall be in an amount that is a whole multiple of $5,000,000 or in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or such lesser amount as shall constitute the aggregate holdings of such Lender) and (d) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT E hereto (an "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE"), together with any Revolving Credit Notes subject to such assignment. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, (y) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder, and (z) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the Administrative Agent of the registration fee referred to in Section 14.3, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, an Assignee shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 4.3.2, 4.6 and 4.7; PROVIDED, that, in the case of subsection 4.3.2, such Assignee shall have complied with the requirements of subsection 4.3.3 in the same manner as if such Assignee were an initial Lender under this Credit Agreement and shall have provided the Administrative Agent, as applicable, and Hexcel, prior to the date of the assignment, two (2) properly completed and validly executed copies of each of the applicable IRS Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI and W-9 (or successor forms thereto) and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no Assignee shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any such subsection than the assignor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount assigned by the assignor Lender to such Assignee had no such assignment occurred.


-134-

14.2. CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATIONS; COVENANTS. By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or mortgage,

(b) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations of any of their obligations under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

(c) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 6.4 and Section 7.4 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

(d) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Credit Agreement;

(e) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

(f) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender;

(g) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; and


-135-

(h) such assignee acknowledges that it has complied with the provisions of Section 4.3.3.

14.3. REGISTER. The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register or similar list (the "REGISTER") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment Percentage of, and principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans owing to, the Lenders from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and the Lenders at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Upon each such recordation, the assigning Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent a registration fee in the sum of $3,500.

14.4. NEW REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Revolving Credit Note subject to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall
(a) record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders (other than the assigning Lender). Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Revolving Credit Note, a new Revolving Credit Note to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Revolving Credit Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder. Such new Revolving Credit Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the surrendered Revolving Credit Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the surrendered Revolving Credit Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the assigned Revolving Credit Notes. The surrendered Revolving Credit Notes shall be cancelled and returned to the Borrowers.

14.5. PARTICIPATIONS. Each Lender may sell participations to one or more Lenders or other entities ("Participants") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents ("Participations"); PROVIDED that (a) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties of the selling Lender hereunder to the Borrowers and (b) the only rights granted to the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents shall be the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on any Revolving Credit Loans, extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of such Lender as it relates to such participant, reduce the amount of any Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit Fees to which such participant is entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment date for principal or


-136-

interest. Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, a Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Section 4.3.2, 4.6 and 4.7; PROVIDED that, in the case of subsection 4.3.2, such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of subsection 4.3.3 in the same manner as if such Assignee were an initial Lender under this Credit Agreement and shall have provided the Administrative Agent, as applicable, and Hexcel, prior to the date of the transfer of the participation, two (2) properly completed and validly executed copies of each of the applicable IRS Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI and W-9 (or successor forms thereto) and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any such subsection than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by the transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

14.6. MISCELLANEOUS ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS. Any assigning Lender shall retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to Section 15.3 with respect to any claims or actions arising prior to the date of such assignment. Anything contained in this Section 14 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Credit Agreement (including all or any portion of its Revolving Credit Notes) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to (a) any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized under Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C.
Section 341 and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, to any lender or any trustee for, or any other representative of, holders of obligations owed or securities issued by such fund as security for such obligations or securities or any institutional custodian for such fund or for such lender. Any foreclosure or similar action by any Person in respect of such pledge or assignment shall be subject to the other provisions of this
Section 14. No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Lender from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, provide any voting rights hereunder to the pledgee thereof, or affect any rights or obligations of the Borrowers or Administrative Agent hereunder.

14.7. ASSIGNMENT BY THE BORROWERS. None of the Borrowers shall assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders.

15. PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATIONS.

15.1. SETOFF.

Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, if any of the Obligations are due and payable and have not been paid or any Event of Default shall have occurred, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the Lenders to any Borrower and any securities or other property of such Borrower in the possession of such Lender may be applied to or set off by such Lender against the payment of Obligations and any and all other liabilities, direct, or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of such Borrower to such Lender (it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan


-137-

Documents to the contrary, deposits, sums, securities or other property of any Foreign Subsidiary (including any Foreign Borrower) will not serve at any time, directly or indirectly, to collateralize or otherwise offset the Obligations of Hexcel or any Domestic Subsidiary, and, in addition, the deposits, sums, securities or other property of a Foreign Subsidiary will only serve to collateralize or offset the Obligations of another Foreign Borrower if such Foreign Subsidiary is owned by such Foreign Borrower). ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO
REQUIRE ANY LENDER TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF ANY BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED. Each of the Lenders agrees with each other Lender that (a) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to Indebtedness of any Borrower to such Lender, other than Indebtedness evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes held by such Lender, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Revolving Credit Notes held by such Lender, and (b) if such Lender shall receive from any Borrower, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes held by such Lender by proceedings against such Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Revolving Credit Note or Revolving Credit Notes held by such Lender any amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Notes held by all of the Lenders, such Lender will make such disposition and arrangements with the other Lenders with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, PRO TANTO assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Lender receiving in respect of the Revolving Credit Notes held by it, its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Credit Agreement; PROVIDED that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Lender, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. If, for the purpose of exercising the right of setoff pursuant to this Section 15.1, it becomes necessary to convert any amount in Dollars or in any other currency into any other currency, such conversion shall be made as provided in the first sentence of Section 12.5.

15.2. EXPENSES. Each of the Borrowers, with respect to itself and its subsidiaries, agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing and reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) without duplication of payments in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to Section 4.3.2, any taxes (including any interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders (other than Excluded Taxes as defined in Section 4.3.2) on or with respect to the transaction contemplated by this Credit Agreement (such Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Administrative Agent and Lender with respect thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent's Special Counsel or any local counsel to the Administrative


-138-

Agent incurred in connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, any amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, or the cancellation of any Loan Document upon payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations or pursuant to any terms of such Loan Document for providing for such cancellation, (d) the reasonable and documented fees, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent or any of its affiliates incurred by the Administrative Agent or such affiliate in connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, including all title insurance premiums and surveyor, engineering, appraisal and examination charges, (e) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, and reasonable and documented consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banker and similar professional fees and charges) incurred by any Lender or the Administrative Agent in connection with (i) the enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the administration thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to any Lender's or the Administrative Agent's relationship with such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (f) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of any Lender or the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with Uniform Commercial Code searches or intellectual property searches. The covenants contained in this Section 15.2 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other obligations. Each of the Borrowers, with respect of itself, authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any account maintained by the Borrowers with the Administrative Agent and/or to charge the loan account of the applicable Borrower for any payment required to be made hereunder with respect to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries. It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Section 15.2, none of the Foreign Borrowers shall have any obligation to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder with respect to fees, costs or any other expenses relating to the Obligations of any Borrower other than such Foreign Borrower.

15.3. INDEMNIFICATION. Each of the Borrowers, with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, its affiliates and the Lenders from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed use by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of the proceeds of any of the Revolving Credit Loans or Letters of Credit, (b) the reversal or withdrawal of any provisional credits granted by the Administrative Agent upon the transfer of funds from lock box, bank agency, concentration accounts or otherwise under any cash management arrangements with the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or in connection with the provisional honoring of funds transfers, checks or other items, (c) the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries entering into or performing


-139-

this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (d) with respect to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and their respective properties and assets, the violation of any Environmental Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances or any action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to, claims with respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property) or (e) any fees, costs, out-of-pocket expenses and bank charges, including bank charges for returned checks, incurred by the Administrative Agent or the any Lender in establishing, maintaining or handling agency accounts, lock box accounts and other accounts for the collection of any of the Collateral or in connection with Cash Management Services, in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding except to the extent that any of the foregoing are directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the otherwise indemnified party. In litigation, or the preparation therefor, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and its affiliates shall be entitled to select their own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay promptly the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and to the extent that the obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 15.3 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrowers hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The covenants contained in this Section 15.3 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall, with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, be entitled to pay any of the foregoing fees and expenses by causing the debit of any account maintained by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the Administrative Agent or any other institution with which the Administrative Agent shall have entered into an agency account agreement. It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 15.3, none of the Foreign Borrowers shall have any obligation to the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder with respect to indemnified liabilities relating to the Obligations of any Borrower other than such Foreign Borrower.

15.4. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

15.4.1. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and each of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and representatives, to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with their customary procedures for handling confidential information of the same nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any non-public information supplied to it by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information (a) after such information shall have become public other than through a violation of this Section 15.4, or becomes available to any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent on a nonconfidential basis from a source other the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries which source is


-140-

not known to such Lender or Administrative Agent to be bound by any obligation of confidentiality, (b) to the extent required by statute, rule, regulation or judicial process, (c) to counsel for any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, (d) to bank examiners or any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the extent required by such authority, or to auditors or accountants,
(e) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Financial Affiliate, (f) in connection with any litigation related to the Loan Documents or the transactions pursuant thereto to which any one or more of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any Financial Affiliate is a party, or in connection with the enforcement of rights or remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (g) to a Lender Affiliate or a Subsidiary or affiliate of the Administrative Agent, (h) to any actual or prospective assignee or participant or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transactions referenced to credit or other risks or events arising under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as such assignee, participant or counterparty, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 15.4 (and each such prospective assignee, participant, and counterparty shall be required to agree that if it does not become an assignee, participant or counterparty it shall return all materials furnished to it by the Borrowers in connection herewith), or (i) with the consent of any Borrower. Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, Hexcel and each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (and any of their respective employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.

15.4.2. PRIOR NOTIFICATION. Unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall, prior to disclosure thereof, notify the Borrowers of any request for disclosure of any such non-public information by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) or pursuant to legal process.

15.4.3. OTHER. Except as otherwise provided in Section 15.4.1 above, in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished to it or any Financial Affiliate by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. The obligations of each Lender under this Section 15.4 shall supersede and replace the obligations of such Lender under any confidentiality letter in respect of this financing signed and delivered by such Lender to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries prior to the date hereof and shall be binding upon any assignee of, or purchaser of any participation in, any interest in any of the Revolving Credit Loans from any Lender.


-141-

15.5. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein, in the Revolving Credit Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of them, and shall survive the making by the Lenders of any of the Revolving Credit Loans and the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as herein contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter of Credit or any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any of the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Lender has any obligation to make any Revolving Credit Loans or the Administrative Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, and for such further time as may be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit Agreement.

15.6. NOTICES. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, or sent by telegraph, telecopy, facsimile or telex and confirmed by delivery via courier or postal service, addressed as follows:

(a) if to Hexcel or any Guarantor, Hexcel Corporation, Two Stamford Plaza, 281 Tresser Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, Facsimile No. 203-358-3973, with a copy to Thomas W. Gowan, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, LLP, Four Times Square, New York , New York 10036, Facsimile No. 212-735-2000 or at such other address for notice as such Person shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;

(b) if to any Foreign Borrower, c/o Hexcel Corporation, Two Stamford Plaza, 281 Tresser Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: Treasurer, Facsimile No. 203-358-3993, with a copy to Thomas W. Gowan, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, LLP, Four Times Square, New York , New York 10036, Facsimile No. 212-735-2000 at such other address for notice as the Foreign Borrower shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;

(c) if to the Administrative Agent, Edgar Ezerins at 200 Glastonbury Boulevard, Glastonbury, Connecticut 06033, Facsimile No. 860-368-6024, with a copy to Jonathan Bernstein, Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Facsimile No. 617-951-8736 and with a copy to Matthew Furlong, Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Facsimile No. 617-951-8736 or such other address for notice as the


-142-

Administrative Agent shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice; and

(d) if to any Lender, at such Lender's address set forth on SCHEDULE 1 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Lender shall have last furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.

Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made and to have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier or facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is directed, at the time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the sending of such facsimile and
(ii) if sent by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third Business Day following the mailing thereof. Any notice or other communication to be made hereunder or under the Revolving Credit Notes, even if otherwise required to be in writing under other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications, may alternatively be made in an electronic record transmitted electronically under such authentication and other procedures as the parties hereto may from time to time agree in writing (but not an electronic record), and such electronic transmission shall be effective at the time set forth in such procedures. Unless otherwise expressly provided in such procedures, such an electronic record shall be equivalent to a writing under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications, and such authentication, if made in compliance with the procedures so agreed by the parties hereto in writing (but not an electronic record), shall be equivalent to a signature under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Revolving Credit Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications.

15.7. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES. (a) THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). EACH OF THE BORROWERS AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWERS BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS FOR SUCH PERSON(S) SPECIFIED IN Section 15.6. EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

(b) Each Foreign Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints United States Corporation Services Company, with an office on the date hereof at 80 State Street, Albany, New York 12207 (the "PROCESS AGENT"), as its agent to receive on


-143-

behalf of such Foreign Borrower and its respective property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding in any such court of the State of New York or any Federal court sitting therein and agrees promptly to appoint a successor Process Agent. In any such action or proceeding in such court of the State of New York or Federal court sitting therein, such service may be made on the Foreign Borrower by delivering a copy of such process to the Foreign Borrower in care of the appropriate Process Agent at such Process Agent's above address and by depositing a copy of such process in the mails by certified or registered air mail, addressed to the Foreign Borrower at its address referred to in Section
15.6 (such service to be effective upon such receipt by the appropriate Process Agent and the depositing of such process in the mails as aforesaid). Each Foreign Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorizes and directs such Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternate method of service, each Foreign Borrower also irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding in such court of the State of New York or any Federal court sitting therein by mailing of copies of such process to the Foreign Borrowers by certified or registered air mail at its address referred to in Section 15.6. Each Foreign Borrower hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(c) To the extent that any Foreign Borrower has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, such Foreign Borrowers hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Credit Agreement and the Revolving Credit Notes.

(d) Each Foreign Borrower hereby agrees that the waivers set forth in this Section 15.7 shall have the fullest extent permitted under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976 of the United States of America and are intended to be irrevocable and not subject to withdrawal for purposes of such Act.

15.8. HEADINGS. The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

15.9. COUNTERPARTS. This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Delivery by facsimile by any of the parties hereto of an executed counterpart hereof or of any amendment or waiver hereto shall be as effective as an original executed counterpart hereof or of such amendment or waiver and shall be considered a representation that an original executed counterpart hereof or such amendment or waiver, as the case may be, will be delivered.


-144-

15.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC. The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as provided in Section 15.12.

15.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. Except as prohibited by law, each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. Each of the Borrowers (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any Lender or the Administrative Agent has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such Lender or the Administrative Agent would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein.

15.12. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC. Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement to be given by the Lenders may be given, and any term of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the Borrowers and the written consent of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or waiver shall:

(a) without the written consent of each of the Borrowers and each Lender directly affected thereby:

(i) reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Revolving Credit Loans, Reimbursement Obligations or reduce the rate of interest on the


-145-

Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note or the amount of the Fees (other than interest accruing pursuant to Section 4.11 following the effective date of any waiver by the Required Lenders of the Default or Event of Default relating thereto);

(ii) increase the amount of such Lender's Commitment or extend the expiration date of such Lender's Commitment; and

(iii) postpone or extend the Maturity Date or any other regularly scheduled dates for payments of principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Credit Loans or Reimbursement Obligations or any Fees or other amounts payable to such Lender (it being understood that (A) a waiver of the application of the default rate of interest pursuant to Section 4.11, and (B) any vote to rescind any acceleration made pursuant to Section 12.1 of amounts owing with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans and other Obligations, shall require only the approval of the Required Lenders);

(b) without the written consent of all of the Lenders, (i) amend or waive Section 14.7, this Section 15.12 or the definition of "REQUIRED LENDERS" or (ii) increase the Total Commitment or (iii) other than pursuant to a transaction permitted by the terms of this Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof), release all or a material portion of the Collateral or any Guarantor from its guaranty obligations under the Guaranties (other than a Guarantor which would not otherwise meet the threshold set forth in the definition of "Material Domestic Subsidiary" (as in effect on the date hereof)) (excluding, if any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a debtor under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the release of "cash collateral", as defined in Section 363(a) of the federal Bankruptcy Code pursuant to a cash collateral stipulation with the debtor approved by the Required Lenders, which shall require the consent of the Supermajority Lenders); or (iv) increase the percentage of Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory (as applicable) in the calculation of the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base or the German Borrowing Base or (v) amend the definitions of "Domestic Borrowing Base" or "U.K. Borrowing Base" or "Austrian Borrowing Base" or "German Borrowing Base" or of any definition of any component thereof, such that more credit would be available to the applicable Borrower, based on the same assets, as would have been available to the applicable Borrower immediately prior to such amendment, it being understood, however, that:
the foregoing shall not (A) limit the adjustment by the Administrative Agent of any reserve in the Administrative Agent's administration of the Revolving Credit Loans as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or (B) prevent the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agent from restoring any component of the Domestic Borrowing Base, the U.K. Borrowing Base, the Austrian Borrowing Base or the German Borrowing Base, which had been lowered by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agent back to the value of such component, as stated in this Agreement or to an intermediate value;


-146-

(c) without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender, amend or waive Section 2.6.2 or any other provision applicable to the Swing Line Lender;

(d) without the written consent of the Issuing Bank, amend or waive Section 3 or any other provision applicable to the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit;

(e) without the written consent of the Fronting Bank, amend or waive Section 2.11 or any other provision applicable to the Fronting Bank; and

(f) without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, amend or waive Section 13, the amount or time of payment of the Administrative Agent's Fee or any Letter of Credit Fees payable for the Administrative Agent's account or any other provision applicable to the Administrative Agent.

No waiver shall extend to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrowers shall entitle the Borrowers to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

15.13. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.

15.14. TERMINATION. (a) The Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders hereby agree, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document: (i) each Security Document and the security interests thereunder shall automatically cease, terminate and be void, all rights to the Collateral shall automatically revert to the relevant Credit Party, and the obligations of the Credit Parties thereunder shall automatically be discharged and released, upon repayment in full, in cash, of all the Obligations and the termination of all lending commitments hereunder, in each case without any further action by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person, and (ii) the security interest under any Security Document shall automatically cease, terminate and be void with respect to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and all rights with respect to such Collateral shall automatically revert to the applicable Credit Party, in each case without any further action by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person; PROVIDED that the security interest in the proceeds and products of such Collateral shall continue; and


-147-

(b) Upon any termination of this Credit Agreement, any Loan Document and/or the security interest under any Security Document, the Administrative Agent will at the expense of the applicable Credit Party, execute and deliver to such Credit Party such documents as such Credit Party shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of this Credit Agreement, such Loan Documents and/or such security interest under a Security Document, and the release and reassignment of any such Collateral, as the case may be.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


-148-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

HEXCEL CORPORATION, as Borrower and as Guarantor

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Executive Vice President

HEXCEL COMPOSITES LIMITED, as
Borrower

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Director

HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH
(GERMANY), as Borrower

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Managing Director

HEXCEL COMPOSITES GMBH
(AUSTRIA), as Borrower

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


HEXCEL POTTSVILLE CORPORATION,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL CORPORATION,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING CORP.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Vice President

CS TECH-FAB HOLDING, INC.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
      Title: Vice President


[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION,
individually, as Administrative Agent and
as Fronting Bank

By: /s/ Edgar Ezerins
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Edgar Ezerins
      Title: Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


FLEET NATIONAL BANK, London U.K.
branch, trading as FleetBoston Financial, as
Fronting Bank and Issuing Bank

By: /s/ Michael J. Rowe
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Michael J. Rowe
      Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


FLEET NATIONAL BANK, as Issuing Bank

By: /s/ Mark Adkins
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Mark Adkins
      Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
CORPORATION, individually, as
Co-Collateral Agent and as Syndication Agent

By: /s/ Larry Favre
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Larry Favre
      Title:  Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION,
individually and as Documentation Agent

By: /s/ Guy Fuchs
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Guy Fuchs
      Title: Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., individually and as Documentation Agent

By: /s/ Tom Bukowski
    --------------------------------------
      Name: Tom Bukowski
      Title: Director

[Signature Page to Hexcel Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


EXHIBIT 10.2

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003, by and among HEXCEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("HEXCEL"), CLARK-SCHWEBEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("CLARK-SCHWEBEL"), HEXCEL POTTSVILLE CORPORATION ("POTTSVILLE"), a Delaware corporation, CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("HOLDING"), and CS TECH-FAB HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tech-Fab" and together with Hexcel, Clark-Schwebel, Pottsville and Holding, collectively the "OBLIGORS" and each individually, an "OBLIGOR"), and FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative agent (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT") for itself and other lending institutions which are or may become parties to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 19, 2003 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among the Hexcel, the Foreign Borrowers (as defined therein), the Guarantors named therein, the lenders from time to time a party thereto, the Administrative Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation, as fronting bank, Fleet National Bank, London U.K. Branch, as fronting bank and issuing bank, Fleet National Bank, as issuing bank, and Fleet Securities, Inc., as lead arranger.

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) making any loans or otherwise extending credit to Hexcel and the Foreign Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Obligors execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, a security agreement in substantially the form hereof; and

WHEREAS, the Obligors wish to grant a security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, as herein provided;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definitions shall have the respective meanings provided therefor in the Credit Agreement. The term "STATE", as used herein, means the State of New York. All terms defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State and used herein shall have the same definitions herein as specified therein. However, if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State differently than in another Article of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State, the term has the meaning specified in Article 9. The term "STOCK" means the shares of stock described in ANNEX A attached hereto and required to be pledged hereunder and any additional shares of stock at the time required to be pledged with the Administrative Agent hereunder, and the term "STOCK COLLATERAL" means the property at any time required to be pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder (whether described herein or not) and all income therefrom, increases therein and proceeds thereof.


-2-

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. Each Obligor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a security interest in and pledges and assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, all the following properties, assets and rights of such Obligor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof (all of the same being hereinafter called the "COLLATERAL"):

i. all "Accounts" as defined in Section 9-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State, but only to the extent that such accounts are:

(a) rights to payment for goods sold or services rendered (whether or not such goods or services conform to the contract), or

(b) rights to payment for goods to be sold or services to be rendered, but only, at any time, to the extent inventory (whether consisting of raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) is then on hand that may, upon completion of manufacture, be delivered for such sale;

ii. all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of any Accounts described in clause (i) above;

iii. all rights under any existing or future policy of insurance relating to any Accounts described in clause (i) above;

iv. all letters of credit, guarantees, supporting obligations, and other obligations securing or supporting any Accounts described in clause
(i) above;

v. all "Inventory" as defined in Section 9-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State;

vi. all rights under contracts of sale relating to or affecting the completion or sale of any such Inventory;

vii. all rights under any existing or future policy of property loss or casualty insurance relating to any such Inventory;

viii. all cash and Cash Equivalents (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

ix. all investment property, to the extent and only to the extent consisting of Cash Equivalents and other proceeds of Collateral;

x. all deposit accounts (including, without limitation, bank accounts),

but


-3-

excluding the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and deposits therein;

xi. (i) all intercompany loans to, and all other claims against, any Foreign Subsidiary, including, without limitation, all indebtedness for borrowed money and other monetary obligations owed by a Foreign Subsidiary to an Obligor, and (ii) all instruments evidencing the same, if any; in each case, whether or not evidenced by any instrument or promissory note and whether such intercompany loan to, or claim against, any Foreign Subsidiary is classified as an Account, General Intangible, Instrument or Payment Intangible; and

xii. sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of capital stock of every class of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, as more fully described on ANNEX A hereto (as the same may be supplemented from time to time) and, to the extent that any such first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary is treated as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, in addition, sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of capital stock of any Material Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by such disregarded first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary.

3. AUTHORIZATION TO FILE FINANCING STATEMENTS; ADDITIONAL STOCK.

3.1. AUTHORIZATION TO FILE FINANCING STATEMENTS.

Each Obligor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that provide any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or such other jurisdiction for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Obligor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Obligor. Each Obligor agrees to furnish any such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request. Such financing statements may describe the collateral in the same manner as described in this Security Agreement or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the collateral granted to the Administrative Agent in connection herewith. Each Obligor ratifies and confirms the authorization of the Administrative Agent to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

3.2. STOCK CERTIFICATES; AUTHORIZATION TO UPDATE ANNEX A.

The certificates for the shares of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, accompanied by stock powers or other appropriate instruments of assignment


-4-

thereof duly executed in blank by the Company, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent. Each of the Obligors agrees that the Administrative Agent may from time to time attach as ANNEX A hereto an updated list of the shares of capital stock or securities at the time required to be pledged with the Administrative Agent hereunder.

4. OTHER ACTIONS. Further to insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent's security interest in the Collateral, each Obligor agrees, in each case at such Obligor's expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Collateral and without limitation on such Obligor's other obligations contained in this Agreement:

4.1 PROMISSORY NOTES AND TANGIBLE CHATTEL PAPER. If any Obligor shall, now or at any time hereafter, hold or acquire any promissory notes constituting Collateral, such Obligor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify.

4.2 DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS. Each Obligor shall comply with Section 7.17.1.1 of the Credit Agreement with respect to each deposit account that any Obligor, now or at any time hereafter, opens or maintains, to the extent provided therein.

4.3 INVESTMENT PROPERTY. Subject to Section 7.17.1.1 of the Credit Agreement, if any Obligor shall, now or at any time hereafter, hold or acquire any Collateral consisting of investment property, such Obligor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify. Subject to Section 7.17.1.1 of the Credit Agreement, if any such Collateral consisting of investment property consisting of securities now or hereafter acquired by such Obligor are uncertificated and are issued to any Obligor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Obligor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent's request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either
(a) cause the issuer to agree to comply without further consent of such Obligor or such nominee, at any time with instructions from the Administrative Agent as to such securities, or (b) arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. Subject to Section 7.17.1.1 of the Credit Agreement, if any Collateral consisting of investment property is held by such Obligor or its nominee through a securities intermediary or commodity intermediary, such Obligor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent's request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either
(i) cause such securities intermediary or (as the case may be) commodity intermediary to agree to comply, in each case without further consent of such Obligor or such nominee, at any time with entitlement orders


-5-

from the Administrative Agent to such securities intermediary as to such securities or other investment property, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Administrative Agent to such commodity intermediary, or (ii) in the case of financial assets or other investment property held through a securities intermediary, arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the entitlement holder with respect to such investment property, with such Obligor being permitted, prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such investment property. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any financial assets credited to a securities account for which the Administrative Agent is the securities intermediary.

4.4 LETTER-OF-CREDIT RIGHTS. If any Obligor is, now or at any time hereafter, a beneficiary under a letter of credit constituting Collateral, such Obligor shall promptly (and, in any event prior to the end of the next succeeding calendar quarter) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Administrative Agent, such Obligor shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (a) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of the letter of credit or (b) arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letter of credit, with the Administrative Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of the letter of credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement.

4.5 COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS. If any Obligor shall, now or at any time hereafter, hold or acquire a commercial tort claim constituting Collateral, such Obligor shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent in writing signed by such Obligor of the particulars thereof and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

4.6 ADDITIONAL STOCK. In case that any Obligor shall acquire any additional shares of the capital stock of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary or corporation which is the successor of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of such capital stock of any class of any first tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, whether by purchase, stock dividend, stock split or otherwise, then such shares or other securities shall be subject to the pledge, assignment and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, under this Agreement and such Obligor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent forthwith any certificates therefor, accompanied by


-6-

stock powers or other appropriate instruments of assignment duly executed by such Obligor in blank.

4.7 OTHER ACTIONS AS TO ANY AND ALL COLLATERAL. Each Obligor further agrees, upon the request of the Administrative Agent and at the Administrative Agent's option, to take any and all other actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine to be necessary for the attachment and perfection of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent's security interest in any and all of the Collateral, including, without limitation, executing, delivering and, where appropriate, filing financing statements and amendments relating thereto under the Uniform Commercial Code, to the extent, if any, that such Obligor's signature thereon is required therefor.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING OBLIGOR' LEGAL STATUS. Each Obligor has previously delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by such Obligor and entitled "Perfection Certificate" (the "PERFECTION CERTIFICATE"). Each Obligor represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as of the date hereof, as follows: (a) such Obligor's exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof, (b) such Obligor is an organization of the type, and is organized in the jurisdiction, set forth in the Perfection Certificate, (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth such Obligor's organizational identification number or accurately states that such Obligor has none, (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth such Obligor's place of business or, if more than one, its chief executive office, as well as such Obligor's mailing address, if different, (e) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to such Obligor is accurate and complete in all material respects,
(f) except as notified to the Administrative Agent in writing, there has been no material change in any of such information since the date on which the Perfection Certificate was signed by such Obligor, (g) each Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to pledge and grant a security interest in all of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance hereof and the pledge of and granting of a security interest in the Collateral hereunder have (i) been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and (ii) do not contravene (A) any law, rule or regulation, which individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect, or any provision of such Obligor's Governing Documents or (B) any judgment, decree or order of any tribunal, which individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which such Obligor is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or affected and (h) the information set forth in ANNEX A hereto relating to the Stock is true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date hereof.

6. COVENANTS CONCERNING OBLIGOR' LEGAL STATUS. Each Obligor covenants with the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows: (a) without providing at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, such Obligor will not


-7-

change its name, its place of business or, if more than one, chief executive office, or organizational identification number if it has one, (b) if such Obligor does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, such Obligor will forthwith notify the Administrative Agent of such organizational identification number, and (c) such Obligor will not change its type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING COLLATERAL, ETC. Each Obligor further represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows: (a) such Obligor is the owner of or has rights in the Collateral, free from any right or claim of any person or any adverse lien, except for the security interest created by this Agreement and other Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, and (b) none of the Collateral constitutes, or is the proceeds of, "farm products" as defined in Section 9-102(a)(34) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State.

8. COVENANTS CONCERNING COLLATERAL, ETC. Each Obligor further covenants with the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows: (a) except for the security interest herein granted and Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Obligor shall (except for sales, transfers or other dispositions permitted by the Credit Agreement) be the owner of the Collateral free from any right or claim of any other person or any lien, and such Obligor shall defend the same against all material claims and demands of all persons at any time claiming the same or any interests therein adverse to the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders and such Obligor will have the like title to and right to pledge and grant a security interest in the Stock Collateral hereafter pledged or in which a security interest is granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder and will likewise defend the rights, pledge and security interest thereof and therein of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (b) such Obligor shall not pledge, mortgage or create, or suffer to exist any right of any person in or claim by any person to the Collateral, or any lien in the Collateral in favor of any person, other than the Administrative Agent except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, (c) such Obligor will permit the Administrative Agent, or its designee, to inspect the Collateral, and such Obligor will pay all taxes, assessments, governmental charges and levies upon the Collateral or incurred in connection with the use or operation of the Collateral, in each case to the extent and as further provided in the Credit Agreement.

9. INSURANCE.

9.1. MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Each Obligor will maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with general practices of businesses of similar size and financial strength engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas. In addition, all such insurance, to the extent it relates to the Collateral, shall be payable to the Administrative Agent as loss payee under a "standard" or "New York" loss payee clause for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.


-8-

9.2. INSURANCE PROCEEDS. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the proceeds of any casualty insurance in respect of any casualty loss of any of the Collateral shall, subject to the rights, if any, of other parties with an interest having priority in the property covered thereby, be held by the Administrative Agent as cash collateral for the Obligations (it being understood and agreed that if an Event of Default is not then continuing, the Obligors shall be entitled to receive and use the proceeds of such insurance and, further, in the event the Administrative Agent receives or is holding any such proceeds at a time when an Event of Default is not continuing, it shall hold such proceeds in trust for the Obligors and shall promptly remit such proceeds to the Company or the relevant Obligor).

9.3. CONTINUATION OF INSURANCE. All policies of insurance shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written cancellation notice to the Administrative Agent. In the event of failure by any Obligor to provide and maintain insurance as herein provided, the Administrative Agent may, at its option, and upon prior written notice to Hexcel provide such insurance and charge the amount thereof to such Obligor. Each Obligor shall furnish the Administrative Agent with certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the foregoing Section 9.1.

10. COLLATERAL PROTECTION EXPENSES; PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL.

10.1. EXPENSES INCURRED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in the Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, if any Obligor fails to do so, the Administrative Agent may discharge taxes and other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on any of the Collateral, maintain any of the Collateral (subject to license), and pay any necessary filing fees or insurance premiums. Each Obligor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent on demand for all reasonable expenditures so made. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to any Obligor to make any such expenditures, nor shall the making thereof be construed as a waiver or cure of any Default or Event of Default.

10.2. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S OBLIGATIONS AND DUTIES. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any contract or agreement by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any payment relating to any of the Collateral, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of such Obligor under or pursuant to any such contract or agreement, to make inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of the Collateral or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any such contract or agreement, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to the Administrative Agent or to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be entitled at any time or times. The Administrative Agent's sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping


-9-

and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under
Section 9-207 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or otherwise, shall be to deal with such Collateral in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Administrative Agent shall comply with all laws and perform all acts as may be required by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, protecting classified and export controlled assets and information (including information, contracts and programs) in the manner requested by such governmental authority.

11. SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS; DIVIDENDS, ETC.

11.1. SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS.

The Administrative Agent may at any time following and during the continuance of a Default and Event of Default, at its option, transfer to itself or any nominee any securities constituting Collateral, receive any income thereon and hold such income as additional Collateral or apply it to the Obligations. Whether or not any Obligations are due, the Administrative Agent may following and during the continuance of a Default and Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, demand, sue for, collect, or make any settlement or compromise which it deems desirable with respect to the Collateral.

11.2. DIVIDENDS, VOTING, ETC.

So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Obligor shall be entitled to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Stock, to vote the Stock and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given by such Obligor if the effect thereof would materially impair any of the Stock Collateral or be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. All such rights of any Obligor to receive cash dividends with respect to the Stock shall cease in case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. All such rights of such Obligor to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications with respect to the Stock shall, at the Administrative Agent's option, as evidenced by the Administrative Agent's notifying such Obligor of such election, cease in case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

12. NOTIFICATION TO ACCOUNT DEBTORS AND OTHER PERSONS OBLIGATED ON COLLATERAL. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Obligor shall, at the request and option of the Administrative Agent, notify account debtors and other persons obligated on any of the Collateral of the security interest of the Administrative Agent in any account or other Collateral and that payment thereof is to be made directly to the Administrative Agent or to any financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent's agent therefor, and the Administrative Agent may itself, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be


-10-

continuing without notice to or demand upon such Obligor, so notify account debtors and other persons obligated on Collateral. After the making of such a request or the giving of any such notification in accordance with the terms hereof, such Obligor shall hold any proceeds of collection of accounts and other Collateral received by such Obligor as trustee for the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, without commingling the same with other funds of such Obligor and shall turn the same over to the Administrative Agent in the identical form received, together with any necessary endorsements or assignments. The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of collection of accounts and other Collateral received by the Administrative Agent to the Obligations, such proceeds to be immediately credited after final payment in cash or other immediately available funds of the items giving rise to them.

13. POWER OF ATTORNEY.

13.1. APPOINTMENT AND POWERS OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Each Obligor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Obligor or in the Administrative Agent's own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives said attorneys the power and right, on behalf of such Obligor, without notice to or assent by such Obligor, to do the following:

(a) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, generally to sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of the Collateral in such manner as is consistent with the Uniform Commercial Code of the State and as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at such Obligor's expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent's security interest therein, in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all no less fully and effectively as such Obligor might do, including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and recording, in connection with any sale or other disposition of any Collateral, of the endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to such Collateral; and

(b) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, to file such financing statements with respect hereto, with or without such Obligor's signature, or a photocopy of this Agreement in substitution for a financing statement, as the


-11-

Administrative Agent may reasonably deem appropriate and to execute in such Obligor's name such financing statements and amendments thereto and continuation statements which may require such Obligor's signature.

13.2. RATIFICATION BY OBLIGOR. To the extent permitted by law, each Obligor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

13.3. NO DUTY ON ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent shall be accountable only for the amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Obligor for any act or failure to act, except for the Administrative Agent's or any of its officers', employees' or agents' own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

14. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, without any other notice to or demand upon any Obligor, shall have in any jurisdiction in which enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State and any additional rights and remedies as may be provided to a secured party in any jurisdiction in which Collateral is located, including, without limitation, the right to take possession of the Collateral, and for that purpose the Administrative Agent may, so far as such Obligor can give authority therefor, enter upon any premises on which the Collateral may be situated and remove the same therefrom. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable discretion require such Obligor to assemble all or any part of the Collateral at such location or locations within the jurisdiction(s) of such Obligor's principal office(s) or at such other locations as the Administrative Agent may reasonably designate. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and by continuing, each Obligor will allow the Administrative Agent and its officers, employees and agents reasonable and non-exclusive access to and use of all real property, equipment and fixtures owned or leased by such Obligor, as necessary or reasonably appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to manufacture, produce, complete, remove and/or sell, in any lawful manner, any Collateral. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Obligor further agrees at the request and direction of the Administrative Agent, to manufacture, produce, complete, remove and/or sell, and/or to cooperate with the Administrative Agent's manufacture, production, completion, removal and/or sale of, any Collateral. Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Administrative Agent shall give to such Obligor at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of Collateral


-12-

or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition is to be made. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges that ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of such sale or sales shall be reasonable notice. In addition, each Obligor waives any and all rights that it may have to a judicial hearing in advance of the enforcement of any of the Administrative Agent's rights and remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, its right following an Event of Default to take immediate possession of the Collateral and to exercise its rights and remedies with respect thereto.

15. STANDARDS FOR EXERCISING RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Administrative Agent to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially unreasonable for the Administrative Agent (a) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by the Administrative Agent to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to fail to complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (b) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (c) to fail to exercise collection remedies against account debtors or other persons obligated on Collateral or to fail to remove Liens on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (d) to exercise collection remedies against account debtors and other persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (e) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (f) to contact other persons, whether or not in the same business as such Obligor, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (g) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the collateral is of a specialized nature, (h) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (i) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (j) to disclaim disposition warranties, (k) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Administrative Agent against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Administrative Agent a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or
(l) to the extent reasonably deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent, to obtain the services of brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Administrative Agent in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Each Obligor acknowledges that the purpose of this Section 16 is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Administrative Agent would fulfill the Administrative Agent's duties under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State or any other relevant jurisdiction in the Administrative Agent's exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to fail to fulfill such duties solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 15. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 15 shall be construed to grant any rights to the such Obligor or to impose any duties on the Administrative Agent that would not have


-13-

been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section 15.

16. NO WAIVER BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ETC. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights and remedies in respect of the Obligations or the Collateral unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and, to the extent required by the Credit Agreement, with the consent of the Required Lenders. No delay or omission on the part of the Administrative Agent in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. All rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Obligations or the Collateral, whether evidenced hereby or by any other instrument or papers, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly, alternatively, successively or concurrently at such time or at such times as the Administrative Agent deems expedient.

17. SURETYSHIP WAIVERS BY OBLIGORS.

Each Obligor waives demand, notice, protest, notice of acceptance of this Agreement, notice of loans made, credit extended, Collateral received or delivered or other action taken in reliance hereon and all other demands and notices of any description. With respect to both the Obligations and the Collateral, each Obligor assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any security interest in any Collateral, to the addition or release of any party or person primarily or secondarily liable, to the acceptance of partial payment thereon and the settlement, compromising or adjusting of any thereof, all in such manner and at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably advisable. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income therefrom, the preservation of rights against prior parties, or the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof as set forth in Section 10.2. Each Obligor further waives any and all other suretyship defenses.

18. MARSHALLING. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder and of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Obligor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshalling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Administrative Agent's rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or payment


-14-

thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Obligor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

19. PROCEEDS OF DISPOSITIONS; EXPENSES. Each Obligor shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand any and all reasonable expenses, including reasonable and documented attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by the Administrative Agent in protecting, preserving or enforcing the Administrative Agent's rights and remedies under or in respect of any of the Obligations or any of the Collateral. After deducting all of said expenses, the residue of any proceeds of collection or sale or other disposition of Collateral shall, to the extent actually received in cash, be applied to the payment of the Obligations in such order or preference as the Administrative Agent may determine in accordance with the Credit Agreement, proper allowance and provision being made for any Obligations not then due. Upon the final payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations and after making any payments required by Sections 9-608(a)(1)(C) or 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State, any excess shall be returned to such Obligor. In the absence of final payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations, such Obligor shall remain liable for any deficiency.

20. OVERDUE AMOUNTS. Until paid, all amounts due and payable by each Obligor hereunder shall be a debt secured by the Collateral and shall bear, whether before or after judgment, interest at the rate of interest for principal then in effect under the Credit Agreement.

21. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. THIS AGREEMENT IS INTENDED TO TAKE EFFECT AS A SEALED INSTRUMENT AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Each Obligor agrees that any action or claim arising out of any dispute in connection with this Agreement, any rights or obligations hereunder or the performance or enforcement of such rights or obligations may be brought in the courts of the State or any federal court sitting therein and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court and to service of process in any such suit being made upon such Obligor by mail at the address specified in Section 15.6 of the Credit Agreement. Each Obligor hereby waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient court.

22. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH OBLIGOR WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY SUCH RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS. Except as prohibited by law, the Administrative Agent and each Obligor waives any right which it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. Each Obligor (a) certifies that neither the Administrative Agent or any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney of the Administrative Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the


-15-

Administrative Agent or any Lender would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers or other waivers contained in this Agreement and (b) acknowledges that, in entering into the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained in this Section 22.

23. RELATION TO CHARGE OVER SHARES AND FRENCH PLEDGE. The provisions of this Agreement supplement the provisions of the Charge Over Shares and the French Pledge.

24. MISCELLANEOUS. The headings of each section of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions thereof. This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon each Obligor and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. If any term of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of all other terms hereof shall in no way be affected thereby, and this Agreement shall be construed and be enforceable as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable term had not been included herein. Each Obligor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement.

25 TERMINATION. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Security Agreement or any other Loan Document: (i) the security interests hereunder shall automatically cease, terminate and be void, all rights to the Collateral shall automatically revert to the relevant Obligor, and the obligations of the Obligors hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released, upon repayment in full, in cash, of all the Obligations and the termination of all lending commitments under the Credit Agreement, in each case without any further action by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person, and (ii) the security interest hereunder shall automatically cease, terminate and be void with respect to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and all rights with respect to such Collateral shall automatically revert to the applicable Obligor, in each case without any further action by the Administrative Agent, the Fronting Bank, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person; PROVIDED that the security interest in the proceeds and products of such Collateral shall continue.

(b) Upon any termination of this Security Agreement and/or the security interest hereunder, the Administrative Agent will, at the expense of the applicable Obligor, execute and deliver to such Obligor such documents as such Obligor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of this Security Agreement and/or such security interest hereunder, and the release and reassignment of any such Collateral, as the case may be.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, each Obligor has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ------------------------------------
     Name:   Stephen C. Forsyth
     Title: Executive Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL
CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
     -----------------------------------
     Name:   Stephen C. Forsyth
     Title:   Vice President

HEXCEL POTTSVILLE
CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
     -----------------------------------
     Name:   Stephen C. Forsyth
     Title:   Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING
CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen c. Forsyth
    -----------------------------------
    Name:   Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title:   Vice President

CS TECH-FAB HOLDINGS, INC.,

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -----------------------------------
    Name:   Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title:   Vice President


-2-

Accepted:

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Administrative Agent

By: /s/ Edgar Ezerins
    --------------------------------------
Name:  Edgar Ezerins
Title: Senior Vice President


Exhibit 10.3

HEXCEL CORPORATION
2003 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

I. PURPOSE

This Hexcel Corporation 2003 Incentive Stock Plan (this "Plan") is an amendment and restatement of the Current Incentive Stock Plan and the Current Broad Based Plan (the Current Incentive Stock Plan together with the Current Broad Based Plan to be collectively referred to as the "Amended and Restated Plans"). This Plan combines the Amended and Restated Plans into one plan and increases the number of shares available under the Amended and Restated Plans. Upon the Effective Date, each Award (as defined in the Amended and Restated Plans) outstanding under either of the Amended and Restated Plans shall become an Award outstanding under this Plan, and shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions to which such Award was subject prior to the adoption of this Plan.

This Plan is intended to attract, retain and provide incentives to Employees, officers, Directors and consultants of the Corporation, and to thereby increase overall stockholders' value. This Plan generally provides for the granting of stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, other stock-based awards or any combination of the foregoing to the eligible participants.

II. DEFINITIONS

(a) "Affiliate" of any Person shall mean any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. The term "Control" shall have the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

(b) "Award" includes, without limitation, stock options (including Director Options and incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code) with or without stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, stock awards, restricted share awards, or other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, the Common Stock ("other Common Stock-based Awards"), all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis, as described in or granted under this Plan.

(c) "Award Agreement" means a written agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of each Award made under this Plan.

(d) "Beneficial Owner" (and variants thereof) shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(e) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.


(g) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board from time to time to administer this Plan.

(h) "Common Stock" means the $.01 par value common stock of the Corporation.

(i) "Corporation" means Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(j) "Current Broad Based Plan" means the Hexcel Corporation 1998 Broad Based Incentive Stock Plan, dated as of February 5, 1998, as amended on February 3, 2000, February 1, 2001 and January 10, 2002

(k) "Current Incentive Stock Plan" means the Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, dated as of February 21, 1996, which Plan was amended and restated January 30, 1997, further amended on December 10, 1997, further amended on March 25, 1999, further amended on December 2, 1999, amended and restated on February 3, 2000, amended and restated on December 19, 2000, and further amended on January 10, 2002

(l) "Director" means a member of the Board.

(m) "Director Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to Section VII hereof to a Director.

(n) "Director Optionee" means a recipient of an Award of a Director Option.

(o) "Effective Date" means March 19, 2003.

(p) "Employee" means an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

(q) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(r) "Fair Market Value" means the closing price for the Common Stock as reported in publications of general circulation from the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Transactions Tape on such date, or, if there were no sales on the valuation date, on the next preceding date on which such closing price was recorded; provided, however, that the Committee may specify some other definition of Fair Market Value in good faith with respect to any particular Award.

(s) "Participant" means an Employee, officer, Director or consultant who has been granted an Award under this Plan.

(t) "Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

(u) "Plan Year" means a calendar year.

(v) "Stockholders Agreement" means any stockholders agreement, governance agreement or other similar agreement between the Corporation and a holder or holders of Voting Securities.

2

(w) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Corporation has or obtains, directly or indirectly, a proprietary interest of more than 50% by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

(x) "Voting Securities" means Common Stock and any other securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation.

III. ELIGIBILITY

Any Employee, officer, Director or consultant of the Corporation or a Subsidiary selected by the Committee is eligible to receive an Award pursuant to
Section VI hereof. Additionally, Directors described in Section VII(a) hereof are eligible to receive Awards of Director Options pursuant to Section VII.

IV. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

(a) Except as otherwise determined by the Board, this Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Board, or the Committee to the extent determined by the Board, shall periodically make determinations with respect to the participation of Employees, officers, Directors and consultants in this Plan and, except as otherwise required by law or this Plan, the grant terms of Awards, including vesting schedules, price, restriction or option period, dividend rights, post-retirement and termination rights, payment alternatives such as cash, stock, contingent awards or other means of payment consistent with the purposes of this Plan, and such other terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee deems appropriate which shall be contained in an Award Agreement with respect to a Participant.

(b) The Committee shall have authority to interpret and construe the provisions of this Plan and any Award Agreement and make determinations pursuant to any Plan provision or Award Agreement which shall be final and binding on all persons. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith, and the members shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time.

The Committee shall have the authority at the time of the grant of any Award to provide for the conditions and circumstances under which such Award shall be forfeited. The Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any Award and the time at which any Award becomes exercisable. The Committee shall have the authority to cancel an Award (with the consent of the Participant holding such Award) on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

V. CAPITAL STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN

(a) The capital stock subject to the provisions of this Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock and shares of Common Stock held as treasury stock. Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of
Section XI, and subject to Section V(c) below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that shall be available for grants of Awards under this Plan shall be 14,233,848, which, as of the Effective Date, includes (i) 8,483,918 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding grants of Awards under this Plan,

3

and (ii)5,749,930 shares of Common Stock available for future grants of Awards under this Plan.

(b) The grant of a restricted share Award shall be deemed to be equal to the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Award. Awards payable only in cash will not reduce the number of shares available for Awards granted under this Plan.

(c) There shall be carried forward and be available for Awards under this Plan, in addition to shares available for grant under paragraph (a) of this
Section V, all of the following: (i) shares represented by Awards which are cancelled, forfeited, surrendered, terminated, paid in cash or expire unexercised; and (ii) the excess amount of variable Awards which become fixed at less than their maximum limitations.

VI. DISCRETIONARY AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN

As the Board or Committee may determine, the following types of Awards and other Common Stock-based Awards may be granted under this Plan on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis:

(a) STOCK OPTION. A right to buy a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a fixed exercise price during a specified time, all as the Committee may determine.

(b) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. An Award which may be granted only to Employees in the form of a stock option which shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 422 or any successor section as it may be amended from time to time. The exercise price of any incentive stock option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the incentive stock option Award. Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section XI, the aggregate number of shares which may be subject to incentive stock option Awards under this Plan shall not exceed the maximum number of shares provided in paragraph (a) of Section V above. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Common Stock with respect to which options intended to be incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as options which are not incentive stock options.

(c) STOCK OPTION IN LIEU OF COMPENSATION ELECTION. A right given with respect to a year to a Director, officer or key Employee to elect to exchange annual retainers, fees or compensation for stock options.

(d) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT. A right which may or may not be contained in the grant of a stock option or incentive stock option to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is surrendered over the option exercise price or other specified amount contained in the Award Agreement.

(e) RESTRICTED SHARES. A transfer of Common Stock to a Participant subject to forfeiture until such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may determine are fulfilled.

(f) DIVIDEND OR EQUIVALENT. A right to receive dividends or their equivalent in value in Common Stock, cash or in a combination of both with respect to any new or previously existing Award.

4

(g) STOCK AWARD. An unrestricted transfer of ownership of Common Stock.

(h) OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. Other Common Stock-based Awards which are related to or serve a similar function to those Awards set forth in this
Section VI.

VII. FORMULA AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN

In addition to discretionary Awards (including, without limitation, options) that may be granted to Directors pursuant to Section VI hereof, Director Options shall be granted as provided below:

(a) GRANTS OF DIRECTOR OPTIONS.

(i) With respect to any individual who becomes a Director and who is not also a full-time employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (provided such individual has not previously received a grant pursuant to this Section VII(a)(i)), such individual shall be granted, as of the date of election or appointment as a Director, a Director Option to acquire 10,000 shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Plan and this Section VII.

(ii) Immediately after each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation each Director who is not on such date also a full-time employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary shall be granted a Director Option to acquire 2,000 shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Plan and this Section VII.

(iii) If on any date when Options are to be granted pursuant to
Section VII(a)(i) or (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock as to which Director Options are to be granted exceeds the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available under this Plan, there shall be a PRO RATA reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock as to which each Director Option is granted on such day.

(b) TERMS OF DIRECTOR OPTIONS.

The terms of each Director Option granted under this Section VII shall be determined by the Board consistent with the provisions of this Plan, including the following:

(i) The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to each Director Option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date such option is granted.

(ii) Each Director Option shall be exercisable as to one-third of the shares subject thereto immediately upon the grant of the option and as to an additional one-third of such shares on the first and second anniversaries of the date of such grant.

(iii) Each Director Option shall expire ten years after the granting thereof. Each Director Option shall be subject to earlier expiration as expressly provided in Section VII(c) hereof.

(c) DISABILITY, DEATH OR TERMINATION OF DIRECTOR STATUS; CHANGE IN CONTROL.

5

(i) If a Director Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than his disability or death, each Director Option held by him to the extent exercisable on the effective date of his ceasing to be a Director shall remain exercisable until the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of such effective date and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Director Option; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Director Optionee is removed, withdraws or otherwise ceases to be a Director due to his fraud, dishonesty or intentional misrepresentation in connection with his duties as a Director or his embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, all unexercised Director Options held by the Director Optionee shall expire forthwith. Each Director Option held by the Director Optionee to the extent not exercisable on the effective date of his ceasing to be a Director for any reason other than his disability or death shall expire forthwith.

(ii) If a Director Optionee ceases to be a Director as a result of his disability or death, each Director Option held by him to the extent that the Director Option is exercisable on the effective date of his ceasing to be a Director shall remain exercisable by the Director Optionee or the Director Optionee's executor, administrator, legal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be, until the earlier to occur of (x) the third anniversary of such effective date and (y) the expiration of the stated term of the Director Option. Each Director Option held by the Director Optionee to the extent not exercisable on the effective date of his ceasing to be a Director as a result of his disability or death shall expire forthwith.

(iii) In the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) while a Director Optionee is a Director, each Director Option held by the Director Optionee to the extent not then exercisable shall thereupon become exercisable. If a Change in Control occurs on or before the effective date of a Director Optionee's ceasing to be a Director, the provisions of this subsection
(iii) shall govern with respect to the exercisability of the Director Options held by him as of the date on which the Director Optionee ceases to be a Director and the provisions of subsection (i) or (ii) of this Section VII(c) shall govern with respect to the period of time during which such Director Options shall remain exercisable. For purposes of this subsection (iii), "Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events:

(1) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 40% or more of either (A) the then outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation (the "Total Voting Power"); excluding, however, the following: (I) any acquisition by the Corporation or any of its Controlled Affiliates, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any of its Controlled Affiliates and (III) any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in the exclusion within paragraph (3) below; or

(2) a change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such individuals shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, for purposes of this definition, that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was made or approved pursuant to the terms of each then existing Stockholders Agreement or by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors (or directors whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) shall be

6

considered a member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or legal entity other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation
("Corporate Transaction"); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction (A) pursuant to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Total Voting Power immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50%, respectively, of the outstanding common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a company which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction of the Outstanding Common Stock and Total Voting Power, as the case may be, and (B) immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a company which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(4) the approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

VIII. AWARD AGREEMENTS

Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award and executed by the Corporation and Participant.

IX. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

(a) ASSIGNABILITY. Unless provided to the contrary in any Award, no Award shall be assignable or transferable except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution and during the lifetime of a Participant, the Award shall be exercisable only by such Participant. No Award granted under this Plan shall be subject to execution, attachment or process.

(b) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP. The Committee shall determine the disposition of the grant of each Award in the event of the retirement, disability, death or other termination of a Participant's employment or other relationship with the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

(c) RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares covered by an Award until the date the Participant is the holder of record. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date.

7

(d) NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE. The grant of an Award shall impose no obligation upon the Participant to exercise the Award.

(e) PAYMENTS BY PARTICIPANTS. The Committee may determine that Awards for which a payment is due from a Participant may be payable: (i) in U.S. dollars by personal check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Corporation, by money transfers or direct account debits; (ii) through the delivery or deemed delivery based on attestation to the ownership of shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the total payment due from the Participant; (iii) pursuant to a "cashless exercise" program if established by the Corporation; (iv) by a combination of the methods described in (i) through
(iii) above; or (v) by such other methods as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(f) WITHHOLDING. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, (i) the deduction of withholding and any other taxes required by law will be made from all amounts paid in cash and (ii) in the case of payments of Awards in shares of Common Stock, the Participant shall be required to pay the amount of any taxes required to be withheld prior to receipt of such stock, or alternatively, a number of shares the Fair Market Value of which equals the amount required to be withheld may be deducted from the payment.

(g) MAXIMUM AWARDS. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to any single Participant pursuant to options under this Plan is equal to the maximum number of shares provided for in paragraph (a) of Section V.

X. TERMINATION, MODIFICATION AND AMENDMENTS

(a) The Committee may at any time terminate this Plan or from time to time make such modifications or amendments of this Plan as it may deem advisable; provided, however, that no amendments to this Plan which require stockholder approval under applicable law, rule or regulation shall become effective unless the same shall be approved by the requisite vote of the Corporation's stockholders.

(b) No termination, modification or amendment of this Plan may adversely affect the rights conferred by an Award without the consent of the recipient thereof.

8

XI. RECAPITALIZATION

The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as to which Awards may be granted to Participants, the number of shares thereof covered by each outstanding Award, and the per share price thereof set forth in each outstanding Award, shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or other capital adjustment, or the payment of a stock dividend or other increase or decrease in such shares, effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, or other change in corporate or capital structure; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. The Committee shall also make the foregoing changes and any other changes, including changes in the classes of securities or other consideration available, to the extent it is deemed necessary or desirable to preserve the intended benefits of this Plan for the Corporation and the Participants in the event of any other reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, extraordinary dividend or other distribution or similar transaction.

XII. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT

Except as provided in Section VII with respect to Director Options, no person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any other relationship with, the Corporation or a Subsidiary. Further, the Corporation and each Subsidiary expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss a Participant free from any liability, or any claim under this Plan, except as provided herein or in any Award Agreement issued hereunder or in any other agreement applicable between a Participant and the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

XIII. GOVERNING LAW

To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control, this Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

XIV. SAVINGS CLAUSE

This Plan is intended to comply in all aspects with applicable laws and regulations. In case any one more of the provisions of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law and regulation, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provision which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Plan to be construed in compliance with all applicable laws so as to foster the intent of this Plan.

XV. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM

This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

THIS PLAN SHALL TERMINATE ON THE TENTH ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE

EFFECTIVE DATE. NO AWARDS SHALL BE GRANTED AFTER THE TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN.

9

EXHIBIT 10.6(e)

HEXCEL CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED MARCH 19, 2003

1. PURPOSES

This Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on May 11, 2000, as amended and restated as of December 19, 2000, is hereby further amended and restated as of March 19, 2003 as authorized by the Board on December 12, 2002 (as so amended and restated, the "Plan"). The purposes of the Plan are to attract and retain highly-qualified executives, to align executive and stockholder long-term interests by creating a direct link between annual incentive executive compensation and stockholder return and to enable executives to purchase stock by using a portion of their annual incentive compensation so that they can develop and maintain a substantial stock ownership position in the Corporation.

2. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

"Affiliate" of any Person shall mean any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. The term "Control" shall have the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

"Agreement" shall mean an agreement entered into between the Corporation and a Participant in connection with a grant under the Plan.

"Annual Bonus" shall mean the bonus earned by a Participant for any Corporation fiscal year under the Annual Plan.

"Annual Plan" shall mean the Hexcel Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan or any substitute plan, as amended from time to time.

"Beneficial Owner" (and variants thereof) shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

"Cause" shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by the Participant to substantially perform the Participant's duties with the Corporation (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant's incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Corporation, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Corporation believes that the Participant has not substantially performed the Participant's duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by the Participant in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the


Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant's act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Corporation.

"Change in Control" shall have the meaning given in Article 6 hereof.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board.

"Corporation" shall mean Hexcel Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor corporation.

"Disability" shall mean that, as a result of the Participant's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, the Participant shall not have performed all or substantially all of the Participant's usual duties as an employee for a period of more than one-hundred-fifty (150) days in any period of one-hundred-eighty (180) consecutive days.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Fair Market Value" per share of Stock shall be the average of the closing prices on the NYSE Consolidated Transactions Tape for the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant valuation date and "Fair Market Value" of a Restricted Stock Unit on any valuation date shall be deemed to be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such valuation date.

"Participant" shall mean a person who receives a grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan; all such grants are sometimes referred to herein as "purchases".

"Person", as used in Article 6 hereof, shall have the meaning given in
Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

"Plan" means this Hexcel Corporation Management Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

"Restricted Period" shall have the meaning given in Sections 5(c) and 5(h) hereof.

"Restricted Stock Unit" or "Restricted Stock Units" shall have the meaning given in Section 5 hereof.

"Retirement" shall mean the termination of a Participant's employment (other than by reason of death or Cause) which occurs either (i) at or after age 65 or (ii) at or after age 55 after five (5) years of employment by the Corporation (or a Subsidiary thereof).

"Stock" shall mean shares of the common stock of the Corporation, par value $.01 per share.

"Stockholders Agreement" shall mean any stockholders agreement, governance agreement or other similar agreement between the Corporation and a holder or holders of Voting Securities.

2

"Subsidiary" shall mean any subsidiary of the Corporation (whether or not a subsidiary at the date the Plan is adopted) which is designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

"Term" shall have the meaning given in Article 14 hereof.

"Voting Securities" shall mean Stock and any other securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation.

3. STOCK

The maximum number of shares of Stock which shall be reserved for the grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be 550,000, which number shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article 7 hereof. Such shares may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Corporation.

If any outstanding grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan should, for any reason be cancelled or be forfeited before all its restrictions lapse, the shares of Stock allocable to the cancelled or terminated portion of such grant shall (unless the Plan shall have been terminated) become available for subsequent grants under the Plan.

4. ELIGIBILITY

During the Term of the Plan any Participant in the Annual Plan (who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant in this Plan) can elect to receive up to fifty (50%) percent of the Participant's Annual Bonus in Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Plan. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in its discretion with respect to the first fiscal year of the Corporation in which (i) the Plan is in effect or (ii) a Participant participates in the Plan, any such election by a Participant must be made at least six months prior to the day the amount of the Participant's Annual Bonus is finally determined under the Annual Plan. Since the Restricted Stock Units are "purchased" with part or all of the Annual Bonus, all Restricted Stock Unit grants under this Plan are sometimes referred to herein as "purchases." For purposes of the Plan, the date of purchase of a Restricted Stock Unit shall be deemed to be the date the Annual Bonus (from which the purchase funds are derived) is payable.

5. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Corporation and the Participant, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with the following terms and conditions (and with such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish):

(a) NUMBER OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS. Each agreement shall state the number of Restricted Stock Units to be subject to a grant.

(b) PRICE. The price of each Restricted Stock Unit purchased under the Plan shall be eighty (80%) percent of its Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event shall the price per Restricted Stock Unit be less than the par value per share of Stock.

3

(c) NORMAL VESTING; NORMAL END OF RESTRICTED PERIOD. Subject to Section 5(d) hereof, one-third (1/3) of Restricted Stock Units purchased on a given date shall vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of purchase, but the Restricted Period of all Restricted Stock Units purchased on that date shall end on the third anniversary thereof.

(d) ACCELERATION OF VESTING AND END OF RESTRICTED PERIOD. Notwithstanding
Section 5(c) hereof, a Participant's Restricted Stock Units shall immediately become completely vested and their respective Restricted Periods shall end upon the first to occur of (x) a Change in Control, (y) the involuntary termination of the Participant's employment without Cause, or (z) the termination of a Participant's employment by reason of Retirement or the Participant's death or Disability. Additionally, the Committee shall have the authority to vest any or all of a Participant's Restricted Stock Units and to end their respective Restricted Periods at such earlier time or times and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(e) PAYMENT AT END OF RESTRICTED PERIOD. Upon the end of the Restricted Period with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant (or the Participant's estate, in the event of the Participant's death) will receive payment of all the Participant's Restricted Stock Units in the form of an equal number of unrestricted shares of Stock.

(f) TERMINATION DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIOD AND VESTED RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS; PAYMENT. If the termination of the employment of a Participant occurs during the Restricted Period, the Participant (or the Participant's estate, in the event of the Participant's death) will receive unrestricted shares of Stock equal in number to the Participant's vested Restricted Stock Units.

(g) TERMINATION DURING RESTRICTED PERIOD AND UNVESTED RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS; PAYMENT. If the termination of the employment of a Participant occurs during the Restricted Period, the Participant will receive a cash payment equal to eighty (80%) percent of the Fair Market Value of the Participant's unvested Restricted Stock Units on the date of their purchase.

(h) RESTRICTIONS. Restricted Stock Units (whether or not vested) may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, during the Restricted Period. The Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions on the shares as it deems appropriate.

6. CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE CORPORATION

For purposes of the Plan, the term "Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events:

any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 40% or more of either (a) the then outstanding Stock of the Corporation (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (b) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation (the "Total Voting Power"); excluding, however, the following: (i) any acquisition by the Corporation or any of its Controlled Affiliates, (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any of its Controlled Affiliates and (iii) any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in the exclusion within paragraph (3) below; or

4

a change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of March 19, 2003 constitute the Board (such individuals shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, for purposes of this definition, that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was made or approved pursuant to the terms of each then existing Stockholders Agreement or by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors (or directors whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person or legal entity other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or

there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation
("Corporate Transaction"); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction (a)
pursuant to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Total Voting Power immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50%, respectively, of the outstanding common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a company which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction of the Outstanding Common Stock and Total Voting Power, as the case may be, and (b) immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a company which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

the approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

7. RECAPITALIZATION

The aggregate number of shares of Stock as to which Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Participants and the number of shares thereof covered by each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit, shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or other capital adjustment, or the payment of a stock dividend or other increase or decrease in such shares, effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, or other change in corporate or capital structure; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. The Committee shall also make the foregoing changes and any other changes, including changes in the classes of securities available, to the extent it is deemed necessary or desirable to preserve the intended benefits of the Plan for the Corporation and the Participants in the event of any other reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, extraordinary dividend or other distribution or similar transaction.

5

8. PAYMENT OF WITHHOLDING TAXES

Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, (i) the deduction of withholding and any other taxes required by law will be made from all amounts paid in cash and (ii) in the case of distributions in shares of Stock, the Participant shall be required to pay the amount of any taxes required to be withheld prior to receipt of such Stock, or alternatively, a number of shares the Fair Market Value of which equals the amount required to be withheld may be deducted from the shared distributed.

9. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

A Participant or a transferee of a grant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock which may become issuable pursuant to the grant until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him or her for such shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Article 7 hereof.

10. NO RIGHTS TO EMPLOYMENT

No person shall have any claim or right to be a Participant in the Plan, and the grant hereunder shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in the other relationship with, the Corporation or a Subsidiary. Further, the Corporation and each Subsidiary expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss a Participant free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in any agreement issued hereunder or in any other agreement applicable between a Participant and the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

11. ADMINISTRATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Restricted Stock Units; to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which grants shall be granted; to determine the number of Restricted Stock Units to be covered by each grant; to interpret the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Agreements (which need not be identical) and to cancel or suspend grants, as necessary; and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Board shall fill all vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Board may from time to time appoint additional members to the Committee, and may at any time remove one or more Committee members and substitute others. The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places (and its telephonic meetings at such times) as it shall deem advisable. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. All

6

decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Corporation, the Participant (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant) and any stockholder.

No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any grant hereunder.

12. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

The Board at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan; provided, however, that an amendment for which the Board determines stockholder approval is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances then prevailing shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. Except as provided in Article 7 hereof, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any grant previously made to a Participant, unless the written consent of the Participant is obtained.

13. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM

The Plan is hereby amended and restated herein as of March 19, 2003. The Plan shall replace the Management Stock Purchase Plan in effect immediately prior thereto (the "Prior Plan"), but all Restricted Stock Units granted under the Prior Plan shall remain outstanding pursuant to the terms thereof.

THE PLAN SHALL TERMINATE ON MARCH 31, 2010. NO RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

SHALL BE GRANTED AFTER THE TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

7

EXHIBIT 10.43

HEXCEL CORPORATION
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 19, 2003

1. PURPOSE. The Plan is intended to provide Employees (as defined herein) of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries, with the opportunity to apply a portion of their compensation to the purchase of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan, to promote and increase the ownership of Common Stock by such employees and to better align the interests of the Company's employees and its stockholders and to thereby increase overall stockholder value.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) "Brokerage Firm" means any brokerage firm selected by the Company, from time to time, to establish Investment Accounts for the Participants under the Plan.

(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) "Committee" means a committee formed or designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

(e) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.

(f) "Company" means Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(g) "Compensation" means all cash compensation, to include regular straight time gross earnings, overtime, shift premium, cash bonuses and commissions.

(h) "Continuous Status as an Employee" means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee other than ordinary vacation and short-term disability absences. Continuous Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of a leave of absence agreed to in writing by the Company, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

(i) "Contributions" means all amounts credited to the Plan Account of a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

(g) "Designated Subsidiaries" means the Subsidiaries which have been designated by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(k) "Employee" means any person, excluding any officer or director or other person or group of persons excluded from the Plan as provided herein, who is a direct employee and on the payroll of the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries and who is employed for at least thirty (30) hours per week and more than 1,000 hours in a


calendar year by the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries. The term Employee specifically excludes any person or group of persons who is classified by the Company or its Designated Subsidiary as a temporary employee, contract employee, reserve employee or similar non-direct or temporary designation. It is the intention of the Company that the definition of Employee in this Plan (as applied by the Committee in its sole discretion) shall be determinative for purposes of participation in the Plan, regardless of how a person may be characterized by the Company or its Designated Subsidiary for any other purpose.

(l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m) "Exercise Date" means the last day of each Offering Period of the Plan.

(n) "Investment Account" means an Employee Stock Purchase Plan account at the Brokerage Firm that is established for each Participant and in which all shares of Common Stock purchased by the Participant pursuant to the Plan are held.

(o) "Offering Date" means the first business day of each Offering Period of the Plan.

(p) "Offering Period" means a period of three (3) calendar months.

(q) "Participant" means any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan who has delivered a Subscription Agreement to the Company, whose employment has not terminated and who has not delivered to the Company a Participation Termination Notice.

(r) "Participation Termination Notice" has the meaning given thereto in
Section 10 hereof.

(s) "Plan" means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(t) "Plan Account" means, with respect to each Participant, an account established by the Company to record Contributions to the Plan made by such Participant and the use of such Contributions as they are either (i) applied by the Company for the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan for the account of such Participant or (ii) repaid to such Participant pursuant to the Plan.

(u) "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which more than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

3. ELIGIBILITY. Any person who has been continuously employed as an Employee for six (6) months as of the Offering Date of a given Offering Period and has reached the age of majority in the state of his or her residence shall be eligible to participate in such Offering Period under the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5(a).

4. OFFERING PERIODS. The Plan shall be implemented by a series of Offering Periods, with a new Offering Period commencing on January 1 of each year (or at such other time or times as may be determined by the Committee), and subsequent Offering Periods will commence on the first day of each calendar quarter (i.e., April 1, July 1, October 1). The Plan shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 22 hereof. The Committee shall have the power to change the duration and/or the frequency of

2

Offering Periods with respect to future offerings if such change is announced at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected.

5. PARTICIPATION.

(a) An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to
Section 3 hereof may become a participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement in the form provided by the Company (a "Subscription Agreement") and filing it with the appropriate representative of the Company or the Designated Subsidiary that employs such Employee in accordance with the terms of the Subscription Agreement at any time during the initial Offering Period of the Plan or, for subsequent Offering Periods, not later than fifteen
(15) calendar days prior to any Offering Date, unless a later time for filing Subscription Agreements is established by the Committee for all eligible Employees with respect to a given Offering Period. Each eligible Employee's Subscription Agreement shall set forth either (1) the whole percentage of the Participant's Compensation (which shall be not less than 1% and not more than 10%) or (2) the whole dollar amount (that shall not be less than $5.00 and not more than an amount equal to 10% of such Participant's Compensation) to be deducted by the Company from the Participant's Compensation as Contributions to the Plan. Each Subscription Agreement shall constitute the Employee's (i) election to participate in the Plan for all subsequent Offering Periods until such time as (1) the Company has received notice of termination of participation from such Employee pursuant to Section 10, (2) a new Subscription Agreement designating a different level of participation is delivered to the Company by such Employee or (3) such Employee's termination of employment, and (ii) authorization for the Company to withhold (in the manner determined by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary) any taxes that are required to be withheld by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary due to the Employee's participation in the Plan or the exercise of any Option or purchase of any Common Stock under the Plan.

(b) Payroll deductions with respect to each Participant shall commence on the first payday following the first Offering Date following the Company's receipt of the applicable Subscription Agreement and shall end on the last payday on or prior to the termination of such Employee's employment with the Company, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10, provided that payroll deductions will begin on the first pay period commencing after the delivery of a Subscription Agreement for Participants who join the Plan during the initial Offering Period. To the extent that the Participant elects to have a percentage of his or her compensation deducted, payroll deductions shall automatically be increased or decreased to reflect changes in Compensation during such Offering Period, but a Participant shall not otherwise be entitled to increase or decrease his or her contribution rate during an Offering Period.

6. METHOD OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a) The Participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each payday during the Offering Period either (1) in a whole percentage amount of between one percent (1%) and not more than ten percent (10%) of such Participant's Compensation on each such payday or (2) in a whole dollar amount (that shall be not less than $5.00 and not more than an amount equal to 10% of such Participant's Compensation) of such Participant's Compensation on each such payday, provided that the aggregate of such payroll deductions during the Offering Period shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Participant's aggregate Compensation during said Offering Period. All payroll deductions made with respect to a Participant shall be credited to his or her Plan Account. A Participant may not make any additional payments into his or her Plan Account or Investment Account.

3

(b) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her Contributions for future Offering Periods by completing and filing with the Company a new Subscription Agreement no later than fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the beginning of the Offering Period for which such change will become effective. Subject to the prior sentence, the change in rate shall be effective as of the first pay period ending in the first new Offering Period following the date of filing of the new Subscription Agreement.

7. GRANT OF OPTION. On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to purchase on the Exercise Date during such Offering Period a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Employee's Contributions accumulated during such Offering Period prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's Plan Account as of the Exercise Date by eighty-five percent (85%) of the closing price of the Common Stock as determined from the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Transaction Tape on the Exercise Date or, if there were no sales of Common Stock on such date, on the next preceding date on which such closing price was recorded.

8. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, each Participant's option for the purchase of shares for a particular Offering Period will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date of such Offering Period, and the maximum number of whole and fractional shares subject to option will be purchased for the Participant at the price described in Section 7 with the Contributions which were made to the Participant's Plan Account during such Offering Period. The shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be deemed to be transferred to the Participant on the Exercise Date. A Participant's option to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder will be exercised only during the Participant's lifetime.

9. DELIVERY. As promptly as reasonably practicable following each Exercise Date, the Company shall cause the shares purchased by each Participant to be credited to such Participant's Investment Account. The Company will deliver to the Brokerage Firm or its nominee a stock certificate or other evidence representing all of the full and fractional shares that are to be allocated to the Participant's Investment Accounts, rounded up to the nearest full share (and taking into account any excess shares or fractional shares which are then held by the Brokerage Firm from prior deliveries). Notwithstanding the prior sentence, in lieu of rounding the number of shares up to the nearest full share, the Company may round down to the nearest full share and pay to the Brokerage Firm an amount in cash equal to the value of the fractional share that would otherwise be delivered. Upon termination of the plan, the Brokerage Firm will redeliver to the Company all shares (including fractional shares) of Common Stock that are not allocated to Investment Accounts.

10. WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her Plan Account, which have not been applied to the purchase of Common Stock, prior to the Exercise Date of the Offering Period, by giving written notice to the Company (a "Participation Termination Notice") not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period. Any Participation Termination Notice delivered subsequent to the tenth calendar day prior to any Exercise Date shall not be effective during the Offering Period during which it was delivered, but will be effective as of the first day of the immediately succeeding Offering Period. Upon the effectiveness of

4

an Employee's Participation Termination Notice, all of the Participant's Contributions credited to his or her Plan Account, which have not been applied to the Purchase of Common Stock, and any taxes that the Company or a Designated Subsidiary withheld in connection therewith, will be paid promptly to the Participant, without interest, and his or her outstanding option will automatically terminate. An Employee who terminates his or her participation in the Plan will not be again eligible to participate in the Plan until the commencement of the first Offering Period following the expiration of the Offering Period during which the Participant's Participation Termination Notice becomes effective.

(b) Upon termination of a Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee prior to the Exercise Date of the then current Offering Period for any reason, including retirement or death, the Contributions credited to his or her Plan Account, together with all taxes that the Company or a Designated Subsidiary has withheld in connection therewith, will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, without interest, and his or her outstanding option and future participation in the Plan will automatically terminate.

(c) Other than as set forth in Section 10(a), a Participant's withdrawal from the Plan, whether voluntary or involuntary, will not affect his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan in the future should he or she again qualify for participation or in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

11. INTEREST. No interest shall accrue on the Contributions of a Participant in the plan or any taxes withheld in connection therewith.

12. STOCK.

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 604,574 shares, subject, however, to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section
18. Such shares shall be reserved from the Company's authorized but unissued shares and/or treasury shares that are not otherwise reserved for issuance under any other plan or with respect to any convertible security. If the total number of shares which would otherwise be subject to options granted pursuant to
Section 7 hereof on the Offering Date of an Offering Period exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options have been exercised or are then outstanding), the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for option grants in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. Any amounts remaining in a Participant's Plan Account not applied to the purchase of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 12 shall be refunded on or promptly after the applicable Exercise Date. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares subject to the option to each Employee affected thereby and shall cease future withholdings and Contributions under the Plan. Only the number of shares that are issued pursuant to exercised options shall reduce the number of shares available under the Plan. Shares that become subject to options which are later terminated shall again be available under the Plan.

(b) Participants will have no interest (including any interest in any ordinary or special dividends) or voting right in shares of Common Stock that are subject to any option until such option has been exercised.

(c) Upon the written request of the Employee delivered to the Brokerage Firm, the Brokerage Firm will (i) have a share certificate issued for any number of whole shares held in the Employees Investment Account as of the date of such notice and, (ii) if the

5

Employee is no longer participating in the Plan, pay to the Employee in cash an amount equal to the value of any fractional shares held in the Employee's Investment Account as of the date of such notice. Upon termination of an Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, the Company will (i) cause the Brokerage Firm to have a share certificate issued for the full number of whole shares held in the Employee's Investment Account as of the date of such termination, and (ii) pay to the Employee in cash an amount equal to the value of any fractional shares held in the Employee's Investment Account as of the date of such termination. All amounts to be paid to an Employee pursuant to this
Section 12(c) with respect to fractional shares shall be determined by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock determined from the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Transaction Tape on the date of the Employee's notice to the Company or termination, as applicable, or, if there were no sales of the Common Stock on such date, on the next preceding day on which such closing price was recorded. With respect to the certification and delivery to the Employee of the shares held in the Employee's Investment Account, the Company shall pay the fee charged by the Brokerage Firm for such service for the issuance of not more than four certificates per Participant in any calendar year.

13. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan and the determinations of the Board, to administer the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to determine, from time to time, eligible Employees; to interpret and construe the Plan and the provisions of the Subscription Agreements; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Subscription Agreements (which need not be identical) and to cancel or suspend the participation of any Employee or group of Employees, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee or the Board may make any modification or amendment to the Plan that it deems necessary or advisable in order to implement the Plan in a manner consistent with any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary. The Committee shall inform all Participants and Employees eligible to participate in the Plan, who would be affected thereby, of any such modification or amendment.

(b) The Board shall fill all vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Board may from time to time appoint additional members to the Committee, and may at any time remove one or more Committee members and substitute others. The Committee may appoint a chairperson and a secretary and make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable, and shall keep minutes of its meetings. The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places (and its telephonic meetings at such times) as it shall deem advisable. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. Except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board, all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including, without limitation, the Company, the Participants (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant) and any stockholder.

(c) No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action

6

or determination made in good faith, and the members of the Board or of the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time.

14. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant's Plan Account or Investment Account in the event of such Participant's death by delivering notice of such beneficiary to the Company. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) The Participant (subject to spousal consent) may change such designation of beneficiary at any time by written notice delivered to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate or as may be required by law.

15. TRANSFERABILITY. Neither Contributions credited to a Participant's Plan Account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 10. No Contribution made under this Plan or amount representing a Participant's Plan Account balance shall be subject to execution, attachment or process.

16. USE OF FUNDS. The Participants' rights with respect to Contributions made to the Plan and the balances, from time to time, in their respective Plan Accounts shall be those of general creditors of the Company or of the applicable Designated Subsidiary. All Contributions received or held by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary under the Plan may be used for any corporate purpose, and the Company or Designated Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be obligated to segregate such Contributions.

17. REPORTS AND FEES OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS. Individual Investment Accounts will be maintained for each Participant. Statements of account will be given to Participants promptly following each Exercise Date, which statements will set forth the total amount of Contributions to the Plan Account during the most recently completed Offering Period, the per share purchase price and the number of shares purchased on the most recent Exercise Date, and the total number of shares and fractional shares held in such Participant's Investment Account. The Company shall pay the annual and any extraordinary maintenance fees for each Investment Account and the certification fees referenced in Section 12 above. The Participant will be responsible for paying all transaction fees and any certification fee not paid by the Company pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

18. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

7

(a) The number of shares of Common Stock covered by each unexercised option under the Plan and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but which have not yet been issued and are not subject of an unexercised option (collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan for which the exercise price has been determined but which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration". Such adjustments shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

(b) In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the then current Offering Period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each option under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Committee determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, to shorten the Offering Period then in progress by setting a new Exercise Date (the "New Exercise Date"). If the Committee shortens the Offering Period then in progress in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Committee shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten
(10) days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for his or her option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that his or her option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date he or she has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10. For purposes of this Section, an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed if, following the sale of assets or merger, the option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the option immediately prior to the sale of assets or merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the sale of assets or merger by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held on the effective date of the transaction (and if such holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock).

(c) The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings or other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

8

19. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Board may at any time terminate or amend the Plan; provided, however, that no amendment to the Plan which requires stockholder approval under applicable law, rule or regulation shall become effective unless the same shall be approved by the requisite vote of the Company's stockholders. Except as provided in Section 18, no such termination may affect options previously granted, nor may an amendment make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant.

20. NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

(a) Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law. If the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan is not so registered under the Securities Act, certificates for such shares shall bear a legend reciting the fact that such shares may only be transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an opinion of counsel to the Company that such registration is not required. The Company may also issue "stop transfer" instructions with respect to such shares while they are subject to such restrictions.

(c) The Company shall use its best efforts to have the shares issued under the Plan listed on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed as promptly as possible. The Company shall not be obligated to issue or sell any shares under the Plan until they have been listed on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.

(d) The Company will promptly file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the issuance of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan, cause such registration statement to become effective, and keep such registration statement effective for the period that this Plan is in effect.

22. TERM OF PLAN. The Plan became effective upon its adoption by the Board on May 22, 1997 and shall continue in effect until the earliest to occur of (i) purchase of all shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan, (ii) May 22, 2007, and (iii) the date the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 19.

23. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control,

9

the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

24. SAVINGS CLAUSE. This Plan is intended to comply in all aspects with applicable laws and regulations. In case any one or more of the provisions of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law and regulations, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provision which could be deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this Plan to be construed in compliance with all applicable laws so as to foster the intent of this Plan.

10

EXHIBIT 10.53

AMENDED AND RESTATED

GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 19, 2003

among

LXH, L.L.C,

LXH II, L.L.C.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 OFFSHORE, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 GmbH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG,

STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

and

HEXCEL CORPORATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003, among LXH, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH"), LXH II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH II" and together with LXH, the "LXH Investors"), GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("GS 2000 Offshore"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000 Employee"), GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, a German limited partnership ("GS 2000 Germany"), Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Stone Street" and, collectively with GS 2000, GS 2000 Offshore, GS 2000 Employee and GS 2000 Germany, the "Limited Partnerships"), and Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Hexcel").

WHEREAS, the Limited Partnerships and Hexcel are parties to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), and have consummated the transactions contemplated therein (the "Transactions"), whereby the Investors now Beneficially Own approximately 37.1% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel (as such terms are defined below);

WHEREAS, the LXH Investors, the Limited Partnerships and Hexcel are parties to a Governance Agreement, dated December 19, 2000 (as amended through the date hereof, the "2000 Governance Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, each of the parties to the 2000 Governance Agreement hereto wishes to amend and restate the 2000 Governance Agreement, to further establish the nature of their relationship and set forth their agreement concerning the governance of Hexcel following consummation of the Transactions as well as certain matters relating to the Investors' ownership of Voting Securities (as such terms are defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

2

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"2000 GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"ADDITIONAL SHARES" means, as of any date of determination, up to 255,381 shares of Hexcel Common Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock), in the aggregate, (i) the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired inadvertently from time to time by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or its Affiliates acting in connection with their activities as a broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Exchange Act or as an asset manager (excluding Affiliates formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions) or (ii) the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired by the Investors pursuant to grants of stock options or other stock-based awards to the Investor Directors by Hexcel pursuant to any stock option or stock incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors of Hexcel, including without limitation the Hexcel Incentive Stock Plan; PROVIDED, that if and for so long as The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own less than 30% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the maximum number of Additional Shares shall be 400,000 (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock).

An "AFFILIATE" of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. "CONTROL" has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Any Person shall be deemed to "BENEFICIALLY OWN", to have "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" of, or to be "BENEFICIALLY OWNING" any securities (which securities shall also be deemed "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" by such Person) that such Person is deemed to "beneficially own" within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement;

3

PROVIDED that, except for the rights set forth in Section 3.02 hereof, any Person shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR DIRECTOR" means a director who is nominated to the Board by any of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors pursuant to the Berkshire/Greenbriar Stockholders Agreement.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR INVESTORS" means any of (i) Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership, (ii) Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership, (iii) Berkshire Investors LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, (iv) Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting Securities), (v) Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting Securities), (vi) Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (vii) Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or (viii) any investment entity controlled by or under common control with either of Berkshire Partners LLC or Greenbriar Equity Group LLC; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (viii) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with the Berkshire/Greenbriar Stockholders Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Stockholders Agreement to the same extent as the Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an " Investor" for all purposes of the Berkshire/Greenbriar Stockholders Agreement for so long as it holds Voting Securities.

"BERKSHIRE/GREENBRIAR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders Agreement, dated March 19, 2003, among the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and Hexcel.

"BOARD" means the board of directors of Hexcel.

"BROAD DISTRIBUTION" with respect to Voting Securities, means a distribution of Voting Securities that, to the knowledge, after due inquiry, of the Person on whose behalf such distribution is being made, will not result in the acquisition by any other Person of Beneficial Ownership of any such Voting Securities to the extent that, after giving effect to such acquisition, such acquiring Person

4

(other than any Investor and other than any underwriter acting in such capacity in an underwritten public offering of Hexcel Common Stock) would Beneficially Own in excess of 5% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel.

"BUYOUT TRANSACTION" means a tender offer, merger or any similar transaction that offers holders of Voting Securities (other than, if applicable, the Person proposing such transaction) the opportunity to dispose of the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such holders or otherwise contemplates the acquisition by any Person or Group of Voting Securities that would result in Beneficial Ownership by such Person or Group of a majority of the Voting Securities outstanding, or a sale of all or substantially all of Hexcel's assets.

"CLOSING DATE" means the date of the closing of the Transactions.

"CONVERSION SHARES" means, at any time, those shares of Hexcel Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock).

"CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means, collectively, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

"CUSTOMARY ACQUISITION/CONTROL PREMIUM" means the aggregate realizable value for all Voting Securities (including Voting Securities owned by the Investors), assuming a sale of Hexcel in its entirety in a transaction or series of related transactions to a third party or parties on an arm's length basis in a controlled auction process designed to maximize shareholder value by attracting all possible bidders, including the Investors and their Affiliates.

"DEBT INSTRUMENTS" shall mean (i) Hexcel's Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, as amended from time to time, or any replacement thereof and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of January 21, 1999, relating to Hexcel's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "SENIOR INDENTURE").

"DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS" means, with respect to any Buyout Transaction, those directors of Hexcel which are not interested directors (within the

5

meaning of Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) with respect to such Buyout Transaction, it being understood that no Investor Nominee shall be deemed to be not interested with respect to any Investor Buyout Transaction.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY" means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

"GROUP" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

"HEXCEL" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

"HEXCEL COMMON STOCK" means the common stock of Hexcel, par value $0.01 per share, and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such common stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"HEXCEL INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN" means the Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated through March 19, 2003 and any subsequent amendment thereto or replacement thereof approved by the Board of Directors of Hexcel.

"INDEMNIFIED INDIVIDUALS" means each of the individuals who at any time were officers or directors of Hexcel and their respective heirs and personal and legal representatives.

"INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR" means a director of Hexcel who is not a Berkshire/Greenbriar Director or an Investor Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Investors, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or their respective Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than Hexcel and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Investors, the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors or their respective Affiliates or

6

associates (in each case other than Hexcel) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel).

"INITIAL SHARES" means (i) the 47,125 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Limited Partnerships pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, (ii) the 47,125 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Limited Partnerships pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and
(iii) the Conversion Shares (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable).

"INVESTOR BUYOUT TRANSACTION" means a Buyout Transaction by the Investors or their Affiliates or any other Person acting on behalf of the Investors or their Affiliates, or any Person who is part of a Group with the Investors, involving the acquisition of all (but not less than all) Voting Securities held by the Other Holders, PROVIDED that all Other Holders are entitled to receive Requisite Consideration upon consummation of such Buyout Transaction.

"INVESTOR DIRECTORS" means Investor Nominees who are elected or appointed to serve as members of the Board in accordance with this Agreement.

"INVESTOR NOMINEES" means such Persons as are so designated by the Investors, as such designations may change from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, to serve as members of the Board pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

"INVESTORS" means any of (i) LXH, (ii) LXH II, (iii) the Limited Partnerships or (iv) The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (iv) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with this Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an " Investor" for all purposes of this Agreement unless such Person does not hold any Voting Securities.

7

"NON-INVESTOR DIRECTOR" means a director of Hexcel who is not an Investor Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Investors or their Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than Hexcel, and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Investors or their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel).

"ORDINARY COURSE BROKER DEALER SHARES" means those shares of Hexcel Common Stock which are acquired by any Person solely in connection with the activities of a broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Exchange Act (i) as a result of underwriting activities in connection with a registration statement filed by Hexcel (including any shares acquired for the investment account of a broker or dealer in connection with such underwriting activities), (ii) as a result of the exercise of investment or voting discretion authority with respect to any of such Person's customer accounts, or (iii) in good faith in connection with a debt previously contracted; PROVIDED, in each case, that the Person engaging in such activities does not Beneficially Own such shares of Hexcel Common Stock.

"ORIGINAL GOLDMAN SHARES" means the 14,561,000 shares of Hexcel Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Investors on the date hereof (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock).

"ORIGINAL STANDSTILL PERIOD" means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on December 19, 2003.

"OTHER HOLDERS" means the holders of the Other Shares.

"OTHER SHARES" means Voting Securities not Beneficially Owned by any of the Investors or the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors.

"PERSON" means any individual, Group, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

8

"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the LXH Investors, the Limited Partnerships and Hexcel.

"REQUISITE CONSIDERATION" means consideration that is (i) approved by (x) a majority of the Independent Directors acting solely in the interests of the Other Holders, after the receipt of an opinion of an independent nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by them or (y) a majority in interest of the Other Holders by means of a Stockholder Vote solicited pursuant to a proxy statement containing the information required by Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act (it being understood that the Independent Directors shall, consistent with their fiduciary duties, be free to include in such proxy statement, if applicable, the reasons underlying any failure by them to approve a Buyout Transaction by the requisite vote, including whether a fairness opinion was sought by the Independent Directors and any opinions or recommendations expressed in connection therewith) and (ii) in the opinion of an independent nationally recognized investment banking firm (including such a firm retained by the Investors), fair to the Other Holders from a financial point of view. In connection with the retention of any investment banking firm referred to herein, the Independent Directors shall instruct such investment banking firm, unless the Independent Directors conclude, after consultation with their outside legal and financial advisors, that such instructions are not appropriate, to (a) value Hexcel's businesses taking into account a premium for control and (b) assume for purposes of such opinion that the Other Holders are entitled to their proportionate part of a Customary Acquisition/Control Premium.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Entity.

"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"SERIES A CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" means the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

"SERIES B CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" means the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

9

"SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of Hexcel.

"SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of Hexcel.

"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

"STANDSTILL PERIOD" means the eighteen month period commencing on the Closing Date.

"STOCKHOLDER VOTE" means as to any matter to be presented to holders of Voting Securities, a vote at a duly called and held annual or special meeting of the holders of Voting Securities entitled to vote on such matter.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests.

"THIRD PARTY OFFER" means a bona fide offer to enter into a Buyout Transaction by a Person other than any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, any other Person acting on behalf of any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, or any Person who is part of a Group with any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, that does not treat the Investors or their respective Affiliates differently than the Other Holders.

"TOTAL VOTING POWER OF HEXCEL" means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of Hexcel if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of Hexcel by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person. In calculating such percentage, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding or shall be treated as outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement without regard to the Person holding such share until such time as such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemed

10

or repurchased by the Company or converted into Common Stock in accordance with the Series A Certificate of Designations or the Series B Certificate of Designations, as applicable. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights Beneficially Owned by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

"TRANSACTIONS" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

"VOTING SECURITIES" means Hexcel Common Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of Hexcel or such Subsidiary of Hexcel.

ARTICLE II
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

SECTION 2.01 BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Subject to Section 2.02(f), the Board shall consist of ten members, one of whom shall be designated the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be designated by a majority of the members of the Board.

SECTION 2.02 INVESTORS BOARD REPRESENTATION. (a) Subject to Sections 2.02(f) and 2.05(c), for so long as the Investors Beneficially Own 20% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of three Investor Directors and seven Non-Investor Directors (including at least five Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of this Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative

11

basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Hexcel Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 33 1/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by the aggregate number of Original Goldman Shares and Initial Shares as of the Closing Date to Persons that are not Investors, then the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of two Investor Directors and eight Non-Investor Directors (including at least six Independent Directors).

(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(f) and 2.05(c), for so long as the Investors Beneficially Own less than 20% but at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of two Investor Directors and eight Non-Investor Directors (including at least six Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of this Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Hexcel Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 66 2/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by the aggregate number of Original Goldman Shares and Initial Shares as of the Closing Date to Persons that are not Investors, then the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of one Investor Director and nine Non-Investor Directors (including at least seven Independent Directors).

(c) Subject to Sections 2.02(f) and 2.05(c), for so long as the Investors Beneficially Own less than 15% but at least 10% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of one Investor Director and nine Non-Investor Directors (including at least seven Independent Directors).

(d) In order to determine (x) the number of Investor Nominees to be included in any slate of directors to be presented to stockholders for election to the Board and (y) the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially

12

Owned by the Investors for purposes of Section 2.06, the Investors shall be deemed to Beneficially Own a percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel that is no more than (1) 39.3% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel less (2) the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by any Voting Securities disposed of, directly or indirectly, by the Investors to Persons that are not Investors since the Closing Date.

(e) Additional Shares shall not be included in any calculation of the Investors' Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel under this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Hexcel may increase the size of the Board through the appointment of one or more additional independent directors (as such term is used in the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing requirements) in order to comply with any applicable law, regulation or NYSE rule; PROVIDED, THAT, in the event of any such change, Hexcel will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to give the Investors the right to nominate, as nearly as possible, that proportion of the directors as permitted by the terms of Sections 2.02(a), 2.02(b) and 2.02(c). Any director appointed to the Board pursuant to the first clause of this Section 2.02(f) shall be selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and shall be an Independent Director. Each of the Investors shall perform any and all actions as reasonably requested by Hexcel in order for the Board to be changed pursuant to this Section 2.02(f).

SECTION 2.03 DESIGNATION OF SLATE. (a) Any Investor Nominees that are included in a slate of directors pursuant to Section 2.02 shall be designated as provided in this Section 2.03, and any Non-Investor Director nominees who are to be included in any slate of directors pursuant to Section 2.02 shall be designated by majority vote by the then incumbent Non-Investor Directors (including the Chairman of the Board if he or she is an Independent Director) except that, to the extent that any such Non-Investor Director nominees are to be appointed by other holders of Voting Securities pursuant to any stockholders agreement existing on the date hereof between Hexcel and such holders of Voting Securities, such nominees shall be designated by such holders in accordance with the terms of such agreement. Hexcel's nominating committee, if any (or if there is no such nominating committee, the Board or any other duly authorized committee thereof), shall nominate each person so designated. The initial Investor Nominees shall be Sanjeev Mehra, Peter Sacerdote and James Gaffney. The remaining initial members

13

of the Board shall be David E. Berges, Joel S. Beckman, H. Arthur Bellows, Jr., Sandra L. Derickson, Lewis Rubin, Robert J. Small and Martin L. Solomon. The initial Chairman of the Board shall be David E. Berges.

(b) The parties hereby agree that for so long as (i) the Investors are permitted to designate three Investor Directors pursuant to this Agreement, two directors shall be designated by GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P. ("GS Capital") and one director shall be designated by LXH II; (ii) the Investors are permitted to designate two Investor Directors pursuant to this Agreement, one director shall be designated by GS Capital and one director shall be designated by LXH II; and (iii) the Investors are permitted to designate one Investor Director pursuant to this Agreement, such director shall be designated by GS Capital.

(c) If, for any reason, all of the Investor Directors designated pursuant to Section 2.02 and this Section 2.03 are not elected to the Board by stockholders, then Hexcel shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any person designated by the Investors to be elected to the Board, and during any such absence of membership on the Board, Hexcel shall, after receiving notice from the Investors as to the identity of a representative of the Investors, (i) permit such representative to attend all Board meetings and to the extent contemplated by Section 2.04 all committees thereof as an observer; (ii) provide such representative advance notice of each such meeting, including such meeting's time and place, at the same time and in the same manner as such notice is provided to the members of the Board (or such committee thereof); (iii) provide such representative with copies of all materials, including notices, minutes and consents, distributed to the members of the Board (or such committee thereof) at the same time as such materials are distributed to such Board (or such committee thereof) and shall permit such representative to have the same access to information concerning the business and operations of Hexcel as such representative would have had as an Investor Director; and (iv) on a basis consistent with the members of the Board, permit such representative to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Hexcel with, and to make proposals and furnish advice with respect thereto, the Board, without voting; PROVIDED, in each case, that such representative agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of all materials and information provided to him pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) and to return to Hexcel all such materials and information at such time as such representative ceases to act as a representative pursuant to this Section 2.03(c).

14

SECTION 2.04 COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP. So long as the Investors shall be entitled to designate two or more Investor Nominees for election to the Board under this Agreement, the finance, compensation, nominating, audit and any other committee of the Board shall consist of at least one Investor Director; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no Investor Director is eligible for membership on an above-listed committee under then-applicable listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation, then such committee of the Board shall include an Investor Director only when so permitted by the listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that Hexcel shall exercise all authority under applicable law, rule and regulation to permit the inclusion of any Investor Director designated by the Investors on such committee, including, without limitation, causing an increase in the number of directors on such committee. To the extent that Investor Directors are not eligible for membership on the finance committee, compensation committee, nominating committee, audit committee and/or other committees of the Board, the Investors shall be entitled to designate a representative to attend and observe such committee meetings, provided that the observation is not prohibited by applicable listing standards, laws, rules or regulations.

SECTION 2.05 RESIGNATIONS AND REPLACEMENTS. (a) If at any time a member of the Board resigns (pursuant to this Section 2.05 or otherwise) or is removed in accordance with applicable law or Hexcel's by-laws, a new member shall be designated to replace such member until the next election of directors. If consistent with Section 2.02 the replacement director is to be an Investor Director, the party that designated such Investor Director shall designate the replacement Investor Director. Except as set forth in paragraph (c) below, if consistent with Section 2.02, the replacement director is to be a Non-Investor Director, such Non-Investor Director (including the Chairman of the Board if he or she is a Non-Investor Director) shall be designated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, if at any time the number of Investor Nominees entitled to be nominated to the Board in accordance with this Agreement in an election of directors presented to stockholders would decrease, within 10 days thereafter the Investors shall cause a sufficient number of Investor Directors to resign from the Board so that the number of Investor Directors on the Board after such resignation(s) equals the number of Investor Nominees that the Investors would have been entitled to designate had an election of directors taken place at such time. The

15

Investors shall also cause a sufficient number of Investor Directors to resign from any relevant committees of the Board so that such committees are comprised in the manner contemplated by Section 2.04 after giving effect to such resignations. Any vacancies created by the resignations required by this Section 2.05(b) shall be filled by Independent Directors.

(c) If at any time the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors decreases as a result of an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel (other than any of the issuances described in the last sentence of this Section 2.05(c)), the Investors may notify Hexcel that the Investors intend to acquire a sufficient amount of additional Voting Securities in accordance with this Agreement necessary to maintain their then current level of Board representation within 90 days. In such event, until the end of such period (and thereafter if the Investors in fact restore their percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel during such period and provided that the Investors continue to maintain the requisite level of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities in accordance with Section 2.02) the Board shall continue to have the number of Investor Directors that corresponds to the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors prior to such issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 2.05(c) shall not apply to any issuances of Voting Securities (x) upon conversion of any convertible securities which are either outstanding on the date hereof (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date hereof in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, or (y) pursuant to employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans outstanding as of the date hereof or, subsequent to the date hereof, approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board.

SECTION 2.06 INVESTOR DIRECTOR APPROVALS. The Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any of the following actions without the approval of a majority of the Investor Directors for so long as and at any time the Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel (subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(d)), and, if the Investors percentage Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel is reduced below 15% by an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel, no such authorization, approval, or ratification shall be given by the Board without the approval of a majority of the

16

Investor Directors (x) until 10 business days after Hexcel notifies the Investors in writing of such issuance, and (y) if the Investors shall have notified Hexcel within 10 business days after their receipt of a written notification of such issuance that the Investors, pursuant to the option granted to the Investors by Section 3.02 of this Agreement, intend to acquire a sufficient amount of Voting Securities within such 90-day period referred to therein, so that the Investors will Beneficially Own at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel by the end of such 90-day period, subject to Section 2.05(c), during the 90-day period following an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel that causes the Investors to Beneficially Own less than 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel:

(i) any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other business combination involving Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the consideration to be paid or received by Hexcel and/or its stockholders in any such individual transaction or in such transaction when added to the aggregate value of the consideration paid or received by Hexcel and/or its stockholders in all other such transactions approved by the Board during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of Hexcel's total consolidated assets;

(ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition or any series of related dispositions of any assets, business or operations of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the assets, business or operations so disposed during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of Hexcel's total consolidated assets; or

(iii) any issuance by Hexcel or any Significant Subsidiary of Hexcel of equity or equity-related securities (other than (1) pursuant to customary employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board, (2) pursuant to transactions solely among Hexcel and its wholly owned Subsidiaries (including any Subsidiaries which would be wholly owned by Hexcel but for the issuance of directors' or shareholders' qualifying shares), (3) upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of warrants or options, which convertible securities, warrants or options are either outstanding on the date of this Agreement (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on,

17

redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06, or (4) in connection with any mergers, consolidations, acquisitions or other business combinations involving Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel which are approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board in accordance with this Section 2.06 (if applicable)) for which the consideration received by Hexcel for such transactions during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds $25 million.

SECTION 2.07 BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVALS. Subject to Section 3.03, if applicable, for so long as there are any Investor Directors serving on the Board, the Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any action (a "Board Action"), at a meeting of the Board, by written consent or otherwise, without the approval of a minimum of six (6) members of the Board, of which at least two
(2) of such six (6) members shall be Independent Directors, or in the event that the Board shall consist of less than six (6) members due to vacancies on the Board, the approval of all members of the Board shall be required for any Board Action.

SECTION 2.08 SOLICITATION AND VOTING OF SHARES. (a) Hexcel shall use commercially reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of Hexcel eligible to vote for the election of directors proxies in favor of the Board nominees selected in accordance with Section 2.02.

(b) In any election of directors or at any meeting of the stockholders of Hexcel called expressly for the removal of directors, for so long as the Board includes (and will include after any such removal) Investor Directors contemplated by Section 2.02, the Investors shall be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and shall vote all their Voting Securities entitled to vote (1) in favor of any nominee or director selected in accordance with Section 2.02, (2) in favor of any nominee or director placed by Hexcel on the slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board in accordance with the terms of any stockholders agreement, existing on the date hereof, between Hexcel and a holder or holders of Voting Securities, (3) against the removal of any director designated in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and (4) against the removal of any director placed by Hexcel on the slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board and elected to the Board by the stockholders in accordance with the terms of any stockholders

18

agreement, existing on the date hereof, between Hexcel and a holder or holders of Voting Securities. Except as provided above and in Section 3.03, the Investors shall be free to vote in their sole discretion all their Voting Securities entitled to vote on any other matter submitted to or acted upon by stockholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Investors shall vote against any amendment to Hexcel's certificate of incorporation with respect to the directors' and officers' indemnification provisions contained therein which would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Indemnified Individuals at any time prior to such vote, except for such modifications as are required by applicable law.

SECTION 2.09 BY-LAWS; RESTRICTIONS ON COMPANY ACTION; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES. (a) Hexcel shall cause the amendment of its by-laws to reflect the provisions of Article II of this Agreement and such other matters as the parties may reasonably agree. The form of such amended by-laws is attached hereto as Exhibit A. For so long as the Investors are entitled to designate an Investor Nominee pursuant to Section 2.02, those by-laws reflecting the provisions of Article II of this Agreement shall not thereafter be amended during the term of this Agreement except with the Investors' written consent. Hexcel and each of the Investors shall each take or cause to be taken all lawful action necessary to ensure at all times that Hexcel's certificate of incorporation and by-laws are not at any time inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Except with the Investors' prior written consent, Hexcel shall not cause or permit any amendment, restatement, modification or change to, or waiver of, any provision contained in any agreement (other than customary employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board) between a stockholder or stockholders and Hexcel that provides such stockholder or stockholders (1) governance rights, board representation rights, voting rights, transfer restrictions or any other similar rights relating to Hexcel and/or Voting Securities held by such holder or holders or (2) registration rights with respect to Voting Securities held by such holder or holders.

(c) Except as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, Hexcel shall not approve or recommend to its stockholders any transaction or approve, recommend or take any other action (other than those expressly contemplated by this Agreement and other than those that affect the Investors and each Other Holder or each director at the same time in the same manner) that would (1) materially adversely

19

discriminate against the Investors as stockholders of Hexcel or (2) restrict the right of any Investor Director to vote on any matter as such director believes appropriate in light of his or her duties as a director or the manner in which an Investor Director may participate in his or her capacity as a director in deliberations or discussions at meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, except with respect to (i) entering into contractual or other business relationships with any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates (other than in their capacity as stockholders of Hexcel), (ii) disputes with any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates (including disputes under this Agreement),
(iii) interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Investors or any of their Affiliates or (iv) any other matter involving an actual or potential conflict of interest due to such director's relationship with the Investors or any of their Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hexcel may adopt or implement any takeover defense measures applicable to the Investors or any of their Affiliates, including the institution or amendment by Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries of any stockholders rights plan or similar plan or device, or any change of control matters (including provisions in future agreements or collaborations), PROVIDED, that such takeover defense measures shall not restrict the rights of the Investors to acquire any Voting Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III
STANDSTILL

SECTION 3.01 STANDSTILL. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including Section 2.05(c), this Section 3.01, Section 3.02 or
Section 3.03) or as specifically approved by a majority of the Non-Investor Directors, including at least two Independent Directors (so long as such approval was not obtained by any of the Investors in violation of this Agreement), none of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, (i) by purchase or otherwise, Beneficially Own, acquire, agree to acquire or offer to acquire any Voting Securities or direct or indirect rights or options to acquire Voting Securities (including any voting trust certificates representing such securities) other than the Initial Shares, the Original Goldman Shares and Ordinary Course Broker Dealer Shares, and, subject to Section 4.01(c), the Additional Shares, (ii) enter, propose to enter into, solicit or support any merger or business combination or similar transaction involving Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries, or purchase, acquire, propose to purchase or acquire or solicit or support the purchase or acquisition of any

20

portion of the business or assets of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries (except for proposals to purchase or acquire a non-material portion of the assets of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries that are not required to be publicly disclosed), (iii) initiate or propose any securityholder proposal without the approval of the Board granted in accordance with this Agreement or make, or in any way participate in, any "solicitation" of "proxies" (as such terms are used in the proxy rules promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) to vote, or seek to advise or influence any Person with respect to the voting of, any Voting Securities or request or take any action to obtain any list of securityholders for such purposes with respect to any matter other than those upon which the Investors may vote in their sole respective discretion pursuant to Section 2.08 (or, as to such matters, solicit any Person in a manner that would require the filing of a proxy statement under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act), (iv) form, join or in any way participate in a Group (other than a Group consisting solely of the Investors) formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of or taking any other action with respect to Voting Securities that would be required under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act to file a Statement on Schedule 13D with respect to such Voting Securities, (v) deposit any Voting Securities in a voting trust or enter into any voting agreement or arrangement with respect thereto (other than this Agreement, the Ciba Pledge Agreements (as defined in Section 4.01(b)) and such voting trusts or agreements which are solely between Investors or made between the Investors and the Company pursuant to this Agreement), (vi) seek representation on the Board, the removal of any directors from the Board or a change in the size or composition of the Board (in each case, other than as provided in this Agreement), (vii) make any request to amend or waive any provision of this Section 3.01, which request would require public disclosure under applicable law, rule or regulation, (viii) disclose any intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal inconsistent with the foregoing (including any such intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal that is conditioned on or would require the waiver, amendment, nullification or invalidation of any of the foregoing) or take any action that would require public disclosure of any such intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal,
(ix) take any action challenging the validity or enforceability of the foregoing or (x) assist, advise, encourage or negotiate with any Person with respect to, or seek to do, any of the foregoing.

(b) Nothing in this Section 3.01 shall (i) prohibit or restrict any of the Investors from responding to any inquiries from any shareholders of Hexcel as to the Investors' intention with respect to the voting of any Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Investors so long as such response is consistent with the terms of this

21

Agreement; (ii) restrict the right of each Investor Director on the Board or any committee thereof to vote on any matter as such individual believes appropriate in light of his or her duties as a director or committee member or the manner in which an Investor Director may participate in his or her capacity as a director in deliberations or discussions at meetings of the Board or as a member of any committee thereof; (iii) subject to Section 4.01(c), prohibit the Investors from Beneficially Owning Voting Securities issued as dividends or distributions in respect of, or issued upon conversion, exchange or exercise of, securities which the Investors are permitted to Beneficially Own under this Agreement; (iv) prohibit any officer, director, employee or agent of the Investors from purchasing or otherwise acquiring Voting Securities so long as he or she is not a member of a Group that includes any of the Investors or is not otherwise acting on behalf of any of the Investors; (v) prohibit the Investors from disclosing in accordance with their respective obligations (if any) under the federal securities laws or other applicable law their desire (if any) that Hexcel become the subject of a Buyout Transaction; or (vi) restrict the ability of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its Affiliates who are not Investors, solely as agent, to engage in brokerage, investment advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, arbitrage and other similar activities, in each case on behalf of clients, PROVIDED in the case of this clause (vi) that (A) no Person engaged in such activities shall be acting, directly or indirectly, at the direction of any other Person at Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates which either is formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions or has access to confidential information of Hexcel, and (B) appropriate protective arrangements prohibiting disclosure of confidential information are put in place between the Investors and the Persons who are engaging in such activities.

(c) Nothing in this Section 3.01 shall prohibit or restrict the Investors from (i) after the Standstill Period, proposing, participating in, supporting or causing the consummation of an Investor Buyout Transaction, subject to
Section 3.03 or (ii) participating in a Third Party Offer in accordance with
Section 3.03.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Section 3.01, if, at any time following the consummation of a bankruptcy proceeding involving Hexcel, any Person (other than Hexcel) is permitted by law or the bankruptcy court in which the proceeding is pending to propose a plan of reorganization for Hexcel, the Investors shall be permitted to propose a plan of reorganization for Hexcel; PROVIDED, that no plan of reorganization shall be proposed by the Investors prior to the expiration or termination of the exclusivity period for Hexcel's filing of a

22

plan of reorganization, as such exclusivity period may be extended from time to time (it being understood and agreed that the Investors shall not object to any extension of Hexcel's exclusivity period and shall not initiate or otherwise support any proceeding to terminate or shorten the length of Hexcel's exclusivity period).

SECTION 3.02 INVESTORS RIGHT TO MAINTAIN POSITION. In addition to the rights set forth in Sections 2.05(c) and 2.06 hereof, Hexcel hereby grants to the Investors the following irrevocable option:

If, at any time after the Closing Date for so long as the Investors shall be entitled to designate one or more Investor Nominees for election to the Board and Hexcel shall issue for cash any additional Voting Securities, then Hexcel shall notify the Investors of such issuance and the price and terms thereof, and the Investors shall have the option, for a period of 45 days after receipt of such notice, to purchase from Hexcel an Amount (as defined below) of such Voting Securities for the same consideration per security and on the same terms as were applicable to such issuance by Hexcel. The foregoing option shall not apply to any issuances of Voting Securities (x) upon conversion of any convertible securities which are either outstanding on the date hereof (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date hereof in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, or (y) pursuant to employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans outstanding as of the date hereof or, subsequent to the date hereof, approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board. An "Amount" shall mean such number of securities that would allow the Investors to Beneficially Own the same percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel as the Investors Beneficially Owned immediately prior to such issuance (other than Additional Shares).

SECTION 3.03 THIRD PARTY OFFERS; INVESTOR BUYOUT TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer or, as permitted by the terms of this Agreement, an Investor Buyout Transaction that is made during the term of this Agreement and such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction is approved by (x) a majority of the Board and (y) a majority of

23

Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, the Investors may act at their sole discretion with respect to such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction.

(b) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer that is made prior to the expiration of the Standstill Period and such Third Party Offer is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, none of the Investors nor any of their respective Affiliates may, with respect to the Initial Shares, support such Third Party Offer, vote in favor of such Third Party Offer or tender or sell their Initial Shares to the Person making such Third Party Offer.

(c) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer that is made prior to the expiration of the Original Standstill Period and such Third Party Offer is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, none of the Investors nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than with respect to Additional Shares) may support such Third Party Offer, vote in favor of such Third Party Offer or tender or sell their Voting Securities to the Person making such Third Party Offer.

(d) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer or an Investor Buyout Transaction that is made after the Standstill Period and such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, the Investors and each of their respective Affiliates must vote all of their Initial Shares against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in proportion to the votes cast against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction with respect to Other Shares and may not tender or sell their Initial Shares to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in a proportion greater than the tenders or sales made by the Other Holders to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction; it being understood that the Investors may enter into agreements to tender or sell Voting Securities to any such Person conditioned upon final determination of the number of Voting Securities permitted to be so tendered or sold under this Section 3.03 and Section 3.01.

24

(e) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer or an Investor Buyout Transaction that is made after the Original Standstill Period, and such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, the Investors and each of their Affiliates (other than with respect to Ordinary Course Broker Dealer Shares and Additional Shares) must vote all of their Original Goldman Shares against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in proportion to the votes cast against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction with respect to Other Shares and may not tender or sell their Voting Securities to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in a proportion greater than the tenders or sales made by the Other Holders to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction; it being understood that the Investors may enter into agreements to tender or sell Voting Securities to any such Person conditioned upon final determination of the number of Voting Securities permitted to be so tendered or sold under this Section 3.03 and
Section 3.01.

ARTICLE IV
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

SECTION 4.01 RESTRICTIONS. (a) Other than sales, transfers, or other dispositions (x) pursuant to the Series A Certificate of Designations, (y) pursuant to the Series B Certificate of Designations, or (z) from one Investor to another Investor (provided that such Investor is a signatory to this Agreement or has executed, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition, a joinder in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors signatory hereto) and other than sales, transfers or other dispositions of the Additional Shares by the Persons holding such Additional Shares, none of the Investors or their respective Affiliates, directly or indirectly, may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of the Initial Shares for a period of eighteen months after the Closing Date. During the period commencing eighteen months from the Closing Date, the Investors, directly or indirectly, may only sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Initial Shares (i) to another Investor (provided that such Investor is a signatory to this Agreement or has executed, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition, a joinder in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors signatory hereto), (ii) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act

25

(including the volume and manner-of-sale limitations of Rule 144 regardless of whether such limitations are applicable) and otherwise subject to compliance with the Securities Act, (iii) in a registered public offering, (iv) in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a manner calculated to achieve a Broad Distribution (it being understood that in connection with any registered offering under the Securities Act to permit distribution to, and resale by, the limited partners of, or other investors in, an Investor, such Investor may distribute Initial Shares to such limited partners and such other investors), (v) in a Third Party Offer if and to the extent permitted under Section 3.03 or (vi) which are Additional Shares.

(b) Except as contemplated by each of the pledge agreements, dated as of December 19, 2000, made by LXH and LXH II, respectively, in favor of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation (collectively, the "Ciba Pledge Agreements"), the Investors, directly or indirectly, may only sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Original Goldman Shares (i) to another Investor (provided that such Investor is a signatory to this Agreement or has executed, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition, a joinder in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors signatory hereto), (ii) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and otherwise subject to compliance with the Securities Act (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that prior to any sale, transfer or other disposal of Original Goldman Shares by an Investor pursuant to this clause (ii), such Investor shall deliver to the Company an executed certificate stating that, to the knowledge, after due inquiry, of such Investor, the proposed transfer of such Original Goldman Shares (A) shall not cause the transferee to Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel and (B) such transferee does not Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel), (iii) in a registered public offering, (iv) in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a manner calculated to achieve a Broad Distribution (it being understood that in connection with any registered offering under the Securities Act to permit distribution to, and resale by, the limited partners of, or other investors in, an Investor, such Investor may distribute Original Goldman Shares to such limited partners and such other investors), (v) in a Third Party Offer if and to the extent permitted under
Section 3.03 or (vi) which are Additional Shares.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Investors or their Affiliates may, directly or indirectly, acquire, sell, transfer or

26

otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities if such acquisition, sale, transfer or other disposition would result in a default or acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Debt Instruments, unless prior to the consummation of such acquisition, sale, transfer or other disposition, any required consents under the Debt Instruments to effect such acquisition, sale, transfer or disposition shall have been obtained.

SECTION 4.02 LEGENDS.(a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) below, during the term of this Agreement all certificates representing Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Investors shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend indicating that such Voting Securities are subject to restrictions pursuant to this Agreement and that such Voting Securities were not issued pursuant to a public offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act.

(b) Upon any transfer or proposed transfer of Beneficial Ownership by the Investors of any Voting Securities to any Person other than the Investors that is permitted pursuant to this Agreement, Hexcel shall, upon receipt of timely notice and such certificates, opinions and other documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Hexcel, cause certificates representing such transferred Voting Securities to be issued not later than the time needed to effect such transfer (x) without any restrictive legend if upon consummation of such transfer such Voting Securities are no longer "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) without any reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 4.03 EFFECT. Any purported transfer of Voting Securities that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

SECTION 4.04 CONTROL OF THE INVESTORS. Each of the Investors represents and warrants to Hexcel, for so long as each such Investor holds Voting Securities pursuant to this Agreement, that it is Controlled, directly or indirectly, by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and covenants that during the term of this Agreement, such Investor shall not, without the prior written consent of Hexcel, take or permit any action which would result in the direct or indirect transfer of Control of such Investor from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to any other Person. On the date hereof, the Limited Partnerships own, directly or indirectly, all of the membership interests of LXH and LXH II.

27

ARTICLE V
TERMINATION

SECTION 5.01 TERM. (a) This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of:

(i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date; or

(ii) the occurrence of any event in accordance with this Agreement which causes the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors to be either (x) less than 10% or (y) 90% or more.

(b) If Hexcel is in breach of or violates any material obligation under this Agreement and fails to cure such breach or violation within 60 days after delivery of written notice from the Investors specifying such breach or violation and requesting its cure, the Investors may terminate their respective obligations under this Agreement by written notice to Hexcel.

(c) If any of the Investors is in breach of or violates any material obligation under this Agreement and such Investors fail to cure such breach or violation within 60 days after delivery of written notice from Hexcel specifying such breach or violation and requesting its cure, Hexcel may terminate its obligations under this Agreement by written notice to the Investors.

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.01 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by telecopy, nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

28

(a) if to Hexcel, to:

Hexcel Corporation
2 Stamford Plaza
281 Tresser Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
(T)(203)969-0666
(F)(203)358-3972

Attention: Ira J. Krakower, Esq.

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(T)(212)735-3000
(F)(212)735-2000

Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq. and Thomas W. Greenberg, Esq.

(b) if to the Investors, to:

c/o Goldman Sachs Capital Partners 2000, L.P. 85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
(T)(212)902-1000
(F)(212)357-5505

Attention: Mr. Sanjeev Mehra

with a copy to:

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
(T)(212)859-8000
(F)(212)859-4000

29

Attention: Robert C. Schwenkel, Esq.

SECTION 6.02 INTERPRETATION. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words "included", "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".

SECTION 6.03 SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.04 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.

SECTION 6.05 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Series A Certificate of Designations, the Series B Certificate of Designations and the Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2000, by and among Hexcel and the LXH Investors (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is the agreement entered into by Hexcel and the LXH Investors which contains representations and warranties of Hexcel and the LXH Investors) (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, including, without limitation, the 2000 Governance Agreement, and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto and, solely with

30

respect to the proviso in Section 2.08(b), the Indemnified Individuals, any rights or remedies hereunder.

SECTION 6.06 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

SECTION 6.07 GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

SECTION 6.08 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding ("Proceeding") arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, County of Newcastle (the "Selected Courts") and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized

31

international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or the Investors at their respective addresses referred to in Section 6.01 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (iii) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

SECTION 6.09 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. (a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; PROVIDED that no such amendment or waiver by Hexcel shall be effective without the approval of a majority of the Independent Directors. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if a majority of the Independent Directors determine in good faith to do so, such Independent Directors may seek to enforce, in the name and on behalf of Hexcel, the terms of this Agreement against the Investors.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

32

SECTION 6.10 ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

33

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 L.P.

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 OFFSHORE, L.P.

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
     Name: John E. Bowman
     Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

By: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

34

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 GMBH & CO.
BETEILIGUNGS KG

By: Goldman, Sachs Management GP GmbH,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Managing Director

STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

By: Stone Street 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

35

LXH, L.L.C.

By: GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P.,
its managing member

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

LXH II, L.L.C.

By: GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., its managing member

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    --------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

36

EXHIBIT 10.54

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 19, 2003

among

Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership,

Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership,

Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp.,

Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp.,

Berkshire Investors LLC

Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P.

Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P.

and

Hexcel Corporation


STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003, among Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire V"), Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire VI"), Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation ("Berkshire V Investment Corp."), Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation ("Berkshire VI Investment Corp."), Berkshire Investors LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company ("Berkshire Investors"), Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Co-Investment"), Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Fund"), and Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Hexcel").

WHEREAS, Berkshire Investors, Berkshire V, Berkshire VI, Greenbriar Co-Investment and Greenbriar Fund and Hexcel are parties to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), and have consummated the transactions contemplated therein (the "Transactions"), whereby the Investors now Beneficially Own approximately 35.2% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel (as such terms are defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to further establish the nature of their relationship and set forth their agreement concerning the governance of Hexcel following consummation of the Transactions as well as certain matters relating to the Investors' ownership of Voting Securities (as such terms are defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"ACQUISITION SHARES" means additional Voting Securities (other than the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), the Beneficial Ownership of which may be, subject to Section 4.01(b) hereof, acquired by purchase or otherwise; provided,

2

however, that under no circumstances shall the Investors be permitted to own more than 39.5% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel.

"ADDITIONAL SHARES" means, as of any date of determination, shares of Hexcel Common Stock the Beneficial Ownership of which may be acquired by the Investors pursuant to grants of stock options or other stock-based awards to the Investor Directors by Hexcel pursuant to any stock option or stock incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors of Hexcel, including without limitation the Hexcel Incentive Stock Plan.

An "AFFILIATE" of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. "CONTROL" has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Any Person shall be deemed to "BENEFICIALLY OWN", to have "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" of, or to be "BENEFICIALLY OWNING" any securities (which securities shall also be deemed "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" by such Person) that such Person is deemed to "beneficially own" within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement; PROVIDED that, except for the rights set forth in Section 3.02 hereof, any Person shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately.

"BOARD" means the board of directors of Hexcel.

"BROAD DISTRIBUTION" with respect to Voting Securities, means a distribution of Voting Securities that, to the knowledge, after due inquiry, of the Person on whose behalf such distribution is being made, will not result in the acquisition by any other Person of Beneficial Ownership of any such Voting Securities to the extent that, after giving effect to such acquisition, such acquiring Person (other than any Investor and other than any underwriter acting in such capacity in an underwritten public offering of Hexcel Common Stock) would Beneficially Own in excess of 5% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel.

"BUYOUT TRANSACTION" means a tender offer, merger or any similar transaction that offers holders of Voting Securities (other than, if applicable, the Person proposing such transaction) the opportunity to dispose of the Voting Securities

3

Beneficially Owned by such holders or otherwise contemplates the acquisition by any Person or Group of Voting Securities that would result in Beneficial Ownership by such Person or Group of a majority of the Voting Securities outstanding, or a sale of all or substantially all of Hexcel's assets.

"CLOSING DATE" means the date of the closing of the Transactions.

"CONVERSION SHARES" means, at any time, those shares of Hexcel Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock).

"CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means, collectively, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

"CUSTOMARY ACQUISITION/CONTROL PREMIUM" means the aggregate realizable value for all Voting Securities (including Voting Securities owned by the Investors), assuming a sale of Hexcel in its entirety in a transaction or series of related transactions to a third party or parties on an arm's length basis in a controlled auction process designed to maximize shareholder value by attracting all possible bidders, including the Investors and their Affiliates.

"DEBT INSTRUMENTS" shall mean (i) Hexcel's Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1998, as amended from time to time, or any replacement thereof and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of January 21, 1999, relating to Hexcel's 9-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 (the "SENIOR INDENTURE").

"DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS" means, with respect to any Buyout Transaction, those directors of Hexcel which are not interested directors (within the meaning of Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) with respect to such Buyout Transaction, it being understood that no Investor Nominee shall be deemed to be not interested with respect to any Investor Buyout Transaction.

"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

4

"GOLDMAN DIRECTOR" means a director who is nominated to the Board by either of GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P. or LXH II, L.L.C. pursuant to the Goldman Governance Agreement.

"GOLDMAN GOVERNANCE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Amended and Restated Governance Agreement, dated March 19, 2003 among LXH, L.L.C., LXH II, L.L.C., GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GMBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P and Hexcel.

"GOLDMAN INVESTORS" means any of (i) LXH, L.L.C., (ii) LXH II, L.L.C. (iii) GS Capital Partners 2000 L.P., (iv) GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., (v) GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., (vi) GS Capital Partners 2000 GMBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, (vii) Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. or (viii) The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. formed for the purpose of effecting principal transactions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (viii) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with the Goldman Governance Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of the Goldman Governance Agreement to the same extent as the Goldman Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an "Investor" for all purposes of the Goldman Governance Agreement for so long as it holds Voting Securities.

"GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY" means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

"GROUP" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

"HEXCEL" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

"HEXCEL COMMON STOCK" means the common stock of Hexcel, par value $0.01 per share, and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such common stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

5

"HEXCEL INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN" means the Hexcel Corporation Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated through March 19, 2003 and any subsequent amendment thereto or replacement thereof approved by the Board of Directors of Hexcel.

"INDEMNIFIED INDIVIDUALS" means each of the individuals who at any time were officers or directors of Hexcel and their respective heirs and personal and legal representatives.

"INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR" means a director of Hexcel who is not an Investor Director or a Goldman Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Investors, the Goldman Investors or their respective Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than Hexcel and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Investors, the Goldman Investors or their respective Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel).

"INITIAL SHARES" means (i) the 77,875 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
(ii) the 77,875 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by the Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (iii) the Conversion Shares (as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Hexcel Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable).

"INVESTOR BUYOUT TRANSACTION" means a Buyout Transaction by the Investors or their Affiliates or any other Person acting on behalf of the Investors or their Affiliates, or any Person who is part of a Group with the Investors, involving the acquisition of all (but not less than all) Voting Securities held by the Other Holders, PROVIDED that all Other Holders are entitled to receive Requisite Consideration upon consummation of such Buyout Transaction.

"INVESTOR DIRECTORS" means Investor Nominees who are elected or appointed to serve as members of the Board in accordance with this Agreement.

6

"INVESTOR NOMINEES" means such Persons as are so designated by the Investors, as such designations may change from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, to serve as members of the Board pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

"INVESTORS" means any of (i) Berkshire V, (ii) Berkshire VI, (iii) Berkshire Investors, (iv) Berkshire V Investment Corp. (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting Securities), (v) Berkshire VI Investment Corp. (for so long as it Beneficially Owns Voting Securities), (vi) Greenbriar Co-Investment,
(vii) Greenbriar Fund, or (viii) any investment entity controlled by or under common control with either of Berkshire Partners LLC or Greenbriar Equity Group LLC; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Person specified in clause (viii) that desires to acquire Voting Securities in accordance with this Agreement shall, as a condition to acquiring any such Voting Securities, execute a joinder agreement in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors and shall thereafter be deemed to be an "Investor" for all purposes of this Agreement unless such Person does not hold any Voting Securities.

"NON-INVESTOR DIRECTOR" means a director of Hexcel who is not an Investor Director and who (i) is not and has never been an officer, employee, partner or director of any of the Investors or their Affiliates or associates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), in each case other than Hexcel, and (ii) has no affiliation or compensation, consulting or contractual relationship with any of the Investors or their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel) such that a reasonable person would regard such director as likely to be unduly influenced by any of such Persons or any of their Affiliates or associates (in each case other than Hexcel).

"OTHER HOLDERS" means the holders of the Other Shares.

"OTHER SHARES" means Voting Securities not Beneficially Owned by any of the Investors or the Goldman Investors.

"PERSON" means any individual, Group, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

7

"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Berkshire V, Berkshire VI, Berkshire Investors, Greenbriar Co-Investment, Greenbriar Fund and Hexcel.

"REQUISITE CONSIDERATION" means consideration that is (i) approved by (x) a majority of the Independent Directors acting solely in the interests of the Other Holders, after the receipt of an opinion of an independent nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by them or (y) a majority in interest of the Other Holders by means of a Stockholder Vote solicited pursuant to a proxy statement containing the information required by Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act (it being understood that the Independent Directors shall, consistent with their fiduciary duties, be free to include in such proxy statement, if applicable, the reasons underlying any failure by them to approve a Buyout Transaction by the requisite vote, including whether a fairness opinion was sought by the Independent Directors and any opinions or recommendations expressed in connection therewith) and (ii) in the opinion of an independent nationally recognized investment banking firm (including such a firm retained by the Investors), fair to the Other Holders from a financial point of view. In connection with the retention of any investment banking firm referred to herein, the Independent Directors shall instruct such investment banking firm, unless the Independent Directors conclude, after consultation with their outside legal and financial advisors, that such instructions are not appropriate, to (a) value Hexcel's businesses taking into account a premium for control and (b) assume for purposes of such opinion that the Other Holders are entitled to their proportionate part of a Customary Acquisition/Control Premium.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Entity.

"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"SERIES A CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" means the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

"SERIES B CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" means the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

8

"SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of Hexcel.

"SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, without par value, of Hexcel.

"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

"STANDSTILL PERIOD" means the three-year period commencing on the Closing Date.

"STOCKHOLDER VOTE" means as to any matter to be presented to holders of Voting Securities, a vote at a duly called and held annual or special meeting of the holders of Voting Securities entitled to vote on such matter.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests.

"THIRD PARTY OFFER" means a bona fide offer to enter into a Buyout Transaction by a Person other than any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, any other Person acting on behalf of any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, or any Person who is part of a Group with any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, that does not treat the Investors or their respective Affiliates differently than the Other Holders.

"TOTAL VOTING POWER OF HEXCEL" means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of Hexcel if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of Hexcel by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person. In calculating such percentage, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding or shall be treated as outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement without regard to the Person holding such share until such time as such share of Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemed or repurchased by the Company or converted into Common Stock in accordance with

9

the Series A Certificate of Designations or Series B Certificate of Designations, as applicable. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights Beneficially Owned by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

"TRANSACTIONS" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

"VOTING SECURITIES" means Hexcel Common Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of Hexcel or such Subsidiary of Hexcel.

ARTICLE II
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

SECTION 2.01 BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Subject to Section 2.02(e), the Board shall consist of ten members, one of whom shall be designated the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be designated by a majority of the members of the Board.

SECTION 2.02 INVESTORS BOARD REPRESENTATION. (a) Subject to Sections 2.02(d) and 2.05(c), for so long as the Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of two Investor Directors and eight Non- Investor Directors (including at least five Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors at any time is below 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the Investors shall have no further right to nominate two Directors pursuant to this

10

Section 2.02(a); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if the Investors, directly or indirectly, during the term of this Agreement shall have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, on a cumulative basis, Beneficial Ownership of shares of Hexcel Common Stock and/or Convertible Preferred Stock together representing 662/3% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel represented by the Initial Shares as of the Closing Date to Persons that are not Investors, then the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of one Investor Director and nine Non-Investor Directors (including at least six Independent Directors).

(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(d) and 2.05(c), for so long as the Investors Beneficially Own less than 15% but at least 10% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the parties hereto shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board to consist of such nominees that, if elected, would result in the Board consisting of one Investor Director and nine Non-Investor Directors (including at least six Independent Directors); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors at any time is below 10% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, the Investors shall have no further right to nominate one Investor Director pursuant to this Section 2.02(b).

(c) Additional Shares shall not be included in any calculation of the Investors' Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel under this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Hexcel may increase the size of the Board through the appointment of one or more additional independent directors (as such term is used in the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing requirements) in order to comply with any applicable law, regulation or NYSE rule; PROVIDED, THAT, in the event of any such change, Hexcel will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to give the Investors the right to nominate, as nearly as possible, that proportion of the directors as permitted by the terms of Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b). Any director appointed to the Board pursuant to the first clause of this Section 2.02(d) shall be selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and shall be an Independent Director. Each of the Investors shall perform any and all actions as reasonably requested by Hexcel in order for the Board to be changed pursuant to this Section 2.02(d).

11

SECTION 2.03 DESIGNATION OF SLATE. (a) Any Investor Nominees that are included in a slate of directors pursuant to Section 2.02 shall be designated as provided in this Section 2.03, and any Non-Investor Director nominees who are to be included in any slate of directors pursuant to Section 2.02 shall be designated by majority vote by the then incumbent Non-Investor Directors (including the Chairman of the Board if he or she is an Independent Director) except that, to the extent that any such Non-Investor Director nominees are to be appointed by other holders of Voting Securities pursuant to any stockholders agreement existing on the date hereof between Hexcel and such holders of Voting Securities, such nominees shall be designated by such holders in accordance with the terms of such agreement. Hexcel's nominating committee, if any (or if there is no such nominating committee, the Board or any other duly authorized committee thereof), shall nominate each person so designated. The initial Investor Nominees shall be Robert J. Small and Joel S. Beckman. Upon consummation of the Transactions, a sufficient number of the then serving Independent Directors will resign in order to permit the appointment of the initial Investor Nominees to fill the vacancies thereby created. The remaining initial members of the Board shall be David E. Berges, H. Arthur Bellows, Jr., Sandra L. Derickson, James J. Gaffney, Sanjeev K. Mehra, Lewis Rubin, Peter M. Sacerdote and Martin L. Solomon. The initial Chairman of the Board shall be David E. Berges.

(b) The parties hereby agree that for so long as (i) the Investors are permitted to designate two Investor Directors pursuant to this Agreement, one director shall be designated by Berkshire VI and one director shall be designated by Greenbriar Fund; and (ii) the Investors are permitted to designate one Investor Director pursuant to this Agreement, such director shall be designated by mutual agreement of Berkshire VI and Greenbriar Fund.

(c) If, for any reason, all of the Investor Directors designated pursuant to Section 2.02 and this Section 2.03 are not elected to the Board by stockholders, then Hexcel shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause any person designated by the Investors to be elected to the Board, and during any such absence of membership on the Board, Hexcel shall, after receiving notice from the Investors as to the identity of a representative of the Investors, (i) permit such representative to attend all Board meetings and to the extent contemplated by Section 2.04 all committees thereof as an observer; (ii) provide such representative advance notice of each such meeting, including such meeting's time and place, at the same time and in

12

the same manner as such notice is provided to the members of the Board (or such committee thereof); (iii) provide such representative with copies of all materials, including notices, minutes and consents, distributed to the members of the Board (or such committee thereof) at the same time as such materials are distributed to such Board (or such committee thereof) and shall permit such representative to have the same access to information concerning the business and operations of Hexcel as such representative would have had as an Investor Director; and (iv) on a basis consistent with the members of the Board, permit such representative to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Hexcel with, and to make proposals and furnish advice with respect thereto, the Board, without voting; PROVIDED, in each case, that such representative agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of all materials and information provided to him pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) and to return to Hexcel all such materials and information at such time as such representative ceases to act as a representative pursuant to this Section 2.03(c).

SECTION 2.04 COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP. So long as the Investors shall be entitled to designate two Investor Nominees for election to the Board under this Agreement, the finance, compensation, nominating, audit and any other committee of the Board shall consist of at least one Investor Director; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no Investor Director is eligible for membership on an above-listed committee under then-applicable listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation, then such committee of the Board shall include an Investor Director only when so permitted by the listing standards of the NYSE or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that Hexcel shall exercise all authority under applicable law, rule and regulation to permit the inclusion of any Investor Director designated by the Investors on such committee, including, without limitation, causing an increase in the number of directors on such committee. To the extent that Investor Directors are not eligible for membership on the finance committee, compensation committee, nominating committee, audit committee and/or other committees of the Board, the Investors shall be entitled to designate a representative to attend and observe such committee meetings, provided that the observation is not prohibited by applicable listing standards, laws, rules or regulations. The size of each committee of the Board shall be increased by one, as appropriate, on the Closing Date so as to allow for the appointment of an Investor Director to each such committee.

SECTION 2.05 RESIGNATIONS AND REPLACEMENTS. (a) If at any time a member of the Board resigns (pursuant to this Section 2.05 or

13

otherwise) or is removed in accordance with applicable law or Hexcel's by-laws, a new member shall be designated to replace such member until the next election of directors. If consistent with Section 2.02 the replacement director is to be an Investor Director, the party that designated such Investor Director shall designate the replacement Investor Director. Except as set forth in paragraph
(c) below, if consistent with Section 2.02, the replacement director is to be a Non-Investor Director, such Non-Investor Director (including the Chairman of the Board if he or she is a Non-Investor Director) shall be designated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, if at any time the number of Investor Nominees entitled to be nominated to the Board in accordance with this Agreement in an election of directors presented to stockholders would decrease, within 10 days thereafter the Investors shall cause a sufficient number of Investor Directors to resign from the Board so that the number of Investor Directors on the Board after such resignation(s) equals the number of Investor Nominees that the Investors would have been entitled to designate had an election of directors taken place at such time. The Investors shall also cause a sufficient number of Investor Directors to resign from any relevant committees of the Board so that such committees are comprised in the manner contemplated by Section 2.04 after giving effect to such resignations. Any vacancies created by the resignations required by this Section 2.05(b) shall be filled by Independent Directors.

(c) If at any time the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors decreases as a result of an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel (other than any of the issuances described in the last sentence of this Section 2.05(c)), the Investors may notify Hexcel that the Investors intend to acquire a sufficient amount of additional Voting Securities in accordance with this Agreement necessary to maintain their then current level of Board representation within 90 days. In such event, until the end of such period (and thereafter if the Investors in fact restore their percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel during such period and provided that the Investors continue to maintain the requisite level of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities in accordance with Section 2.02) the Board shall continue to have the number of Investor Directors that corresponds to the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors prior to such issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 2.05(c) shall not apply to any issuances of Voting Securities (x) upon conversion of any convertible

14

securities which are either outstanding on the date hereof (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date hereof in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, or (y) pursuant to employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans outstanding as of the date hereof or, subsequent to the date hereof, approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board.

SECTION 2.06 INVESTOR DIRECTOR APPROVALS. The Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any of the following actions without the approval of a majority of the Investor Directors for so long as and at any time the Investors Beneficially Own 15% or more of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel, and, if the Investors percentage Beneficial Ownership of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel is reduced below 15% by an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel, no such authorization, approval, or ratification shall be given by the Board without the approval of a majority of the Investor Directors (x) until 10 business days after Hexcel notifies the Investors in writing of such issuance, and (y) if the Investors shall have notified Hexcel within 10 business days after their receipt of a written notification of such issuance that the Investors, pursuant to the option granted to the Investors by Section 3.02 of this Agreement, intend to acquire a sufficient amount of Voting Securities within such 90-day period referred to therein, so that the Investors will Beneficially Own at least 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel by the end of such 90-day period, subject to Section 2.05(c), during the 90-day period following an issuance of Voting Securities by Hexcel that causes the Investors to Beneficially Own less than 15% of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel:

(i) any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other business combination involving Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the consideration to be paid or received by Hexcel and/or its stockholders in any such individual transaction or in such transaction when added to the aggregate value of the consideration paid or received by Hexcel and/or its stockholders in all other such transactions approved by the Board during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of Hexcel's total consolidated assets;

(ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition or any series of related dispositions of any assets, business or

15

operations of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Buyout Transaction) if the value of the assets, business or operations so disposed during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (x) $75 million or (y) 11% of Hexcel's total consolidated assets; or

(iii) any issuance by Hexcel or any Significant Subsidiary of Hexcel of equity or equity-related securities (other than (1) pursuant to customary employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board, (2) pursuant to transactions solely among Hexcel and its wholly owned Subsidiaries (including any Subsidiaries which would be wholly owned by Hexcel but for the issuance of directors' or shareholders' qualifying shares), (3) upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of warrants or options, which convertible securities, warrants or options are either outstanding on the date of this Agreement (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06, or (4) in connection with any mergers, consolidations, acquisitions or other business combinations involving Hexcel or any Subsidiary of Hexcel which are approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board in accordance with this Section 2.06 (if applicable)) for which the consideration received by Hexcel for such transactions during the immediately preceding 12 months exceeds $25 million.

SECTION 2.07 BOARD OF DIRECTOR APPROVALS. Subject to Section 3.03, if applicable, for so long as there are any Investor Directors serving on the Board, the Board shall not authorize, approve or ratify any action (a "Board Action"), at a meeting of the Board, by written consent or otherwise, without the approval of a minimum of six (6) members of the Board, of which at least two
(2) of such six (6) members shall be Independent Directors, or in the event that the Board shall consist of less than six (6) members due to vacancies on the Board, the approval of all members of the Board shall be required for any Board Action.

SECTION 2.08 SOLICITATION AND VOTING OF SHARES. (a) Hexcel shall use commercially reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of

16

Hexcel eligible to vote for the election of directors proxies in favor of the Board nominees selected in accordance with Section 2.02.

(b) In any election of directors or at any meeting of the stockholders of Hexcel called expressly for the removal of directors, for so long as the Board includes (and will include after any such removal) Investor Directors contemplated by Section 2.02, the Investors shall be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and shall vote all their Voting Securities entitled to vote (1) in favor of any nominee or director selected in accordance with
Section 2.02, (2) in favor of any nominee or director placed by Hexcel on the slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board in accordance with the terms of any stockholders agreement, existing on the date hereof, between Hexcel and a holder or holders of Voting Securities, (3) against the removal of any director designated in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and (4) against the removal of any director placed by Hexcel on the slate of directors presented to stockholders for election to the Board and elected to the Board by the stockholders in accordance with the terms of any stockholders agreement, existing on the date hereof, between Hexcel and a holder or holders of Voting Securities. Except as provided above and in Section 3.03, the Investors shall be free to vote in their sole discretion all their Voting Securities entitled to vote on any other matter submitted to or acted upon by stockholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Investors shall vote against any amendment to Hexcel's certificate of incorporation with respect to the directors' and officers' indemnification provisions contained therein which would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Indemnified Individuals at any time prior to such vote, except for such modifications as are required by applicable law.

SECTION 2.09 BY-LAWS; RESTRICTIONS ON COMPANY ACTION; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES. (a) Hexcel shall cause the amendment of its by-laws to reflect the provisions of Article II of this Agreement and such other matters as the parties may reasonably agree. The form of such amended by-laws is attached hereto as Exhibit A. For so long as the Investors are entitled to designate an Investor Nominee pursuant to Section 2.02, those by-laws reflecting the provisions of Article II of this Agreement shall not thereafter be amended during the term of this Agreement except with the Investors' written consent. Hexcel and each of the Investors shall each take or cause to be taken all lawful action necessary to ensure at all times that Hexcel's certificate of incorporation and by-laws are not at any time inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

17

(b) Except with the Investors' prior written consent, Hexcel shall not cause or permit any amendment, restatement, modification or change to, or waiver of, any provision contained in any agreement (other than customary employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board) between a stockholder or stockholders and Hexcel that provides such stockholder or stockholders (1) governance rights, board representation rights, voting rights, transfer restrictions or any other similar rights relating to Hexcel and/or Voting Securities held by such holder or holders or (2) registration rights with respect to Voting Securities held by such holder or holders.

(c) Except as required by applicable law, rule or regulation, Hexcel shall not approve or recommend to its stockholders any transaction or approve, recommend or take any other action (other than those expressly contemplated by this Agreement and other than those that affect the Investors and each Other Holder or each director at the same time in the same manner) that would (1) materially adversely discriminate against the Investors as stockholders of Hexcel or (2) restrict the right of any Investor Director to vote on any matter as such director believes appropriate in light of his or her duties as a director or the manner in which an Investor Director may participate in his or her capacity as a director in deliberations or discussions at meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, except with respect to (i) entering into contractual or other business relationships with any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates (other than in their capacity as stockholders of Hexcel), (ii) disputes with any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates (including disputes under this Agreement), (iii) interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Investors or any of their Affiliates or (iv) any other matter involving an actual or potential conflict of interest due to such director's relationship with the Investors or any of their Affiliates. In addition, Hexcel shall not enter into any agreement or instrument, nor amend the Debt Instruments or other material agreements and instruments to which it is a party in such a manner, that would (i) prohibit any Investor from acquiring the Acquisition Shares or (ii) cause an Investor's acquisition of Acquisition Shares to conflict with, or cause Hexcel to breach or violate, the terms of any such agreement or instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hexcel may adopt or implement any takeover defense measures applicable to the Investors or any of their Affiliates, including the institution or amendment by Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries of any stockholders rights plan or similar plan or device, or any change of control matters (including provisions in future agreements or collaborations), PROVIDED, that such takeover defense measures

18

shall not restrict the rights of the Investors to acquire any Voting Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

19

ARTICLE III
STANDSTILL

SECTION 3.01 STANDSTILL. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including Section 2.05(c), this Section 3.01, Section 3.02 or
Section 3.03) or as specifically approved by a majority of the Non-Investor Directors, including at least two Independent Directors (so long as such approval was not obtained by any of the Investors in violation of this Agreement), none of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, (i) by purchase or otherwise, Beneficially Own, acquire, agree to acquire or offer to acquire any Voting Securities or direct or indirect rights or options to acquire Voting Securities (including any voting trust certificates representing such securities) other than the Initial Shares and, subject to Section 4.01(b), the Additional Shares and the Acquisition Shares,
(ii) enter, propose to enter into, solicit or support any merger or business combination or similar transaction involving Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries, or purchase, acquire, propose to purchase or acquire or solicit or support the purchase or acquisition of any portion of the business or assets of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries (except for proposals to purchase or acquire a non-material portion of the assets of Hexcel or any of its Subsidiaries that are not required to be publicly disclosed), (iii) initiate or propose any securityholder proposal without the approval of the Board granted in accordance with this Agreement or make, or in any way participate in, any "solicitation" of "proxies" (as such terms are used in the proxy rules promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) to vote, or seek to advise or influence any Person with respect to the voting of, any Voting Securities or request or take any action to obtain any list of securityholders for such purposes with respect to any matter other than those upon which the Investors may vote in their sole respective discretion pursuant to Section 2.08 (or, as to such matters, solicit any Person in a manner that would require the filing of a proxy statement under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act), (iv) form, join or in any way participate in a Group (other than a Group consisting solely of the Investors) formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of or taking any other action with respect to Voting Securities that would be required under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act to file a Statement on Schedule 13D with respect to such Voting Securities, (v) deposit any Voting Securities in a voting trust or enter into any voting agreement or arrangement with respect thereto (other than this Agreement and such voting trusts or agreements which are solely between Investors or made between the Investors and the Company pursuant to this Agreement), (vi) seek representation on the Board, the

20

removal of any directors from the Board or a change in the size or composition of the Board (in each case, other than as provided in this Agreement), (vii) make any request to amend or waive any provision of this Section 3.01, which request would require public disclosure under applicable law, rule or regulation, (viii) disclose any intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal inconsistent with the foregoing (including any such intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal that is conditioned on or would require the waiver, amendment, nullification or invalidation of any of the foregoing) or take any action that would require public disclosure of any such intent, purpose, plan, arrangement or proposal, (ix) take any action challenging the validity or enforceability of the foregoing or (x) assist, advise, encourage or negotiate with any Person with respect to, or seek to do, any of the foregoing.

(b) Nothing in this Section 3.01 shall (i) prohibit or restrict any of the Investors from responding to any inquiries from any shareholders of Hexcel as to the Investors' intention with respect to the voting of any Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Investors so long as such response is consistent with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) restrict the right of each Investor Director on the Board or any committee thereof to vote on any matter as such individual believes appropriate in light of his or her duties as a director or committee member or the manner in which an Investor Director may participate in his or her capacity as a director in deliberations or discussions at meetings of the Board or as a member of any committee thereof; (iii) subject to Section 4.01(b), prohibit the Investors from Beneficially Owning Voting Securities issued as dividends or distributions in respect of, or issued upon conversion, exchange or exercise of, securities which the Investors are permitted to Beneficially Own under this Agreement; (iv) prohibit any officer, director, employee or agent of the Investors from purchasing or otherwise acquiring Voting Securities so long as he or she is not a member of a Group that includes any of the Investors or is not otherwise acting on behalf of any of the Investors; or (v) prohibit the Investors from disclosing in accordance with their respective obligations (if any) under the federal securities laws or other applicable law their desire (if any) that Hexcel become the subject of a Buyout Transaction.

(c) Nothing in this Section 3.01 shall prohibit or restrict the Investors from (i) after the Standstill Period, proposing, participating in, supporting or causing the consummation of an Investor Buyout Transaction, subject to
Section 3.03 or (ii) participating in a Third Party Offer in accordance with
Section 3.03.

21

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.01, if, at any time following the consummation of a bankruptcy proceeding involving Hexcel, any Person (other than Hexcel) is permitted by law or the bankruptcy court in which the proceeding is pending to propose a plan of reorganization for Hexcel, the Investors shall be permitted to propose a plan of reorganization for Hexcel; PROVIDED, that no plan of reorganization shall be proposed by the Investors prior to the expiration or termination of the exclusivity period for Hexcel's filing of a plan of reorganization, as such exclusivity period may be extended from time to time (it being understood and agreed that the Investors shall not object to any extension of Hexcel's exclusivity period and shall not initiate or otherwise support any proceeding to terminate or shorten the length of Hexcel's exclusivity period).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4.01(b), the Investors may, during the term of this Agreement, by purchase or otherwise, acquire, agree to acquire or offer to acquire the Acquisition Shares.

SECTION 3.02 INVESTORS RIGHT TO MAINTAIN POSITION. In addition to the rights set forth in Sections 2.05(c) and 2.06 hereof, Hexcel hereby grants to the Investors the following irrevocable option:

If, at any time after the Closing Date for so long as the Investors shall be entitled to designate one or more Investor Nominees for election to the Board and Hexcel shall issue for cash any additional Voting Securities, then Hexcel shall notify the Investors of such issuance and the price and terms thereof, and the Investors shall have the option, for a period of 45 days after receipt of such notice, to purchase from Hexcel an Amount (as defined below) of such Voting Securities for the same consideration per security and on the same terms as were applicable to such issuance by Hexcel. The foregoing option shall not apply to any issuances of Voting Securities (x) upon conversion of any convertible securities which are either outstanding on the date hereof (including, without limitation, issuances of securities upon any payment of dividends on, redemption of, or otherwise payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) or approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board after the date hereof in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, or (y) pursuant to employee or director stock option or incentive compensation or similar plans outstanding as of the date hereof or, subsequent to the date hereof, approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board. An "Amount" shall mean such number of securities that would allow the Investors to Beneficially Own the same percentage of

22

the Total Voting Power of Hexcel as the Investors Beneficially Owned immediately prior to such issuance (other than Additional Shares).

SECTION 3.03 THIRD PARTY OFFERS; INVESTOR BUYOUT TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer that is made prior to the date that is eighteen months from the Closing Date and such Third Party Offer is approved by (x) a majority of the Board and (y) a majority of Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, the Investors may act at their sole discretion with respect to such Third Party Offer.

(b) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer that is made prior to the date that is eighteen months from the Closing Date and such Third Party Offer is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, none of the Investors nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than with respect to Additional Shares) may support such Third Party Offer, vote in favor of such Third Party Offer or tender or sell their Voting Securities to the Person making such Third Party Offer.

(c) In the event that Hexcel becomes the subject of a Third Party Offer or an Investor Buyout Transaction that is made after the date that is eighteen months from the Closing Date and such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction is (i) not approved by a majority of the Board or (ii) approved by a majority of the Board but not by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, including the approval of at least two Independent Directors, the Investors and each of their respective Affiliates (other than with respect to Additional Shares) must vote all of their Voting Securities against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in proportion to the votes cast against such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction with respect to Other Shares and may not tender or sell their Voting Securities to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction in a proportion greater than the tenders or sales made by the Other Holders to the Person making such Third Party Offer or Investor Buyout Transaction; it being understood that the Investors may enter into agreements to tender or sell Voting Securities to any such Person conditioned upon final determination of the number of Voting Securities permitted to be so tendered or sold under this Section 3.03 and
Section 3.01.

23

ARTICLE IV
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

SECTION 4.01 RESTRICTIONS. (a) Other than sales, transfers, or other dispositions (v) pursuant to the Series A Certificate of Designations, (w) pursuant to the Series B Certificate of Designations, (x) from one Investor to another Investor (provided that such Investor is a signatory to this Agreement or has executed, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition, a joinder in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors signatory hereto (a "Permitted Transferee"),
(y) of the Additional Shares by the Persons holding such Additional Shares or
(z) of Voting Securities registered in accordance with Section 2.2(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement (only if such registration includes a registration of Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Goldman Investors), none of the Investors or their respective Affiliates, directly or indirectly, may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities (including any Acquisition Shares) for a period of eighteen months after the Closing Date. During the period commencing eighteen months from the Closing Date, the Investors, directly or indirectly, may only sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities (i) to another Investor (provided that such Investor is a signatory to this Agreement or has executed, at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition, a joinder in which it shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Investors signatory hereto), (ii) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume and manner-of-sale limitations of Rule 144 regardless of whether such limitations are applicable) and otherwise subject to compliance with the Securities Act, (iii) in a registered public offering, (iv) in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a manner calculated to achieve a Broad Distribution, (v) in a Third Party Offer if and to the extent permitted under Section 3.03 or (vi) which are Additional Shares.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Investors or their Affiliates may, directly or indirectly, acquire, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities if such acquisition, sale, transfer or other disposition would result in a default or acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Debt Instruments, unless prior to the consummation of such acquisition, sale, transfer or other disposition, any required consents under the Debt

24

Instruments to effect such acquisition, sale, transfer or disposition shall have been obtained.

SECTION 4.02 LEGENDS. (a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) below, during the term of this Agreement all certificates representing Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Investors shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend indicating that such Voting Securities are subject to restrictions pursuant to this Agreement and that such Voting Securities were not issued pursuant to a public offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act.

(b) Upon any transfer or proposed transfer of Beneficial Ownership by the Investors of any Voting Securities to any Person other than the Investors that is permitted pursuant to this Agreement, Hexcel shall, upon receipt of timely notice and such certificates, opinions and other documentation as shall be reasonably requested by Hexcel, cause certificates representing such transferred Voting Securities to be issued not later than the time needed to effect such transfer (x) without any restrictive legend if upon consummation of such transfer such Voting Securities are no longer "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) without any reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 4.03 EFFECT. Any purported transfer of Voting Securities that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

SECTION 4.04 CONTROL OF THE INVESTORS. (a) Each of the Investors represents and warrants to Hexcel, as of the date hereof, that such Investor is controlled by, or under common control with, Berkshire Partners LLC or Greenbriar Equity Group LLC, as the case may be.

(b) Each of the Investors separately and not jointly covenants that for so long as any Investor Beneficially Owns Voting Securities pursuant to this Agreement, such Investor shall remain controlled by or under common control with Berkshire Partners LLC or Greenbriar Equity Group LLC, as the case may be.

25

ARTICLE V
TERMINATION

SECTION 5.01 TERM.(a) This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of:

(i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date; or
(ii) the occurrence of any event in accordance with this Agreement which causes the percentage of the Total Voting Power of Hexcel Beneficially Owned by the Investors to be either (x) less than 10% or (y) 90% or more.

(b) If Hexcel is in breach of or violates any material obligation under this Agreement and fails to cure such breach or violation within 60 days after delivery of written notice from the Investors specifying such breach or violation and requesting its cure, the Investors may terminate their respective obligations under this Agreement by written notice to Hexcel.

(c) If any of the Investors is in breach of or violates any material obligation under this Agreement and such Investor fail to cure such breach or violation within 60 days after delivery of written notice from Hexcel specifying such breach or violation and requesting its cure, Hexcel may terminate its obligations under this Agreement by written notice to the Investors.

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.01 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by telecopy, nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

26

(a) if to Hexcel, to:

Hexcel Corporation
2 Stamford Plaza
281 Tresser Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
(T) (203) 969-0666
(F) (203) 358-3972

Attention: Ira J. Krakower, Esq.

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(T) (212) 735-3000
(F) (212) 735-2000

Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq. and Thomas W. Greenberg, Esq.

(b) if to the Investors, to:

Berkshire Partners LLC
One Boston Place
Suite 3300
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
(T) (617) 227-0050
(F) (617) 227-6105

Attention: Mr. Robert J. Small

and:

27

Greenbriar Equity Group LLC
555 Theodore Fremd Avenue
Suite A-201
Rye, New York 10580
(T) (914) 925-9600
(F) (914) 925-9699

Attention: Mr. Joel S. Beckman

with a copy to:

Ropes & Gray
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(T)(617) 951-7000
(F) (617) 951-7050

Attention: David C. Chapin, Esq. and Paul F. Van Houten, Esq.

SECTION 6.02 INTERPRETATION. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words "included", "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".

SECTION 6.03 SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

28

SECTION 6.04 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.

SECTION 6.05 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Series A Certificate of Designations and the Series B Certificate of Designations (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto and, solely with respect to the proviso in
Section 2.08(b), the Indemnified Individuals, any rights or remedies hereunder.

SECTION 6.06 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

SECTION 6.07 GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

SECTION 6.08 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding ("Proceeding") arising out of or relating to this

29

Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, County of Newcastle (the "Selected Courts") and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or the Investors at their respective addresses referred to in Section 6.01 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (iii) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

SECTION 6.09 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. (a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; PROVIDED that no such amendment or waiver by Hexcel shall be effective without the approval of a majority of the Independent Directors. Notwithstanding any provision herein to

30

the contrary, if a majority of the Independent Directors determine in good faith to do so, such Independent Directors may seek to enforce, in the name and on behalf of Hexcel, the terms of this Agreement against the Investors.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

SECTION 6.10 ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 6.10 VENTURE CAPITAL OPERATING COMPANY MATTERS. Each of Berkshire Fund VI and Greenbriar Fund shall have rights to substantial participation in the management of the Company solely by acting through their respective rights to each appoint a member to the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 2.03(b) hereof.

31

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

BERKSHIRE FUND V,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    ------------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

BERKSHIRE FUND VI,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: Sixth Berkshire Associates LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    ------------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

BERKSHIRE FUND V INVESTMENT CORP.

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    ------------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Vice President

BERKSHIRE FUND VI INVESTMENT CORP.

By:  /s/ Robert J. Small
     -----------------------------
     Name: Robert J. Small
     Title: Vice President

32

BERKSHIRE INVESTORS LLC

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    ------------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

GREENBRIAR CO-INVESTMENT
PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Greenbriar Holdings LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Joel S. Beckman
    ------------------------------
    Name: Joel S. Beckman
    Title: Managing Member

GREENBRIAR EQUITY FUND, L.P.

By: Greenbriar Equity Capital, L.P.,
its general partner

By: Greenbriar Holdings LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Joel S. Beckman
     -----------------------------
    Name: Joel S. Beckman
    Title: Managing Member

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ------------------------------
    Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

33

34

EXHIBIT 10.55

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

among

HEXCEL CORPORATION,

LXH, L.L.C.,

LXH II, L.L.C.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 OFFSHORE, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.,

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 GmbH & CO. BETEILIGUNGS KG,

and

STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

Dated as of March 19, 2003


This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is made as of March 19, 2003, among Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), LXH, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH"), LXH II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH II" and together with LXH, the "LXH Investors"), GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("GS 2000 Offshore"), GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GS 2000 Employee"), GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, a German limited partnership ("GS 2000 Germany"), and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Stone Street" and together with GS 2000, GS 2000 Offshore, GS 2000 Employee, GS 2000 Germany, the "New Investors"). References in this Agreement to the "Investors" shall mean, collectively, the New Investors and the LXH Investors.

WHEREAS, the New Investors have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), dated as of December 18, 2002, with the Company, pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein, each has agreed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as such terms are defined below) from the Company;

WHEREAS, simultaneously herewith, the Investors and the Company are executing and delivering an Amended and Restated Governance Agreement (the "Governance Agreement") providing, among other things, for certain rights and obligations with respect to the ownership of the shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the LXH Investors, the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock acquired by the New Investors pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and the shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock;

WHEREAS, the Company and the LXH Investors are parties to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 19, 2000 (the "2000 Registration Rights Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to provide the LXH Investors with certain registration rights; and

WHEREAS, (i) in connection with the execution and delivery by the New Investors of the Stock Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and (ii) to induce the Investors to execute and deliver the Governance Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, the Company and the LXH Investors have agreed to amend and restate the 2000 Registration Rights Agreement and the Company has agreed to provide the Investors with the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto agree as follows:


1. Certain Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

"Affiliate" means (i) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person or (ii) with respect to any individual, shall also mean the spouse or child of such individual; provided, that neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holder.

"Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders" means Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Investors LLC, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and any Person who shall hereafter acquire and hold Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, dated March 19, 2003 among the Company, Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Investors LLC, Berkshire Fund V Investment Corp., Berkshire Fund VI Investment Corp, Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P, Greenbriar Equity Capital, L.P., Greenbriar Holdings, LLC, Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC and Sixth Berkshire Associates
LLC.

"Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities" means (a) any shares of Common Stock held by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders, provided that, to the extent any Berkshire/Greenbriar Holder holds solely shares of Common Stock acquired from third parties, such shares shall be Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities only for so long as such Berkshire/Greenbriar Holder is an Affiliate of the Company, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of a Conversion Payment (as such term is defined in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations (as defined below)) or any payment of shares upon a redemption under such Certificate) (c) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of any payment of shares upon a redemption under the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations (as defined below)), (d) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (e) any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities until the date that is three years from the date hereof. As to any particular Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with


respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144 (notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (k) of such Rule).

"Certificate of Incorporation" means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"Common Stock Equivalents" means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject), Common Stock.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Expenses" means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company's performance of or compliance with Article 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange or on any securities market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws and in connection with the preparation of a "blue sky" survey, including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of blue sky counsel,
(iii) printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration, the fees and disbursements (which shall not exceed $75,000 per registration) of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) (selected by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1, and selected by the underwriter, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2), (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or "cold comfort" letter) and fees and expenses of other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (as such term is defined in Schedule E to the By-Laws of the NASD) and (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers of securities.

"Holder" or "Holders" means any Person who is a signatory to this Agreement and any Person who shall hereafter acquire and hold Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Governance Agreement.


"Majority Participating Holders" means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereto.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof.

"Registrable Securities" means (a) any shares of Common Stock held by the Holders on the date hereof, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of a Conversion Payment (as such term is defined in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations) or any payment of shares upon a redemption under such Certificate), (c) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of any payment of shares upon a redemption under the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations), (d) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, (e) any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the date that is three years from the date hereof and (f) any shares of Common Stock acquired by the Holders from third parties after the date hereof for so long as such Holder is an Affiliate of the Company. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144 (notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (k) of such Rule).

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.


"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 19, 2003.

"Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 19, 2003.

"Trading Day" means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is quoted, listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Common Stock is not quoted, listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange (or the Nasdaq Stock Market), any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

"Total Voting Power" means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power held by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company by Voting Securities held by such Person. In calculating such percentage, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding or shall be treated as outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement without regard to the Person holding such share until such time as such share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemed or repurchased by the Company or converted into Common Stock in accordance with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations or the Series B Certificate of Designations, as applicable. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities held by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights held by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power represented by Voting Securities held by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

"Voting Securities" means Common Stock, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary (as such term is defined in the Governance Agreement) entitled to vote


generally in the election of directors of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2. Registration Rights.

2.1. Demand Registrations.

(a) (i) Subject to Section 2.1(b) below, at any time, the Holders shall have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such aggregate number of Registrable Securities which represents 20% or greater of the Total Voting Power of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by such Holders and the intended method of distribution thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that no shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of (x) shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or (y) shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may be included in such request prior to the date that is eighteen months from the date hereof. All such requests by any Holder pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(i) are referred to herein as "Demand Registration Requests," and the registrations so requested are referred to herein as "Demand Registrations" (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Holders making such demand for registration being referred to as the "Initiating Holders"). As promptly as practicable, but no later than ten days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the "Demand Exercise Notice") of such Demand Registration Request to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities.

(ii) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration (together with the Initiating Holders, the "Participating Holders")(which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holders) within 30 days after the receipt of the Demand Exercise Notice (or, 15 days if, at the request of the Initiating Holders, the Company states in such written notice or gives telephonic notice to all Holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly thereafter, that such registration will be on a Form S-3).

(iii) The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with such intended method of distribution, including a distribution to, and resale by, the partners of a Holder (a "Partner Distribution") and (y) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and to otherwise take any


action necessary to include such language, if such language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such language if deemed reasonably necessary by such Holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) to the Holders are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) to be declared effective within a period of 180 days after the effective date of any other registration statement of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act; (ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a "Valid Business Reason"), the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than three months (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (ii), the "Postponement Period"); and the Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company shall not be permitted to postpone or withdraw a registration statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve months after the expiration of such Postponement Period; (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Demand Registrations under Section 2.1(a) for the Holders, and (iv) the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have an aggregate anticipated offering price of at least $25,000,000 (based on the then-current market price of the Registrable Securities).

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement or withdrawal, register any equity security of the Company, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or an equivalent registration form then in effect). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to withdraw any registration statement pursuant to clause
(ii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (ii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered


by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, at such time as the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than three months after the date of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement).

(c) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering made pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights granted by the Company which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement ("Additional Piggyback Rights"); provided, however, that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to and subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Participating Holders.

(d) In connection with any Demand Registration, the Company shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter in connection with such registration and each other managing underwriter for such registration, provided that in each case, each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Participating Holders.

2.2. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) If, at any time, the Company proposes or is required to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to (i) registrations on such form or similar form(s) solely for registration of securities in connection with an employee benefit plan or dividend reinvestment plan or a merger or consolidation or (ii) a Demand Registration under Section 2.1) on a registration statement on Form S-1, Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or an equivalent general registration form then in effect), whether or not for its own account, the Company shall give prompt written notice of its intention to do so to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities. Upon the written request of any such Holder, made within 15 days following the receipt of any such written notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(b), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be included in the registration statement with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. No registration of Registrable


Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof.

(b) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities and (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities.

(c) Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that (i) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and
(ii) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, a Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and to otherwise take any action necessary to include such language, if such language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such language if deemed reasonably necessary by such Holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement.

(a) If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the lead managing underwriter of such offering (the "Manager") shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities or any other persons (including those shares of Common Stock requested by the Company to be included in such registration) exceeds the largest number (the "Section 2.3(a) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Majority Participating Holders, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities and Berkshire/ Greenbriar Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof; provided, however, that, if the number of such Registrable Securities and


Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the
Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights ("Piggyback Shares"), based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(a), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(b) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by the Company after the date hereof as a primary registration of its securities and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(b) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included


pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Piggyback Shares be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this
Section 2.3(b), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(c) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by holders of securities of the Company that have the right to require such registration pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof ("Additional Demand Rights") and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(c) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders of Additional Demand Rights ("Additional Registrable Securities"), the Holders and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders; provided, however, that, if the number of such Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the number of such Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable


Securities requesting that Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities, as the case may be, be included in such registration, based on the number of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities, as the case may be, then owned by each such holders requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities, as the case may be, owned by all of such holders requesting inclusion;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the
Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, any Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i), and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Piggyback Shares be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(c), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 2.3(c), if at any time any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by the Berkshire/Greenbriar Holders and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(d) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities and Berkshire/ Greenbriar Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof; provided, however, that, if the number of such Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall


be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities and Berkshire/Greenbriar Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(d) is less than the
Section 2.3(d) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Piggyback Shares, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section
2.3(d) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(d) is less than the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this
Section 2.3(d), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

2.4. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof (including, without limitation, a Partner Distribution), which form shall be selected by the Company and shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective (provided, however, that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the Holders participating in the planned offering (selected


by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to
Section 2.1, and selected by the lead managing underwriter, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2) and the lead managing underwriter, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or supplement thereto to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object);

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for such period as any seller of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(c) furnish, without charge, to each seller of such Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) promptly notify each Holder selling Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and each managing underwriter, if any:
(i) when the


registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the registration statement has been filed and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement, the prospectus related thereto or any document incorporated therein by reference containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

(f) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within 16 months thereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company's first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(g) (i) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities as a Nasdaq National Market "national market system security" within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Exchange Act or, failing that, secure Nasdaq National Market authorization for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter's arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with


respect to such shares with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD");

(h) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i) enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such offering shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Holders of the Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by any underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

(j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company's counsel and a "cold comfort" letter from the Company's independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and "cold comfort" letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriter, if any, and furnish to each Holder participating in the offering and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such Holder or underwriter;

(k) deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, other than those portions of any such memoranda which contain information subject to attorney-client privilege with respect to the Company, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(l) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement;

(m) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement;


(n) make reasonably available its employees and personnel for participation in "road shows" an other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company's businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

(o) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement) provide copies of such document to counsel for the selling holders of Registrable Securities and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company's representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the selling holders prior to the filing thereof as counsel for such selling holders or underwriters may reasonably request;

(p) furnish to the Holder participating in the offering and the managing underwriter, without charge, at least one signed copy, and to each other Holder participating in the offering, without charge, at least one photocopy of a signed copy, of the registration statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

(q) cooperate with the sellers of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the sellers of Registrable Securities at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

(r) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; and

(s) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable.

The Company may require as a condition precedent to the Company's obligations under this Section 2.4 that each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected furnish the Company such information in writing regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company


may from time to time reasonably request provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such seller will discontinue such seller's disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such seller's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph
(e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such seller's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4.

If any such registration statement or comparable statement under "blue sky" laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company's securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state "blue sky" or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

2.5. Registration Expenses.

(a) The Company shall pay all Expenses (x) with respect to any Demand Registration whether or not it becomes effective or remains effective for the period contemplated by Section 2.4(b) and (y) with respect to any registration effected under Section 2.2.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this
Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with "blue sky" laws of each state in which the offering is made and (y) in connection with any registration hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to


payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Holder, and (z) the Company shall, in the case of all registrations under this Article 2, be responsible for all its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights. In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to an underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration unless such Person agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided therein and, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney) which must be executed in connection therewith, and provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person's securities.

2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities. (a) Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that, (i) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed 90 days (and the Company hereby also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 (if reasonably acceptable to such managing underwriter) or Form S-8, or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree), and (ii) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account it will not sell any Common Stock (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed 90 days.

(b) The Company hereby agrees that, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, and if such previous registration shall not have been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the


conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of 90 days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.

2.8. No Required Sale. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.

2.9. Indemnification. (a) In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article 2, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees and stockholders thereof), each other Person who participates as an underwriter or a Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, "Claims"), insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based upon
(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus in reliance upon and in


conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by as on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(b) Each Holder of Registrable Securities that are included in the securities as to which any registration under Section 2.1 or 2.2 is being effected shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9) to the extent permitted by law the Company, its officers and directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, general and limited partners, stockholders and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein and reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) and Sections 2.9(c), (e) and (f) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such claim. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any state securities and "blue sky" laws.

(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any such Person to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any such Person otherwise than under this Article 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the


commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within 20 days after receiving notice from such indemnified party; or
(ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties which are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a),
(b) or (c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such offering of securities. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying


party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this
Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses, claims, damages or liabilities of the indemnified parties relate, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c).

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this
Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

3. Underwritten Offerings.

3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering by the Investors pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Majority Participating Holders and shall contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements on substantially the same terms as those contained herein. Any Holder participating in the offering shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder and that any or all


of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a selling Holder for inclusion in the registration statement. Each such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.

3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings. In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, any Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Holder participating in such registration may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holder. Each such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.

4. General.

4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration. The Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Majority Participating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the offering in respect of such Demand Registration Request, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of capital stock in a manner, and to take all other actions necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company's


Certificate of Incorporation in order to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company.

4.2. Rule 144. The Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and (ii) will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement), provided that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

4.4. Amendments and Waivers. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended, or any of the provisions hereof waived, temporarily or permanently, in a writing executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Holders. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

4.5. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by telecopy, nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:


(i) if to the Company, to:

Hexcel Corporation
Two Stamford Plaza
281 Tresser Boulevard
16th Floor
Stamford, Connecticut 06901-3238 Telephone No.: (203) 969-0666 Fax No.: (203) 358-3972
Attention: Ira J. Krakower, Esq.
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036 Telephone No.: (212) 735-3000 Fax No.: (212) 735-2000
Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq. and Thomas W. Greenberg, Esq.

(ii) if to the Investors:

GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P. GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P. GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P. GS Capital Partners 2000 GMBH & Co. Beteiligungs KG Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. LXH, L.L.C
LXH II, L.L.C.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004 Telephone No.: (212) 902-1000 Fax No.: (212) 357-5505 Attention: Sanjeev Mehra and Ben Adler, Esq.

With a copy to:

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004 Telephone No.: (212) 859-8000 Fax No.: (212) 859-4000
Attention: Robert C. Schwenkel, Esq.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have


been given when received.

4.6. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not. If any Person shall acquire Registrable Securities from any Holder, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, but in compliance with the Governance Agreement, such Person shall promptly notify the Company and such Registrable Securities acquired from such Holder shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits of and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Any such successor or assign shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities acquired from such Holder subject to all of the terms hereof. If any Holder shall acquire additional Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be subject to all of the terms, and entitled to all the benefits, of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement (with the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto), together with the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Governance Agreement, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, including, without limitation, the 2000 Registration Rights Agreement, and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(c) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

(d) With respect to any suit, action or proceeding ("PROCEEDING") arising out of or relating to this Agreement each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, County of Newcastle (the "SELECTED COURTS") and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts and (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or the Investors at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.5 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.


(e) WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

(f) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. All section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided.

(g) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(h) Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

(i) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.


(j) Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.7. No Inconsistent Agreements. Subject to the provisions of any agreement set forth on Schedule 4.7 hereof, the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with any other agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. Without the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof or provides terms and conditions which are more favorable to, or less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, other than (i) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Berkshire/Greenbriar Investors and (ii) any lock-up agreement with the underwriters in connection with any registered offering effected hereunder, pursuant to which the Company shall agree not to register for sale, and the Company shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of, Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a specified period following the registered offering. The Company further agrees that if any other registration rights agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement with respect to any of its securities contains terms which are more favorable to, or less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, then the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall immediately be deemed to have been amended without further action by the Company or any of the Holders of Registrable Securities so that the Holders shall each be entitled to the benefit of any such more favorable or less restrictive terms or conditions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement as of the date first above written.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

LXH, L.L.C, L.L.C.

By: GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P.,
its managing member

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

LXH II, L.L.C.

By: GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., its managing member

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 L.P.

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name: John E. Bowman


Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 OFFSHORE, L.P.

By: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

By: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  John E. Bowman
    Title: Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 GMBH & CO.
BETEILIGUNGS KG

By: Goldman, Sachs Management GP GmbH,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  John E. Bowman
    Title: Managing Director

STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

By: Stone Street 2000, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: /s/ John E. Bowman
    ---------------------------------
     Name:  John E. Bowman
     Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.56

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

among

HEXCEL CORPORATION,

BERKSHIRE FUND V, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

BERKSHIRE FUND VI, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

BERKSHIRE INVESTORS LLC,

GREENBRIAR CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.,

and

GREENBRIAR EQUITY FUND, L.P.

Dated as of March 19, 2003


This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is made as of March 19, 2003, among Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire V"), Berkshire Fund VI, Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership ("Berkshire VI"), Berkshire Investors LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company ("Berkshire LLC"), Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Co-Investment"), and Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Greenbriar Equity" and, together with Greenbriar Co-Investment, Berkshire V, Berkshire VI and Berkshire LLC, the "Investors").

WHEREAS, the Investors have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), dated as of December 18, 2002, with the Company, pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein, each has agreed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as such terms are defined below) from the Company;

WHEREAS, simultaneously herewith, the Investors and the Company are executing and delivering a Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") providing, among other things, for certain rights and obligations with respect to the ownership of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock acquired by the Investors pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; and

WHEREAS, (i) in connection with the execution and delivery by the Investors of the Stock Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and (ii) to induce the Investors to execute and deliver the Stockholders Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, the Company has agreed to provide the Investors with the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

"Affiliate" means (i) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person or (ii) with respect to any individual, shall also mean the spouse or child of such individual; provided, that neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holder.

"Certificate of Incorporation" means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.


"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"Common Stock Equivalents" means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject), Common Stock.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Expenses" means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company's performance of or compliance with Article 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange or on any securities market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws and in connection with the preparation of a "blue sky" survey, including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of blue sky counsel,
(iii) printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration, the fees and disbursements (which shall not exceed $75,000 per registration) of one counsel for the selling Holder(s) (selected by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1, and selected by the underwriter, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2), (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or "cold comfort" letter) and fees and expenses of other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (as such term is defined in Schedule E to the By-Laws of the NASD) and (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers of securities.

"Goldman Holders" means any of LXH L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH") , LXH II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("LXH II" and, together with LXH, the "LXH Investors"), GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG, a German limited partnership, and Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, the "Goldman Investors") and any Person who shall hereafter acquire and hold Goldman Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Governance Agreement (the "Governance Agreement"), dated March 19, 2003 among the Company and the Goldman Investors.

"Goldman Registrable Securities" means (a) any shares of Common Stock held by the Goldman Holders on the date hereof, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued


or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Goldman Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of a Conversion Payment (as such term is defined in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations (as defined below)) or any payment of shares upon a redemption under such Certificate), (c) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Goldman Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of any payment of shares upon a redemption under the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations (as defined below)), (d) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, (e) any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Goldman Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be Goldman Registrable Securities until the date that is three years from the date hereof and (f) any shares of Common Stock acquired by the Goldman Holders from third parties after the date hereof for so long as such Goldman Holder is an Affiliate of the Company. As to any particular Goldman Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Goldman Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144 (notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (k) of such Rule).

"Goldman Registration Rights Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Goldman Investors.

"Holder" or "Holders" means any Person who is a signatory to this Agreement and any Person who shall hereafter acquire and hold Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement.

"Majority Participating Holders" means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to
Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereto.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof.

"Registrable Securities" means (a) any shares of Common Stock held by the Holders, provided that, to the extent any Holder holds solely shares of Common Stock


acquired from third parties, such shares shall be Registrable Securities only for so long as such Holder is an Affiliate of the Company, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of a Conversion Payment (as such term is defined in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations) or any payment of shares upon a redemption under such Certificate), (c) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or redemption of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders (including, without limitation, in satisfaction of any payment of shares upon a redemption under the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations), (d) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (e) any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities until the date that is three years from the date hereof. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (f) and (g) of Rule 144 (notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (k) of such Rule).

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 19, 2003.

"Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.


"Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations" means the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 19, 2003.

"Trading Day" means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is quoted, listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Common Stock is not quoted, listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange (or the Nasdaq Stock Market), any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

"Total Voting Power" means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power held by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company by Voting Securities held by such Person. In calculating such percentage, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding or shall be treated as outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement without regard to the Person holding such share until such time as such share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemed or repurchased by the Company or converted into Common Stock in accordance with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations or the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations, as applicable. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities held by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights held by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power represented by Voting Securities held by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

"Voting Securities" means Common Stock, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2. Registration Rights.

2.1 Demand Registrations.

(a) (i) Subject to Section 2.1(b) below, at any time after the date that is eighteen months from the date hereof, the Holders shall have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such aggregate number of Registrable Securities which represents 20% or greater of the Total Voting Power of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, by delivering a written request


therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by such Holders and the intended method of distribution thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that no shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of (x) shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or (y) shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may be included in such request prior to the date that is eighteen months from the date hereof. All such requests by any Holder pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(i) are referred to herein as "Demand Registration Requests," and the registrations so requested are referred to herein as "Demand Registrations" (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Holders making such demand for registration being referred to as the "Initiating Holders"). As promptly as practicable, but no later than ten days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the "Demand Exercise Notice") of such Demand Registration Request to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities.

(ii) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration (together with the Initiating Holders, the "Participating Holders") (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holders) within 30 days after the receipt of the Demand Exercise Notice (or, 15 days if, at the request of the Initiating Holders, the Company states in such written notice or gives telephonic notice to all Holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly thereafter, that such registration will be on a Form S-3).

(iii) The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with such intended method of distribution, and (y) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) to the Holders are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) to be declared effective within a period of 180 days after the effective date of any other registration statement of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act; (ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a "Valid Business Reason"), the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than three months (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (ii), the "Postponement Period");


and the Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company shall not be permitted to postpone or withdraw a registration statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve months after the expiration of such Postponement Period; (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Demand Registrations under Section 2.1(a) for the Holders, and (iv) the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have an aggregate anticipated offering price of at least $25,000,000 (based on the then-current market price of the Registrable Securities).

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement or withdrawal, register any equity security of the Company, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or an equivalent registration form then in effect). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to withdraw any registration statement pursuant to clause
(ii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (ii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, at such time as the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than three months after the date of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement).

(c) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering made pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights granted by the Company which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement ("Additional Piggyback Rights");


provided, however, that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to and subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Participating Holders.

(d) In connection with any Demand Registration, the Company shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter in connection with such registration and each other managing underwriter for such registration, provided that in each case, each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Participating Holders.

2.2 Piggyback Registrations.

(a) If, at any time, the Company proposes or is required to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to
(i) registrations on such form or similar form(s) solely for registration of securities in connection with an employee benefit plan or dividend reinvestment plan or a merger or consolidation or (ii) a Demand Registration under Section 2.1) on a registration statement on Form S-1, Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or an equivalent general registration form then in effect), whether or not for its own account, the Company shall give prompt written notice of its intention to do so to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities. Upon the written request of any such Holder, made within 15 days following the receipt of any such written notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(b), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be included in the registration statement with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under
Section 2.1 hereof.

(b) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities and (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities.

(c) Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided,


however, that (i) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (ii) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, a Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

2.3 Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement.

(a) If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the lead managing underwriter of such offering (the "Manager") shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders of Registrable Securities or any other persons (including those shares of Common Stock requested by the Company to be included in such registration) exceeds the largest number (the "Section 2.3(a) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Majority Participating Holders, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof; provided, however, that, if the number of such Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion; and

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section
2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights ("Piggyback Shares"), based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.


If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(a), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(b) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by the Company after the date hereof as a primary registration of its securities and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(b) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section
2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Goldman Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the
Section 2.3(b) Sale Number;

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Piggyback Shares be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(b), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting


agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(c) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by holders of securities of the Company that have the right to require such registration pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof ("Additional Demand Rights") and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(c) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders of Additional Demand Rights ("Additional Registrable Securities"), the Holders and the Goldman Holders; provided, however, that, if the number of such Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the number of such Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities requesting that Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Goldman Registrable Securities, as the case may be, be included in such registration, based on the number of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Goldman Registrable Securities, as the case may be, then owned by each such holders requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Additional Registrable Securities, Registrable Securities or Goldman Registrable Securities, as the case may be, owned by all of such holders requesting inclusion;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section
2.3(c) Sale Number, any Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i), and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Piggyback Shares be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.


If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(c), any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and (y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 2.3(c), if at any time any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially proposed by the Goldman Holders and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the "Section 2.3(d) Sale Number") that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof; provided, however, that, if the number of such Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities and Goldman Registrable Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion;

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(d) is less than the Section
2.3(d) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Piggyback Shares, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section
2.3(d) Sale Number; and

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(d) is less than the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 2.3(d) Sale Number.

If, as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2.3(d), any Holder shall not be


entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw his request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration and
(y) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

2.4 Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, which form shall be selected by the Company and shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective (provided, however, that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the Holders participating in the planned offering (selected by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1, and selected by the lead managing underwriter, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2) and the lead managing underwriter, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or supplement thereto to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object);

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for such period as any seller of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(c) furnish, without charge, to each seller of such Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the prospectus included in


such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) promptly notify each Holder selling Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and each managing underwriter, if any:
(i) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the registration statement has been filed and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement, the prospectus related thereto or any document incorporated therein by reference containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the


statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

(f) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within 16 months thereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company's first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(g) (i) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities as a Nasdaq National Market "national market system security" within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Exchange Act or, failing that, secure Nasdaq National Market authorization for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter's arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD");

(h) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i) enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such offering shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Holders of the Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by any underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

(j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company's counsel and a "cold comfort" letter from the Company's independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and "cold comfort" letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriter, if any, and furnish to each Holder participating in the offering and to


each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such Holder or underwriter;

(k) deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, other than those portions of any such memoranda which contain information subject to attorney-client privilege with respect to the Company, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(l) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement;

(m) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement;

(n) make reasonably available its employees and personnel for participation in "road shows" an other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company's businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

(o) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement) provide copies of such document to counsel for the selling holders of Registrable Securities and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company's representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the selling holders prior to the filing thereof as counsel for such selling holders or underwriters may reasonably request;

(p) furnish to the Holder participating in the offering and the managing underwriter, without charge, at least one signed copy, and to each other Holder participating in the offering, without charge, at least one photocopy of a signed copy, of the registration statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

(q) cooperate with the sellers of Registrable Securities and the


managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the sellers of Registrable Securities at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

(r) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; and

(s) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable.

The Company may require as a condition precedent to the Company's obligations under this Section 2.4 that each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected furnish the Company such information in writing regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such seller will discontinue such seller's disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such seller's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph
(e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such seller's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4.

If any such registration statement or comparable statement under "blue sky" laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the


Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company's securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state "blue sky" or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

2.5 Registration Expenses.

(a) The Company shall pay all Expenses (x) with respect to any Demand Registration whether or not it becomes effective or remains effective for the period contemplated by Section 2.4(b) and (y) with respect to any registration effected under Section 2.2.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with "blue sky" laws of each state in which the offering is made and (y) in connection with any registration hereunder, each Holder of Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Holder, and (z) the Company shall, in the case of all registrations under this Article 2, be responsible for all its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

2.6 Certain Limitations on Registration Rights. In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to an underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration unless such Person agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided therein and, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney) which must be executed in connection therewith, and provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person's securities.

2.7 Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities. (a) Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that, (i) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period


reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed 90 days (and the Company hereby also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 (if reasonably acceptable to such managing underwriter) or Form S-8, or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree), and (ii) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account it will not sell any Common Stock (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed 90 days.

(b) The Company hereby agrees that, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, and if such previous registration shall not have been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of 90 days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.

2.8 No Required Sale. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.

2.9 Indemnification. (a) In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article 2, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees and stockholders thereof), each other Person who participates as an underwriter or a Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, "Claims"), insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based


upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by as on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(b) Each Holder of Registrable Securities that are included in the securities as to which any registration under Section 2.1 or 2.2 is being effected shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9) to the extent permitted by law the Company, its officers and directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, general and limited partners, stockholders and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein and reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) and Sections 2.9(c), (e) and (f) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such claim. Such indemnity and reimbursement


of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any state securities and "blue sky" laws.

(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any such Person to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any such Person otherwise than under this Article 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within 20 days after receiving notice from such indemnified party; or
(ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties which are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder


(whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or
(c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such offering of securities. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses, claims, damages or liabilities of the indemnified parties relate, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c).

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the


investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

3. Underwritten Offerings.

3.1 Requested Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering by the Investors pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Majority Participating Holders and shall contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements on substantially the same terms as those contained herein. Any Holder participating in the offering shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a selling Holder for inclusion in the registration statement. Each such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.

3.2 Piggyback Underwritten Offerings. In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, any Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Holder participating in such registration may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holder. Each such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.


4. General.

4.1 Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration. The Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Majority Participating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the offering in respect of such Demand Registration Request, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of capital stock in a manner, and to take all other actions necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation in order to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company.

4.2 Rule 144. The Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and (ii) will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

4.3 Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement), provided that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

4.4 Amendments and Waivers. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended, or any of the provisions hereof waived, temporarily or permanently, in a writing executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Holders. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No delay


on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

4.5 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by telecopy, nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

(i) if to the Company, to:

Hexcel Corporation Two Stamford Plaza 281 Tresser Boulevard 16th Floor
Stamford, Connecticut 06901-3238 Telephone No.: (203) 969-0666 Fax No.: (203) 358-3972 Attention: Ira J. Krakower, Esq.


Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Telephone No.: (212) 735-3000
Fax No.: (212) 735-2000
Attention: Joseph A. Coco, Esq. and Thomas W.
Greenberg, Esq.

(ii) if to the Investors:

Berkshire Partners LLC One Boston Place Suite 3300
Boston, Massachusetts 02108 (T) (617) 227-0050 (F) (617) 227-6105


Attention: Mr. Robert J. Small

and:

Greenbriar Equity Group LLC 555 Theodore Fremd Avenue Suite A-201
Rye, New York 10580 (T) (914) 925-9600 (F) (914) 925-9699

Attention: Mr. Joel S. Beckman

with a copy to:

Ropes & Gray
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Telephone No.: (617) 951-7000
Fax No.: (617) 971-7050
Attention: David Chapin, Esq. and Paul F. Van Houten, Esq.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given when received.

4.6 Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not. If any Person shall acquire Registrable Securities from any Holder, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, but in compliance with the Stockholders Agreement, such Person shall promptly notify the Company and such Registrable Securities acquired from such Holder shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits of and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Any such successor or assign shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities acquired from such Holder subject to all of the terms hereof. If any Holder shall acquire additional Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be subject to all of the terms, and entitled to all the benefits, of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement (with the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto), together with the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.


(c) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

(d) With respect to any suit, action or proceeding ("PROCEEDING") arising out of or relating to this Agreement each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, County of Newcastle (the "SELECTED COURTS") and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts and (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or the Investors at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.5 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

(f) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. All section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided.

(g) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.


(h) Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

(i) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(j) Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.7 No Inconsistent Agreements. Subject to the provisions of any agreement set forth on Schedule 4.7 hereof, the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with any other agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. Without the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof or provides terms and conditions which are more favorable to, or less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, other than (i) the Goldman Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any lock-up agreement with the underwriters in connection with any registered offering effected hereunder, pursuant to which the Company shall agree not to register for sale, and the Company shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of, Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a specified period following the registered offering. The Company further agrees that if any other registration rights agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement with respect to any of its securities contains terms which are more favorable to, or less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, then the terms and


conditions of this Agreement shall immediately be deemed to have been amended without further action by the Company or any of the Holders of Registrable Securities so that the Holders shall each be entitled to the benefit of any such more favorable or less restrictive terms or conditions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement as of the date first above written.

HEXCEL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    -----------------------------
    Name: Stephen Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

BERKSHIRE FUND V,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    -----------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

BERKSHIRE FUND VI,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: Sixth Berkshire Associates LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    -----------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

BERKSHIRE INVESTORS LLC

By: /s/ Robert J. Small
    -----------------------------
    Name: Robert J. Small
    Title: Managing Director

GREENBRIAR CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Greenbriar Holdings LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Joel S. Beckman
    -----------------------------
    Name: Joel S. Beckman


Title: Managing Member
GREENBRIAR EQUITY FUND, L.P.

By: Greenbriar Equity Capital, L.P.,
its general partner

By: Greenbriar Holdings LLC
its general partner

By: /s/ Joel S. Beckman
    -----------------------------
    Name: Joel Beckman
    Title: Managing Member


EXHIBIT 10.62

HEXCEL CORPORATION

9.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2008


PURCHASE AGREEMENT

March 7, 2003

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Fleet Securities, Inc.
As representatives of the several Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Purchasers (the "Purchasers") an aggregate of $125,000,000 principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes specified above (the "Securities") The Securities will be unconditionally guaranteed as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest (the "Guarantees") by Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, Clark-Schwebel Corporation, a Delaware corporation and Hexcel Pottsville Corporation, a Delaware corporation (each a "Guarantor" and, collectively, the "Guarantors"). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Offering Circular (as defined below).

1. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Purchasers that:

(a) A preliminary offering circular, dated February 28, 2003 (the "Preliminary Offering Circular") and an offering circular, dated March 7, 2003 (the "Offering Circular"), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any reference to the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, as amended or supplemented, as of any specified date, shall be deemed to include (i) any documents filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and prior to such specified date and (ii) any Additional Issuer Information (as defined in
Section 5(g)) furnished by the Company prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities; and all documents filed under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and so deemed to be included in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the supplement thereto are hereinafter called the "Exchange Act Reports". The Exchange Act Reports, when they were or are filed with the Commission, conformed or will conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or any amendment or


supplements thereto and the Exchange Act Reports did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its significant subsidiaries within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of regulation S-X under the Securities Act (each individually, a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular, there has not been any material change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular;

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except in each case, (i) as are described in the Offering Circular, (ii) such liens and encumbrances created by or under the New Senior Credit Facility (as defined in the Offering Circular), or (iii) where such liens, encumbrances and defects would not have a material adverse effect on management, the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"); and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its Subsidiaries except as (i) disclosed in the Offering Circular or
(ii) such as do not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) The Company and its Subsidiaries have each been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, and are validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own their properties and conduct their business as described in the Offering Circular, and have been duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, for the transaction of business and are in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which they own or lease properties or conduct any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of

2

capital stock of each Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors' qualifying shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Circular) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (except pursuant to any joint venture agreements);

(f) The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the indenture dated as of March 19, 2003 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, will have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture under which they are to be issued (assuming authentication by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture); the Indenture has been duly authorized and the Indenture constitutes a valid and legally binding instrument of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with its terms (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; and the Securities and the Indenture will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;

(g) The Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantors, and when executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(h) The exchange and registration rights agreement to be dated March 19, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers (the "Registration Rights Agreement") has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors, and when executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors will agree to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), under the circumstances set forth therein, (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to another series of debt securities of the Company with terms substantially identical to the Securities (the "Exchange Securities") to be offered in exchange for the Securities (the "Exchange Offer"), and (ii) to the extent required by the Registration Rights Agreement, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act relating to the resale by certain holders of the Securities, and in each case, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective;

(i) The Exchange Securities have been duly authorized for issuance by the Company, and when issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (assuming authentication by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) will be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to

3

bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(j) The guarantees of the Company's obligations under the Exchange Securities (the "Exchange Guarantees") to be offered in exchange for the Guarantees in the Exchange Offer have been duly authorized by the Guarantors, and when executed, authenticated, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture; will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(k) The Security Documents have each been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors (assuming the due authorization and execution by the other parties thereto) and when executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(l) None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

(m) Prior to the date hereof, neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any of their affiliates have taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might have been expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any Guarantor in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Guarantees;

(n) The issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees and the compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents and this Agreement and the consummation of Financing Transactions and the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of
(i) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, Partnership Agreement or By-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for breaches or violations that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; nor will such action result in the imposition of a Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except pursuant to the Security Documents or the New Senior Credit Facility) or result in the acceleration of any indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is

4

required for the issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees or the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the Financing Transactions or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents or the Indenture, except (i) those that have been obtained or made, (ii) for the filing of a registration statement by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") pursuant to
Section 5(j) hereof (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Purchasers, (iv) such Exchange Act Reports as may be required to be filed after the consummation of the offering pursuant to the Company's periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and (v) consent of Brazilian regulatory agencies to the Financing Transactions. After consummation of the offering, the Financing Transactions and the transactions contemplated by the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement, no Default or Event of Default will exist;

(o) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, Partnership Agreement or By-laws or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of clause (ii) above, for defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(p) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption "Description of Notes," insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities, the Guarantees and the Security Documents, under the captions "Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences," "Description of Material Debt," "Equity Transactions," and under the caption "Plan of Distribution," insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(q) Other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(r) When the Securities and the Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Securities nor the Guarantees will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) as securities which are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

(s) The Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(t) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will be an "investment company," as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act");

5

(u) Neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any person acting on their behalf has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902 under the Securities Act and the Company, any affiliate of the Company and any person acting on its or their behalf has complied with and will implement the "offering restriction" within the meaning of such Rule 902;

(v) Within the preceding six months, none of the Company, the Guarantors or any other person acting on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor has offered or sold to any person any Securities or Guarantees, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities or Guarantees, other than Securities or Guarantees offered or sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Company and the Guarantors will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or Guarantees or any substantially similar security issued by the Company, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities or the Guarantees has been completed (as notified to the Company by Goldman, Sachs & Co.), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act;

(w) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(x) Except as will be described in the Offering Circular,
(i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any Federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, published policy or rule of common law or any published judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, non-sanitary wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, "Hazardous Materials") or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), which violation would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have all material permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in substantial compliance with their requirements, except where the failure to have such permit, authorization or approval would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) to the Company's knowledge there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Laws against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect and
(iv) there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency against or affecting the Company or any of its

6

Subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws that would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(y) The Company and its Subsidiaries own, possess, are validly licensed under, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary to carry on the business as currently conducted except where the failure to own, possess or be licensed under would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, and, except where individually or in the aggregate infringement, conflict, invalidity or uneforceabaility would not have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or otherwise has knowledge of (i) any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property owned by Company invalid or unenforceable;

(z) The Company maintains title insurance for its domestic owned real property which is customary in coverage and amount;

(aa) The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information included in the Offering Circular provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts. The pro forma financial information included in the Offering Circular, has been properly compiled, and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial position of the respective entity or entities presented therein at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations for the respective periods specified;

(bb) The historical financial statements, including the notes thereto, and supporting schedules included in the Offering Circular present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and the other entities for which financial statements are included in the Offering Circular as of the dates indicated and condition and results of operations for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Offering Circular present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The other financial and statistical information and data included in the Offering Circular present fairly the information included therein and have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements included in the Offering Circular and the books and records of the respective entities presented therein;

(cc) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have accurately prepared and timely filed all Federal, state and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and has paid or made provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, governmental or other similar charges, including without limitation, all sales and use taxes and all taxes which the Company and each of its subsidiaries is obligated to withhold from amounts owing to employees, creditors and third parties, with respect to the periods covered by such tax returns (whether or

7

not such amounts are shown as due on any tax return) except where failure to prepare, file, pay or make provision for would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No deficiency assessment with respect to a proposed adjustment of the Company's or any of its subsidiaries' Federal, state, or other taxes is pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened, except where such deficiency assessment would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no material tax lien, whether imposed by any Federal, state, or other taxing authority, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(dd) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is imminent that would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ee) No "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")), or "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; each employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any "pension plan;" and each "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification;

(ff) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company's knowledge, any of its employees or agents has at any time during the last five years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any Federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof;

(gg) The statistical and market-related data included in the Offering Circular are based on or derived from sources which the Company believes are reliable and accurate;

(hh) The New Senior Credit Facility has been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company that are obligors thereunder, the New Senior Credit Facility will constitute a valid and legally binding instrument of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; and the New Senior Credit Facility will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular;

(ii) As of the Time of Delivery, the Company and the Guarantors will own the Collateral free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens, and subject to no prior Liens, except Permitted Prior Liens, and no financing statements in respect of any property or assets of the

8

Company or any Guarantor will be on file in favor of any person except a holder of a Permitted Lien, covering only property subject to such Permitted Lien;

(jj) When executed and delivered, the Security Documents will create valid and enforceable security interests in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on all property of the Company and the Guarantors, except Excluded Assets which security interests will secure the repayment of the Securities and the other obligations purported to be secured thereby and as of the Time of Delivery, and upon
(i) filing of the UCC financing statements duly authorized by the Company and each Guarantor and specifically identified in the Pledge and Security Agreement or a schedule thereto and (ii) the recording of a valid trademark security agreement and a valid patent security agreement in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office within three months of the date hereof, and the recording of a valid copyright security agreement in the U.S. Copyright Office within one (1) month of the date hereof, against the United States issued registrations and pending applications for trademarks, patents and copyrights, respectively, included in the Collateral, in each case in the form duly authorized, executed and delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent at the Time of Delivery by each of the Company and each applicable Guarantor such Lien will have been duly perfected as to all Collateral (except for those liens which are the subject of the covenant entitled "Failure to Deliver Security Documents; Increased Interest Rate" in the Offering Circular," and with respect to patents, copyrights and trademarks, to the extent such perfection may be achieved by filings made in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and U.S. Copyright Office); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the subsequent recordation of the trademark security agreement, patent security agreement and the copyright security agreement in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, may be necessary to perfect the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent in issued registrations and applications for other United States Intellectual Property that are acquired by the Company and any Grantor after the date hereof; the registration of unregistered copyrights in the U.S. Copyright Office may be required in order to perfect the Joint Collateral Agent's lien therein; and the taking of actions outside the United States may be required in order to perfect the Joint Collateral Agent's lien in Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which is protected under non-U.S. law;

(kk) As of the Time of Delivery, the representations and warranties contained in the Security Documents will be true and correct in all material respects;

(ll) As of the Time of Delivery, the Liens will not be subject in priority to any other Liens, except Permitted Prior Liens; and

(mm) The Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Guarantors agree to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 95.952% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule I hereto (including the Guarantees thereof).

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities and the Guarantees, the several Purchasers propose to offer the Securities for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offering Circular and each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that:

9

(a) It will offer and sell the Securities (i) inside the United States only to persons who it reasonably believes are "qualified institutional buyers" ("QIBs") within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and (ii) through its selling agents, outside the United States, to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Act;

(b) It is an Institutional Accredited Investor; and

(c) It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act.

4. (a) The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser hereunder will be represented by one or more definitive global Securities in book-entry form which will be deposited by or on behalf of the Company with The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its designated custodian. The Company and the Guarantors will deliver the Securities to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of each Purchaser, against payment by or on behalf of such Purchaser of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer in immediately available funds, by causing DTC to credit the Securities to the account of Goldman, Sachs & Co. at DTC. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Securities and the Guarantees to be made available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for checking at least 24 hours prior to the Time of Delivery at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the "Designated Office"). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on March 19, 2003, or at such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date are herein called the "Time of Delivery;" and

(b) The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 7(l) hereof, will be delivered at such time and date at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 4 Times Square, New York, New York 10036 (the "Closing Location"), and the Securities will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Purchasers:

(a) To prepare the Offering Circular in a form approved by you; to make no amendment or any supplement to the Offering Circular which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; and to furnish you with copies thereof;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offer or sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to facilitate secondary transactions in the Securities PROVIDED that in connection therewith neither of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(c) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request

10

and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities, PROVIDED that in connection therewith neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(d) To furnish the Purchasers with copies of the Offering Circular and each amendment or supplement thereto with the independent accountants' report(s) in the Offering Circular, and any amendment or supplement containing amendments to the financial statements covered by such report(s), signed by the accountants, and additional written and electronic copies thereof in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the date of the Offering Circular, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing until the date six months after the Time of Delivery, not to offer, sell contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder any securities of the Company or any Guarantor that are substantially similar to the Securities or the Guarantees;

(f) Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of three years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act;

(g) At any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders from time to time of Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the "Additional Issuer Information") satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act;

(h) To use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Securities to be eligible for the PORTAL trading system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

(i) During a period of three years from the date of the Offering Circular, if not otherwise available on the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System or similar system, to furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

(j) During a period of three years from the date of the Offering Circular, to furnish to you, and for so long as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may offer to sell Securities in secondary transactions to furnish to Goldman, Sachs & Co., copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other)

11

furnished to stockholders of the Company or any of the Guarantors, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which the Securities or any class of securities of the Company or any of the Guarantors is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company and the Guarantors as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission);

(k) The Company and the Guarantors shall file and use their best efforts to cause to be declared or become effective under the Securities Act, on or prior to 210 days after the Time of Delivery, a registration statement on Form S-4 providing for the registration of the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Guarantees, the exchange of the Securities for the Exchange Securities, all in a manner which will permit persons who acquire the Exchange Securities to resell the Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act;

(l) To do and perform all things required to be done and performed under the Securities, the Guarantees, Indenture, Registration Rights Agreement and Security Documents prior to and after the Time of Delivery;

(m) To comply with all agreements set forth in the representation letters of the Company to DTC relating to the approval of the Notes by DTC for "book entry" transfer;

(n) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Offering Circular under the caption "Use of Proceeds;" and

(o) To use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Trustee after the Time of Delivery as-built surveys of the sites of the owned real property or leasehold real property as set forth in the Letter of Proposal, dated March 6, 2003, by and between the Company and Bock-Clark Corporation (attached as Schedule II hereto), which surveys shall satisfy the requirements set forth in the "Survey Requirements for Hexcel Corporation Project Surveys" section of Schedule II.

6. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the several Purchasers that the Company and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities and the Guarantees and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Purchasers, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents, the Blue Sky and Legal Investment Memoranda, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities;
(iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Guarantees and the Exchange Guarantees for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky and legal investment surveys;
(iv) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities;
(v) the cost of preparing the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Guarantees and the Exchange Guarantees; (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any agent of the Trustee and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee and any collateral agent in connection with the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Guarantees and the Exchange Guarantees; (vii) any cost

12

incurred in connection with the designation of the Securities for trading in PORTAL; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

7. The obligations of the Purchasers and the Company (with respect only to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Section 7(m) hereof) hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Guarantors herein are, at and as of the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Guarantors shall have performed all of their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, shall have furnished to you such opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, with respect to such matters you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(b) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP ("Skadden"), counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you and subject to customary and appropriate assumptions and qualifications, to the effect that:

(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(ii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Offering Circular and the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Offering Circular;

(iii) Each Guarantor of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(iv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors;

(v) The Securities have been duly authorized and executed by the Company, and when issued, authenticated and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Securities will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(vi) The issuance of Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Company, and, when the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in exchange for the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Securities will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

13

(vii) The Guarantees have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantors, and when the Securities are issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Guarantees will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(viii) The Exchange Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantors, and, when the Exchange Guarantees have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in exchange for the Guarantees in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Guarantees constitute valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(ix) The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(x) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(xi) Each of the Security Documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors and each is a valid and binding instrument of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its respective terms subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(xii) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.4 and 4.8 of each of the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and among the Company, GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG and the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by and among the Company, Berkshire Investors LLC, Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership, Berkshire Fund VI Limited Partnership, Greenbriar Equity Fund, L.P. and Greenbriar Co-Investment Partners, L.P., the execution and delivery by the Company and the Guarantors of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents and this Agreement and the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the Financing Transactions, will not (i) conflict with any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other organizational document of the Company or the Guarantors, (ii) constitute a violation of, or a breach or default under any agreement or instrument identified

14

to Skadden by the Company as being material to the business or financial condition of the Company, or (iii) violate or conflict with, or result in any contravention of, any Applicable Law (as defined below);

(xiii) No Governmental Approval, which has not been obtained or taken and is not in full force and effect, is required to authorize, or is required in connection with, the Financing Transactions or the execution or delivery by the Company or the Guarantors of this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Indenture or for the consummation by the Company or the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including for the issue and sale by the Company and the Guarantors of the Securities and the Guarantees);

(xiv) The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the caption "Description of Notes;" insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities and the Security Documents, under the captions "Taxation," "Description of Material Debt," Equity Transactions," and under the caption "Plan of Distribution," insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, fairly summarize such provisions in all material respects;

(xv) Assuming (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and of you set forth in the Purchase Agreement,
(ii) the due performance by the Company of the covenants and agreements set forth in the Purchase Agreement and the due performance by you of the covenants and agreements set forth in the Purchase Agreement, (iii) your compliance with the offering and transfer procedures and restrictions described in the Offering Circular, (iv) the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in accordance with the Purchase Agreement and the Offering Circular by purchasers to whom you initially resell the Securities and (v) that reasonable steps have been taken to ensure that purchasers to whom the Purchasers initially resell the Securities have been informed that the Purchasers may be relying on the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A in connection with such sales the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to you in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Offering Circular and the initial resale of the Securities by you in the manner contemplated in the Offering Memorandum and the Purchase Agreement, do not require registration under the Securities Act, and the Indenture does not require qualification under the Trust Indenture Act, it being understood that we do not express any opinion as to any subsequent reoffer or resale of any Security;

(xvi) The Company is not an "investment company," as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act;

(xvii) The shares of capital stock of each of the Guarantors shown by the stock record books of the Guarantors as being issued and outstanding immediately prior to the date hereof are owned of record by the Company. Such shares have been duly authorized and are fully paid and nonassessable, and free and clear of any preemptive rights or any similar rights arising under such Guarantor's Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or Applicable Law.

(xviii) Under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York (without regard to laws referenced in Section 9-201 thereof, the "New York UCC"), the provisions of the Security Agreement are effective to create a valid security interest in each of the Company's and each Guarantor's rights in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) to the extent the New York UCC governs a security interest in such collateral, in favor of the Joint

15

Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement);

(xix) To the extent the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of Delaware (without regard to laws referenced in Section 9-201 thereof, the "Delaware UCC"), is applicable to the authorization of the Company's financing statement, pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement the Company has authorized the filing of the Company's financing statement for purposes of Section 9-509 of the Delaware UCC;

(xx) To the extent the Delaware UCC is applicable to the authorization of each Guarantor's financing statement, pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement, each Guarantor has authorized the filing of its respective financing statement for purposes of Section 9-509 of the Delaware UCC;

(xxi) To the extent the Delaware UCC is applicable, the Company's financing statement includes not only all of the types of information required by Section 9-502(a) of the Delaware UCC but also the types of information without which the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Filing Office"), may refuse to accept the Company's financing statement pursuant to Section 9-516 of the Delaware UCC;

(xxii) To the extent the Delaware UCC is applicable, each Guarantor's financing statement includes not only all of the types of information required by Section 9-502(a) of the Delaware UCC but also the types of information without which the Filing Office may refuse to accept such Guarantor's financing statement pursuant to Section 9-516 of the Delaware UCC;

(xxiii) To the extent the Delaware UCC is applicable, the security interest in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee will be perfected in each of the Company's and each Guarantor's rights in all Collateral to the extent the Delaware UCC governs a security interest in such collateral, upon the later of the attachment of the security interest and the filing of each of the Company's financing statement and each Guarantor's financing statement in the Filing Office; provided, however, we express no opinion with respect to (i) money, (ii) deposit accounts, (iii) letter of credit rights, (iv) goods covered by a certificate of title statute, (v) as-extracted collateral, timber to be cut or (vi) any property subject to a statute, regulation or treaty of the United States whose requirements for a security interest's obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor with respect to the property preempt Section 9-310(a) of the Delaware UCC;

(xxiv) You will have asked whether the Company and each Guarantor are "registered organizations" as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(70) of the Delaware UCC. Pursuant to Section 9-102(a)(70) of the Delaware UCC, a "registered organization" must be (i) organized solely under the laws of a single State (or the United States) and (ii) the State (or the United States) must maintain a public record showing the organization to have been organized. Pursuant to Section 103(c)(6) of the DGCL, the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is required to maintain a public record showing the Company and each Guarantor have been organized. Based on our review of (i) a certified copy of a certificate of incorporation of the Company from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as to Company's existence in such state and (ii) a certified copy of a certificate of incorporation of each Guarantor from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as to each Guarantor's existence in such state and to the extent the Delaware UCC is applicable, the Company and each Guarantor are "registered organizations" under Section 9-102(a)(70) of the Delaware UCC and the DGCL. We will have assumed that neither the Company nor any Guarantor has

16

filed a certificate of incorporation or any similar document under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware and that the internal affairs of the Company and each Guarantor are not otherwise subject to the laws of any other jurisdiction. We will call to your attention that to the extent that the internal affairs of the Company or any Guarantor are subject to regulation under the laws of another state, the State of Delaware may recognize such authority. See, e.g., McDermott Inc. v. Lewis, 531 A.2d 206 (Del. 1987). Further, we will have assumed that neither the Company nor each Guarantor has or will file (A) any certificates of transfer, continuance or domestication, or any similar certificates in the State of Delaware pursuant to Sections 390(a) and 388(b)(1) of the DGCL or (B) any similar certificates in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware;

(xxv) To the extent that the federal trademark laws of the United States of America are applicable to security interests in trademarks, the provisions of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement together with the recordation of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the "PTO") against the U.S. registered trademarks and trademark applications set forth on the schedules thereto the "Trademarks") within three (3) months of the date thereof is effective to create a valid security interest in the Company's and each Guarantor's rights in such Trademarks in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Obligations that is effective against subsequent purchasers of such Trademarks;

(xxvi) To the extent that the federal patent laws of the United States of America are applicable to security interests in patents, the provisions of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement together with the recordation of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the PTO against the U.S. patents and patent applications set forth on the schedules thereto (the "Patents") within three (3) months of the date thereof is effective to create a valid security interest in the Company's and each Guarantor's rights in such Patents in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Obligations that is effective against subsequent purchasers and mortgagees of such Patents;

(xxvii) To the extent that the federal copyright laws of the United States of America are applicable to security interests in copyrights, the provisions of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement together with the recordation of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the United States Copyright Office against the U.S. registered copyrights set forth on the schedules thereto (the "Copyrights") within one (1) month of the date thereof is effective to create a valid security interest in the Company's and each Guarantor's rights in such Copyrights in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Obligations that is effective against subsequent transferees of such Copyrights.

(xxviii) The New Senior Credit Facility has been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company that are obligors thereunder, the New Senior Credit Facility will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; and

In addition, Skadden will state that it has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, counsel for the Company, representatives of the independent accountants of the Company and you and your counsel at which the contents of

17

the Offering Circular and related matters were discussed. Although we are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Offering Circular and have made no independent check or verification thereof, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts have come to our attention that have led us to believe that the Offering Circular, as of its date and as of the date hereof, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that we express no opinion or belief with respect to the financial statements, schedules and other financial data included. For purposes of the foregoing, Skadden will note that the Offering Circular has been prepared in the context of a Rule 144A transaction and not as part of a registration statement under the Securities Act and does not contain all of the information that would be required in a registration statement under the Securities Act.

For purposes of this Section 7, (A) "Governmental Approval" means any consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, qualification or registration with, any Governmental Authority required to be made or obtained by the Company pursuant to Applicable Laws, other than any consent, approval, license, authorization, validation, filing, qualification or registration which may have become applicable as a result of the involvement of any other party (other than the Company) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Financing Transactions and the Security Documents or because of such parties' legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties; (B) "Governmental Authorities" means any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body of the State of New York, the State of Delaware or the United States of America having jurisdiction over the Company under any laws of the State of New York, the Federal laws of the United States and the DGCL; and (C) "Applicable Laws" means the DGCL, those laws, rules and regulations of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States of America, in each case, which, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Financing Transactions and the Security Documents (other than the United States federal securities laws, state and foreign securities or blue sky laws, antifraud laws, the New York UCC (as defined below) and the rules and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) without our having made any special investigation as to the applicability of any other law, rule or regulation.

(c) Ira Krakower, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

(i) The Company and each of the Guarantors has power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular;

(ii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable;

(iii) All of the issued shares of capital stock of each Guarantor have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and (except for directors' qualifying shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Circular) are owned directly

18

or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or claims, except for creditor's rights in general to assert claims against the assets of the holder of such shares (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the Company or each Guarantor, PROVIDED that such counsel shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such opinions and certificates);

(iv) The Company and each of the Guarantors has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the Company and each of the Guarantors, PROVIDED that such counsel shall state that he believes that both you and he are justified in relying upon such opinions and certificates);

(v) To the best of such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect on the current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(vi) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Formation, Partnership Agreement or By-laws or other organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

(vii) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries are owned of record by the Company. Such shares are also owned beneficially by the Company and are free and clear of all adverse claims, limitations on voting rights, options, and other encumbrances (other than those created pursuant to the Security Documents) and are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, except, where applicable, as provided by Section 630 of the New York Business Corporation Law as to the subsidiaries incorporated under the laws of New York;

(vii) Any and all documents filed by the Company since January 1, 2002 with the Commission under the Exchange Act (other than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), when they were filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and such counsel has no reason to believe that any of such documents, when they were so filed, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such documents were so filed, not misleading; and

19

(viii) Such counsel shall also state that, in the course of preparing the Offering Circular, he has considered the information set forth therein, and has participated in conferences with representatives and officers of the Company, including its independent public accountants, during the course of which the contents of the Offering Circular and related matters were discussed; and that, as a result of such consideration and participation, nothing has come to his attention which causes him to believe that the Offering Circular and any further amendments or supplements thereto made by the Company prior to the Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements, financial data and supporting schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) contained as of its date or contains as of the Time of Delivery an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits, as the case may be, to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) On the date of the Offering Circular prior to the execution of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Purchasers so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities being issued at the Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Offering Circular;

(f) On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company's debt securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company's debt securities;

(g) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Purchasers makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Securities being issued at the Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Circular;

(h) The Securities have been designated for trading on PORTAL;

20

(i) The Trustee shall have received (with a copy for the Purchasers) on the Time of Delivery of:

(i) appropriately completed copies, which have been duly authorized for filing by the appropriate Person, of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements naming the Company and each Guarantor as a debtor and the Trustee as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents to be filed under the UCC of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Trustee and its counsel, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Trustee pursuant to the Security Documents;

(ii) appropriately completed copies, which have been duly authorized for filing by the appropriate Person, of Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person in any collateral described in the Security Documents previously granted by any Person;

(iii) certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code Requests for Information or Copies (Form UCC-11), or a similar search report certified by a party acceptable to the Trustee, dated a date reasonably near to the Time of Delivery, listing all effective financing statements which name the Company or any Guarantor (under its present name and any previous names) as the debtor, together with copies of such financing statements (none of which shall cover any collateral described in the Security Documents, other than any such financing statement which evidences a Permitted Prior Lien or to which a Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statement referred to in clause (ii) above has been delivered to the Trustee or the Joint Collateral Agent;

(iv) such other approvals, opinions, or documents as the Trustee may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(v) the Trustee and its counsel shall be satisfied that (i) the Lien granted to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the collateral described above is of the priority described in the Offering Circular; and (ii) no Lien exists on any of the collateral described above other than the Lien created in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant the Security Documents;

(j) All Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other similar financing statements and Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination statements required pursuant to clause (h)(i) and (ii) above (collectively, the "Filing Statements") shall have been delivered to CT Corporation System or another similar filing service company acceptable to the Trustee (the "Filing Agent");

(k) The Trustee shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that the Trustee shall have "control" (within the meaning of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any securities accounts included in the Collateral and "control" (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over the Asset Sale Proceeds Account included in the Collateral;

(l) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and each Guarantor satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and each Guarantor of all of its obligations hereunder and the Security Documents to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsection (e) of this
Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request;

21

(m) The Company shall have consummated the Financing Transactions prior to, or simultaneously with, the Time of Delivery on substantially the same terms described in the Offering Circular and the Purchasers shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, of all documents relating to the Financing Transactions as they deem reasonably necessary to evidence the consummation thereof;

(n) The Company and Guarantors shall have delivered executed copies of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents to the Purchasers;

(o) On the Closing Date, each Mortgage will conform, as to legal matters, in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Circular.

(p) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you and the Trustee the following documentation relating to the Mortgages at the Time of Delivery:

(i) an opinion (satisfactory to you and counsel for the Purchasers), dated the Time of Delivery, of counsel for the Company acceptable to you in each state in which the property encumbered by a Mortgage is located, to the effect that the relevant Mortgage has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except as (x) the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y) rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability; and

(ii) in respect of each Owned real property or leasehold real property contemplated to be mortgaged a mortgagee's title insurance policy (or policies) or marked up unconditional binder for such insurance. Each such policy shall (A) be in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage that is reasonably allocable to such real property; (B) be issued at ordinary rates; (C) insure that the Mortgage insured thereby creates a valid first Lien on, and security interest in, such Owned real property or leasehold property contemplated to be mortgaged free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except as disclosed therein; (D) name you and the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the insured thereunder; (E) be in the form of ALTA Loan Policy - 1970 Form B (Amended October 17, 1970 and October 17, 1984) (or equivalent policies), if available; (F) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverage as you and the Trustee may reasonably request in form and substance acceptable to you and the Trustee, including, without limitation (to the extent applicable with respect to such Owned real property or leasehold property contemplated to be mortgaged and available in the jurisdiction in which such Owned real property or leasehold property contemplated to be mortgaged is located), the following:
variable rate endorsement; survey endorsement; comprehensive endorsement; zoning; first loss, last dollar and tie-in endorsement; access coverage; separate tax parcel coverage; usury; doing business; subdivision; CLTA 119.2 and CLTA 119.3 (for leased Real Estate, only); contiguity coverage; and such other endorsements as you and the Trustee shall reasonably require in order to provide insurance against specific risks identified by you and the Trustee in connection with such Owned real property or leasehold property, and (G) be issued by title companies reasonably satisfactory to you and the Trustee (including any such title companies acting as co-insurers or reinsurers, at the option of you and the Trustee). You and the Trustee shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of each such policy, all charges for mortgage recording tax, and all related expenses, if any, have been paid;

22

(q) You and the Trustee shall have received from the Company its existing policies of flood insurance that cover parcels of improved real property that are encumbered by any Mortgage and have improvements which are located in a flood zone;

(r) You and the Trustee shall have received a copy of all recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the title policy or policies referred to in clause (ii) above and a copy of all other material documents affecting the Owned real property or leasehold property contemplated to be mortgaged; and

(s) For a period of 180 days from the date of the Offering Circular, the Company and its Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, issue any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device which is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition in the future of), any debt securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in either the capital markets or the bank loan markets, except (i) in exchange for the Exchange Securities in connection with the Exchange Offer or (ii) with the prior consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

8. (a) The Company and each Guarantor will, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

(b) Each Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and any Guarantor may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred;

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or
(b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of

23

the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party;

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or
(b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantors bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasers, in each case as set forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand or the Purchasers on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to

24

include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers' obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint; and

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Purchasers may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or any Guarantor and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Act.

9. (a) If any Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within 36 hours after such default by any Purchaser you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to prepare promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term "Purchaser" as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities; and

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default;

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on

25

the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Purchasers as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.

10. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors and the several Purchasers, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any controlling person of any Purchaser, or the Company, the Guarantors or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company or a Guarantor, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

11. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason, the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Purchasers through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Purchasers in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

12. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Purchasers, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser made or given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the representatives.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers' Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

13. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantors and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and the Guarantors and each person who controls the Company, any Guarantor or any Purchaser, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

14. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

15. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

26

16. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

17. The Company is authorized, subject to applicable law, to disclose any and all aspects of this potential transaction that are necessary to support any U.S. Federal income tax benefits expected to be claimed with respect to such transaction, and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) related to those benefits, without the Purchasers imposing any limitation of any kind.

27

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Very truly yours,

Hexcel Corporation

By: /s/ David E. Berges
    ------------------------------------
    Name: David E. Berges
    Title: Chairman, President and CEO

Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.,

By: /s/ Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
    Name: Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    Title: Vice President

Clark-Schwebel Corporation

By: /s/ Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
    Name: Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    Title: Vice President

Hexcel Pottsville Corporation

By: /s/ Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
    Name: Rodney P. Jenks, Jr.
    Title: Vice President

28

Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

By:  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
     ----------------------------------
             (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

29

EXHIBIT 10.63

HEXCEL CORPORATION

9.875% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2008

UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED AS TO THE
PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM,
IF ANY, AND INTEREST BY

CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING CORP.
CLARK-SCHWEBEL CORPORATION
HEXCEL POTTSVILLE CORPORATION
CS TECH-FAB HOLDING, INC.


EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

March 19, 2003

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Fleet Securities, Inc.
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) its 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008, which are unconditionally guaranteed by Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, Hexcel Pottsville Corporation, a Delaware corporation and CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together, the "Guarantors"). As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company agrees with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"AFFILIATE" shall mean (i) any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person; or (ii) any other person who is a director or officer (A) of such specified person, (B) of any subsidiary of such specified person or (C) of any person described in clause (i). For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.


"BASE INTEREST" shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

The term "BROKER-DEALER" shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

"CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

"COMMISSION" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

"EFFECTIVE TIME," in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective, (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (iii) a Market Making Shelf, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

"ELECTING HOLDER" shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof.

"EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

"EXCHANGE OFFER" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

"EXCHANGE REGISTRATION" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof.

"EXCHANGE REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

"EXCHANGE SECURITIES" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

"GUARANTORS" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.

The term "HOLDER" shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Securities.

"INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2003, between the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

"MARKET MAKER" shall mean Goldman Sachs International, Goldman, Sachs &. Co. or any of their affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries) involved in market making activities with respect to the Securities or Exchange Securities .

2

"MARKET MAKING SHELF" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

"MARKET MAKING SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

"NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE" means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

The term "PERSON" shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

"PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2003, between the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company relating to the Securities.

"PURCHASERS" shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

"REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean the Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in
Section 2(a) hereof (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Security is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144; or (v) such Security shall cease to be Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture); PROVIDED, FURTHER that for purposes of clauses 3(d), 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9 hereof, Securities and Exchange Securities, insofar as they relate to the market making activities of the Market Maker, shall be deemed to be Registrable Securities.

"REGISTRATION DEFAULT" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

"REGISTRATION EXPENSES" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

"RESALE PERIOD" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

"RESTRICTED HOLDER" shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder's business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and
(iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.

3

"RULE 144," "RULE 405" AND "RULE 415" shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

"SECURITIES" shall mean, collectively, the 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008 of the Company to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided for in the Indenture (the "Guarantees") and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a "Security," an "Exchange Security" or a "Registrable Security" shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.

"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

"SHELF REGISTRATION" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

"SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 2(b) hereof.

"SPECIAL INTEREST" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d) hereof.

"TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES" shall mean each note until (i) the date on which such note has been exchanged by a Person other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Security in the Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a note for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, or (iv) the date on which such note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

"TRUST INDENTURE ACT" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a "Section" or "clause" refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

2. REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to file with the Commission under the Securities Act on or prior to 120 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the "Exchange Registration Statement", and such offer, the "Exchange Offer") any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by each of the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the

4

Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(d) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called "Exchange Securities"). The Company and the Guarantors will use their best efforts to have the Exchange Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 210 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company and the Guarantors will commence the Exchange Offer and use their best efforts to issue on or prior to 60 business days, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Securities in exchange for all notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been "completed" only if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the Exchange Securities for all Outstanding Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 30 days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) use its best efforts to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the "Resale Period") beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof.

(b) (i) If the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the Exchange Registration Statement or are not permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 270 days following the Closing Date or (iii) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that (a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (b) that it may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales, or (c) that it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), be obligated to file with the Commission on or prior to 90 days after such filing obligation arises, a "shelf" registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the "Shelf Registration" and such registration statement, the "Shelf Registration Statement"). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their best efforts
(x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to

F-1

180 days after such obligation arises and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities Outstanding, PROVIDED, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this Clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company agrees to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall file under the Securities Act, on the date that the Exchange Registration Statement (or in lieu thereof, the Shelf Registration Statement) becomes or is declared effective, a "shelf" registration statement (which may be the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement if permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission) in a form approved by the Market Maker, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis in secondary transactions by the Market Maker of, the Securities (in the event of a Shelf Registration) or Exchange Securities (in the event of an Exchange Offer) (such filing, the "Market Making Shelf", and such registration statement, the "Market Making Shelf Registration Statement"). The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to (i) the date the Exchange Offer is completed pursuant to clause 2(a) above or (ii) the date the Shelf Registration becomes or is declared effective pursuant to clause 2(b) above, and to keep such Market Making Shelf continuously effective for so long as the Market Maker may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with secondary transactions in the Securities or the Exchange Securities. In the event that the Market Maker holds Securities at the time of the Exchange Offer, the Company agrees that the Market Making Shelf shall provide for the resale by the Market Maker of such Securities and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Market Making Shelf continuously effective until the Market Maker determines in its reasonable judgment that they are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with the sale of such Securities. The Company further agrees to supplement or make amendments to the Market Making Shelf, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Market Making Shelf or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company agrees to furnish to the Market Maker copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may suspend the offering and sale under the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement for a period or periods the Board of

F-2

Directors and the Company reasonably determines to be necessary, but in any event not to exceed 120 days in aggregate each year during which the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement is required to be effective and usable hereunder (measured from the Effective Time of the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to successive anniversaries thereof), if (A) (i) the Company or its subsidiaries shall be engaged in a material financing, acquisition, disposition, corporate reorganization, merger or other transaction or corporate development and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that disclosure of such transaction would not be in the interest of the Company or would have a material adverse effect on the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the Company notifies the Market Maker within five days after such Board of Directors makes the relevant determination set forth in sub-clause (A) of this clause 2(c).

(d) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file the Exchange Registration Statement, or the Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, on or before the date specified for such filing pursuant to
Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date") pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c), respectively, or (iii) the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Registration Statement (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with the resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein (except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default" and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a "Registration Default Period"), then the Company and the Guarantors will pay as liquidated damages for such Registration Default ("Special Interest") to each holder of notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes held by such holder. The amount of the Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.20 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes. All accrued Special Interest will be paid by the Company and the Guarantors on each Interest Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. On or immediately prior to the date of the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Special Interest will cease.

(e) The Company shall also furnish or cause to be furnished to the Market Maker without charge at least one conformed copy of the Market Making Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto and as many copies of the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement as the Market Maker may reasonably request.

(f) The Company shall take, and shall cause the Guarantors to take, all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated, including all actions necessary or desirable to register the Guarantee under the registration statement contemplated in Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, as applicable.

F-3

3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a), Section 2(b) or Section 2(c), the following provisions shall apply:

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer, the Shelf Registration or the Market Making Shelf, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(c) In connection with the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section
2(a) (the "Exchange Registration"), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

(i) prepare and file with the Commission on or prior to 120 days after the Closing Date, an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section
2(a), and use its best efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 210 days after the Closing Date;

(ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

(iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments relevant to the broker-dealer or of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by
Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by

F-4

the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(iv) in the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to
Section 3(e)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities, without delay prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(v) use their best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(vi) use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(vii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;

(viii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(ix) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but no later

F-5

than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(d) In connection with the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, and to the Market Making Shelf, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to permit the sales of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof, in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement and of Securities or Exchange Securities by the Market Maker in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof described in the Shelf Registration, if applicable, and in the Market Making Shelf. In connection therewith, the Company and the Guarantors shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b) or 2(c), as applicable, a Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the Market Maker and such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement or Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in
Section 2(b) or 2(c), as applicable;

(ii) not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 28 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company PROVIDED, FURTHER that this paragraph is not applicable to the Market Making Shelf;

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; PROVIDED that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company PROVIDED, FURTHER that this paragraph is not applicable to the Market Making Shelf;

(iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included

F-6

therein, each in a form reasonably acceptable to the Market Maker, as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, for the period specified in Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Market Maker and the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;

(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement or such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement;

(vi) provide (A) the Market Maker, (B) the Electing Holders, (C) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (D) any sales or placement agent therefor, (E) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (F) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders (which counsel shall be selected by Electing Holders of at least 50% in principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) or one counsel for the Market Maker (which counsel shall be selected by the Market Maker and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) the reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

(vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b) or Section 2(c), as applicable, make available at reasonable times at the Company's principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify in writing to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration or Market Making Shelf such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such registration statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required, in the

F-7

reasonable judgment of the Company, to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(viii) promptly notify the Market Maker, each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement as applicable or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, or such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments relevant to the Market Maker or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, or such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 3(d)(xvii) or Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(ix) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(x) if requested by the Market Maker, any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Market Maker, managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder reasonably specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to

F-8

the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Market Maker, Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Market Maker, Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Market Maker, Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(xi) furnish to the Market Maker, each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Market Maker, Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Market Maker, Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities by the Market Maker or such Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by the Market Maker and each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Market Maker or any Electing Holder and each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above or the period the Market Making Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(c), as applicable, above and for so long as may be necessary to enable the Market Maker or any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all

F-9

other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section
3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(xiii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the consent or approval of, and maintain the currency of any necessary filings with for so long as the Market Maker may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with secondary transactions, each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or Market Making Shelf or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the Market Maker to conduct market making activities and any selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities;

(xiv) Unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Market Maker, Electing Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten offering, enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of the Registrable Securities;

(xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(xvi) enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, "best efforts" underwriting agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as in the case of a Shelf Registration, any Electing Holders aggregating at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time Outstanding;

(xvii) whether or not an agreement of the type referred to in
Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof is entered into and whether or not any portion of the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Market Maker, Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion, as the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal

F-10

amount of the Registrable Securities at the time Outstanding or, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration, as the Market Maker, may reasonably request, addressed to the Market Maker, such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Registrable Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto) (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include those matters customarily delivered in a typical transaction); (C) obtain a "cold comfort" letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company addressed to the Market Maker, selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers' certificates, as may be reasonably requested by the Market Maker or any Electing Holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time Outstanding or, in the case of a Market Making Registration, by the Market Maker and in either case, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above or those contained in Section 5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or the Guarantors; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 6 hereof;

(xviii) notify in writing the Market Maker, each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be;

(xix) in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Registrable Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist in the distribution" (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the "Conduct Rules) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD") or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) thereof, whether as a holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter, a

F-11

placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including by (A) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a "qualified independent underwriter" (as defined in such Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Registrable Securities, (B) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof (or to such other customary extent as may be requested by such underwriter), and (C) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Conduct Rules; and

(xx) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(xxi) provide to the Market Maker all information provided to the Trustee or to holders as required by Section 4.03 of the Indenture;

(xxii) if the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement is a Form S-1 Registration Statement, promptly upon its satisfying the eligibility criteria for use of Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Company shall file a post-effective amendment to the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to convert it from a Form S-1 to a Form S-3 registration statement; and

(xxiii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect or cause the Shelf Registration, if applicable, and the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Market Makers or Electing Holders thereof in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof described in the Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement.

(e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) above, to notify the Market Maker and Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company shall without delay prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. The Market Maker and each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, and the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such

F-12

Registrable Securities until such Market Maker or Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Market Maker or Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Market Maker's or Electing Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

(f) With respect to the Market Making Shelf and in the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice Questionnaire, the Company may require the Market Maker or such Electing Holder, as the case may be, to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Market Maker or Electing Holder and such Market Maker's or Electing Holder's intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. The Market Maker and each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company without delay of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by the Market Maker or such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration or Market Making Shelf contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding the Market Maker or such Electing Holder or the Market Maker's or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to the Market Maker or such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its "affiliates" (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

4. REGISTRATION EXPENSES.

The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in
Section 3(d)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Market Maker, any managing underwriters or the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel each for the Market Maker (which counsel shall be selected by the Market Maker and reasonably satisfactory to the Company), the Electing Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Electing Holders of at least 50% in principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and the underwriters in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and

F-13

reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company's officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any opinions or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter" engaged pursuant to
Section 3(d)(xix) hereof, (i) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Market Maker or the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Market Maker, if applicable, otherwise selected by Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (j) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (k) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the "Registration Expenses"). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by the Market Maker, any holder of Registrable Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

The Company and each of the Guarantors represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Market Maker, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

(a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities and each registration statement filed in connection with the Market Making Shelf and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, at the time of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders

F-14

of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) or Section 3(c)(iii)(F) hereof until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c)(iv) hereof, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Market Maker in a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

(b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Market Maker or a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

(c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is subject, (ii) any of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws of the Company or the Guarantors or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults which would not have a material adverse effect on management, the condition (financial or other), business, properties, or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, except (i) the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities, (ii) qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under State securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Securities.

(d) This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

6. INDEMNIFICATION.

F-15

(a) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS. The Company and each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and the Market Maker, as holder of Securities or Exchange Securities included in a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as a placement or sales agent or as an underwriter in any offering or sale of such Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, agent or underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Market Maker, such holder, such Electing Holder, such agent and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.

(b) INDEMNIFICATION BY THE MARKET MAKERS, HOLDERS AND ANY AGENTS AND UNDERWRITERS. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to
Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the Market Maker or the Electing Holder of such Registrable Securities and from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Guarantors, and all other holders of Registrable Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other holders of Registrable Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to the Market Maker or any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Market Maker, if applicable, Electing Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein, and
(ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake

F-16

liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

(c) NOTICES OF CLAIMS, ETC. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In no event shall an indemnifying party be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) CONTRIBUTION. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity

F-17

for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), (i) no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, (ii) in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement relating to the sale by the Market Maker of Securities, Market Maker shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the amount of the proceeds received by the Market Maker from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which it has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (iii) no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders' and any underwriters' obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors under this
Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of the Market Maker, each holder, agent and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Market Maker, any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the Market Maker, the holders and any agents or underwriters contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder, agent or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or the Guarantors) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

7. UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS.

(a) SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(b) PARTICIPATION BY HOLDERS. Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering

F-18

hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

8. RULE 144.

The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act) and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the reasonable request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder's sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

(b) SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

(c) NOTICES. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at Two Stamford Plaza, 281 Tresser Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(d) PARTIES IN INTEREST. All the terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such

F-19

holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

(e) SURVIVAL. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

(f) GOVERNING LAW. THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(g) HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

(h) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time Outstanding PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions relating to the Market Making Shelf may only be amended by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the Market Maker. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter Outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

(i) INSPECTION. For so long as this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be in effect, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by the Market Maker and any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and

F-20

this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.

(j) COUNTERPARTS. This agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

F-21

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, each of the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Very truly yours,

Hexcel Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

Clark-Schwebel Holding Corp.

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President

Clark-Schwebel Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President Finance and
           Treasurer

Hexcel Pottsville Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

CS Tech-Fab Holding, Inc.

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    ---------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Fleet Securities, Inc.

By:  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & CO.
     --------------------------------
             (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

F-22

EXHIBIT 10.64

EXECUTION COPY

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF MARCH 19, 2003

BETWEEN

THE GRANTORS,

AND

HSBC BANK USA,
AS JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                             ----
SECTION 1.   DEFINITIONS........................................................................1

       (a)   General Definitions................................................................1
       (b)   Definitions; Interpretation.......................................................13

SECTION 2.   GRANT OF SECURITY.................................................................13

       (a)   Grant of Security.................................................................14
       (b)   Certain Limited Exclusions........................................................14

SECTION 3.   SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS..................................................15

       (a)   Security for Secured Obligations..................................................15
       (b)   Continuing Liability under Collateral.............................................15

SECTION 4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS......................................15

       (a)   Generally.........................................................................15
       (b)   Equipment.........................................................................19
       (c)   Investment Related Property.......................................................20
       (d)   Material Contracts................................................................26
       (e)   Letter of Credit Rights...........................................................28
       (f)   Intellectual Property.............................................................28
       (g)   Commercial Tort Claims............................................................33

SECTION 5.   ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND FURTHER ASSURANCES................................33

SECTION 6.   JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.................................35

SECTION 7.   REMEDIES..........................................................................36

       (a)   Generally.........................................................................36
       (b)   Application of Proceeds...........................................................37
       (c)   Sales on Credit...................................................................37
       (d)   Investment Related Property.......................................................37
       (e)   Intellectual Property.............................................................38

SECTION 8.   JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT............................................................40

SECTION 9.   CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF SECURED OBLIGATIONS.....................40

SECTION 10.  STANDARD OF CARE; JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM..............................41

SECTION 11.  INDEMNITY.........................................................................41

i

SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................41

       (a)   Notices...........................................................................41
       (b)   Expenses..........................................................................42
       (c)   Amendments and Waivers............................................................42
       (d)   Successors and Assigns............................................................43
       (e)   Independence of Covenants.........................................................43
       (f)   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements............................43
       (g)   Marshaling; Payments Set Aside....................................................43
       (h)   Severability......................................................................43
       (i)   Headings..........................................................................43
       (j)   APPLICABLE LAW....................................................................43
       (k)   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION...........................................................43
       (l)   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..............................................................44
       (m)   Counterparts......................................................................44
       (n)   Effectiveness.....................................................................44

SCHEDULE I     General Information
SCHEDULE II    Location of Equipment
SCHEDULE III   Investment Related Property
SCHEDULE IV    Material Contracts
SCHEDULE V     Letters of Credit
SCHEDULE VI    Intellectual Property
SCHEDULE VII   Commercial Tort Claims
SCHEDULE VIII  Excluded and Restricted Patents
ANNEX A        Pledge Supplement
EXHIBIT A      Form of Patent Security Agreement
EXHIBIT B      Form of Trademark Security Agreement
EXHIBIT C      Form of Copyright Security Agreement

ii

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003 (this "AGREEMENT"), between Hexcel Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY") and each of the other undersigned parties hereto (together with the Company, each, a "GRANTOR"), and HSBC Bank USA acting in the capacity of collateral agent (the "JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT") for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "INDENTURE"), by and among the Company, each other Grantor and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee on behalf of the note holders.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Company may, subject to the requirements thereof, designate additional obligations as Parity Lien Debt;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT") HSBC Bank USA has been appointed to serve as Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that each Grantor agree to secure the Notes and the other Secured Obligations as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, each Grantor and the Joint Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

(a) GENERAL DEFINITIONS. In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"ACCOUNT DEBTOR" shall mean each Person who is obligated on a Receivable or any Supporting Obligation related thereto.

"ACCOUNTS" shall mean all "accounts" as defined in Article 9 of the
UCC.

"AFFILIATE" shall mean, as applied to any Person, (1) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person or (2) any other Person who is a director or officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any Subsidiary of such specified person or (C) of any person described in clause (1). For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"ASSET SALE PROCEEDS ACCOUNT" shall mean the account to be established within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date in accordance with
Section 4(c)(3)(i)(2) hereof and any successor account or accounts.


"AUTHENTICATE" shall mean "authenticate" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"BANKRUPTCY CODE" shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

"CAPITAL STOCK" shall mean:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means

(1) United States dollars;

(2) investments in U.S. government obligations;

(3) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated "A-" or higher (or such equivalent rating) by at least one "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act);

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (2) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (3) above;

(5) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group; and

2

(6) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any State, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean all proceeds of any Collateral consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items.

"CHATTEL PAPER" shall mean all "chattel paper" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, "electronic chattel paper" or "tangible chattel paper", as each term is defined in the UCC.

"CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date on which the Indenture is made.

"COLLATERAL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

"COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Collateral Agency Agreement dated the date hereof among the Company, the Joint Collateral Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, as trustee and the representatives of Parity Lien Debt party from time to time thereto.

"COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, that certain Trademark Security Agreement dated the date hereof by the Company in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that certain Copyright Security Agreement dated the date hereof by the Company in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that certain Patent Security Agreement dated the date hereof by the Company in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any of the parties to the Transaction Documents pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in order to grant or perfect a lien in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent on any real, personal or mixed property of such party as security for the Secured Obligations.

"COLLATERAL RECORDS" shall mean books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software.

"COLLATERAL SUPPORT" shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

"COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS" shall mean all "commercial tort claims" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, all commercial tort claims listed and described with specification on Schedule VII hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"COMMODITIES ACCOUNTS" (i) shall mean all "commodity accounts" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC and (ii) shall include, without limitation, all of the accounts listed on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Commodities Accounts" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"COPYRIGHT LICENSES" shall mean any and all agreements granting any right in, to or under Copyrights to which a Grantor is a party (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder)

3

including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule VI(B) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"COPYRIGHTS" shall mean all United States, state and foreign copyrights, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases, and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or unregistered, now or hereafter in force throughout the world, all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing including, without limitation, the applications referred to in Schedule VI(A) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, all extensions and renewals of any thereof, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing, and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

"CREDIT FACILITY COLLATERAL" means, at any time in respect of any Qualified Credit Facility:

(1) inventory (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof, and all rights under any existing or future policy of property loss or casualty insurance on such inventory, together with the cash proceeds thereof;

(2) accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), whether now existing or hereafter arising, but only to the extent that such accounts are:

(a) rights to payment for goods sold or services rendered (whether or not such goods or services conform to the contract), or

(b) rights to payment for goods to be sold or services to be rendered, but only, at any time, to the extent inventory (whether consisting of raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) is then on hand that may, upon completion of manufacture, be delivered for such sale,

in the case of each of clauses (1) and (2), together with all rights under the contract for such sale relating to or affecting the creation or collection of such account or the completion or sale of such inventory, together with all Liens, letters of credit, guarantees and other obligations securing or supporting such accounts, together with the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof;

(3) money, deposit accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) and deposits therein and Cash Equivalents, except (i) the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and deposits therein and (ii) money, deposit accounts, deposits and Cash Equivalents (whether held directly or in securities accounts) constituting identifiable proceeds of Collateral; and

(4) property of a Foreign Subsidiary owned by a Foreign Subsidiary, whenever held, acquired or arising, but only if and to the extent securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (2) of the definition of "Permitted Debt" in the Indenture.

"DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS" (i) shall mean all "deposit accounts" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

4

"DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased, upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if (1) the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the notes described Sections 4.10 and 4.15 of the Indenture and
(2) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the notes, including the purchase of any notes tendered pursuant thereto; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that neither of the Company's series A preferred stock nor its series B preferred stock shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

"DOCUMENTS" shall mean all "documents" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING GOODS" shall mean all Documents evidencing, representing or issued in connection with Goods.

"DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Domestic Foreign Holding Company shall not constitute a Domestic Subsidiary.

"EQUIPMENT" shall mean: (i) all "equipment" as defined in the UCC,
(ii) all machinery, manufacturing equipment, data processing equipment, computers, office equipment, furnishings, furniture, appliances, and tools (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as equipment under the UCC),
(iii) all Fixtures and (iv) all accessions or additions thereto, all parts thereof, whether or not at any time of determination incorporated or installed therein or attached thereto, and all replacements therefor, wherever located, now or hereafter existing.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following conditions: (i) an Event of Default as defined in the Indenture or
(ii) an Event of Default under any Parity Lien Credit Document.

"EXCLUDED ASSETS" shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

"EXCLUDED PATENTS" shall mean the Patents set forth on Schedule VIII(A) hereto.

"FIXTURES" shall mean all "fixtures" as defined in Article 9 of the
UCC.

"FOREIGN SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Intercreditor & Agency Agreement, the UK Security Trust Deed, the UK Share Charge and the French Share Pledge and any other document or agreement (other than this Agreement and the Security Agreement entered into in connection with the New Senior Credit Facility) pursuant to which any equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary is pledged for

5

the benefit of any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party (as defined in the Intercreditor & Agency Agreement).

"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY HOLDING COMPANY" means a Subsidiary formed under the laws of any State of the United States which (i) is owned and operated solely for the purpose of owning interests in and intercompany debt of Subsidiaries that are not Domestic Subsidiaries, (ii) is not obligated in respect of any Indebtedness, as issuer or borrower, guarantor or otherwise, (iv) has not created or become subject to any Lien upon any of its present or future property, and (iv) is a "controlled foreign corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

"FRENCH SHARE PLEDGE" means the Pledge Over a Securities Account (COMPTE D'INSTRUMENTS FINANCIERS) dated as of the date hereof among the Company and Fleet Capital Corporation as intercreditor agent.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

"GENERAL INTANGIBLES" (i) shall mean all "general intangibles" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, including "payment intangibles" also as defined in Article 9 of the UCC and (ii) shall include, without limitation, all interest rate or currency protection or hedging arrangements, all tax refunds and all licenses, permits, concessions and authorizations, (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as general intangibles under the UCC).

"GOODS" (i) shall mean all "goods" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC and (ii) shall include, without limitation, all Equipment, Documents Evidencing Goods and Software Embedded In Goods; provided, however, that "Goods" shall not include Inventory.

"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate protection agreement or currency exchange protection agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement involving interest rates, currencies, commodities or otherwise.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of and premium (if any such premium is then due and owing) in respect of (a) Indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed; and (b) Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

(2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

(4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no

6

later than the tenth business day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit);

(5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock of such Person, or with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, the liquidation preference with respect to any preferred stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
(1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any guarantee;

(7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
(1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

(8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

For purposes of this definition, the obligation of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such stock as if such stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such stock is not then permitted to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be the book value of such stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the amount of liability required by GAAP to be accrued or reflected on the most recently published balance sheet of such Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

(1) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP; and

(2) Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

"INDEMNITEE" shall mean the Joint Collateral Agent, and its and its Affiliates' officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees, and agents.

"INDENTURE" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"INSTRUMENTS" shall mean all "instruments" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"INSURANCE" shall mean: (i) all insurance policies covering any or all of the Collateral (regardless of whether the Joint Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof) and (ii) any key man life insurance policies.

7

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" shall mean, collectively, the Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets.

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES" shall mean, collectively, the Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, and Trade Secret Licenses.

"INTERCREDITOR & AGENCY AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Intercreditor & Agency Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Joint Collateral Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation, as intercreditor agent and security trustee, Fleet Capital Corporation, as existing facility agent and all other facility agents from time to time party thereto.

"INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE" shall mean Fleet Capital Corporation and its successors and assigns under the Intercreditor & Agency Agreement.

"INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

"INVENTORY" shall mean all "inventory" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS" shall mean the Securities Accounts, Commodities Accounts and the Asset Sale Proceeds Account; provided, however, that Investment Accounts shall not include Deposit Accounts except for the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and deposits therein or any Securities Account holding only Cash Equivalents (other than any Cash Equivalents constituting identifiable proceeds of Collateral).

"INVESTMENT RELATED PROPERTY" shall mean: (a) all "investment property" (as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and (b) all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the UCC): all (i) Pledged Equity Interests, (ii) Pledged Debt, (iii) the Investment Accounts and (iv) certificates of deposit; provided, however, that Investment Related Property shall not include Deposit Accounts or Cash Equivalents except for the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and deposits therein and any money, Deposit Accounts and Cash Equivalents (whether held directly or in securities accounts) constituting identifiable proceeds of Collateral.

"JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"LETTER OF CREDIT RIGHT" shall mean "letter-of-credit right" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the UCC (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean a material adverse effect on
(i) the business, operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Grantor and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of any Grantor to fully and timely perform its Secured Obligations;
(iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Grantor of a Transaction Document to which it is a party; or (iv) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any agent and Joint Collateral Agent under any Secured Obligation.

8

"MATERIAL CONTRACT" shall mean any agreement, contract or license or other arrangement to which any Grantor is a party that is material to the Grantors and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole and for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

"MATERIAL FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" means each of Hexcel S A, Hexcel Holdings (UK) Limited and each other Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that as at any date of determination, any of the following criteria has been met: (a) the aggregate revenue generated by such Foreign Subsidiary equals or exceeds an amount equal to $15,000,000 for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, (b) whose assets at any time exceed $5,000,000 in aggregate book value, or (c) which has had its Capital Stock pledged to the holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) any Foreign Subsidiary whose only asset is the equity interests of a joint-venture shall not be subject to the criteria contained in clause (a) hereof, and (y) the fair market value of such equity interests in the joint venture shall be the carrying value of such equity interests on the books of the Company(determined in accordance with GAAP). A Foreign Subsidiary that is a Material Foreign Subsidiary at any date pursuant to this definition shall continue to be or be deemed to be a Material Foreign Subsidiary at all times thereafter, without regard to the results of any future re-determination pursuant to this definition.

"MONEY" shall mean "money" as defined in the UCC.

"MORTGAGES" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or similar document executed by any Grantor now or hereafter securing any Secured Obligations.

"NON-ASSIGNABLE CONTRACT" shall mean any Material Contract that by its terms purport to restrict or prevent the assignment or granting of a security interest therein (either by its terms or by any federal or state statutory prohibition or otherwise irrespective of whether such prohibition or restriction is enforceable under Sections 9-406 through 409 of the UCC).

"NOTE OBLIGATIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing, securing or relating to any Indebtedness, whether or not a claim in respect thereof has been asserted.

"PARITY LIEN CREDIT DOCUMENT" shall mean the indenture or other agreement governing any Parity Lien Debt.

"PARITY LIEN DEBT" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.

"PARITY LIEN OBLIGATION" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.

"PARITY LIEN REPRESENTATIVE" shall mean the trustee, agent or other representative of the holders of Parity Lien Debt."

"PATENT LICENSES" shall mean any and all agreements granting any right in, to or under Patents, to which a Grantor is a party (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule VI(D) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

9

"PATENTS" shall mean all United States, state and foreign patents and applications for letters patent, including, but not limited to, each patent and patent application referred to in Schedule VI(C) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations of any of the foregoing, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing and all proceeds of the foregoing including, without limitation, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

"PAYMENT INTANGIBLE" shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

"PERMITTED LIEN" shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

"PERSON" shall mean and include natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and governmental authorities.

"PLEDGED ALTERNATIVE EQUITY INTERESTS" shall mean all participation or other interests in any equity or profits of any business entity and the certificates, if any, representing such interests, all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Pledged Alternative Equity Interests shall not include any Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Trust Interests.

"PLEDGED DEBT" shall mean all indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor, whether or not evidenced by any instrument or promissory note, including, without limitation, all indebtedness described on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Pledged Debt" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), all monetary obligations owing to any Grantor from any other Grantor, the instruments evidencing any of the foregoing, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

"PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS" shall mean all Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests, Pledged Trust Interests and Pledged Alternative Equity Interests.

"PLEDGED LLC INTERESTS" shall mean all interests in any limited liability company including, without limitation, all limited liability company interests listed on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Pledged LLC Interests" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such limited liability company interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

"PLEDGED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS" shall mean all interests in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership including, without limitation, all partnership interests listed on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Pledged Partnership Interests" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such partnership interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such

10

partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such partnership interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

"PLEDGED STOCK" shall mean all shares of capital stock owned by such Grantor, including, without limitation, all shares of capital stock described on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Pledged Stock" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

"PLEDGED TRUST INTERESTS" shall mean all interests in a Delaware business trust or other trust including, without limitation, all trust interests listed on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Pledged Trust Interests" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such trust interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such trust or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such trust interests and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

"PROCEEDS" shall mean: (i) all "proceeds" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, (ii) payments or distributions made with respect to any Investment Related Property and (iii) whatever is receivable or received when Collateral or proceeds are sold, leased, licensed, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary.

"QUALIFIED CREDIT FACILITY" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.

"RECORD" shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

"RESTRICTED PATENT" shall mean the Patents set forth on Schedule VIII(B) hereto.

"REPRESENTATION DATE" shall mean each of (i) the date hereof and
(ii) each date on which any additional Parity Lien Debt executes a joinder agreement and becomes party to the Collateral Agency Agreement.

"SECURED OBLIGATIONS" all Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations and all obligations hereunder or under any other Collateral Document (including, without limitation, any guarantees of the foregoing).

"SECURED PARTY" shall mean each of the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the holders from time to time of the Notes, each Parity Lien Representative and each holder from time to time of Parity Lien Debt.

"SECURITIES" shall mean any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as "securities" or any

11

certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

"SECURITIES ACCOUNTS" (i) shall mean all "securities accounts" as defined in Article 8 of the UCC and (ii) shall include, without limitation, all of the accounts listed on Schedule III hereto under the heading "Securities Accounts" (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"SOFTWARE EMBEDDED IN GOODS" means, with respect to any Goods, any computer program embedded in Goods and any supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program if (i) the program is associated with the Goods in such a manner that it customarily is considered part of the Goods or (ii) by becoming the owner of the Goods a person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the Goods.

"STATE" shall mean a State or Commonwealth of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.

"STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

"SUPPORTING OBLIGATION" shall mean all "supporting obligations" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

"TRADE SECRET LICENSES" shall mean any and all agreements granting any right in, to or under Trade Secrets to which Grantor is a party (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule VI(G) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"TRADE SECRETS" shall mean all trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and know-how (all of the foregoing being collectively called a "Trade Secret"), whether or not reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents and things embodying, incorporating, or describing such Trade Secret, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any Trade Secret, and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, royalities, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

12

"TRADEMARK LICENSES" shall mean any and all agreements granting any right in, to or under Trademarks to which a Grantor is a party (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule VI(F) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

"TRADEMARKS" shall mean all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, trade names, corporate names, d/b/as, business names, fictitious business names, internet domain names, trade styles, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, rights of publicity and privacy pertaining to the right to use names likenesses and biographical data, all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing including, but not limited to, the registrations and applications referred to in Schedule VI(E) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements or dilution of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill, and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

"TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Indenture, this Agreement, any Collateral Documents and any Parity Lien Credit Documents.

"UCC" or "NEW YORK UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

"UK SHARE CHARGE" means the Share Charge dated as of the date hereof among the Company as chargor and Fleet Capital Corporation as security trustee.

"UK SECURITY TRUST DEED" means the Security Trust Deed dated as of the date hereof among the Company, Fleet Capital Corporation as security trustee, HSBC Bank USA as Joint Collateral Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation as agent under the New Senior Credit Facility and each other Credit Facility Agent (as defined in the Indenture) thereafter arising.

(b) DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION. All capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or, if not defined therein, in the Collateral Agency Agreement and if not defined therein, the UCC. References to "Sections," "Annexes" and "Schedules" shall be to Sections, Annexes and Schedules, as the case may be, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. The use herein of the word "include" or "including", when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation" or "but not limited to" or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and either the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Indenture, such other agreements shall govern, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between such agreements, the Indenture shall govern. All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

SECTION 2. GRANT OF SECURITY

13

(a) GRANT OF SECURITY. Subject to Paragraph (b) of this
Section 2, each Grantor hereby grants to the Joint Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest and continuing lien on all of such Grantor's right, title and interest in, to and under all personal property of such Grantor including, but not limited to the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Collateral", as defined in Section 1(a)):

(i) Asset Sale Proceeds Account;

(ii) Chattel Paper;

(iii) Documents;

(iv) Goods (including Documents Representing Goods and Software Embedded in Goods);

(v) Insurance;

(vi) Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses;

(vii) Investment Related Property;

(viii) Letter of Credit Rights;

(ix) Material Contracts;

(x) Commercial Tort Claims;

(xi) to the extent not otherwise included above, all General Intangibles, Payment Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Instruments, contracts, motor vehicles and other personal property of any kind and all Collateral Records, Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations relating to any of the foregoing; and

(xii) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of or in respect of any of the foregoing.

(b) CERTAIN LIMITED EXCLUSIONS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest granted under Section 2(a) hereof attach to any Excluded Assets or Excluded Patent and such Excluded Assets and Excluded Patents shall not be deemed "Collateral" for the purposes of this Agreement. In addition, such security interest granted under Section 2(a) hereof shall not attach to any Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Material Foreign Subsidiary and any such Capital Stock shall not constitute "Collateral" for purposes of this Agreement. In addition, if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest in any Restricted Patent shall constitute or result in (i) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of any Grantor therein or (ii) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any agreement relating to such Restricted Patent (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) then such Restricted Patent shall not constitute Collateral hereunder; provided, however that the security interest shall attach immediately (and such Restricted Patent shall constitute Collateral hereunder) at such time as the condition causing such abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability shall be remedied and, to the extent severable, shall attached immediately

14

to any portion of such Restricted Patent that does not result in any of the consequences specified in (i) or (ii).

SECTION 3. SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS

(a) SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS. This Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the prompt and complete payment or performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 362(a) (and any successor provision thereof)), of all Secured Obligations.

(b) CONTINUING LIABILITY UNDER COLLATERAL. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all obligations under the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to the Joint Collateral Agent or any Secured Party and (ii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the agreements included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, to perform all of the obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Joint Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto nor shall the Joint Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, (iii) the exercise by the Joint Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

(a) GENERALLY.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) it owns the Collateral purported to be owned by it or otherwise has the rights it purports to have in each item of Collateral and, as to all Collateral whether now existing or hereafter acquired, will continue to own or have such rights in each item of the Collateral, in each case free and clear of any and all Liens, rights or claims of all other Persons other than Permitted Liens, including, without limitation, liens arising as a result of such Grantor becoming bound (as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person, except for sales expressly permitted by each of the Transaction Documents;

(2) Such Grantor has been duly organized solely under the laws of the State specified in Schedule I and is duly existing as such. Such Grantor has not filed any certificates of domestication, transfer or continuance in any other jurisdiction.

15

(3) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Grantor and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement are within its corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action;

(4) upon the filing of all UCC financing statements naming each Grantor as "debtor" and HSBC Bank USA as the Joint Collateral Agent as "secured party" and describing the Collateral in the filing offices set forth opposite such Grantor's name on Schedule I(E) hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and other filings delivered by each Grantor, the security interests granted to the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder constitute valid and perfected first priority Liens (subject to any Permitted Liens) to the extent such security interests can be perfected by filing under the UCC;

(5) other than the financing statements and evidences of security interests filed in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent, no effective UCC financing statement, fixture filing, evidence of security interests or other instrument similar in effect under any applicable law covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office except for (x) financing statements for which proper termination statements and evidences of security interests have been delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent for filing and (y) financing statements and evidences of security interests filed in connection with Permitted Liens;

(6) no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Grantor of the Liens purported to be created in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder or (ii) the exercise by Joint Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or created hereunder or created or provided for by applicable law), except (A) for the filings contemplated by clause (4) above and (B) as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Investment Related Property, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of Securities and as may be required under federal laws pertaining to Intellectual Property;

(7) all actions and consents, including all filings, notices, registrations and recordings necessary or desirable for the exercise by the Joint Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect of the Collateral have been made or obtained except for the recording of evidences of the security interest in the applicable Intellectual Property registries with respect to Collateral consisting of Patents and registered Copyrights and Trademarks and applications therefor, and except for the taking of appropriate actions to perfect the lien under applicable foreign law with respect to non-U.S. Intellectual Property, and registration of copyrights;

(8) it has indicated on Schedule I(A) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time): (w) the type of organization of such Grantor, (x) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, (y) its organizational identification number (provided that such organizational identification number shall not be required for any Grantor who is organized under the law of the State of Delaware and is a Registered Organization) and (z) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office or its sole place of business is (or

16

if such Grantor is a natural person principal residence and principal place of business), and for the one-year period preceding the date hereof has been, located;

(9) the full legal name of such Grantor is as set forth on Schedule I(A) and it has not done in the last five
(5) years, and it does not do, business under any other name
(including any trade-name or fictitious business name) except for those names set forth on Schedule I(B) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(10) except as provided on Schedule I(C), it has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (or, if such Grantor is a natural person, principal residence or principal place of business) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the past five (5) years;

(11) such Grantor has not within the last five (5) years become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person, which has not heretofore been terminated other than the agreements identified on Schedule I(D) hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(12) with respect to each agreement identified on Schedule I(D), it has indicated on Schedule I(A) and Schedule I(B) the information required pursuant to Section 4(a)(8) and (9) with respect to each Grantor under each such agreement;

(13) all information supplied by any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects; and

(14) none of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, "farm products" (as defined in the UCC).

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that:

(1) except for the security interest created by this Agreement, it shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, except Permitted Liens;

(2) such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to defend the Collateral against all Persons at any time claiming any interest therein;

(3) it shall not produce, use or permit any Collateral to be used unlawfully or in violation of any provision of this Agreement or of any Intellectual Property License or, to such Grantor's knowledge, any other contract covering such Collateral or any applicable statute, regulation or ordinance or any policy of insurance covering the Collateral unless such use could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

17

(4) it shall not change such Grantor's name, identity, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), sole place of business (or principal residence if such Grantor is a natural person), chief executive office, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization unless it shall have (a) notified the Joint Collateral Agent in writing, by executing and delivering to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, at least thirty (30) days prior to any such change or establishment, identifying such new proposed name, identity, corporate structure, sole place of business (or principal residence if such Grantor is a natural person), chief executive office or jurisdiction of organization and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby;

(5) it shall notify the Joint Collateral Agent quarterly, in writing, of the establishment of any trade names and provide such other information in connection therewith as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request and take all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest;

(6) it shall pay promptly when due all property and other taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon, and all claims (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) against, the Collateral, except to the extent the validity thereof is being contested in good faith; provided, such Grantor shall in any event pay such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the date of any proposed sale under any judgment, writ or warrant of attachment entered or filed against such Grantor or any of the Collateral as a result of the failure to make such payment;

(7) to the extent any such event may be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, upon such Grantor or any officer of such Grantor obtaining knowledge thereof, it shall promptly notify the Joint Collateral Agent in writing of any event that may materially and adversely affect the value of the Collateral or any portion thereof, the ability of any Grantor or the Joint Collateral Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof

(8) upon such Grantor or any officer of such Grantor obtaining knowledge thereof, it shall promptly notify the Joint Collateral Agent in writing of any event that may materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Joint Collateral Agent in relation to any material Collateral, including, without limitation, the levy of any legal process against the Collateral or any material portion thereof;

(9) it shall not take or permit any action which impairs the Joint Collateral Agent's rights in the Collateral; and

18

(10) it shall not license out (other than in the ordinary course of business) sell, transfer or assign (by operation of law or otherwise) any Collateral except as expressly permitted by the Indenture and in compliance therewith.

(b) EQUIPMENT.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) all of the Equipment included in the Collateral has been kept for the past five (5) years only at the locations specified in Schedule II hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time); and

(2) none of the Equipment is in the possession of an issuer of a negotiable document (as defined in Section 7-104 of the UCC) therefor except with respect to any negotiable documents that have been delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent and, none of the Equipment located in the United States (other than any Equipment with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate) and none of the Equipment located outside of the United States (other than any Equipment with a fair market value of less than $2,000,000 in the aggregate) is otherwise in the possession of any bailee or warehouseman.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor covenants and agrees that:

(1) it shall keep the Equipment in the locations specified on Schedule II hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) unless it shall have (a) notified the Joint Collateral Agent in writing, by executing and delivering to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, at least thirty (15) days prior to any change in locations, identifying such new locations and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest in the Collateral intended to be granted and agreed to hereby, or to enable the Joint Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder, with respect to such Equipment; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantors may collectively retain equipment having a fair market value not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding in locations not disclosed on Schedule II;

(2) it shall not deliver any Document Evidencing any Goods to any Person other than the issuer of such Document to claim the Goods evidenced therefor or the Joint Collateral Agent;

(3) if any Equipment located in the United States (other than any Equipment with a fair market value of less than $750,000 in the aggregate) or any of the Equipment located outside of the United States (other than any Equipment with a fair market value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate) is in possession or control of any third party, including, without limitation, any warehouseman, bailee or agent, each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable

19

efforts to notify the third party of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest and obtaining an Authenticated acknowledgment from such third party that it is holding the Equipment for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent; and

(4) with respect to any item of Equipment which is covered by a certificate of title under a statute of any jurisdiction under the law of which indication of a security interest on such certificate is required as a condition of perfection thereof, it will no less often than quarterly (A) provide information with respect to any such Equipment in excess of $50,000 individually or $400,000 in the aggregate, (B) execute and file with the registrar of motor vehicles or other appropriate authority in such jurisdiction an application or other document requesting the notation or other indication of the security interest created hereunder on such certificate of title, and (C) deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent copies of all such applications or other documents filed during such calendar quarter and copies of all such certificates of title issued during such calendar quarter indicating the security interest created hereunder in the items of Equipment covered thereby.

(c) INVESTMENT RELATED PROPERTY.

(1) PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) Schedule III hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the headings "Pledged Stock, "Pledged LLC Interests," "Pledged Partnership Interests" and "Pledged Trust Interests," respectively, all of the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Trust Interests owned by any Grantor and such Pledged Equity Interests constitute the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests, percentage of partnership interests or percentage of beneficial interest of the respective issuers thereof indicated on such Schedule;

(2) except as set forth on Schedule III(B) hereto it has not acquired any equity interests of another entity within the past five (5) years;

(3) it is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged Equity Interests free of all Liens, rights or claims of other Persons other than Permitted Liens and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Equity Interests;

(4) without limiting the generality of
Section 4(a)(i)(3), no consent of any Person including any other general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary or desirable in connection with the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent (or, with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that are included in Foreign

20

Subsidiary Collateral, the security interest of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee) in any Pledged Equity Interests or the exercise by the Joint Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof (or, with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that are included in Foreign Subsidiary Collateral, the voting or other rights provided in the Foreign Security Documents and exercise of remedies by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee);

(5) none of the Pledged LLC Interests nor Pledged Partnership Interests are or represent interests in issuers that: (a) are registered as investment companies, (b) are dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or markets or (c) have opted to be treated as securities under the uniform commercial code of any jurisdiction.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that:

(1) without the prior written consent of the Joint Collateral Agent (such consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), it shall not vote to enable or take any other action to: (a) amend or terminate any partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents in any way that materially changes the rights of such Grantor with respect to any Investment Related Property or adversely affects the validity, perfection or priority of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest, (b) permit any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest to issue any additional stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other equity interests of any nature or to issue securities convertible into or granting the right of purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity interest of any nature of such issuer, provided that the Joint Collateral Agent shall give such consent if in its reasonable judgment any such additional stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other equity interests shall be subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent (or, with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that are included in Foreign Subsidiary Collateral, a first priority security interest in favor of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee), (c) other than as permitted under the Indenture, permit any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest to dispose of all or a material portion of their assets, (d) waive any material default under or material breach of any terms of organizational document relating to the issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest or the terms of any Pledged Debt, or (e) cause any issuer of any Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests which are not securities (for purposes of the UCC) on the date hereof to elect or otherwise take any action to cause such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests to be treated as securities for purposes of the UCC unless such Grantor shall provide seven (7) days prior written notice to the Joint Collateral Agent of any such election or action and, in such event, shall take all steps necessary or advisable to establish the Joint Collateral Agent's "control" (within the meaning of Section 8-106 of the UCC) thereof;

(2) it shall comply in all material respects with all of its obligations under any partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests and shall use

21

commercially reasonable efforts to enforce all of its rights with respect to any Investment Related Property;

(3) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture and in compliance therewith, it shall not permit, without the prior written consent of the Joint Collateral Agent, any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest to merge or consolidate unless (i) such issuer creates a security interest that is perfected by a filed financing statement (that is not effective solely under section 9-508 of the UCC) in collateral in which such new debtor has or acquires rights, and (ii) all the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the surviving or resulting corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity is, upon such merger or consolidation, pledged hereunder; and

(4) each Grantor consents to the grant by each other Grantor of a security interest in all Investment Related Property to the Joint Collateral Agent and, without limiting the foregoing, consents to the transfer of any Pledged Partnership Interest and any Pledged LLC Interest to the Joint Collateral Agent or its nominee following an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Joint Collateral Agent or its nominee as a partner in any partnership or as a member in any limited liability company with all the rights and powers related thereto.

(2) PLEDGED DEBT.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date and on the Representation Date, that:

(1) Schedule III hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the heading "Pledged Debt" all of the Pledged Debt owned by any Grantor in excess of $7,500 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate and there is not any default under any Pledged Debt that has caused a Material Adverse Effect and such Pledged Debt constitutes all of the issued and outstanding inter-company indebtedness evidenced by an instrument or certificated security of the respective issuers thereof owing to such Grantor; and

(2) all of such Pledged Debt which is intercompany debt has been duly authorized, authenticated or issued, and delivered and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof and the Company has no actual knowledge as to any other Pledged Debt not being the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that:

(1) it shall notify the Joint Collateral Agent of any default under any Pledged Debt that has caused or is reasonably expected to cause, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(3) INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS.

22

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) Except with respect to any Excluded Assets, Schedule III hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the headings "Securities Accounts" and "Commodities Accounts," respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Commodities Accounts in which each Grantor has an interest. Each Grantor is the sole entitlement holder of each such Securities Account and Commodities Account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person
(other than the Joint Collateral Agent pursuant hereto) having "control" (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Commodity Account or any securities or other property credited thereto;

(2) within 30 days after the Closing Date, it will establish a deposit account to be the Asset Sale Proceeds Account and upon such establishment the Company will be the sole account holder thereof. Within such 30 day time period, the Company will deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a legal opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent that the Joint Collateral Agent has a valid and perfected security interest in the Asset Sale Proceeds Account; and

(3) each Grantor has taken and will take all actions necessary or desirable to: (a) establish the Joint Collateral Agent's "control" (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any portion of the Investment Related Property constituting Certificated Securities, Uncertificated Securities, Securities Accounts, Securities Entitlements or Commodity Accounts (each as defined in the UCC); (b) establish the Joint Collateral Agent's "control" (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over the Asset Sale Proceeds Account; and (c) subject to Section 4(c)(4)(ii) hereof, to deliver all Instruments to the Joint Collateral Agent.

(ii) DELIVERY AND CONTROL

(1) With respect to any Investment Related Property consisting of Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements, it shall cause the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account or Securities Entitlement to enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Annex C hereto pursuant to which it shall agree to comply with the Joint Collateral Agent's "entitlement orders" without further consent by such Grantor. With respect to any Investment Related Property that is a "Deposit Account," subject to the next sentence hereof, it shall cause the depositary institution maintaining such account to enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Annex D hereto, pursuant to which the Joint Collateral Agent shall have both sole dominion and control over such Deposit Account (within the meaning of the common law) and "control" (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over such Deposit Account. Each Grantor shall have entered into such control agreement or agreements with respect to:
(i) any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements that exist on the Closing Date, (ii) the Asset Sale Proceeds Account within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date and
(iii) any Securities Accounts or Securities Entitlements that are

23

created or acquired after the Closing Date, as of or prior to the deposit or transfer of any such Securities Entitlements or funds, whether constituting moneys or investments, into such Securities Accounts.

(4) INVESTMENT RELATED PROPERTY GENERALLY.

(i) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that:

(1) in the event it acquires rights in any Investment Related Property after the date hereof, it shall deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent quarterly a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, reflecting such new Investment Related Property and all other Investment Related Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent shall attach to all Investment Related Property immediately upon any Grantor's acquisition of rights therein and shall not be affected by the failure of any Grantor to deliver a supplement to Schedule III as required hereby; notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event it acquires any Investment Related Property with a fair market value greater than $25,000, it shall deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a Pledge Supplement within thirty (30) days of acquiring such Investment Related Property;

(2) except as provided in the next sentence, in the event such Grantor receives any dividends, interest or distributions on any Investment Related Property, or any securities or other property upon the merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of any issuer of any Investment Related Property, then (a) such dividends, interest or distributions and securities or other property shall be included in the definition of Collateral without further action and (b) such Grantor shall immediately take all steps, if any, necessary or advisable to ensure the validity, perfection, priority and, if applicable, control of the Joint Collateral Agent over such Investment Related Property (including, without limitation, delivery thereof to the Joint Collateral Agent) and pending any such action such Grantor shall be deemed to hold such dividends, interest, distributions, securities or other property in trust for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent and shall be segregated from all other property of such Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Joint Collateral Agent authorizes each Grantor to retain all ordinary cash dividends and distributions paid in the normal course of the business of the issuer and consistent with the past practice of the issuer and all scheduled payments of interest;

(3) If any issuer of any Investment Related Property is located in a jurisdiction outside of the United States, each Grantor shall take such additional actions under the laws of such issuer's jurisdiction to insure the validity, perfection and priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice to any Grantor, to transfer all or any portion of the Investment Related Property to its name or the name of its nominee or agent. In addition, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time, without notice to any Grantor, to exchange any certificates or

24

instruments representing any Investment Related Property for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

(ii) DELIVERY AND CONTROL.

(1) Each Grantor agrees that with respect to any Investment Related Property in which it currently has rights it shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4(c)(4) on or before the Closing Date and with respect to any Investment Related Property hereafter acquired by such Grantor it shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4(c)(4) immediately upon acquiring rights therein, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent. With respect to any Investment Related Property that is represented by a certificate or that is an "instrument" (other than (x) any Investment Related Property credited to a Securities Account and instruments having a principal amount of less than $7,500 individually and $50,000 in the aggregate or (y) any instruments included in the definition of Foreign Subsidiary Collateral that are delivered to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee) it shall cause such certificate or instrument to be delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent, indorsed in blank by an "effective indorsement" (as defined in Section 8-107 of the UCC), regardless of whether such certificate constitutes a "certificated security" for purposes of the UCC. With respect to any Investment Related Property that is an "uncertificated security" for purposes of the UCC (other than any "uncertificated securities" credited to a Securities Account), it shall cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to either (i) register the Joint Collateral Agent as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement substantially in the form of Annex B hereto, pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Joint Collateral Agent's instructions with respect to such uncertificated security without further consent by such Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the shares of any Foreign Subsidiary subject to the security interest in favor of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, it shall be sufficient if the related Grantor shall take all steps necessary under French and English law to create a valid, perfected, first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee.

(iii) VOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(1) except as otherwise provided under the covenants and agreements relating to Investment Related Property in this Agreement or elsewhere herein or in the Indenture, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Investment Related Property or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Indenture; provided, (i) with respect to Investment Related Property in the United States, no Grantor shall exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if the Joint Collateral Agent shall have notified such Grantor that, in the Joint Collateral Agent's reasonable judgment, such action would have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the material Investment Related Property or any material part thereof and (ii) with respect to Investment Related Property that is not located in the United States,

25

after written notification from the Joint Collateral Agent, no Grantor shall exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if, such action could reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the material Investment Related Property or any material part thereof and; and provided further, such Grantor shall give the Joint Collateral Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or the reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right; it being understood, however, that neither the voting by such Grantor of any Pledged Stock for, or such Grantor's consent to, the election of directors (or similar governing body) at a regularly scheduled annual or other meeting of stockholders or with respect to incidental matters at any such meeting, nor such Grantor's consent to or approval of any action otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the Indenture, shall be deemed inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Indenture within the meaning of this Section 4(c)(4), and no notice of any such voting or consent need be given to the Joint Collateral Agent; and

(2) the Joint Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Grantor all proxies, and other instruments as such Grantor may from time to time reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights when and to the extent which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (1) above;

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

(1) all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Joint Collateral Agent who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and

(2) in order to permit the Joint Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder: (1) each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Joint Collateral Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Joint Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request and (2) each Grantor acknowledges that the Joint Collateral Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth in Section 6.

(d) MATERIAL CONTRACTS.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) Schedule IV(A) hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth all of the Material Contracts to which such Grantor has rights;

(2) the Material Contracts have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all the Grantors party thereto, are in full force and effect and to the

26

knowledge of the Grantors are binding upon and enforceable against all parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; provided, however, that except as otherwise specified on Schedule IV hereto, on the date hereof no obligor under any Material Contract is currently the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. There exists (i) no payment default under any Material Contract and (ii) no other default under any Material Contract which would permit termination of such Material Contract by any party thereto; and

(3) except for those Material Contracts specifically identified on Schedule IV(B) hereto as Material Contracts which prohibit assignments or require consent or notice to any Person in connection with the assignment, no Material Contract prohibits assignment or requires consent of or notice to any Person in connection with the assignment to the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder, except such as has been given or made. With respect to those Material Contracts specified on Schedule IV(B) hereto, each applicable Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the required consent to the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that:

(1) the Joint Collateral Agent may at any time notify, or require any Grantor to so notify, the counterparty on any Material Contract of the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent therein. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Joint Collateral Agent may upon written notice to the applicable Grantor, notify, or require any Grantor to notify, the counterparty to make all payments under the Material Contracts directly to the Joint Collateral Agent;

(2) each Grantor shall deliver promptly to the Joint Collateral Agent a copy of each material demand, notice or document received by it relating in any way to any default or event of default under a Material Contract;

(3) each Grantor shall deliver promptly to the Joint Collateral Agent, and in any event within twenty (20) Business Days, after (1) any Material Contract of such Grantor is terminated or amended in a manner that is materially adverse to such Grantor or (2) any new Material Contract is entered into by such Grantor, a written statement describing such event, with copies of such material amendments or new contracts, delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent (to the extent such delivery is permitted by the terms of any such Material Contract), provided, no prohibition on delivery shall be effective if it were bargained for by such Grantor with the intent of avoiding compliance with this Section 4(d)(ii)(3), and an explanation of any actions being taken with respect thereto;

(4) it shall perform in all material respects all of its obligations with respect to the Material Contracts;

27

(5) it shall exercise in a commercially reasonably manner each material right (except the right of termination) it may have under any Material Contract, any Supporting Obligation or Collateral Support, in each case, at its own expense, and in connection with such collections and exercise, such Grantor shall take such action as such Grantor or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of a Default, the Joint Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable;

(6) it shall use its best efforts to keep in full force and effect any Supporting Obligation or Collateral Support relating to any Material Contract; and

(7) with respect to any Non-Assignable Contract to which it is a party, each such Grantor shall, unless the relevant restrictions on transfer are overidden by Section 9-406 of the UCC, within thirty (30) days of the date hereof with respect to any Non-Assignable Contract in effect on the date hereof and within thirty (30) days after entering into any Non-Assignable Contract after the Closing Date, request in writing the consent of the counterparty or counterparties to the Non-Assignable Contract pursuant to the terms of such Non-Assignable Contract or applicable law to the assignment or granting of a security interest in such Non-Assignable Contract to Joint Collateral Agent and use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent as soon as practicable thereafter.

(e) LETTER OF CREDIT RIGHTS.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) all material letters of credit to which such Grantor has rights is listed on Schedule V (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) hereto; and

(2) it has used its best efforts to obtain the consent of each issuer of any material letter of credit to the assignment of the proceeds of the letter of credit to the Joint Collateral Agent.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that with respect to any material letter of credit hereafter arising it shall use its best efforts to obtain the consent of the issuer thereof to the assignment of the proceeds of the letter of credit to the Joint Collateral Agent and shall deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto.

(f) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Except as disclosed in Schedule VI (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that:

(1) Schedule VI (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all United States, state

28

and foreign registrations of and applications for Patents (except for the Excluded Patents and Restricted Patents), Trademarks and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, (ii) all material Intellectual Property Licenses, granting rights in any Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or material Trade Secrets owned by such Grantor and (iii) other Intellectual Property Licenses which are material to the business of such Licensor provided; however, Schedule VI need not list (a) Intellectual Property Licenses from one Grantor to another Grantor; (b) immaterial "off-the-shelf" Intellectual Property Licenses for software used in the day-to-day business operations of such Grantor provided such software was not custom written or custom modified by or on behalf of such Grantor; or (c) Intellectual Property Licenses and Patents which are Excluded Assets;

(2) all registrations and applications required to be listed under clause (1) above, are standing in the name of such Grantor except for such Patent applications which have been filed under the names of individual inventors provided that such applications or the Patents issuing from them are assigned to such Grantor within a reasonable time period of the date of this Agreement;

(3) it is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title, and interest in and to all Intellectual Property described in clause (i) of subsection (f)(i)(1) above, and owns or has the valid right to use all other Intellectual Property used in or necessary to conduct its business, free and clear of all Liens, claims, encumbrances and licenses, except for Permitted Liens and the Intellectual Property Licenses set forth on Schedule VI(B), (D), (F) and (G) (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(4) all Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor, that is material to a Grantor's business (i) is subsisting;
(ii) is, to the best of Grantor's knowledge, valid and enforceable; (iii) has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, and (iv) Grantor has performed all acts and paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes required to maintain each and every registration and application of such Intellectual Property;

(5) all Intellectual Property that is licensed by Grantor, that is material to a Grantor's business (i) is, to the best of Grantor's knowledge, subsisting, valid and enforceable; and (ii) is the subject of an Intellectual Property License that has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all the Grantors party thereto, are in full force and effect and to the knowledge of the Grantors are binding upon and enforceable against all parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; provided, however, that except as otherwise specified on Schedule VI hereto, on the date hereof no obligor under any Intellectual Property License on Schedules VI(B), (D), (F) or (G) is currently the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. There exists (i) no payment default under any Intellectual Property License Schedules VI(B), (D),(F) or (G) and (ii) no other default under any Intellectual Property License which would permit termination of such Intellectual Property License by any party thereto;

29

(6) no action or proceeding before any court or administrative authority in pending or, to the best of Grantor's knowledge, threatened against Grantor challenging such Grantor's right to register, the validity of, or such Grantor's rights to own, use, or license to other parties any Intellectual Property owned by a Grantor;

(7) except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor has been using required statutory notice of registration in connection with its use of registered Trademarks, proper marking practices in connection with the use of Patents, and appropriate notice of copyright in connection with the publication of Copyrights material to the business of such Grantor;

(8) except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor uses commercially reasonable standards of quality in the manufacture, distribution, and sale of all products sold and in the provision of all services rendered under or in connection with all Trademarks owned by Grantor and has taken all commercially reasonable action to insure that all licensees of such Trademarks use such commercially reasonable standards of quality;

(9) to each Grantor's knowledge, the conduct of such Grantor's business does not infringe upon or misappropriate any trademark, patent, copyright, trade secret or similar intellectual property right owned or controlled by a third party; no claim is pending, or to the best of such Grantor's knowledge, threatened, that the conduct of such Grantor's business or the use of any Intellectual Property owned or used by Grantor violates the asserted rights of any other party;

(10) to each Grantor's knowledge, no other party is infringing upon or misappropriating any material Intellectual Property owned or used by such Grantor;

(11) no settlement or consent, covenant not to sue, nonassertion assurance, or release has been entered into by such Grantor or to which such Grantor is bound that adversely affects such Grantor's rights to own or use, or grant to others the right to use, any material Intellectual Property which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(12) each Grantor has not made any agreements or entered into any Contracts to (other than this Agreement) mortgage, pledge, encumber, assign, sell, transfer, license or grant an option for any material Intellectual Property outside the ordinary course of business that has not been terminated or released.

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

(1) Grantor shall not do any act or omit to do any act whereby any of the Intellectual Property which is material to the business of Grantor may lapse, or become abandoned, dedicated to the public, or unenforceable, or which could

30

reasonably be expected to adversely affect the validity, grant, or enforceability of the security interest granted therein;

(2) at the Joint Collateral Agent's request Grantor shall, or with not less than fifteen (15) days' notice to the Joint Collateral Agent prior to filing any copyright application of the details of such proposed application (or shorter notice period, to the extent that delaying the filing of the copyright application would adversely affect the Grantor's rights to enforce its copyright against an alleged infringer), Grantor may, apply to register any unregistered Copyrightable work which is material to the business of Grantor, in the United States Copyright Office and; in each case, Grantor shall, concurrently with such notice, execute and deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto or signed counterpart of a Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Annex D, together with all supplements to the schedules thereto;

(3) it shall promptly notify the Joint Collateral Agent if it knows or has reason to know that any item of material Intellectual Property that is material to the business of any Grantor is likely to become or be (a) other than as a result of the expiration in the ordinary course of a non-renewable term, abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain, or invalid or unenforceable,
(b) subject to any adverse determination or development (including the institution of proceedings) in any action or proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, and state registry, any foreign counterpart of the foregoing, or any court arbitral tribunal or regulatory agency, or (c) within the statutory period in which statutory termination rights can be exercised;

(4) subject to clause (2) above, it shall take all reasonable steps in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, each state registry and each foreign counterpart of the foregoing, to pursue any application and maintain any registration of each material Trademark, Patent, and Copyright owned by any Grantor and which is now or shall become included in the Collateral including, but not limited to, those items on Schedule VI(A), (C) and (E) (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(5) in the event that, to the Grantor's knowledge, any material Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed to any Grantor is infringed, misappropriated, or diluted by another party, such Grantor shall promptly take all commercially reasonable actions to stop such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution and protect its rights in such Intellectual Property including, but not limited to, the initiation of a suit for injunctive relief and to recover damages;

(6) to the extent required to prevent material Trademarks from becoming invalid, each Grantor shall maintain the level of the quality of products sold and services rendered under any Trademark, and each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to insure that licensees of such Trademarks use such standards of quality;

31

(7) it shall take all commercially reasonable steps required to protect the secrecy and proprietary nature of all material Trade Secrets, including, without limitation, entering into confidentiality agreements with employees and labeling and restricting access to secret information and documents;

(8) it shall promptly (but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the fact) report to the Joint Collateral Agent (i) the filing of any application to register any Trademarks and Patents (whether it owns in whole or in part) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or any state registry or foreign counterpart of the foregoing (whether such application is filed by such Grantor or through any agent, employee, licensor, licensee, or designee thereof), (ii) the registration of any Intellectual Property by any such office (but only to the extent that there was no recordation of the Joint Collateral Agent's security interst made with respect to the application for such registration) or (iii) the acquisition of any application or registration and, in each case, shall, concurrently with such report to the Joint Collateral Agent, execute and deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of ANNEX A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto or signed counterpart of a Trademark Security Agreement, or Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Annexes B, and C, as applicable together with all supplements to the schedules thereto;

(9) except with the prior consent of the Joint Collateral Agent or as permitted under the Indenture, each Grantor shall not execute, and there will not be on file in any public office, any financing statement or other document or instruments, except financing statements or other documents or instruments filed or to be filed in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent and each Grantor shall not (i) outside the ordinary course of business, sell, assign, transfer, license or grant an option to do any of the foregoing with respect to any material Intellectual Property or any material Intellectual Property License, or (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to the Intellectual Property it owns or with regard to any Intellectual Property License, except for the Lien created by and under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

(10) it shall hereafter use commercially reasonable efforts so as not to permit the inclusion or absence, as applicable, in any contract to which it hereafter becomes a party of any provision the inclusion or absence, as applicable, of which would impair or prevent the creation, perfection or enforcement of a security interest in, or the assignment of, such Grantor's rights and interests in any Intellectual Property acquired under such Contracts;

(11) it shall use required statutory notices and in connection with its use of any of material Intellectual Property;

(12) it shall make commercially reasonable efforts to continue to collect, at its own expense, all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of any Intellectual Property. In connection with such collections, each Grantor may take such action as such Grantor may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to enforce collection of such amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time, to notify, or require to

32

notify, any obligors with respect to any such amounts of the existence of the security interest created hereby; and

(13) it shall within 60 days of the date hereof request all consents necessary or advisable to permit the Restricted Patents to be subject to the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent or to permit the Joint Collateral Agent to exercise remedies with respect thereto.

(g) COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

(i) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on each Representation Date, that Schedule VII (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth all Commercial Tort Claims of each Grantor which, if successfully asserted, could reasonably be expected to result in a judgment or settlement in excess of $60,000 individually or $240,000 in the aggregate; and

(ii) COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that with respect to any Commercial Tort Claim which, if successfully asserted, could reasonably be expected to result in a judgment or settlement in excess of $60,000 individually or $240,000 in the aggregate hereafter arising it shall deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, identifying such new Commercial Tort Claims.

SECTION 5. ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND FURTHER ASSURANCES

(a) ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION. Subject to the Joint Collateral Agent complying with all laws and performing all acts as may be required by any governmental authority with respect to protecting classified assets (including, without limitation, information, contracts and programs) and export controlled information in the manner requested by such governmental authority, the Joint Collateral Agent shall at reasonable times have full and free access during normal business hours to all the books, correspondence and records of each Grantor (to the extent any such materials are not classified under federal law or other applicable law to the Person making such examination at such time), and the Joint Collateral Agent and its representatives may examine the same, take extracts therefrom and make photocopies thereof (to the extent any such materials are not classified under federal law or other applicable law), and each Grantor agrees to render to the Joint Collateral Agent, at such Grantor's cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto. The Joint Collateral Agent and its representatives shall at all reasonable times also have the right to enter any premises of each Grantor and inspect any property of each Grantor where any of the Collateral of such Grantor granted pursuant to this Agreement is located for the purpose of inspecting the same, observing its use or otherwise protecting its interests therein.

(b) FURTHER ASSURANCES

(i) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, that it shall promptly Authenticate, execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create and/or maintain the validity, perfection or priority of and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Joint Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights

33

and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor shall:

(1) file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and execute and deliver such other agreements, instruments, endorsements, powers of attorney or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby;

(2) take all actions necessary to ensure the recordation of appropriate evidence of the liens and security interest granted hereunder in the Intellectual Property with any intellectual property registry in which said Intellectual Property is registered or in which an application for registration is pending including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, the various Secretaries of State, and the foreign counterparts on any of the foregoing; provided, however, in the case of foreign Intellectual Property, such recordings shall not be required unless the Joint Collateral Agent reasonably requests that they be made;

(3) at any reasonable time, upon prior written request by the Joint Collateral Agent, annex the Collateral to and allow inspection of the Collateral by the Joint Collateral Agent, or persons designated by the Joint Collateral Agent subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 5; and

(4) at the Joint Collateral Agent's reasonable request, appear in and defend any action or proceeding that may affect such Grantor's title to or the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest in all or any part of the Collateral.

(5) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, or any similar document in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Joint Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Joint Collateral Agent herein. Such statements, amendments and other documents may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Joint Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Joint Collateral Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as "all assets" or "all personal property", in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired. Each Grantor shall furnish to the Joint Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

(ii) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Joint Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement after obtaining such Grantor's approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule VI hereto (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) to include reference to any right, title or interest in any existing Collateral that consists of

34

Intellectual Property or any Collateral that consists of Intellectual Property licensed to, or acquired or developed by, any Grantor after the execution hereof.

SECTION 6. JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.

Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Joint Collateral Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Grantor's attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, the Joint Collateral Agent or otherwise, from time to time in the Joint Collateral Agent's discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Joint Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following:

(a) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor or paid to the Joint Collateral Agent pursuant to the Transaction Documents;

(b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral;

(c) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to receive, endorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clause (ii) above;

(d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Joint Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Joint Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to prepare, sign, and file for recordation in any intellectual property registry, appropriate evidence of the lien and security interest granted herein in the Intellectual Property in the name of such Grantor as grantor;

(f) to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to perform or comply or cause performance or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, access to pay or discharge taxes or Liens (other than Permitted Liens) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Joint Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, any such payments made by the Joint Collateral Agent to become obligations of such Grantor to the Joint Collateral Agent, due and payable immediately without demand; and

(g) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, generally to sell, transfer, lease, license, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Joint Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Joint Collateral Agent's option and such Grantor's expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Joint Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest

35

therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

SECTION 7. REMEDIES.

(a) GENERALLY.

(i) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Joint Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it at law or in equity, all the rights and remedies of the Joint Collateral Agent on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) to collect, enforce or satisfy any Secured Obligations then owing, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and also may pursue any of the following separately, successively or simultaneously:

(1) require any Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and promptly upon request of the Joint Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Joint Collateral Agent and make it available to the Joint Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Joint Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties;

(2) enter onto the property where any Collateral is located and take possession thereof with or without judicial process;

(3) prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare the Collateral for disposition in any manner to the extent the Joint Collateral Agent deems appropriate;

(4) without notice except as specified below or under the UCC, sell, assign, lease, license (on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis) or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Joint Collateral Agent's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Joint Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable; and

(ii) The Joint Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any public or private (to the extent to portion of the Collateral being privately sold is of a kind that is customarily sold on a recognized market or the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations) sale in accordance with the UCC and the Joint Collateral Agent, as Joint Collateral Agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale made in accordance with the UCC, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Joint Collateral Agent at such sale. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of

36

redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Joint Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Joint Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Joint Collateral Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets. Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Joint Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Joint Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. If the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations, each Grantor shall be liable for the deficiency and the fees of any attorneys employed by the Joint Collateral Agent to collect such deficiency. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Joint Collateral Agent, that the Joint Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no default has occurred giving rise to the Secured Obligations becoming due and payable prior to their stated maturities. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the rights of the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder.

(iii) The Joint Collateral Agent may dispose of the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Joint Collateral Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered to adversely effect the commercial reasonableness of any disposal of the Collateral.

(iv) The Joint Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

(b) APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. All proceeds received by the Joint Collateral Agent in respect of any sale or other disposition, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Indenture.

(c) SALES ON CREDIT. If Joint Collateral Agent sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Collateral upon credit, Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by purchaser and received by Joint Collateral Agent and applied to indebtedness of the Purchaser. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Joint Collateral Agent may resell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral and Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale.

(d) INVESTMENT RELATED PROPERTY.

37

(i) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws, the Joint Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Investment Related Property conducted without prior registration or qualification of such Investment Related Property under the Securities Act and/or such state securities laws, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Investment Related Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act) and, notwithstanding such circumstances, each Grantor agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Joint Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Investment Related Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would, or should, agree to so register it. If the Joint Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Investment Related Property, upon written request, each Grantor shall and shall cause each issuer of any Pledged Stock to be sold hereunder, each partnership and each limited liability company from time to time to furnish to the Joint Collateral Agent all such information as the Joint Collateral Agent may request in order to determine the number and nature of interest, shares or other instruments included in the Investment Related Property which may be sold by the Joint Collateral Agent in exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right to apply the balance from any Asset Sale Proceeds Account or instruct the bank at which any Asset Sale Proceeds Account is maintained to pay the balance of any Asset Sale Proceeds Account to or for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent.

(e) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(i) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

(1) the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to bring suit or otherwise commence any action or proceeding in the name of any Grantor, the Joint Collateral Agent or otherwise, in the Joint Collateral Agent's sole discretion, to enforce any Intellectual Property, in which event such Grantor shall, at the request of the Joint Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents required by the Joint Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement and such Grantor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify the Joint Collateral Agent as provided in the Section in this Agreement relating to indemnity and expenses (Section 11 hereof) in connection with the exercise of its rights under this Section, and, to the extent that the Joint Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce any Intellectual Property as provided in this Section, each Grantor agrees to use all reasonable measures, whether by action, suit, proceeding or otherwise, to prevent

38

the infringement or misappropriation of any of the Intellectual Property by others and for that purpose agrees to diligently maintain any action, suit or proceeding against any Person so infringing or misappropriating as shall be necessary to prevent such infringement or misappropriation;

(2) upon written demand from the Joint Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall grant, assign, convey or otherwise transfer to the Joint Collateral Agent or such Joint Collateral Agent's designee all of such Grantor's right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property and shall execute and deliver to the Joint Collateral Agent such documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement;

(3) each Grantor agrees that such an assignment and/or recording shall be applied to reduce the Secured Obligations outstanding only to the extent that the Joint Collateral Agent receives proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, the Intellectual Property in conformance with Article 4 of the Collateral Agency Agreement;

(4) within five (5) Business Days after written notice from the Joint Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall make available to the Joint Collateral Agent, to the extent within such Grantor's power and authority, such personnel in such Grantor's employ or retention on the date of such Event of Default as the Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably designate, by name, title or job responsibility, to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold or delivered by such Grantor under or in connection with the Intellectual Property, such persons to be available to perform their prior functions on the Joint Collateral Agent's behalf and to be compensated by the Joint Collateral Agent at such Grantor's expense on a per diem, pro-rata basis consistent with the salary and benefit structure applicable to each as of the date of such Event of Default; and

(5) the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right to notify, or require each Grantor to notify, any obligors with respect to amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of the Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses, of the existence of the security interest created herein, to direct such obligors to make payment of all such amounts directly to the Joint Collateral Agent in conformance with Section 4(d)(ii)(1) of this Agreement, and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such amounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done;

(6) all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by any Grantor in respect of amounts due to such Grantor in respect of the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied as provided by the Section in this Agreement relating to cash proceeds (Section 7 hereof); and

39

(7) Grantors shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any such amount or release wholly or partly any obligor with respect thereto or allow any credit or discount thereon.

(ii) If (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and, by reason of cure, waiver, modification, amendment or otherwise, no longer be continuing, (ii) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) an assignment or other transfer to the Joint Collateral Agent of any rights, title and interests in and to the Intellectual Property shall have been previously made and shall have become absolute and effective, and (iv) the Secured Obligations shall not have become immediately due and payable, upon the written request of any Grantor, the Joint Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor, at such Grantor's sole cost and expense, such assignments or other transfer instruments as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor any such rights, title and interests as may have been assigned to the Joint Collateral Agent as aforesaid, subject to any disposition thereof (including a lease or license granted pursuant to Section 13.05 of the Indenture) that may have been made by the Joint Collateral Agent; provided, after giving effect to such reassignment, the Joint Collateral Agent's security interest granted pursuant hereto, as well as all other rights and remedies of the Joint Collateral Agent granted hereunder, shall continue to be in full force and effect; and provided further, the rights, title and interests so reassigned shall be free and clear of any Liens granted by or on behalf of the Joint Collateral Agent.

(iii) Solely for the purpose of enabling the Joint Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Section 7 and at such time as the Joint Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Joint Collateral Agent, to the extent it has the right to do so, an irrevocable, nonexclusive worldwide license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of the trademark owner to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks, to use, operate under, license, or sublicense any Intellectual Property now or hereafter owned by or licensed to such Grantor.

SECTION 8. JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT

The Joint Collateral Agent has been appointed to act as Joint Collateral Agent in accordance with the Collateral Agency Agreement and shall have the rights and duties specified therein.

SECTION 9. CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF SECURED OBLIGATIONS

This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with the Indenture and any Parity Lien Credit Document, be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns, and inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Joint Collateral Agent and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms of the Transaction Documents, each Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any Secured Obligations held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to each Secured Party herein or otherwise. As to any particular Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and any Parity Lien Credit Document, such Collateral shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and any Parity Lien Credit Document; provided, however, that the security

40

interest shall continue in any proceeds of such disposition. Upon the termination of the security interest with respect to all Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Parity Lien Credit Documents, the security interest granted hereby shall terminate hereunder and of record, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert and be deemed reassigned to Grantors. Upon any such termination the Joint Collateral Agent shall, at Grantors' expense, authorize, execute and deliver to Grantors such documents as Grantors shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

SECTION 10. STANDARD OF CARE; JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM

The powers conferred on the Joint Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and the interests of the Secured Parties and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder and subject to the Joint Collateral Agent complying with all laws and performing all acts as may be required by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, protecting classified assets (including, without limitation, information, contracts and programs) and export controlled information in the manner lawfully requested by such governmental authority, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Joint Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Joint Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Joint Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or otherwise. If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Joint Collateral Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Joint Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by each Grantor under the Section in this Agreement relating to the payment of expenses (Section 12(b) hereof).

SECTION 11. INDEMNITY

(a) Each Grantor agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees' selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless each Indemnitee, from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities in any way relating to, growing out of or resulting from this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation enforcement of this Agreement), except to the extent such claims, losses or liabilities result from such Indemnitee's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) The obligations of each Grantor in this Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the discharge of such Grantor's other obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture and any other Transaction Documents.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Grantor or Trustee, shall be sent to such Person's address as set forth in
Section 15.02 of the Indenture or in the other relevant Transaction Document or if given to the Joint Collateral Agent shall be to Deirdra N. Ross at HSBC Bank USA, Issuer Services, 452 5th Avenue New York, New York 10018-2706, telephone 212-525-1398. Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or

41

by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided, no notice to Joint Collateral Agent shall be effective until received by Joint Collateral Agent.

(b) EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents shall be consummated, Grantors agree to pay promptly all the actual and reasonable costs and expenses of preparation of the Transaction Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto; all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for the Grantors; the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Joint Collateral Agent (in each case including allocated costs of internal counsel) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Transaction Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by the Grantors; all the actual costs and reasonable expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of Joint Collateral Agent, for the benefit of each Secured Party pursuant hereto, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Joint Collateral Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that Joint Collateral Agent may reasonably request in respect of the Collateral or the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents; all the actual costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; all the actual costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Joint Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; all other actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Secured Obligations and commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Transaction Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees (including allocated costs of internal counsel) and costs of settlement, incurred by Joint Collateral Agent in enforcing any Secured Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Grantor hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a "work-out" or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

(c) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

(i) JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT'S CONSENT. Subject to Section 12(c)(ii) and the Indenture, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Joint Collateral Agent.

(ii) NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. No failure or delay on the part of the Joint Collateral Agent in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. All rights, powers and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are cumulative, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

42

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns including all persons who become bound as debtor to this Agreement. No Grantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Joint Collateral Agent, assign any right, duty or obligation hereunder.

(e) INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

(f) SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Grantor set forth in Sections 11 and 12(b) shall survive the payment of the Secured Obligations and the termination hereof.

(g) MARSHALING; PAYMENTS SET ASIDE. Joint Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Grantor or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations.

(h) SEVERABILITY. In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(i) HEADINGS. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

(j) APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(k) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 12(a); AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE GRANTOR IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND AGREES JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT RETAINS THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER

43

MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY GRANTOR IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 12(l) AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(m) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(n) EFFECTIVENESS. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Grantors and the Joint Collateral Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

(o) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between Grantors and the Joint Collateral Agent and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Accordingly, the Transaction Documents may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.

44

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Joint Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

HEXCEL CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Executive Vice President
       and Chief Financial Officer

HEXCEL POTTSVILLE CORPORATION,
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

CLARK-SCHWEBEL HOLDING CORP.,
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Vice President

CLARK-SCHWEBEL CORPORATION,
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

45

HEXCEL INTERNATIONAL,
a California Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: President and Treasurer

CS TECH-FAB HOLDING, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
---------------------------------------
Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

46

HSBC BANK USA,
as the Joint Collateral Agent

By: /s/ Deirdra N. Ross
----------------------------------------
Name: Deirdra N. Ross
Title: Assistant Vice President

47

EXHIBIT 10.65

EXECUTION COPY


COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT
dated as of March 19, 2003

by and among

HEXCEL CORPORATION

HSBC BANK USA
as Joint Collateral Agent,

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

and

THE REPRESENTATIVES OF PARITY LIEN DEBT
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION..................................1

   Section 1.1    Definitions.......................................................1
   Section 1.2    Principles of Construction........................................2

ARTICLE 2. JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT; RELATIONS AMONG SECURED PARTIES..................2

   Section 2.1    Appointment of Joint Collateral Agent; Powers and Immunities......2
   Section 2.2    Reliance by Joint Collateral Agent................................3
   Section 2.3    Documents and Communications......................................3
   Section 2.4    Events of Default.................................................3
   Section 2.5    Actions by Joint Collateral Agent.................................4
   Section 2.6    Resignation or Removal of Joint Collateral Agent..................4
   Section 2.7    Authorization; Release of Liens, Amendment........................5

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE COLLATERAL.........................................6

ARTICLE 4. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS..................................................7

ARTICLE 5. PARITY LIENS.............................................................8

ARTICLE 6. JOINDER..................................................................8

ARTICLE 7. MISCELLANEOUS............................................................8

   Section 7.1    Successors and Assigns............................................8
   Section 7.2    Delay and Waiver..................................................8
   Section 7.3    Costs and Expenses; Indemnity.....................................8
   Section 7.4    Notices...........................................................9
   Section 7.5    Headings.........................................................10
   Section 7.6    Counterparts.....................................................10
   Section 7.7    Governing Law....................................................10
   Section 7.8    Consent to Jurisdiction..........................................10
   Section 7.9    Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................10
   Section 7.10   Entire Agreement.................................................10
   Section 7.11   Severability.....................................................11

i

COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT

This COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003 (this "AGREEMENT"), is by and among HEXCEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), HSBC Bank USA, as Joint Collateral Agent (as defined in SECTION 2(a) hereof), Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE"), for the benefit of the holders of the Notes under the Indenture (as defined below) and the representatives of the holders of Parity Lien Debt who become a party hereto in accordance with Section 6 hereof (each a "PARITY REPRESENTATIVE").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2003 (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "INDENTURE"), by and between the Company and the Trustee, contemporaneously herewith the Company will issue $125,000,000 of it 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Company may, subject to the requirements thereof, designate additional obligations as Parity Lien Debt; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes under the Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements as herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Indenture. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Controlling Representative" means the Representative or Representatives representing a majority by principal amount of all Secured Debt.

"Credit Documents" the Indenture, each indenture or other agreement governing any Parity Lien Debt, the New Senior Credit Facility, the credit agreement (or similar agreement) governing any other Qualified Credit Facility and shall include all guarantees of any of the foregoing.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means the Intercreditor & Agency Agreement dated the date hereof among the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, Fleet Capital Corporation as the


Administrative Agent for the lenders and Fleet Capital Corporation as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated)

"Joinder Agreement" an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

"Representatives" means the Trustee and each Parity Lien Representative.

"Secured Debt" means the Notes and any Parity Lien Debt.

"Secured Obligations" means Note Obligations, any Parity Lien Obligations and all obligations hereunder or under any other Security Document (including, without limitation, any guarantees of any of the foregoing).

"Secured Parties" means the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the holders from time to time of the Notes, each Parity Lien Representative and each holder from time to time of Parity Lien Debt.

Section 1.2 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principles of construction set forth in Section 1.04 of the Indenture shall apply to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2.
JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT; RELATIONS AMONG SECURED PARTIES

Section 2.1 APPOINTMENT OF JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT; POWERS AND IMMUNITIES.

(a) Each of the Trustee, on behalf of itself and the holders of the Notes, and each Parity Lien Representative that becomes a party hereto by executing a Joinder Agreement, on behalf of itself and the holders of all Parity Lien Debt, on the terms and conditions hereof, hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes HSBC Bank USA (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the "JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT") to act as its agent hereunder and under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, with such powers as are expressly delegated to the Joint Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Company hereby confirms its grant of a security interest in the Collateral on the terms and conditions set forth in the Security Documents in favor of the Joint Collateral Agent acting as agent for the Secured Parties under the Security Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Joint Collateral Agent shall, subject to the terms hereof, of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement: (i) receive the grant of the security interests under the Security Documents, (ii) hold, manage, receive, endorse and collect on any Collateral, (iii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions that the Joint Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve the Collateral or the security interest of the Joint Collateral Agent therein, (iv) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, (v) sell, assign, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise the rights and remedies of a secured party with respect to the Collateral, (vi) release or terminate the security interests as provided herein and (vii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreement. The Joint Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in (or incorporated by reference in) this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. The execution of this

2

Agreement by the Joint Collateral Agent shall be deemed an acceptance by the Joint Collateral Agent of the appointment made under this SECTION 2.1 and an agreement to act as agent on behalf of each of the other Secured Parties.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Joint Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action (i) which is contrary to this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) which is contrary to applicable law.

(c) The Joint Collateral Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other professionals concerning all matters of trust and its duty hereunder, but the Joint Collateral Agent shall not be answerable for the professional malpractice of any attorney-at-law or certified public accountant or for the acts or omissions of any other professional in connection with the rendering of professional advice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if such attorney-at-law, certified public accountant or other professional was selected by the Joint Collateral Agent with due care and in good faith. The Joint Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact, and may appoint sub-agents or co-collateral agents, and shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any of such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with due care and in good faith.

(d) The Joint Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any Security Document, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 2.2 RELIANCE BY JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT. The Joint Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other document (including any cable, telegram, telecopy or telex) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons and need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. The Joint Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any judicial order or judgment, upon any advice or statements of legal counsel, independent consultants and other experts selected by it with due care and in good faith or upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it by the Company in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement without being required to determine the authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of service thereof. The Joint Collateral Agent may act in reliance upon any such instrument comporting with the provisions of this Agreement or any signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any person purporting to give notice or receipt or advice or make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so.

Section 2.3 DOCUMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS. The Joint Collateral Agent shall also promptly forward to each Representative a copy of each document, notice, certificate, instruction or other communication received by the Joint Collateral Agent from any Obligor or any other Representative.

Section 2.4 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

3

(a) The Joint Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default unless
(i) the Joint Collateral Agent has received notice from a Representative or a Obligor referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default", or (ii) the Joint Collateral Agent otherwise has actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.

(b) If the Joint Collateral Agent receives notice from a Representative or an Obligor of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Joint Collateral Agent shall give prompt written notice thereof to each of the other Representatives and the Company, as applicable.

(c) If the Joint Collateral Agent otherwise obtains actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Joint Collateral Agent shall provide prompt written notice thereof to the Representatives and the Company.

(d) The Joint Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to a Default or an Event of Default as directed by the holders of a majority by principal amount of the Notes and any Parity Lien Debt voting as a single class; PROVIDED that, unless and until the Joint Collateral Agent shall have received such direction, the Joint Collateral Agent may take but shall have no obligation to take, or refrain from taking, such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable and in the best interest of the Secured Parties. The Joint Collateral Agent may rely on the written certification of the Trustee and any Parity Lien Representative with respect to any such vote.

Section 2.5 ACTIONS BY JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT.

(a) As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, the Joint Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action or exercise any discretion, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting upon the instructions of the holders of a majority by principal amount of the Notes and any Parity Lien Debt voting as a single class and shall in all such cases be fully protected, subject to Section 2.1(d) hereof, in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with such instructions of such holders, and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Secured Parties. The Joint Collateral Agent may rely on the written certification of the Trustee and any Parity Lien Representative with respect to any such vote.

Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, the Joint Collateral Agent shall not be required to advance or expend any funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers or rights hereunder unless the Company or any Secured Party, jointly or severally, has provided to the Joint Collateral Agent security or indemnity, which the Joint Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, deems sufficient against any and all liability or expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take such action.

Section 2.6 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Joint Collateral Agent as provided below, (i) the Joint

4

Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than thirty (30) days' notice thereof to each Representative and the Company and (ii) the Joint Collateral Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Controlling Representative. Upon any such resignation or removal referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Controlling Representative shall have the right to appoint a successor Joint Collateral Agent, which Joint Collateral Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the other Representatives and, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company. If no successor Joint Collateral Agent shall have been so appointed by the Controlling Representative and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Joint Collateral Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Controlling Representative' removal of the retiring Joint Collateral Agent as provided hereunder, then the retiring Joint Collateral Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, petition a court of competent jurisdiction for a successor or it may appoint a successor Joint Collateral Agent, which shall be a bank or trust company (a) acceptable to the Controlling Representative and the other Representatives, (b) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, (c) having offices in New York, New York, and
(d) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably acceptable to the Company. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Joint Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Joint Collateral Agent, (i) such successor Joint Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Joint Collateral Agent, and the retiring Joint Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder, and (ii) the retiring Joint Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all Collateral within its possession or control to the possession or control of the successor Joint Collateral Agent and shall execute and deliver such notices, instructions and assignments as may be necessary or desirable to transfer the rights of the Joint Collateral Agent in respect of the Collateral to the successor Joint Collateral Agent. After any retiring Joint Collateral Agent's resignation, removal or replacement hereunder as Joint Collateral Agent, the provisions of this ARTICLE 2 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Joint Collateral Agent. Upon any such resignation or removal, the former Joint Collateral Agent shall take all steps necessary to assign the Collateral to the successor Joint Collateral Agent.

Section 2.7 AUTHORIZATION; RELEASE OF LIENS; AMENDMENT.

(a) The Joint Collateral Agent is hereby authorized by each of the other Secured Parties to execute, deliver and perform each of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and each of the Secured Parties agrees to be bound by all of the agreements of the Joint Collateral Agent contained in, and all of the other terms and conditions of, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Upon notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by the Trustee that the Company has complied with the conditions specified in Sections 14.04(a)(1), (2) or (3) of the Indenture, the Joint Collateral Agent shall execute such documents as the Company may reasonably request to acknowledge that the Note Liens no longer secure the Note Obligations; provided, however, that in such event the Note Liens will continue to secure the Parity Lien Obligations, if any. Upon notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by any Parity Lien Representative that its respective Parity Lien Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full or otherwise discharged in full, the Joint Collateral Agent shall execute such documents as the

5

Company may reasonably request to acknowledge that the Note Liens no longer secure such Parity Lien Obligations; provided, however, that in such event the Note Liens will continue to secure the Note Obligations and any other Parity Lien Obligations, if any. With respect to any disposition of Collateral by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in a transaction contemplated by Section 14.04(a)(4) of the Indenture, upon notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by the Trustee that the Company has complied with the conditions specified in Sections 14.04(a)(4) and notification by any Parity Lien Representative that such disposition is also authorized by all applicable Credit Documents with respect to Parity Liens, then the Joint Collateral Agent shall execute such documents as the Company may reasonably request to acknowledge the release of the Note Lien with respect to such Collateral. With respect to releases contemplated by Sections 14.04(a)(5) or (6) of the Indenture, upon notification to the Joint Collateral Agent by the Trustee that the conditions specified in Sections 14.04(a)(5) or (6) have been satisfied and notification by any Parity Lien Representative that such disposition is also authorized in accordance with all applicable Parity Lien Credit Documents (including any vote required thereunder), then the Joint Collateral Agent shall execute such documents as the Company may reasonably request to acknowledge the release of the Note Lien with respect to applicable Collateral.

(c) In giving any such instructions to the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee may rely on the documents provided pursuant to Section 14.04(b) of the Indenture and any Parity Lien Representative may rely on any similar documents provided pursuant to similar requirements of any Parity Lien Credit Document. Except as specified in clause (b) above, the Joint Collateral Agent will not execute documents to evidence the release or otherwise consent to the release of any of the Note Liens.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this SECTION 2.7 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Indenture, any Security Document or any Credit Document with respect to any Parity Liens shall limit the operation of the collateral release provisions under the Indenture or any Credit Document with respect to any Note Liens with respect to any item of Collateral that pursuant to the Indenture or any Credit Documents with respect to any Parity Liens are to be released without the consent of any Secured Party.

(e) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Joint Collateral Agent shall not otherwise amend or supplement or consent to the amending or supplementing of this Agreement, any other Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement unless the Trustee and, if applicable, any Parity Lien Representative shall have notified the Joint Collateral Agent in writing that the requirements of Section 12.04 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

ARTICLE 3.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE COLLATERAL

The Joint Collateral Agent shall hold the Collateral and any Lien thereon for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Joint Collateral Agent shall administer, or direct the administration of, the Collateral in the manner contemplated by the Security Documents, the

6

Intercreditor Agreement and herein. The Joint Collateral Agent shall exercise such rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral as are granted to it under the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and applicable law. The Joint Collateral Agent may deem and treat the Representatives as the sole persons having rights hereunder, under the Intercreditor Agreement or under the Security Documents. The rights of individual holders of Notes to direct the Trustee and the rights of the holders of any Parity Lien Debt to direct the applicable Parity Lien Representative shall be governed by the Indenture and the terms of any indenture or other agreement governing Parity Lien Debt; however, in no circumstances shall such holders have the right to control the Joint Collateral Agent other than through its Representative.

ARTICLE 4.
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, and any other cash at the time of such collection, sale or other realization held by or on behalf of the Joint Collateral Agent under the Security Documents or this ARTICLE 4, shall be applied by the Joint Collateral Agent in the following order or priority and, with the exception of CLAUSE (1) below, shall be based upon information furnished to the Joint Collateral Agent by the appropriate Representative:

(1) FIRST, to the payment of (a) all reasonable costs and expenses relating to the sale of the Collateral and the collection of all amounts owing hereunder, including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and the reasonable compensation of the Joint Collateral Agent for services rendered in connection therewith or in connection with any proceeding to sell if a sale is not completed, in each case, whether arising hereunder or under the Security Documents, (b) all charges, expenses and advances incurred or made by the Joint Collateral Agent in order to protect the Liens of the Security Documents or the security afforded thereby, and (c) all liabilities (including those specified in clauses (a) and (b) immediately above) incurred by the Joint Collateral Agent regardless of whether such liabilities arise out of the sale of Collateral or the collection of amounts owing hereunder, together with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the Default Rate, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days;

(2) SECOND, to the respective Representatives to be distributed to the Secured Parties Equally and Ratably as provided in Section 12 of the Indenture which is incorporated herein by reference; and

(3) THIRD, upon payment in full of all Secured Obligations, to the Company or other applicable Obligor, or their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.

As used in this ARTICLE 4, "proceeds" of Collateral shall mean cash, securities and other property realized in respect of, and distributions in kind of, Collateral, including, without limitation, any cash, securities and other property received under any reorganization, liquidation or adjustment of indebtedness of the Company or any other issuer of or obligor on any of the Collateral.

7

ARTICLE 5.
PARITY LIENS

By accepting the benefits hereof or of any Security Document, each Representative and each Secured Party expressly agrees to be bound by all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in each Security Document and the provisions of Article 12 and Article 13 of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions relating to Equal and Ratable ranking of Liens).

ARTICLE 6.
JOINDER

Each of the Parties hereto acknowledges that the holders of any Parity Lien Indebtedness shall cause their Parity Lien Representative to execute a Joinder Agreement and upon receipt by the Joint Collateral Agent of the Documents specified in Section 12.01 of the Indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Collateral Agent, the Joint Collateral Agent shall countersign such Joinder Agreement whereupon such Parity Lien Representative on behalf of itself and such holders shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.

ARTICLE 7.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

Section 7.2 DELAY AND WAIVER. No failure on the part of any Secured Party or any of its nominees or representatives to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the Secured Parties or their nominees or representatives nor shall it operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by any Secured Party or any of its nominees or representatives of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 7.3 COSTS AND EXPENSES; INDEMNITY.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Joint Collateral Agent from time to time upon demand, all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of the Joint Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) (A) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, modification and termination of each Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, (B) incurred or required to be advanced in connection with the sale or other disposition of any Collateral pursuant to any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement and the preservation, protection or defense of the Joint Collateral Agent's rights under the

8

Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and in and to the Collateral or (C) in connection with any action taken pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.

(b) The Obligors shall jointly and severally indemnify the Joint Collateral Agent for, and hold it harmless against, any and all claims, demands, expenses (including but not limited to reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Joint Collateral Agent's agents and counsel), losses (other than lost profits) or liabilities incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, in any way arising out of or in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Collateral Agency Agreement and its rights or duties hereunder or under any other Collateral Document. The Joint Collateral Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Joint Collateral Agent for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Collateral Agent through its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

Section 7.4 NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed (a) in the case of parties to this agreement on the date hereof, as follows and (b) in the case of any Parity Lien Representative, as specified in the related Joinder Agreement.

If to the Joint Collateral Agent:

HSBC Bank USA
452 5th Avenue
New York, New York 10018-2706
212-525-1398

Attn: Deirdre N. Ross, Issuer Services

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association 213 Court Street, Suite 703 Middletown, CT 06457
860-704-6216
Attn: Robert Reynolds, Vice President

If to the Company:

Hexcel Corporation

Two Stamford Plaza
281 Tressler Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901
203-358-3972

9

Attn: Ira Krakower, General Counsel

Any party may hereafter notify the other parties hereto of a change in its notice address.

Section 7.5 HEADINGS. Paragraph headings have been inserted in this Agreement as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such paragraph headings are not part of this Agreement and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 7.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more duplicate counterparts and when signed by all of the parties listed below shall constitute a single binding agreement.

Section 7.7 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America and shall for all purposes be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state without regard to the conflict of law rules thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

Section 7.8 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Any legal action or proceeding by or against any party hereto with respect to or arising out of this Agreement may be brought in or removed to the courts of the State of New York, in and for the County of New York, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company accepts, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and irrevocably consents to receive service of process at the address set forth in Section 7.4 of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or any right to bring legal action or proceedings in any other competent jurisdiction, including judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of real property interests which are part of the Collateral. Each party hereto hereby waives any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Security Document brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of forum non-conveniens or improper venue.

Section 7.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE SECURED PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 7.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions

10

of this Agreement and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

Section 7.11 SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and the parties hereto shall enter into good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision with a view to obtaining the same commercial effect as this Agreement would have had if such provision had been legal, valid and enforceable.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Collateral Agency Agreement to be executed by their respective officers or representatives hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

HEXCEL CORPORATION
as Company

By: /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
    --------------------------------------
    Name:  Stephen C. Forsyth
    Title: Executive Vice President
           and Chief Financial Officer

HSBC BANK USA
as Joint Collateral Agent

By: /s/ Deirdra N. Ross
    --------------------------------------
    Name: Deirdra N. Ross
    Title: Assistant Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

By: /s/ Frank Mcdonald
    --------------------------------------
    Name: Frank McDonald
    Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.66

EXECUTION COPY


INTERCREDITOR & AGENCY AGREEMENT

dated as of March 19, 2003

by and among

HSBC BANK USA
as Joint Collateral Agent,

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
as Existing Credit Facility Agent

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

and

ALL OTHER FACILITY AGENTS
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION................................................................2

   Section 1.1   Definitions......................................................................................2
   Section 1.2   Principles of Construction.......................................................................3

ARTICLE 2. INTERCREDITOR RELATIONS................................................................................4

ARTICLE 3. INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE...............................................................4

   Section 3.1   Appointment of Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee; Powers and Immunities...................4
   Section 3.2   Recourse of Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties............................................5
   Section 3.3   Reliance by Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee.............................................5
   Section 3.4   Events of Default; Documents and Communications..................................................6
   Section 3.5   Actions With Respect to the Collateral...........................................................7
   Section 3.6   Resignation or Removal of Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee...............................8
   Section 3.7   Authorization; Release of Liens; Amendment.......................................................9
   Section 3.8   Limitations on the Responsibility of Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee...................10
   Section 3.9   The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties..11
   Section 3.10  Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee as a Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party...........12
   Section 3.11  Expenses and Indemnification by Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties.......................12

ARTICLE 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY COLLATERAL............................................12

ARTICLE 5. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS...............................................................................13

ARTICLE 6. JOINDER...............................................................................................14

ARTICLE 7. MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................14

   Section 7.1   Successors and Assigns..........................................................................14
   Section 7.2   Delay and Waiver................................................................................14
   Section 7.3   Costs and Expenses..............................................................................14
   Section 7.4   Notices.........................................................................................14
   Section 7.5   Headings........................................................................................16
   Section 7.6   Counterparts....................................................................................16
   Section 7.7   Governing Law...................................................................................16
   Section 7.8   Consent to Jurisdiction.........................................................................16
   Section 7.9   Waiver of Jury Trial............................................................................16
   Section 7.10  Entire Agreement................................................................................16
   Section 7.11  Severability....................................................................................17
   Section 7.12  Consent to License Agreement....................................................................17
   Section 7.13  Qualified Credit Facility.......................................................................17

i

INTERCREDITOR & AGENCY AGREEMENT

This INTERCREDITOR & AGENCY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 19, 2003 (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this "AGREEMENT"), is by and among: (i) HSBC BANK USA, as Joint Collateral Agent
(together with its successors and assigns, the "JOINT COLLATERAL AGENT")
under the Collateral Agency Agreement (as defined below), (ii) FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (as defined in Section 3.1 below) with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral (as defined below) and the Intercompany Obligations (as defined below), (iii) FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent (together with its successors and assigns, the "EXISTING CREDIT FACILITY AGENT") under the Existing Credit Facility (as defined below), (iv) WELLS FARGO
BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE") and (v) each other Credit Facility Agent (as defined in the Indenture which term shall include the Existing Credit Facility Agent) hereafter arising.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, dated of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "INDENTURE"), by and between Hexcel Corporation (the "COMPANY") and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Notes under the Indenture, contemporaneously herewith the Company will issue $125,000,000 of it 9.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2008;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Company may, subject to the requirements thereof, designate additional obligations as Parity Lien Debt (as defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Collateral Agency Agreement (the "COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT") of even date herewith among the Joint Collateral Agent, the Company, the Trustee and the representatives of the holders of Parity Lien Debt who become a party thereto (such representatives, the "PARITY LIEN REPRESENTATIVES"), the Joint Collateral Agent has been appointed to act as agent for the Trustee and the Parity Lien Representatives and to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "EXISTING CREDIT FACILITY"), among the Company, the Existing Credit Facility Agent, the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto and the lenders party thereto, the Existing Credit Facility Agent has been appointed to act as agent for the holders of Credit Facility Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) relating to the Existing Credit Facility and as secured party for the benefit of the holders of Credit Facility Obligations;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture the Company may become a party to additional Qualified Credit Facilities on the terms and conditions specified in the


Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture and subject to the terms thereof:
(i) to the extent (and only to the extent) attaching to Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof, all valid, enforceable and perfected Note Liens, all valid, enforceable and perfected Parity Liens and all valid, enforceable and perfected Liens securing Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility, in each case whenever granted, will rank Equally and Ratably (as defined in the Indenture), and (ii) to the extent (and only to the extent attributable to Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or the proceeds thereof), the proceeds of all such valid, enforceable and perfected Note Liens, Parity Liens and Liens securing Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility upon (and only upon) Foreign Subsidiary Collateral and proceeds thereof shall be allocated and distributed Equally and Ratably (as defined in the Indenture) on account of the Note Obligations, Parity Lien Obligations and Obligations under a Qualified Credit Facility;

WHEREAS, to comply with certain requirements of foreign law, the Joint Collateral Agent, the Existing Credit Facility Agent and each other Credit Facility Agent desires to appoint Fleet Capital Corporation as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral (and not any other Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or other property) on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the parties herein desire to provide for the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to hold the Pledged Instruments for the purpose of perfecting the security interests of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements as herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Indenture, in each case in effect on the date hereof. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Agent" means each of the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee, each Parity Lien Representative, the Existing Credit Facility Agent and each other Credit Facility Agent.

"Credit Documents" means the Indenture, each indenture or other agreement governing any Parity Lien Debt, the Existing Credit Facility, the credit agreement (or similar agreement) governing any other Qualified Credit Facility and shall include all guarantees of any of the foregoing.

"Default" and "Event of Default" means a "Default" or "Event of Default" under,

2

and as defined in, any of the Credit Documents.

"Foreign Security Documents" means this Agreement, the UK Security Trust Deed, the UK Share Charge and the French Share Pledge and any other document or agreement (other than the Pledge and Security Agreement entered into in connection with the Indenture and the Security Agreement entered into in connection with the Existing Credit Facility) pursuant to which any equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary is pledged for the benefit of any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party.

"Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties" means each Agent and the holders from time to time of any of the Secured Obligations.

"Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral" means equity interests (only) in Foreign Subsidiaries constituting Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.

"French Share Pledge" means the Pledge Over a Securities Account (COMPTE D'INSTRUMENTS FINANCIERS) dated as of the date hereof among the Company and Fleet Capital Corporation as intercreditor agent.

"Joinder Agreement" means an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

"Pledged Instruments" means any "instruments" (as defined in Article 9 of the New York UCC) representing any Foreign Subsidiary Collateral constituting any intercompany loan or other claims against Foreign Subsidiaries owned by the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary.

"Qualified Credit Facility" means the Existing Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility that refunds, refinances, replaces, renews, repays or extends the Existing Credit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Existing Credit Facility.

"Secured Obligations" means Note Obligations, any Parity Lien Obligations, all Credit Facility Obligations and all obligations hereunder or under any other Foreign Security Document (including, without limitation, any guarantees of any of the foregoing).

"UK Share Charge" means the Share Charge dated as of the date hereof among the Company as chargor and Fleet Capital Corporation as security trustee.

"UK Security Trust Deed" means the Security Trust Deed dated as of the date hereof among the Company, Fleet Capital Corporation as security trustee, HSBC Bank USA as Joint Collateral Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation as existing credit facility agent each other Credit Facility Agent (as defined in the Indenture) thereafter arising.

Section 1.2 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principles of construction set forth in Section 1.04 of the Indenture shall apply to this Agreement.

3

ARTICLE 2.
INTERCREDITOR RELATIONS

Each party hereto expressly agrees to be bound by the provisions of Article 13 of the Indenture, as in effect on the date hereof, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Trusteee represents, warrants, acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and the noteholders, the Existing Credit Facility Agent represents, warrants, acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and the lenders, each Parity Lien Representative represents, warrants, acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and the holders of Parity Lien Debt and each other Credit Facility Agent represents, warrants, acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and the holders of Obligations under such Qualified Credit Facility (a) that the obligations and responsibilities of each Agent set forth in such Article 13 apply to each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties that each such Agent represents to the same extent and with the same effect as if each such Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party were the applicable Agent thereunder and (b) that each such Agent is authorized to enter into this Agreement by, and on behalf of, the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties that it represents and that this Agreement is binding on each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties. Further, such Article 13 shall be enforceable by each Agent hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Article 13 of the Indenture, this Agreement shall not prevent any Agent hereunder from enforcing its rights under any other documents or agreement with respect to any Collateral, other than with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral.

ARTICLE 3.
INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE

Section 3.1 APPOINTMENT OF INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE; POWERS AND IMMUNITIES.

(a) Each Agent hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Fleet Capital Corporation (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the "INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE") to act as its agent hereunder and under the Foreign Security Documents in each case for the benefit of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties, with such powers as are expressly delegated to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and the Foreign Security Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall, subject to the terms hereof and of the Foreign Security Documents: (i) execute, deliver and perform each of the Foreign Security Documents and receive the grant of the security interests under the Foreign Security Documents for the benefit of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties, (ii) hold, manage, receive, endorse and collect on any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and Pledged Instruments,
(iii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions that the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral, the Pledged Instruments or the security interest of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee therein for the benefit of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties, (iv) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Foreign Security Documents, (v) sell, assign, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with respect to, or otherwise exercise the rights and remedies of a secured party with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and (vi) release or terminate the security interests as provided herein. In addition, for purposes of

4

perfecting their respective security interests in any Pledged Instruments granted to each Agent under their respective security documents, each such Agent hereby appoints the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to hold such Pledged Instruments as its agent hereunder. The execution of this Agreement by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be deemed an acceptance by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee of the appointments made under this
SECTION 3.1 and an agreement to act as agent on behalf of each of the Agents. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Foreign Security Documents.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the role of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be limited to any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and the Pledged Instruments and shall not extend to any other Foreign Subsidiary Collateral or any other property or asset of the Company or any other Obligor.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be required to take any action (i) which is contrary to this Agreement or the Foreign Security Documents or (ii) which is contrary to applicable law.

Section 3.2 RECOURSE OF FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY SECURED PARTIES. Each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties acknowledges and agrees that the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall have no obligation to take any action, or refrain from taking any action, except upon instructions from any Agent in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof. Nothing contained herein shall restrict the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties' rights to pursue remedies, by proceedings in law and equity, to collect principal or interest due under any of the Credit Documents, as applicable, or to enforce payments under and the performance of and provisions of any of the Credit Documents, as applicable, to the extent that such remedies do not relate to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or interfere with the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee's right to take action hereunder or under the Foreign Security Documents.

Section 3.3 RELIANCE BY INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action permitted or required by this Agreement to be given or taken by the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties, may be and, at the request of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, shall be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments satisfactory in form to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and signed by or on behalf of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties and, except as otherwise expressly provided in any such instrument, any such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments shall have been delivered to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee. The instrument or instruments evidencing any action (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are sometimes referred to herein as an "Act" of the persons signing such instrument or instruments. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely upon an Act of any of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties if such Act purports to be taken by or on behalf of any of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties, as applicable (including any cable, telegram, telecopy or telex). Nothing in this Section 3.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to demonstrate that it has been authorized by the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties to take any action which it purports to be taking, the

5

Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee being entitled to rely conclusively, and being fully protected in so relying, on any Act of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties. Further, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be entitled to absolutely rely upon any judicial order or judgment, any advice or statements of legal counsel, independent consultants and other experts selected by it in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct or upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 3.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to demonstrate that it has been authorized by same to take any action which it purports to be taking, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee being entitled to rely conclusively, and being fully protected in so relying, on such judicial order or judgment, or advice or statements of such legal counsel, independent consultants or other experts selected by it in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct or upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 3.4 EVENTS OF DEFAULT; DOCUMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS.

(a) The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default unless (i) the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee has received notice from an Agent or a Obligor referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default", or (ii) the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee otherwise has actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.

(b) Each Agent will be bound by the notice provisions of
Section 13.04 of the Indenture. In addition, in the event of an enforcement action, if the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee receives notice from an Agent or a Obligor of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to each of the other Agents and the Company (unless such notice is delivered by the Company). If the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee otherwise obtains actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default in the event of an enforcement action, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall provide written notice thereof to each of the Agents. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall also promptly forward to the Joint Collateral Agent and each other Credit Facility Agent a copy of each document, notice, certificate, instruction or other communication received by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee from any Obligor or any other party hereto.

(c) Any Agent shall have the right to direct the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to commence foreclosure actions or otherwise exercise remedies available to it with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is then continuing with respect to such Agent's Credit Document (such direction a "FORECLOSURE DIRECTION"). With respect to the Note Obligations and the Parity Lien Obligations this right may be exercised by either the Joint Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any Parity Lien Representative. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall give each Agent and the Company prompt written notice of the receipt of any Foreclosure Direction. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee will take such action with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral as directed by a vote of a majority of the holders (all voting as a single class) of (i) the

6

principal amount of all Indebtedness constituting Credit Facility Obligations, Notes and Parity Lien Debt outstanding (the "MAJORITY HOLDERS"). Such Majority Holders may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, or for the appointment of a receiver, or to direct the taking or refraining from taking any action authorized by this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document; provided that such direction shall not conflict with any provision of law or this Agreement. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the directed action is not permitted by the terms of this Agreement, the Foreign Security Documents or the Credit Documents, may not lawfully be taken or would involve it in personal liability, and the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be required to take any such action unless any indemnity which is required hereunder in respect of such action has been provided. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may rely on any such direction given to it by the Majority Holders and shall be fully protected, and shall under no circumstances (absent the gross negligence and willful misconduct of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee ) be liable to any holder of any Secured Obligations or any other Person for taking or refraining from taking action in accordance therewith. Absent written instructions from the Majority Holders (i) at a time when a direction or notice from any Agent contemplated by this Section 3.4 shall be outstanding or (ii) in the case of an emergency in order to protect any of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may take, but shall have no obligation to take, any and all such actions under the Foreign Security Documents or any of them or otherwise as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties and shall give notice to each of the other Agents of any such actions taken.

(d) Subject to Article 13 of the Indenture, any Agent may independently foreclose on or otherwise exercise its rights and remedies with respect to any Pledged Instrument and the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall cooperate with any such foreclosure or exercise of remedies.

Section 3.5 ACTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL. Each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in its or his own name, from time to time in the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee's discretion, subject to Section 3.4(c) hereof, so long as any direction or notice contemplated by Section 3.4(c) hereof is in effect, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the Foreign Security Documents and accomplish the purposes hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties hereby acknowledges that the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall have all powers and remedies set forth in the Foreign Security Documents, subject to
Section 3.4(c) hereof.

Section 3.6 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee as provided below, (i) the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may resign at any

7

time by giving not less than thirty (30) days notice thereof to the Joint Collateral Agent, the Company and each other Credit Facility Agent, (ii) if no Indebtedness with respect to Credit Facility Obligations remains outstanding, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Joint Collateral Agent or (iii) the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may assign its role as such to any other financial institution that becomes the Administrative Agent under the Existing Credit Facility; provided, however, that such successor agent expressly agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof in a writing delivered to the Joint Collateral Agent, the Company and each other Credit Facility Agent. Upon any such resignation or removal referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Joint Collateral Agent shall have the right to appoint a successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, which Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to any other Credit Facility Agents. If no successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Joint Collateral Agent and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty
(30) days after the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee's giving of notice of resignation or such removal of the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee as provided hereunder, then the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, petition a court of competent jurisdiction for a successor or it may appoint a successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, which shall be a bank or trust company
(a) acceptable to the other Agents, (b) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 and (c) having offices in New York, New York. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee hereunder by a successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, (i) such successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, and the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder, and (ii) the retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall, at the expense of the Company, promptly transfer all Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Pledged Instrument within its possession or control to the possession or control of the successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and shall execute and deliver such notices, instructions and assignments as may be necessary or desirable to transfer the rights of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee in respect of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Pledged Instrument to the successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee. After any retiring Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee's resignation, removal or replacement hereunder as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, the provisions of this ARTICLE 3 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee. Upon any such resignation or removal, the former Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall, at the expense of the Company, take all steps necessary to assign the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Pledged Instrument to the successor Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee.

Section 3.7 AUTHORIZATION; RELEASE OF LIENS; AMENDMENT.

(a) The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee is hereby authorized by each of the other parties hereto to execute, deliver and perform each of the Foreign Security Documents.

8

(b) Without the prior written consent of, or direction from, the Joint Collateral Agent and each Credit Facility Agent and any consent required under Section 13.09 of the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not (i) release any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or otherwise terminate any Lien under any Foreign Security Document, provided, however, that the Joint Collateral Agent and the Credit Facility Agent shall be obligated to notify the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to deliver to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) any Collateral (including, without limitation, any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Pledged Instrument) that is automatically released in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents, (ii) consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document (other than as necessary to reflect the addition of any new Qualified Credit Facility or Parity Lien Debt for which the related Credit Facility Agent or the relevant Parity Lien Representative, respectively, shall have executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement), (iii) consent to any Lien under any Foreign Security Document to which the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (in its capacity as such) is a party securing obligations other than the Secured Obligations or consent to any modification of, supplement to, or waiver under any of the Foreign Security Documents to which the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (in its capacity as such) is a party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if directed by the Joint Collateral Agent, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall amend the Foreign Security Documents and/or take such other action as may be necessary to relinquish the security interest with respect to any Note Obligations or Parity Lien Obligations specified by the Joint Collateral Agent as being no longer secured by the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and (ii) if directed by any Credit Facility Agent the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall amend the Foreign Security Documents and/or take such other action as may be necessary to relinquish the security interest with respect to any Credit Facility Obligations represented by such Credit Facility Agent specified by such Credit Facility Agent as being no longer secured by the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral. Except for any release authorized by both the Joint Collateral Agent and each Credit Facility Agent, no such release shall affect the security interest of any other Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party. In giving any such consent, the Joint Collateral Agent shall be subject to the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Indenture and each Credit Facility Agent shall be subject to the terms of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Notwithstanding the forgoing, whether or not so instructed by the Joint Collateral Agent and each Credit Facility Agent, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may release the security interest with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and may provide any release, termination statement or instrument of subordination required by order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise required by applicable law.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this SECTION 3.7, or elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Foreign Security Document shall limit the obligations of the Obligors under any Foreign Security Document or any Credit Document, including, without limitation, any obligation of any of the Obligors to obtain any consent or approval of any of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties obtained or required to be obtained by the Obligor prior to any amendment or modification of, supplement to or waiver under any Foreign Security Document or Credit Document.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this SECTION 3.5 or elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Foreign Security Document or Credit Document shall limit the

9

operation of the collateral release provisions under any Credit Document, pursuant to which the lien and security interest thereunder with respect to an item of collateral (including, without limitation, the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Pledged Instrument) shall be released without the consent of any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party or the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to the extent and subject to the conditions, if any, specified in any Credit Document.

Section 3.8 LIMITATIONS ON THE RESPONSIBILITY OF INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained herein or in any Foreign Security Document, except for those made by it herein. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee makes no representation as to the value or condition of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or any part thereof, or any Pledged Instrument, as to the title of the Company to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral, as to the security afforded by this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document or, as to the validity, execution, enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document, and the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall incur no liability or responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be responsible for insuring the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or any Pledged Instrument except as provided in the immediately following sentence when the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee has possession of such Foreign Subsidiary Collateral. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall have no duty to the Company or to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties as to any such Foreign Subsidiary Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto, except the duty to accord such of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any such Pledged Instruments as may be in its possession substantially the same care as it accords its own assets and the duty to account for monies received by it. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance by the Company of any of the covenants or agreements contained herein or any of the Credit Documents. Neither the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee nor any officer, agent or representative thereof shall be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any such person in connection with this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document except for such person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee nor any officer, agent or representative thereof shall be personally liable for any action taken by any such person in accordance with any notice given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee may execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and perform any duty hereunder or thereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 3.9 THE INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE AND THE FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY SECURED PARTIES. By countersigning this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, on demand, for any reasonable costs, fees, disbursements, losses and other out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorney's and other professionals' fees and disbursements and compensation of agents) incurred by the

10

Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of, the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or the performance by the parties hereto or thereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or in connection with the enforcement or protection of the rights of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and/or the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties hereunder or under the Foreign Security Documents, (ii) to indemnify and hold harmless the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents, on demand, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee in its capacity as the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or any of them in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document or any action taken or omitted by them under this Agreement or any Foreign Security Document, provided that the Company shall not be liable to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or its directors, officers, employees and agents for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (iii) to indemnify and hold harmless the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, on demand, from and against any and all liabilities which may be imposed on or incurred by any of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee (in its capacity as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee) for the net amount of taxes (after taking into account any deduction, credit or other tax reduction or benefit available by reason of the imposition of any such tax) imposed with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or any Pledged Instrument in any jurisdiction in which the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee would not otherwise be subject to tax except by reason of its acting under this Agreement or the Foreign Security Documents (directly or through agents); provided that such indemnification for taxes (A) shall apply only in respect of taxes attributable to the performance of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee's obligations hereunder imposed with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or any Pledged Instrument and (B) shall in no event cover any federal, state, local or other taxes imposed upon any of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee with respect to or measured by its gross or net income or profits. A statement by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee that is submitted to the Company with respect to the amount of such expenses and containing a reasonable description thereof and/or the amount of its indemnification obligation shall be prima facie evidence of the amount thereof owing to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee.

Section 3.10 INTERCREDITOR AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE AS A FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY SECURED PARTY. In its individual capacity and in its capacity as an Agent, Fleet Capital Corporation shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges as it would have had were it not also the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee.

Section 3.11 EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION BY FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY SECURED PARTIES. Each of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties agree (i) to reimburse the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee, on demand, in the amount of its pro rata share, for any costs, fees, disbursements, losses and other out of pocket expenses (including reasonable attorney's and other professionals' reasonable fees and disbursements and compensation of

11

agents) referred to in Sections 3.6, 3.9 and 5(1) which shall not have been reimbursed or paid by the Company or paid from the proceeds of Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral as provided herein and (ii) to indemnify and hold harmless the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents, on demand, in the amount of its pro rata share, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements referred to in Section 3.9, to the extent the same shall not have been reimbursed by the Company or paid from the proceeds of Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral as provided herein; provided that no Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party shall be liable to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties under this Section 3.11 shall be limited to the any collateral securing any Secured Obligations and in no event will any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Party be personally liable for any amounts owing under this Section 3.11.

ARTICLE 4.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY EQUITY COLLATERAL

The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall hold the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral and any Lien thereon for the benefit of the Agents and the other Foreign Subsidiary Equity Secured Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Foreign Security Documents. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall administer, or direct the administration of, the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral in the manner contemplated by the Foreign Security Documents and herein. The Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall exercise such rights and remedies with respect to the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral as are granted to it under the Foreign Security Documents and applicable law in the manner contemplated herein and therein.

ARTICLE 5.
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Subject to Article 13.03(3) and (4) of the Indenture, with respect to any cash dividends and distributions, following the occurrence of an Event of Default the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral pursuant to the Foreign Security Documents, and any other cash at the time of such collection, sale or other realization held by or on behalf of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee under the Foreign Security Documents or this ARTICLE 5, shall be applied by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee in the following order or priority and, with the exception of CLAUSE (1) below, shall be based upon information furnished to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee by the appropriate Agent:

(1) FIRST, to the payment of (a) all reasonable costs, fees, disbursements and expenses (including attorney's fees and other professional fees) (1) relating to the collection of such proceeds, (2) for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the

12

Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee of all or any rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee under any of the Foreign Security Documents or in respect of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or in support of any provision of adequate indemnity to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee against any taxes or liens which by law shall have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee to such proceeds and (3) the collection of all amounts owing hereunder, including attorneys' fees and disbursements and the reasonable compensation of the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee for services rendered in connection therewith or in connection with any proceeding to sell if a sale is not completed, in each case, whether arising hereunder or under the Foreign Security Documents,
(b) all charges, expenses and advances incurred or made by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee in order to protect the Liens of the Foreign Security Documents or the security afforded thereby, and (c) all liabilities (including those specified in clauses (a) and (b) immediately above) incurred by the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee regardless of whether such liabilities arise out of the sale of Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral or the collection of amounts owing hereunder;

(2) SECOND, Equally and Ratably to the respective Agents as further provided in Section 13 of the Indenture which is incorporated herein by reference; and

(3) THIRD, upon payment in full of all Secured Obligations, to the Company or other applicable Obligor, or their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.

As used in this ARTICLE 5, "proceeds" of Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral shall mean cash, securities and other property realized in respect of, and distributions in kind of, Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral, including, without limitation, any cash, securities and other property received under any reorganization, liquidation or adjustment of indebtedness of the

ARTICLE 6.
JOINDER

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that any Agent for any Qualified Credit Facility will execute a Joinder Agreement confirming that it and the holders of the Secured Obligations that it represents is bound by the provisions hereof and of Article 13 of the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall countersign such Joinder Agreement whereupon such Agent on behalf of itself and any holder of any Secured Obligation represented thereby shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Foreign Security Documents. By becoming a party to the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Trustee is, and each Parity Lien Representative will become, a third party beneficiary hereof and may rely on and enforce the provisions hereof.

13

ARTICLE 7.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 7.2 DELAY AND WAIVER. No failure on the part of any Agent to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the Agents nor shall it operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by any Agent or any of its nominees or representatives of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 7.3 COSTS AND EXPENSES. Except for reimbursement of the expenses specified in Sections 3.6, 3.9 and 5(1) out of the proceeds of any Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral, the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee shall receive no payment for its role hereunder and shall not otherwise be entitled to any reimbursement of costs and expenses.

Section 7.4 NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed (a) in the case of parties to this agreement on the date hereof, as follows and (b) in the case of any Parity Lien Representative, as specified in the related Joinder Agreement.

If to the Company:

Hexcel Corporation
Two Stamford Plaza
281 Tressler Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901
203-358-3972
Attn: Ira Krakower, General Counsel

If to the Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee or the Existing Facility Agent:

Fleet Capital Corporation
North East Loan Administration 200 Glastonbury Blvd.

Glastonbury, Connecticut 06033

Attention: Edgar Ezerins

With copy to:

14

Bingham McCutchen LLP
150 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Matthew F. Furlong

If to the Joint Collateral Agent:

HSBC Bank USA
452 5th Avenue
New York, New York 10018-2706
212-525-1398

Attn: Deirdre N. Ross, Issuer Services

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association 213 Court Street, Suite 703
Middletown, CT 06457
860-704-6216
Attn: Robert Reynolds, Vice President

Any party may hereafter notify the other parties hereto of a change in its notice address.

Section 7.5 HEADINGS. Paragraph headings have been inserted in this Agreement as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such paragraph headings are not part of this Agreement and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 7.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more duplicate counterparts and when signed by all of the parties listed below shall constitute a single binding agreement.

Section 7.7 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America and shall for all purposes be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state without regard to the conflict of law rules thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

Section 7.8 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Any legal action or proceeding by or against any party hereto with respect to or arising out of this Agreement may be brought in or removed to the courts of the State of New York, in and for the County of New York, or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company accepts, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and irrevocably consents to receive service of process at the address set forth in Section 7.4 herein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or any right to bring legal action or proceedings in any other competent jurisdiction, including judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of real property interests which are

15

part of the Foreign Subsidiary Equity Collateral. Each party hereto hereby waives any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Security Document brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of forum non-conveniens or improper venue.

Section 7.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE SECURED PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 7.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or referred to herein integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings in respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and any such agreement, document or instrument, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

Section 7.11 SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and the parties hereto shall enter into good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision with a view to obtaining the same commercial effect as this Agreement would have had if such provision had been legal, valid and enforceable.

Section 7.12 CONSENT TO LICENSE AGREEMENT. With reference to Section 13.05 of the Indenture, the Joint Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereby (a) consent to the Company, its Domestic Subsidiaries and the Existing Credit Facility Agent entering into the License Agreement, dated as the date hereof, pursuant to which the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries have, among other things, granted to the Existing Credit Facility Agent a license to use certain intellectual property and other rights of the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries and (b) agree that the enforcement by the Joint Collateral Agent of any rights with respect to such intellectual property and other rights shall not impair the Existing Credit Facility Agent's (or any successor Credit Facility Agent's) exercise of its rights under such License Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Joint Collateral Agent and the Trustee to such License Agreement shall only apply to the extent that such License Agreement provides for a non-exclusive royalty-free license to the Credit Facility Agent to use certain of the Company's and its Domestic Subsidiaries' inventions and the intellectual property rights embodied therein, certain inventions and intellectual property licensed to the Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries, in connection with the enforcement of its security interest upon any inventory constituting collateral of the Existing Credit Facility Agent.

16

Section 7.13 QUALIFIED CREDIT FACILITY. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that by virtue of duly authorizing, executing and delivering this Agreement, the Existing Credit Facility shall constitute a Qualified Credit Facility as defined in the Indenture.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Intercreditor & Agency Agreement to be executed by their respective officers or representatives hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

HEXCEL CORPORATION
as Company

By:/s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
   ---------------------------------------
   Name: Stephen C. Forsyth
   Title: Executive Vice President
          and Chief Financial Officer

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
as Intercreditor Agent and Security Trustee

By:/s/ Edgar Ezerins
   ---------------------------------------
   Name: Edgar Ezerins
   Title: Senior Vice President

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
as Existing Facility Agent

By:/s/ Edgar Ezerins
   ---------------------------------------
   Name: Edgar Ezerins
   Title: Senior Vice President

HSBC BANK USA
as Joint Collateral Agent

By:/s/ Deirdra N. Ross
   ---------------------------------------
   Name: Deirdra N. Ross
   Title: Assistant Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:/s/ FRANK MCDONALD
   ---------------------------------------
   Name: Frank McDonald
   Title: Vice President


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-103664) and Form S-8 (No. 333-01225, No. 333-31125, No. 333-36099, No. 333-36163, No. 333-57223, No. 333-83745, No. 333-83747, No. 333-46472, No. 333-46476, No. 333-46626, No. 333-67944, No. 333-67946, No. 333-90060, No. 333-90062, and No. 333-85196) of Hexcel Corporation of our reports dated February 28, 2003, except for notes 2 and 8 which are as of March 19, 2003, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appear in this Form 10-K/A.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, CT
March 31, 2003


Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-103664) and Form S-8 (No. 333-01225, No. 333-31125, No. 333-36099, No. 333-36163, No. 333-57223, No. 333-83745, No. 333-83747, No. 333-46472, No. 333-46476, No. 333-46626, No. 333-67944, No. 333-67946, No. 333-90060, No. 333-90062, and No. 333-85196) of Hexcel Corporation of our report dated March 2, 2003 relating to the financial statements of BHA Aero Composite Parts Co., Ltd., which appear in this Form 10-K/A.

/s/ DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants Ltd.

Beijing, China
March 31, 2003


EXHIBIT 99.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Hexcel Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, David E. Berges, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

      March 31, 2003                           /s/ David E. Berges
--------------------------               ---------------------------------------
          (Date)                                  David E. Berges
                                          Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 99.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Hexcel Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Stephen C. Forsyth, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

      March 31, 2003                             /s/ Stephen C. Forsyth
--------------------------                  ------------------------------------
          (Date)                                   Stephen C. Forsyth
                                              Executive Vice President and
                                                 Chief Financial Officer